EUR-Lex Access to European Union law

Back to EUR-Lex homepage

This document is an excerpt from the EUR-Lex website

Document 52020SC0257

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT FITNESS CHECK of the 2012 State aid modernisation package, railways guidelines and short-term export credit insurance

SWD/2020/0257 final

Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of Figures

List of Tables

List of Boxes

List of Annexes

GLOSSARY

1.INTRODUCTION

1.1.    PURPOSE OF THE FITNESS CHECK    

1.2.    SCOPE OF THE FITNESS CHECK    

2.BACKGROUND TO THE INTERVENTION

2.1.    LEGAL AND POLICY BACKGROUND    

2.1.1.    NOTION OF STATE AID    

2.1.2.    NOTION OF COMPATIBILITY    

2.1.3.    PROCEDURAL ASPECTS    

2.2.    THE STATE AID MODERNISATION REFORM AND ITS LOGIC    

2.2.1.    FOSTERING “GOOD AID”    

2.2.2.    BIG ON BIG, SMALL ON SMALL    

2.2.3.    FASTER ACCESS TO AID    

2.3.    POINTS OF COMPARISON FOR THE ANALYSIS    

2.3.1.    BASELINE SCENARIO    

2.3.2.    INTENDED RESULTS AND INTERVENTION LOGIC    

3.IMPLEMENTATION AND STATE OF PLAY

3.1.    IMPLEMENTATION OF SAM    

3.1.1.    THE COMMISSION    

3.1.2.    MEMBER STATES    

3.2.    DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT SITUATION    

3.2.1.    GENERAL TRENDS OF STATE AID EXPENDITURE    

3.2.2.    OVERALL IMPACT OF SAM    

3.2.3.    MONITORING    

3.2.4.    EX-POST EVALUATION OF THE IMPLEMENTED NATIONAL MEASURES AND TRANSPARENCY    

3.3.    RECENT RELEVANT COMMISSION POLICY DEVELOPMENTS    

3.4.    RECENT EVENTS    

4.METHODS

4.1.    DATA COLLECTION AND ASSESSMENT    

4.2.    LIMITATIONS AND CHALLENGES    

5.ANALYSIS AND ANSWERS TO THE EVALUATION QUESTIONS

5.1.    EFFECTIVENESS    

5.1.1.    SAM OBJECTIVE 1: FOSTERING “GOOD AID”    

5.1.2.    SAM OBJECTIVE 2: BIG ON BIG, SMALL ON SMALL    

5.1.3.    SAM OBJECTIVE 3: FASTER ACCESS TO AID    

5.2.    EFFICIENCY    

5.3.    RELEVANCE    

5.4.    COHERENCE    

5.5.    EU ADDED VALUE    

6.LESSONS LEARNT

6.1.    SAM AS A STATE AID SYSTEM    

6.2.    INDIVIDUAL RULES    

6.2.1.    GBER    

6.2.2.    DE MINIMIS REGULATION    

6.2.3.    RAG    

6.2.4.    RDI FRAMEWORK    

6.2.5.    IPCEI COMMUNCATION    

6.2.6.    RISK FINANCE GUIDELINES    

6.2.7.    AVIATION GUIDELINES    

6.2.8.    EEAG    

6.2.9.    RESCUE AND RESTRUCTURING GUIDELINES    

6.2.10.    RAILWAY GUIDELINES    

6.2.11.    STEC    

7.CONCLUSIONS

Table of Figures

Figure 1: Schematic representation of the State aid “universe”    

Figure 2: Total pre-SAM State aid expenditure as % of EU 28 GDP    

Figure 3: Share of block-exempted aid, schemes and individual aid, by volume, EU 28    

Figure 4: Use of GBER pre- and post-SAM, EU 28    

Figure 5: Estimated average duration before granting/implementing State aid    

Figure 6: Anticipated effects of SAM in terms of GBER measures    

Figure 7: SAM intervention logic    

Figure 8: Schematic illustration of SAM architecture    

Figure 9: Total State aid expenditure as % of EU 28 GDP    

Figure 10: Number of cases with a reported expenditure by type of procedure    

Figure 11: Breakdown of State aid spending by type of procedure    

Figure 12: State aid schemes under ex-post evaluation    

Figure 13: Regional State aid spent, distinguishing between a- and c-areas in the period 2007-2017    

Figure 14: Investment projects of large enterprises without regional aid support    

Figure 15: Number of bidding processes and volume awarded    

Figure 16: Volume weighted mean price per kWh in sampled schemes    

Figure 17: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 27 GBER (EUR million)    

Figure 18: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 28 GBER (EUR million)    

Figure 19: Fraction of airports (whole sample) that cover their operating costs (2015-2018)    

Figure 20: EBITDA per passenger for the whole sample of airports 2010 - 2018    

Figure 21: Replies to question 4 of the public consultation    

Figure 22: Summary analysis of the characteristics of final evaluation reports received    

Figure 23: Results of the 2016 Eurobarometer flash    

Figure 24: Replies to question 2 of the public consultation    

Figure 25: Median of budgeted and actual expenditures of State aid schemes    

Figure 26: Replies to question 5 of the public consultation    

Figure 27: Replies to question 3 of the public consultation    

Figure 28: Average duration of procedures pre and post-SAM, in months    

Figure 29: Change in State aid spending per capita    

Figure 30: Number of measures submitted by procedure type    

Figure 31: Replies to question 15 of the public consultation    

Figure 32: SWOT analysis of SAM    



List of Tables

Table 1: Overview of DG Competition's annual monitoring exercise    

Table 2: Summary of targeted consultations    

Table 3: Overview of the specific objectives of the individual rules under the Fitness Check    

Table 4: Implementation of the common principles in the individual SAM rules    

Table 5: Replies to question 1 of the public consultation    

Table 6: Breakdown of State aid spending by type of procedure    

Table 7: Number of active measures under the individual 2014 GBER articles/objectives    

Table 8: State aid notifications and decisions 2013-2018    

Table 9: Difference in the total number of PN and N procedures/measures per instrument    



List of Boxes

Box 1: Article 107 TFEU: Definition of State aid    

Box 2: SAM Common principles    

Box 3: SAM objectives    

Box 4: Baseline scenario    

Box 5: Anticipated effects of SAM in terms of GBER measures    

Box 6: Definition of an undertaking in difficulty    

Box 7: General benefits of competition policy    



List of Annexes

Annex 1:    Procedural information

Annex 2:    Synopsis report

Annex 3:    Overview of the State aid rules subject to the Fitness Check

Annex 4:    State aid rules in the Treaty

Annex 5:    Overview of the rules subject to the Fitness Check by objective of common interest

Annex 6:    Overview of the Implementation of the individual rules

Annex 7:    Overview of the methods and tools used in the analysis per rule

Annex 8:    Assessment per rule / objective of common interest

Annex 9:    Overview of the six evaluation reports received by the Commission

Annex 10:    Factual summary of the contributions received in the context of the public consultation on all rules covered by the Fitness Check



GLOSSARY

Term or acronym

Meaning or definition

COVID-19

Coronavirus disease 2019

DG

Directorate-General

EBITDA

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization

EEAG

Energy and Environmental Aid Guidelines

EIUs

Energy intensive users

EU

European Union

FAQ

Frequently asked questions

FID

First Industrial Deployment

GBER

General Block Exemption Regulation

GDP

Gross domestic product

GHG

Greenhouse Gas

IPCEI

Important Projects of Common European Interest

JRC

Joint Research Centre

OECD

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

RAF

Regional Aid Framework

RAG

Regional Aid Guidelines

RDI

Research, Development and Innovation

RSB

Regulatory Scrutiny Board

SAM

State Aid Modernisation

SGEI

Services of general economic interest

SME

Small and medium-sized enterprises

STEC

Short-term export-credit insurance Communication

SWD

Staff Working Document

TAM

Transparency Award Module

TFEU

Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union

UID

Undertaking in difficulty

WTO

World Trade Organisation

1.INTRODUCTION

1.1.PURPOSE OF THE FITNESS CHECK

Fitness checks are comprehensive policy evaluations assessing whether the regulatory framework for a policy sector is “fit for purpose”. 1 The current Fitness Check provides a comprehensive policy evaluation of the State aid modernisation (“SAM”). SAM was an ambitious reform of EU State aid policy, see in detail in Section 2.2.

With the SAM reform launched in 2012 the Commission considered that a more focused framework for the assessment of State aid measures would allow Member States to better contribute both to the implementation of the Europe 2020 strategy for sustainable growth as well as to budgetary consolidation. The objectives of the modernisation of State aid control were threefold: (1) to foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market; (2) to focus Commission's ex-ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market; and (3) to streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions. In view of these objectives, the Commission revised several State aid rules in 2013 and 2014 (see in detail in Section 2.2).

The current Fitness Check is conducted with a view to the approaching expiry 2 of some of the rules revised within the framework of SAM and/or the relevant review clauses (see Annex 3), and the fact that some of the rules were already in place before SAM. In doing so, the Fitness Check will assess if those State aid rules are still “fit for purpose” taking into account the current and (already known) future challenges, the general SAM objectives and the specific objectives of the legal frameworks relevant for the rules under examination (including the developments in legislation since the adoption of SAM). Regarding current and future challenges, the current Fitness Check will in particular try to assess the extent to which State aid rules are still fit for purpose in order to support the new political objectives of the Commission, including a European Green Deal, as well as the new Digital and Industrial Strategies 3 , while acknowledging that the information available and part of the analysis predates the more recent policy initiatives and priorities. On the other hand, the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is not dealt with in detail in this Staff Working Document (“SWD”).

The purpose of the current Fitness Check is to examine the SAM performance against five criteria: effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value. This is a retrospective exercise with the aim of establishing what has worked well or poorly, and it compares actual performance to earlier expectations. The findings will serve as a basis for drawing policy conclusions on how well SAM and the rules at stake have been performing, whether SAM is on the right track (i.e. “fit for purpose” in view of the current situation) and if not, why. The Fitness Check will feed into the revision and update process of the relevant State aid regulatory framework and also determine whether non-regulatory actions (such as advocacy, training, etc.) are needed.

This SWD reflects the findings and views of the Commission’s staff and does not reproduce the formal position of the Commission itself. It does not prejudge the final nature of any act or the content of any delegated or implementing acts that may be prepared by the Commission.

1.2.SCOPE OF THE FITNESS CHECK

The current Fitness Check is an “umbrella exercise”, its scope comprises a group of interventions and is not a mere sum of individual evaluations of the individual rules. The Fitness Check aims at assessing SAM as a whole as well as cross cutting, common features of the individual rules, while also focusing on selected issues which are deemed of importance based on the Commission’s case practice.

As also explained in Section 4.1, one of the main tasks of the Commission’s services in State aid is handling notifications. Every notified case is assessed in detail involving close contacts between the Commission’s services and their counterparts, the Member States pre- and post-notification and sometimes during the implementation of the decision (in 2019 alone, DG Competition received over 180 State aid notifications.) That process is one of the most valuable sources for DG Competition to understand what works well and what might need adjustment. In addition, the so-called interpretation (or “eWiki”) questions, as described in footnote 70, also give an insight on what might be problematic for the Member States. Member States also express their views during the State aid Working Groups (see Section 3.1). Further hints to what works well and what not can be obtained from complaints and the monitoring exercise (see Section 3.2.3). The selected areas were thus based on DG Competition’s experience with certain issues.

The current Fitness Check is also to be seen as a “mid-term review” or an “implementing evaluation” that examines whether everything is on track or if there is a case for making any changes.

The key elements of the scope of the current Fitness Check

The current Fitness Check, as set out in the Roadmap 4  covers the following substantive State aid rules 5 (i.e. rules on compatibility) under SAM: General Block Exemption Regulation No. 651/2014 (“GBER”) 6 , de minimis Regulation No.1407/2013 (“de minimis Regulation”) 7 , Regional Aid Guidelines (2013/C 209/01) (“RAG”) 8 , Research, Development and Innovation Framework (2014/C 198/01) (“RDI Framework”) 9 , Important Projects of Common European Interest Communication (2014/C 19/04) (“IPCEI Communication”) 10 , Risk Finance Guidelines (2014/C 19/04) 11 , Aviation Guidelines (2014/C 99/03) 12 , Energy and Environmental Aid Guidelines (2014/C 200/01) (“EEAG”) 13 , Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines (2014/C 249/01) 14 .

In addition, the Short-term export-credit insurance Communication (2012/C 392/01) (“STEC”) 15 and the Railway Guidelines (2008/C 184/07) 16 also form part of the current evaluation exercise. Those two rules pre-date SAM (the Railway Guidelines were introduced in 2008 and the latest STEC entered into force in 2013) and were not part of the State aid reform. Nevertheless, they are also important building blocks and complement the State aid legislation reviewed under SAM (State aid aimed at developing certain economic activities or certain economic areas within the meaning of Article 107(3)(c) TFEU). Both rules reflect well the main objectives of SAM, while at the same time they take into account the specificities of the area they cover. They contain some explicit references to the common principles under SAM, such as transparency, avoidance of undue negative effects, need for State intervention and proportionality of the aid amount. As regards STEC, although it was largely inspired by the experience in the financial crisis, it was also inspired by the SAM Communication of 2012 – which set out the initial ideas for SAM. 17 With regard to the Railway Guidelines, since 2012 when SAM was adopted, the Commission has systematically applied the SAM principles in its case practice when assessing cases falling under the scope of the Railway Guidelines, notably for State aid schemes (e.g. transparency or evaluation requirements). The current Fitness Check examines to which extent they are fit for purpose in view of their objectives and of developments on the market and developments in the legislation since their adoption and to which extent those rules are aligned to the SAM objectives.

When the Fitness Check was launched, those rules were ready to be evaluated. As the SAM principles represent now the mainstream of State aid control, and those two rules have to be aligned, it is logical (and efficient) to evaluate them within the Fitness Check exercise. This also allows to ensure to the maximum extent that they would be better aligned to the standard State aid rules as defined by the SAM in the future. In addition, some recent cases in the railway sector have shown that the existing provisions on debt cancellation and restructuring in the Railway Guidelines merit revisiting. Given similarities, that is be best done together with the (general) Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

Based on Article 109 TFEU, Council Regulation No. 1588/2015 (“Enabling Regulation”) 18 allows the Commission to declare, by means of regulations, that certain categories of State aid are compatible with the internal market and are exempted from the notification requirement provided for in Article 108(3) TFEU. It thereby forms the legal basis of the GBER, limiting the scope to block-exempt. The GBER was revised under SAM in order to allow the Commission to include further categories of aid based on the Enabling Regulation. Therefore, the Enabling Regulation will implicitly be considered through the evaluation of GBER. A separate, targeted review of the GBER extending State aid rules to national funds combined with certain EU programmes is also taking place at the moment. 19  

A full overview (reference, entry into force, etc.) of the rules covered by the Fitness Check can be found in Annex 3. The State aid universe and the scope of the Fitness Check is illustrated in Figure 1 in Section 2.1, which presents the legal and policy background.

Explanation of the limitations to the scope of the Fitness Check

The procedural rules which were revised under SAM (the Procedural Regulation 20 and the accompanying Implementing Regulation 21 ) are not object of the current evaluation exercise, because the present Fitness Check focuses on substantive and not on procedural rules. Likewise, the Commission Notice on the Notion of Aid 22 is out of scope of this evaluation exercise, since it provides only a comprehensive summary of the interpretation of the objective notion of State aid by the European Courts.

The 2015 Procedural Regulation is a Council Regulation codifying existing case law and as such dictated largely by the Union Courts. It has to be noted that the Procedural Regulation on State aid dates back to 1999. Prior to that, State aid procedures were based directly on the Treaty, as interpreted by the Union Courts. The 2015 Procedural Regulation introduced only relatively minor changes: some fine-tuning on complaint handling and the introduction of some more information gathering tools in rather specific circumstances. 23 The first one does not affect notified aid and with the latter tools, the Commission has not gained sufficient experience yet (only one sector inquiry and a few tax cases where market information tools were used). Those changes do not change the core concepts of the procedure on notified aid and the assessment of compatibility, which remain based on the principles established by the Union Courts. Moreover, the Procedural Regulation is applicable not only to the SAM rules, but to all State aid procedures. Therefore, it would not make sense to include that Regulation in the Fitness check, but that Regulation would need to be evaluated on its own.

The Services of General and Economic Interest (“SGEI”) rules, 24 insofar applicable to health and social services, the rules for agriculture, rural areas, forestry 25 and fisheries 26 as well as the broadband rules 27 , are also not covered as they are subject to separate evaluations 28 taking into account their specificities. 29  

As regards the exclusion of the SGEI from the scope, those rules are based on a different legal basis and were not part of the SAM initiative. The SGEI rules are based on Article 106 TFEU, which is not a State aid provision in the Treaty. It relates to Member States granting special or exclusive rights to undertakings and limitations to the application of the competition rules, where those rules would obstruct the performance of the specific tasks with which those undertakings are entrusted. In addition, SGEI measures also differ substantially from the State aid assessment in other areas, as the Commission does not have the same powers as under the compatibility assessment under Article 107(3)(c) TFEU. The Member States enjoy a wide margin of discretion in defining what services qualify as SGEI and the scrutiny of the Commission is limited to verifying whether the Member States committed a manifest error in the definition of SGEIs and whether the SGEI service providers have not been overcompensated. In addition, compensation of costs related to SGEIs involves State aid only in cases not compliant with the conditions defined by the judgment in the Altmark case 30 . The assessment of aid related to SGEIs is thus rather specific and distinct from the common assessment principles under the SAM, and thus merits a separate evaluation outside the scope of the current Fitness Check. They were also not part of SAM, precisely because of their particularity and different legal grounding.

The rules for agriculture, rural areas, forestry and fisheries are closely linked to the Common Agricultural and Common Fisheries Policy respectively. Both sectors are very small-structured and stakeholders usually differ from those concerned by horizontal instruments. 31  

As to the Broadband rules, the application of the common assessment principles is to a large extent driven by the technological requirements and developments in the sector.

32 At the time, the Fitness Check started, the rules were considered sufficiently open-ended to cater for developments expected in the near future and flexible enough to assess diverse State interventions, including those addressing the new policy targets of the Gigabit Communication.

At the same time, technological developments have continued to accelerate, including the commercial roll out of the new generation of mobile (5G), accompanied by a growing need of Gigabit connectivity reinforced by the current pandemic. After the launch of the Fitness Check, the need to take into account these developments became increasingly clear.

In the meantime, the application of State aid rules on a case-by-case has continued and contributed to develop some case practice to address this evolving situation and the 2025 Gigabit objectives. Within this context, a study was launched to examine the Commission’s practice under the broadband guidelines and the experience gained in the application of State aid rules in the broadband sector (data gathering exercise, identifying challenges in the application of the Broadband Guidelines, best practices, improvements to address identified difficulties; also aiming at verifying elements required under the Better Regulation rules). Thus, a separate evaluation of the Broadband Guidelines is now better justified.

Timeframe covered and geographical scope of the Fitness Check

The timeframe covered by the Fitness Check relates to the period since the entry into force of the relevant rules up until the present, to the extent that the relevant information and data are available (for example, due to the time lag of the reporting obligations by Member States, the State aid Scoreboard 33 data available for this Staff Working Document are only for aid granted until 31 December 2018). While the effect of recent Commission policy initiatives on the State aid rules is assessed (see Section 3.3), the consequences of the COVID-19 outbreak on SAM rules are not analysed in this SWD but its effects will certainly have an impact on future policy-making (see also Section 3.4).

The Fitness Check covers all Member States (including the UK which was a Member State during the time covered by the evaluation).

2.BACKGROUND TO THE INTERVENTION

2.1.LEGAL AND POLICY BACKGROUND

2.1.1.NOTION OF STATE AID

Competition is a major driver of growth. It incentivises enterprises, including new ones, to enter markets and innovate, improving productivity and competitiveness in a global context.

State aid control is part of competition policy enshrined in the Treaty (please refer to the relevant Treaty provisions in Annex 4) and its basic rationale is to avoid undue market distortions and subsidy races, as well as to safeguard the internal market and create a competitive landscape with a level playing field.

Box 1: Article 107 TFEU: Definition of State aid

“Any aid granted by a Member state or through State resources in any form whatsoever which distorts or threatens to distort competition by favouring certain undertakings or the production of certain goods shall, insofar as it affects trade between Member States, be incompatible within the internal market”.

Consequently, the cumulative requirements that have to be met in order for a measure to be considered as State aid and to fall under the State aid general prohibition are the following:

a.the aid must be granted by a Member State or through State resources;

b.there must be a selective advantage to an undertaking;

c.there must be a - threat of - distortion of competition; and

d.there must be affectation of trade between Member States.

State aid is a form of support given by a Member State that provides an undertaking or specific undertakings with an advantage over its/their competitors. The support given by a Member State financed from the Union budget is also considered State aid if national authorities have discretion about the use of these resources. Aid can be granted in a variety of ways, such as through the allocation of subsidies, the provision of interest and tax relief, state guarantees or the purchasing of goods and services on preferential terms.

2.1.2.NOTION OF COMPATIBILITY

The Treaty contains a negative presumption against all forms of State aid. While Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU) lays down a general prohibition of State aid granted by Member States to undertakings, Article 107(3) TFEU also allows for a number of policy objectives for which State aid may be granted, they are the so-called objectives of common interest. 34 Those objectives of common interest derive from the policy priorities of the relevant Member State while taking into account the general priorities of the EU.

State aid control thus does not prevent Member State governments from supporting businesses. State aid control ensures that any detriment arising from distortions of competition is outweighed by the public purpose pursued by the aid.

The exemptions laid down in Article 107(3) TFEU are discretionary in nature and the Commission has exclusive competence to decide on these exceptions, i.e. on the so-called “compatibility” of State aid with the internal market. In exercising these wide discretionary powers, when issuing decisions on compatibility under Article 107(3)(c), the Commission balances the negative effects of the aid measure on trade and competition in the internal market with its positive effects in terms of a contribution to the achievement of well-defined objectives of common interest. 35 “Distortion of competition” may arise in different dimensions and may have different angles.

Member States wishing to grant State aid should define the objective they pursue, and in particular explain which market failures they intend to address (market efficiency issues or equity problems). Certain objectives may cover both equity and efficiency problems. When assessing an aid measure under Article 107(3)(c), the role of the Commission is to verify whether the objective chosen by the Member State is a genuine one and then weigh the positive effects of the measure to reach this common objective against the negative impact on trade and competition. When exercising the control on State aid, the Commission does not prescribe the Member State which common objectives it has to pursue. The State aid rules only indicate in general terms, which objectives of common interest are normally considered as acceptable in view of the EU priorities.

The Commission also does not oblige the Member States to grant aid – Member States are free to choose other policy instruments to reach a certain goal. The Member States, on the basis of their policy considerations, are (to a certain extent) free to decide which undertakings or sectors they choose to support with State aid, the Commission simply cannot interfere in such a decision.

Member States can make different choices with regard to policy instruments and State aid control does not impose a single way of intervening in the economy. The Commission, when carrying out a compatibility assessment, has to verify whether the intended goal could not be reached by less distortive means (this is done under one of the common assessment principles of SAM – appropriateness of the aid). It also has to be mentioned that also non-aid measures are capable of distorting competition. If a public measure is distortive, does however not fulfil the other cumulative criteria of Article 107(1) 36 , it will not be caught by State aid control. A State aid measure and a non-aid measure can be equally distortive. 37  

For public policy purposes, some Member States grant more aid than others 38 , which is allowed under EU State aid rules. The purpose of State aid is not to ensure that Member States grant proportionally equal amounts of aid, but rather to ensure that the level playing field is maintained when aid is granted. Some might prefer other policy instruments (regulatory measures for instance which can also be distortive, but are not captured by State aid rules as not all the cumulative conditions for the existence of State aid are fulfilled). 39 The role of State aid control is to define what State aid can be accepted/approved under Article 107(3) TFEU since it is considered as compatible under the common assessment principles, but it is up to the Member States and their budget priorities whether and to what extent they use those possibilities for granting State aid. The Treaty rules on State aid do not set any limits to how much compatible aid a Member State can spend. It is not their role. They only define which aid can be considered compatible with the internal market.

Furthermore, Article 107 TFEU confers power on the Commission to control State aid measures. It is outside the remit of State aid control to compare / assess the overall spending levels of individual Member States. There are other tools of economic governance looking into possible investment or reform needs and the broad developments of public finances, for example the European Semester and the Stability and Growth Pact. 40 The compatibility assessment under Article 107 TFEU does not allow to carry out such a high-level, or “macro” analysis. To ensure predictability and legal certainty for Member States and stakeholders on how the Commission applies its margin of discretion in interpreting the compatibility provisions in Article 107(3) TFEU, the Commission has adopted a series of rules (in the form of “soft law” such as guidelines and frameworks). The adopted rules aim at laying down the compatibility conditions of aid measures. They can be either “horizontal” or “sectoral”. Horizontal rules, which apply across all industries, are aimed at solving problems that may arise in any industry and country. Sectoral rules apply to specific industries.

As State aid is not ex lege compatible with the internal market, but rather may be considered by the Commission to be compatible, that assessment falls, in principle, within the exclusive competence of the Commission, subject to review by the Union Courts. The guidelines and frameworks adopted to that end being “soft law”, are merely binding on the Commission. 41  

There is also no legal obligation to adopt guidelines and frameworks. The adoption of such guidelines by the Commission is an instance of the exercise of its discretion. They are not and must not necessarily be exhaustive – the Commission cannot be regarded as having deprived itself of the power to recognise State aid as compatible with the internal market directly on the basis of Article 107(3) TFEU if it has not explicitly adopted a position on the question at issue in the relevant communication, guidelines or framework. Where the relevant rules do not expressly prohibit, or it is not intended to prohibit a certain type of State aid to be granted, the Commission can assess the measure directly on the basis of Article 107(3) TFEU. However, the Commission will make sure that the common compatibility principles are applied to the extent possible when aid is directly assessed under the Treaty.

2.1.3.PROCEDURAL ASPECTS

Member States can grant State aid either in the form of a “scheme” or as “individual aid”. An aid scheme is a measure which defines beneficiaries in a general and abstract manner and the authorities in charge of applying that scheme do not have any margin of discretion in its application. 42 On the contrary, individual aid means (i) aid that is either not awarded on the basis of an aid scheme or (ii) notifiable individual awards on the basis of an aid scheme. 43  

As described above, the Commission has exclusive ex-ante control power: under Article 108 TFEU, Member States are obliged to notify their intentions to grant State aid and cannot implement the measure before the Commission's approval. "Unlawful aid" means aid put into effect in contravention of Article 108(3) TFEU. 44 The Commission’s approval takes the form of a Commission decision. Such decisions can be challenged and are subject to scrutiny before the Union Courts.

In a State aid procedure, the counterpart of the Commission is the Member State. Once a measure is approved (or block-exempted, see below), the Member State is authorised, on the basis of the Commission decision (or the GBER, see below), to disburse the aid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries. It may do so according to its national administrative set-up (at national or regional level for instance, or through specific aid granting bodies) and depending on the type of the aid measure. Only the Member State is a party to a State aid procedure, the beneficiary is merely a third party.

For small amounts of aid and/or less distortive aid measures however, the Commission can issue block exemption regulations, pursuant to Article 109 TFEU, laying down the conditions 45 that have to be fulfilled in order to deem the State aid measure compatible with the internal market without the necessity of an ex-ante notification and approval. Since 2008, the previous block exemption regulations (so-called “BERs”) have been “merged” into a single document, the GBER. The GBER is directly applicable and thus its conditions binding for the numerous national administrations in the Member States if they wish to grant aid under it. The aid measures fulfilling the conditions of GBER are presumed to be compatible with the internal market and thus exempted from the requirement of prior notification to the Commission, Member States may implement those measures without prior Commission scrutiny. On the other hand, the fact that a State aid measure is not covered by the GBER does not imply that it is incompatible; it merely means that the measure needs to be notified to the Commission, who will then assess it under the relevant compatibility rules (i.e. guidelines or frameworks or even directly under one of the Treaty provisions).

In addition, the Commission in the so-called de minimis Regulation, provides a ceiling below which measures are deemed not to constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107 TFEU, and are exempted from the notification procedure, because they are considered not to have any effect on trade between Member States and not to distort or threaten to distort competition. 46 As such, there is no monitoring obligation and compatibility assessment by the Commission.

For a graphic representation of the State aid “universe”, please refer to Figure 1 .

Figure 1: Schematic representation of the State aid “universe”

2.2.THE STATE AID MODERNISATION REFORM AND ITS LOGIC 

In May 2012, the Commission adopted the SAM Communication 47 setting out the principles of a major reform of the State aid rules.

There were several reasons which lead to the adoption of the SAM Communication. The State aid rules prior to SAM were about to expire. In addition, the modernisation of State aid control was needed to strengthen the quality of the Commission’s scrutiny and to shape that instrument into a tool promoting a sound use of public resources for achieving objectives of common interest and supporting growth-oriented policies while at the same time limiting competition distortions that would undermine a level playing field in the internal market. Over time, State aid rules have developed into a complex legal framework. There was scope to clarify and simplify the rules, enhance consistency and streamline the assessment process.

Based on the SAM Communication, a series of reformed rules entered into force between 2012 and 2014. 48  Throughout the SAM process, the Commission followed a common approach in establishing new guidelines/frameworks containing the criteria for assessing State aid compatibility. In particular, SAM clarified the criteria for finding that an aid measure is compatible with the TFEU and hence can be approved. More precisely, as part of the SAM package, the Commission adopted new streamlined and aligned guidelines/frameworks based on the so-called “SAM common principles” 49 applicable to the assessment of compatibility of the aid measures in line with the SAM objective to foster “good aid”.

Box 2: SAM Common principles

1.Contribution to a well-defined objective of common interest: aid must aim at an objective of common interest* in accordance with Article 107(3) Treaty;

2.Need for State intervention: aid must be targeted towards a situation where aid can bring about a material improvement that the market cannot deliver itself, for example by remedying a market failure or addressing an equity or cohesion concern;

3.Appropriateness of State aid as policy instrument: selection of least distortive tool (potential alternatives: other policy instruments or other forms of aid);

4.Existence of an incentive effect: the aid must change the behaviour of the undertaking(s) concerned in such a way that it engages in additional activity that it would not carry out without the aid, or it would carry it out in a restricted or different manner or location;

5.Proportionality of the aid amount (aid limited to minimum necessary): the aid amount must be limited to the minimum needed to achieve the objective of common interest;

6.Avoidance of undue negative effects on competition and trade: negative effects on competition and trade between Member States must remain sufficiently limited; positive effects must outweigh negative effects;

7.Transparency: the relevant acts and pertinent information about aid awards must be transparent (public).

* A full overview of the rules subject to the Fitness Check by common objective is in Annex 5.

The Commission also adopted several reformed regulations in terms of substantive rules, these included the GBER 50 and the de minimis Regulation. 51  

Besides the streamlined and aligned guidelines and frameworks, the much widened GBER was the cornerstone of the SAM reform, as it simplified aid granting procedures for Member States by authorising without prior notification a wide range of measures fulfilling horizontal common interest objectives. 52

Under the modernised State aid rules, granting national authorities got more possibilities to grant aid measures while at the same time, as a result of the extended GBER, those measures could also be implemented faster. This was tied to newly introduced transparency and ex-post evaluation 53 requirements and a strengthened ex-post monitoring of measures (the SAM evaluation requirements will be hereinafter referred to as “ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures” or “ex-post evaluation”). Therefore, SAM aimed at striking a balance between more possibilities for the Member States to grant aid on the one hand, and proper compliance with the rules and limiting distortions of competition on the other. In essence, SAM aimed at achieving the “best value for money”, promoting a sound use of public resources for growth-oriented policies while tackling significant distortions of competition.

All the SAM initiatives (including the GBER and other SAM instruments) are complementary tools for achieving all the three SAM objectives and both have their role to play for each of the objectives.

Box 3: SAM objectives

The objectives of SAM were threefold. Those objectives are strongly interlinked and have to be seen in the context of the overall objective of State aid control which aims at minimising distortions of competition in the internal market.

1.To foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market (fostering “good aid”);

2.To focus the Commission’s ex-ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on internal market whilst strengthening the Member States’ cooperation in State aid enforcement (“big on big, small on small”);

3.To streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions (“faster access to aid”).

2.2.1.FOSTERING “GOOD AID”

With SAM, the Commission increased the emphasis on the quality and efficiency of public support. One of the key ideas was that State aid control should facilitate aid which is well-designed, targeted at identified market failures and objectives of common interest, and the least distortive. For that to happen, it was essential that State aid was: (i) effective in achieving the desired public policy objective and has an incentive effect; (ii) designed in a way that limits distortions of competition; and (iii) addressing situation where the market cannot deliver itself.

The “common principles” identified above and the revision and streamlining of the State aid guidelines to bring consistency with such principles were designed to foster “good aid” and thus contribute to the growth objective.

The overall SAM objective of fostering “good aid” was, via the implementation of those common objectives, translated into more concrete objectives of common interest pursued by the individual rules in the specific areas of application of the State aid rules reviewed under SAM (for more details see Annex 5 and Section 5.1.1).

According to the SAM Communication, modernised State aid control should facilitate the treatment of aid, which is well-designed, targeted at identified market failures and objectives of common interest, and least distortive (“good aid”). SAM does not entail a prescriptive list which objectives are “good” - ”good aid” mirrors aid which is intended to reach an objective of common interest, which (in view of the above) derives from EU priorities.

2.2.2.BIG ON BIG, SMALL ON SMALL

SAM meant a significant move towards the prioritisation and stronger scrutiny of the aid with a significant impact on the internal market. In parallel, SAM’s objective was to simplify the analysis of cases of a more local nature, with little effect on trade and competition. The review of the de minimis Regulation and the GBER were meant to achieve those objectives. The review of GBER was the backbone of SAM and it meant to better target aid towards well-established objectives while simplifying the administrative treatment of well-designed measures with low amounts of aid.

While block exemptions existed also prior to SAM and the 2008 GBER was already used (albeit to a varying extent) by aid granting authorities in Member States, SAM aimed to increase the categories of aid exempted from the notification obligation by introducing: (i) new categories of aid 54 ; (ii) broader application for existing categories 55 ; and (iii) higher notification thresholds and aid intensities.

In the SAM design, the lower administrative burden resulting from such an increase of non-notifiable aid should have been accompanied by a commitment of the national authorities in terms of compliance. The Commission foresaw several safeguards, such as: (i) enhanced monitoring (ex-post control of legality carried out on a number of random schemes and individual aid awards inside schemes); (ii) ex-post evaluation of large schemes (meant to determine if the scheme delivered the intended positive results), and (iii) transparency of aid (Member States required to publish the basic elements of the aid award, i.e., aid amount, beneficiary etc.).

That objective was supposed to result in more measures and a higher proportion of the spending under the GBER and in turn in a reduction of number of notifications to the Commission. The expected effects and benefits are explained in more detail in Section 2.3.

2.2.3.FASTER ACCESS TO AID

The third of SAM’s key objectives was to streamline procedures in order for the Commission to deliver decisions within business-relevant timelines, in close cooperation with the Member States. Ultimately, SAM was meant to result in:

-a clearer and more coherent architecture of State aid control;

-the prioritisation of those cases with a significant impact on competition and trade;

-the simplification of the rules for smaller amounts of aid;

-improved compliance for Member States and lower administrative burden;

more effectiveness in public spending.

Under SAM, there was a need to streamline and reform procedures in order to deliver decisions within business-relevant timelines, in close cooperation with Member States. Given that important elements of the package contributing to this objective were the Procedural Regulation and the Notice on the Notion of State aid which are not covered by the current Fitness Check, this objective will be only partially assessed.

2.3.POINTS OF COMPARISON FOR THE ANALYSIS

2.3.1.BASELINE SCENARIO

An evaluation needs an appropriate point of comparison to be able to assess the change that the EU action has brought over time. In general, the main baseline (or counterfactual) is a situation in the absence of EU intervention. 56

In the current case, under the baseline scenario, the pre-SAM rules (i.e. the 2008 GBER, the 2006 de minimis Regulation and the preceding guidelines and frameworks) would have continued to apply. The pre-SAM State aid rules were already found to underpin the Europe 2020 flagships, as also acknowledged by the SAM Communication. 57  

Box 4: Baseline scenario

This Fitness Check assesses the reform of the State aid rules under SAM and its baseline is the State aid rules in place without SAM, i.e. the counterfactual where the rules in place at the time would have been prolonged as they were.

The current Fitness Check does not assess the unlikely scenario that the rules in force prior to SAM would have simply expired. The consequence of the absence of substantive rules would be the direct application of the Treaty, i.e. the notification of each and every measure constituting State aid in the meaning of 107(1) TFEU and their compatibility assessment by the Commission directly under the Treaty without any substantive guidance provided to Member States by the relevant soft law.

The current Fitness Check also does not evaluate the existence/absence of State aid control as such, as the general prohibition of State aid is enshrined in the Treaty since 1957 (see Section 2.1).

However, while there were provisions with regard to the substantive assessment available, not all guidelines were streamlined with regards to the compatibility assessment criteria, thereby potentially hindering coherence in all set of the rules. Transparency and monitoring of State aid schemes, the ex-post evaluation requirement and other accompanying actions as described in detail in Section 3.1 were missing. Most importantly however, the “old” State aid regime was characterised by more notifications to the Commission and less measures under the direct control of the Member States.

It can be reasonable assumed, that in the absence of SAM, all things equal, the relatively stable trends in the period following the “crisis” years, as from 2011, and preceding the SAM cut-off year, 2014, would have continued, including the trends of State aid expenditure and the trends with regard to GBER measures, as shown in the graphs below. However, it cannot entirely be excluded that the priorities of the Commission 2015-2019 58 would have had an impact of those trends.

In particular, as shown by Figure 2 , the trend in total State aid expenditure was at around 0.5% in 2013 and the two preceding years. In the absence of SAM, all things equal, this could have been reasonably assumed in the following years as well.

Figure 2: Total pre-SAM State aid expenditure as % of EU 28 GDP 59

Moreover, as shown by Figure 3 , the volume of block-exempted aid was at around EUR 21 billion in the EU. In the absence of SAM, all things equal, this volume could have been reasonably assumed in the following years as well.

Figure 3: Share of block-exempted aid, schemes and individual aid, by volume, EU 28 60

In addition, as shown by Figure 4 , the total block-exempted cases as percentage of total cases with reported expenditure was at around 60%, while the total new block-exempted cases as % of total new cases with reported expenditure was at around 70%. In the absence of SAM, all things equal, it could have been reasonably assumed that these trends would have continued in the following years as well.

Figure 4: Use of GBER pre- and post-SAM, EU 28 61

 

Finally, as shown by Figure 2 , the average duration of notified procedures was close to five months, while the estimated duration before possible granting/spending just above 3 months. In the absence of SAM, all things equal, these durations could have been reasonably assumed in the following years as well.

Figure 5: Estimated average duration before granting/implementing State aid 62  

Pre- and post-SAM, in months

Baseline scenario for the individual rules

As regards the individual rules, as mentioned above, the baseline implies that the rules in place at the time would have been prolonged as they were (with the exception of IPCEI and Railway Guidelines where no dedicated rules existed before). In the absence of SAM (or new rules in the case of STEC and the Railway Guidelines), all things equal, it could have been reasonably assumed that the situation, as described in the baseline, would have continued in the following years as well.

A detailed assessment of the baseline scenario for each rules can be found in Annex 5.

2.3.2.INTENDED RESULTS AND INTERVENTION LOGIC 

As explained above, SAM was needed because the State aid rules were about to expire and there was a need to strengthen the quality of the Commission’s scrutiny and promote objectives of common interest while at the same time limiting competition distortions.

There was also scope to clarify and simplify the rules, enhance consistency and streamline the assessment process. Prior to SAM, the complexity of the substantive rules that applied equally to smaller and bigger cases were challenges to State aid control and could cast doubt on its legitimacy. A more focused State aid was also meant for Member States to better contribute both to the implementation of the Europe 2020 strategy for sustainable growth as well as to budgetary consolidation in the aftermath of the financial and economic crisis. Those factors, together with the strengthening of the economic and budgetary surveillance, the expiry of a number of key State aid rules before the end of 2013, the preparation of the EU Multiannual Financial Framework and of the EU Structural Funds rules for 2014-2020 63 were important drivers that required the launch of a modernisation package of State aid control. 

As regards transparency, before SAM, there was no requirement for public information on beneficiaries of aid awarded under notified schemes or schemes covered by the GBER. 64 Although Member States already collected aggregate information on all of their national State aid expenditures in the context of a so-called “annual reporting exercise” before SAM, which was then transmitted to the Commission for publication through the annual State aid Scoreboard and on the Eurostat website, more detailed information was not available.

Box 5: Anticipated effects of SAM in terms of GBER measures

With the introduction of SAM, it was expected that 3/4 of aid measures existing at that time and about 2/3 of total aid amounts granted by Member States could be covered by the newly reformed GBER 65 , which could even extend to up to 90% of all aid measures, if Member States used the GBER to the full extent by designing their measures in order to fit its requirements. 66  

It was anticipated that this increased use of the GBER would have a strong impact on aid beneficiaries and on granting authorities, as it would allow for immediate access to aid (no notification, no prior compatibility assessment by the Commission if compliance with the GBER) and, consequently, a lower administrative burden. This would also free up resources for the Commission to deal with cases which are deemed to be most distortive.

Figure 6 summarises the expected outcome of SAM in terms of aid amounts/aid measures.

Figure 6: Anticipated effects of SAM in terms of GBER measures

Analysis based on aid amounts awarded in 2012, aid notified/block exempted in 2012 67

An overview of the context to each of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check and the problems each one of the rules aimed to tackle specifically is to be found in Annex 5.

As described in Section 1.2, the present Fitness Check encompasses a series of substantive State aid rules, while others are not covered. The intervention logic as summarised in Figure 2, refers only to the rules covered by the Fitness Check.

As explained in Section 1.1, the aim of the Fitness Check is to analyse the effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value of the rules, and to evaluate and assess, to the extent possible at this stage, their contribution to achieving the EU 2020 policy objectives. In doing so, the Fitness Check will assess if the rules under the Fitness Check are fit for purpose and whether the objectives of SAM have been met. This analysis will consider the relationship between policy objectives, actions, consequences and impacts/expected results.

Finally, it also has to be noted that SAM as a whole did not undergo an impact assessment, but the individual rules under it did.


Figure 7: SAM intervention logic

Needs/Problems

State aid regime prior to SAM: Rules were about to expire. Need to strengthen the quality of the Commission’s scrutiny and to shape that instrument into a tool promoting a sound use of public resources for growth-oriented policies and limiting competition distortions. Complex legal framework. Scope to clarify and simplify the rules, enhance consistency and streamline the assessment process.

Objectives

These objectives have to be seen in the context of the overall objective of State aid control which aims at minimising distortions of competition in the internal market.

1.Fostering “good aid”: to foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market

2.“Big on big, small on small”: to focus the Commission’s ex-ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on internal market whilst strengthening the Member States’ cooperation in State aid enforcement

3.Faster access to aid: to streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions

Inputs and activities

SAM revision launched: revisiting the State aid rules and State aid architecture – Commission resources

Outputs

SAM Reform – new State aid architecture

GBER and other SAM rules/instruments are complementary tools for achieving the three SAM objectives

Manifesting in:

·New revised and streamlined State aid rules 

·Common principles and requirements applicable to the assessment of compatibility of all the aid measures carried out by the Commission;

·Evaluation requirement for certain State aid schemes

·Creation of an EU public transparency module for individual aid awards

·Enhanced ex-post monitoring of implemented aid measures by the Commission

·Strengthened cooperation actions with Member States

Expected results

·Clearer, more consistent and more coherent architecture of State aid control

·Member States granting “good aid” supporting sustainable, smart and inclusive growth

·Prioritisation of cases and to focus on those cases with bigger impact on the internal market

·Lower the administrative burden for public authorities and for beneficiaries by simpler rules for smaller amounts of aid

·Strengthening the internal market, promoting more effectiveness in public spending (use of State aid only where it represents a real added–value)

·Substantial value added for all stakeholders through the new transparency requirements

·Improved compliance of Member States with the State aid rules due to the combined effect of a more coherent architecture and the cooperation with Member States

External factors

·EU legislative initiatives and revisions in areas which affect State aid

·Market trends, technological developments 

·Member states channelling public money on achieving the common objectives under EU 2020

·Increased use of financial instruments by EU centrally managed funds

3.IMPLEMENTATION AND STATE OF PLAY

3.1.IMPLEMENTATION OF SAM

3.1.1.THE COMMISSION

As a result of SAM, the Commission adopted a series of soft law in form of guidelines and frameworks, along the common principles, as well as the GBER and the de minimis Regulation. However, SAM was not only a bundle of legislation, but also an encompassing approach to enforce State aid policy. Accompanying the adoption of those SAM rules and in line with its principles, the implementation of SAM also included other actions. In particular, under SAM the greater role for Member States came with “greater obligations” and there were a series of measures requiring greater involvement by Member States’ as well as more systematic ex-post assessments and checks, both from the Member States’ and the Commission’s side.

The SAM “architecture” (contributing to the SAM objectives) can be illustrated as in Figure 8 .

Figure 8: Schematic illustration of SAM architecture

The main elements of the SAM architecture accompanying the SAM rules (regulations, guidelines, frameworks) were as follows.

Better coordination and partnership with Member States: Since SAM, the Member States have had greater responsibility in State aid control and more possibilities to grant aid without notifying it to the Commission under the GBER. Therefore, cooperation between the Commission and the Member States on the application of the new State aid rules became more important.

·High Level Forum: The Commission launched a partnership with the Member States on the implementation of the reform. To that effect, a High Level Forum between the Commission and the Member States was set up for regular discussions. The High Level Forum is a platform for Member States and the Commission to review the most prominent State aid issues in a climate of “partnership”, and to agree on priorities and working modalities moving forward. The meeting takes place annually since 2014 and is chaired by the Commission, usually with the participation of the Commissioner in charge of Competition policy. 68

·SAM Working Group: To foster closer working relationships with the Member States, the Commission has set up several working groups bringing together representatives from both the Member States and the Commission. Those working groups meet on a regular basis 69 and are meant to allow Member States, among themselves and with the Commission, to exchange information on practical aspects and lessons learned in the application of State aid rules. The SAM Working Group is chaired by a Member State (on a rotating basis) and meets three times a year. The Commission also organises, normally once a year, a Steering Group on Transparency and a workshop on evaluation. The working groups report on an annual basis to the High Level Forum.

·SAM guidance and country contact points: In addition, the Commission services also support Member States bilaterally, for example by providing informal guidance on the interpretation of the SAM rules (GBER and guidelines/frameworks alike) 70 and by providing training sessions on State aid topics when asked for by the Member States. The Commission services have also set up a network of country coordinators to facilitate day-to-day contacts with the Member States.

Transparency of State aid awards: The new transparency provisions under SAM entered into force as from 1 July 2016. As a result, Member States have to, as a condition for granting aid (for both under GBER and guidelines/frameworks), establish comprehensive State aid websites, at regional or national level, for the publication of information on aid measures and their beneficiaries. The transparency requirement applies in general to all State aid, except for smaller aid awards of less than EUR 500,000. The transparency provisions were meant to promote compliance, to reduce uncertainties and enable companies to check whether aid granted to competitors is lawful. By doing so, its aim is to promote a level playing field in the internal market for Member States and companies. For more details, please refer to Section 3.2.4.

Requirement to Member States to evaluate their main aid schemes: To ensure that the positive effects of State aid outweigh its potential negative effects, SAM introduced an ex-post evaluation provision requiring Member States to conduct evaluations for a selection of significant State aid schemes, both under the GBER (when the scheme's annual aid budget exceeds EUR 150 million) and approved schemes under guidelines and frameworks (for schemes with the higher potential of distorting competition). The aim of evaluation is to assess the actual impact of aid, to enable Member States to improve the design of future schemes by making them less distortive and more effective, and the Commission to design better State aid rules for the future. For more details, please refer to Section 3.2.4.

Monitoring by the Commission: In parallel to the enhanced role of the GBER, SAM also foresaw a shift from ex-ante to ex-post assessment, by stepping up monitoring efforts from the side of the Commission both for GBER and approved aid schemes. In particular, since SAM, Member States have had greater possibilities to grant aid without notifying it to the Commission, mainly because GBER now applies to more measures. To ensure that those measures comply with the rules in a consistent way throughout the EU, the Commission monitors how Member States apply existing or exempted aid schemes. The Commission services set up an annual monitoring process during which they select a sample of State aid schemes for further scrutiny already in 2006. Following SAM those monitoring efforts have been scaled up. The Commission services check both the compliance of the selected schemes with their legal basis and their implementation. For more details, please refer to Section 3.2.3.

Exemption for small amounts (de minimis Regulation): In line with the principles of SAM, the 2013 de minimis Regulation aimed at simplifying and clarifying the rules for small aid amounts that fall outside the scope of EU State aid control because they are deemed to have no impact on competition and trade in the internal market (“de minimis measures”). The main criteria of the previous 2006 regulation, which exempted amounts of up to EUR 200,000 per undertaking over a three year period, remained unchanged 71 , but the treatment of small aid measures has been further simplified. It is the responsibility of the Member States to ensure the correct application of the de minimis Regulation. In order to ensure that the conditions for de minimis measures are fulfilled (e.g. that the total amount of de minimis measures received over three years by one beneficiary indeed remains under the EUR 200,000 threshold), the Member States have the choice between a declaration by the beneficiary to the Member State on the de minimis measures received or a system of central register. 72 In the current system, the Commission does not monitor de minimis measures. In view of the absence of any notification or reporting obligation from the Member States to the Commission 73 for de minimis measures and of the lack of any central register in a number of Member States, there are no aggregate data on the total amount of de minimis measures actually paid 74 .

3.1.2.MEMBER STATES

As explained in Section 2.1, the SAM rules are legal instruments in the form of directly applicable regulations on the one hand (GBER and de minimis Regulation) and soft-law instruments (communications, guidelines, frameworks) on the other hand, assisting in the enforcement of and compliance with Article 107 TFEU. In view of their legal character, the SAM rules do not require adoption of any implementing legislation from the Member States. The Member States are only obliged to bring any existing State aid schemes in line with the new compatibility requirements under SAM, through an “existing aid” procedure whereby the Commission proposes “appropriate measures”. 75  

3.2.DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT SITUATION 

3.2.1.GENERAL TRENDS OF STATE AID EXPENDITURE

According to the 2019 State aid Scoreboard 76 , the total State aid spending 77 relative to Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) has been steadily increasing since SAM in 2014 (with a small exception of the year 2015). A large part of the increase registered since 2014 is due to a sharp increase in spending for environmental protection 78 and energy savings (see Figure 9 ). In 2018, Member States spent EUR 120.9 billion in absolute terms, i.e. 0.76% of GDP, on State aid at the European Union level. 79

In 2018, Member States reported spending for 4,121 active measures, out of which 1,760 were new measures. A large majority of measures were schemes (71%). The State aid schemes currently in force are very heterogeneous in terms of expenditure size. 80 In total, 20 schemes have reported expenditure above EUR 1 billion in 2018, while 155 are above EUR 100 million.

Figure 9: Total State aid expenditure as % of EU 28 GDP 81

It has to be also noted that there may be various other reasons for increasing State aid expenditures not necessarily related to the design of the rules:

-As explained above, it is the Member States who decide on allocation of their public funds within the framework of their budgetary procedures (it is not the role of the State aid control to say whether Member States should spend money on any objective of common interest or not).

-Liberalisation of various industries together with developments of case-law on the notion of aid has increased the coverage of the State aid rules (while financing of monopolies not affecting competition is not considered as State aid and thus not included in the State aid expenditures, the introduction of competition into various sectors such as air transport, railways or even some cultural areas has turned many of these measures which were previously not caught under the State aid rules into State aid).

-The public funding of many infrastructure projects originally fell outside the remit of State aid control since their construction and operation were considered to not constitute an economic activity. However, with ongoing liberalisation and other factors, such as increased market integration, commercial exploitation of infrastructures increased. Clarifications were brought about by the Union Courts on the notion of aid in the Leipzig/Halle judgment 82 , which pointed out that not only the operation of an infrastructure, but also its construction can be considered an economic activity, and thus will fall under the remit of State aid rules.

As regards State aid spending per policy objective, more than half (55%) of all spending in the EU in 2018, i.e. EUR 66.5 billion corresponding to 0.42% of EU 28 GDP, was allocated to environmental protection and energy savings. RDI and Regional development represent around 9% of total spending each (EUR 11.3 and 10.6 billion respectively), while sectoral development (a large variety of projects, across different sectors and for various purposes, i.e. investment for port and airport infrastructure, aid for press and television, etc.) represents 7% (EUR 8.4 billion). These four biggest policy objectives make up 80% of total State aid spending in 2018. For further details see also Annex 6.

3.2.2.OVERALL IMPACT OF SAM

Member States are increasingly using GBER measures since the SAM reform.

In particular, Member States implemented 1,666 new 83 GBER measures in 2018, representing 94.7% of new State aid measures. This upward trend gets more pronounced each year in terms of schemes for which any actual expenditure was reported and which were thus actively used in a given year: among the measures active in 2018, 86% were GBER measures, against 54.8% in 2014.

Figure 10: Number of cases with a reported expenditure by type of procedure 84  

While the share of GBER measures in the aggregated expenditure keeps increasing, this only becomes visible once the single largest (notified) State aid measure is singled out 85 (see Figure 11). If we exclude that largest State aid scheme, the share of GBER in State aid spending (49.2%, i.e. EUR 45.0 billion) is at a comparable level to spending for notified cases (51%, i.e. EUR 46.8 billion) in 2018. Moreover, the share of notified measures in total expenditure is on a stable downward trend since 2009 at least.

Figure 11: Breakdown of State aid spending by type of procedure 86

As regards the size of the budget, the median annual budget for notified measures is higher than for GBER measures. Since 2014, it has increased from around EUR 12 million to more than EUR 17.5 million in 2018. However, median annual budget of GBER measures have increased even more significantly, from around EUR 6 million in 2014 to almost EUR 12 million in 2018 growing by around 100% in 4 years. GBER measures thus seem progressively catching up with notified measures in terms of planned expenditure. The actual spending under GBER measures has remained stable between 2014 and 2018 at a median annual value of around EUR 0.5 million and expenditures have not followed the increase of the mean annual budgets, implying that only limited fraction of the budget allocated under the GBER measures are actually spent, with significant differences between GBER and notified measures and a marked preference of Member States for spending under the latter.

For data on the implementation of the individual rules, please refer to Annex 6.

3.2.3.MONITORING

As explained above, monitoring is a cornerstone of State aid control and its objective is to ensure full legal compliance of block exempted and approved State aid schemes, in order to prevent distortion of the internal market due to unlawful and incompatible aid. Both for block-exempted schemes and for individual aids granted under notified schemes, monitoring is the main tool by which the Commission verifies whether Member States respect State aid rules (i.e. ex post compliance assessment). In practice, the goals of monitoring are (i) to identify and correct irregularities, (ii) to expand the awareness of State aid rules among national granting authorities, (iii) to improve State aid rules, (iv) to detect errors in reporting and (v) to act as a deterrence. By carrying out systematic monitoring exercises trying to cover as many Member States as possible and as many sectors and aid objectives as possible, Member States are incentivised to ensure State aid discipline throughout their aid measures.

The Commission services started monitoring aid schemes systematically in 2006. Monitoring efforts were scaled up following SAM in order to match the new SAM architecture under which Member States have more responsibility. The years following SAM, the number of monitored cases increased progressively. However, once the schemes with highest budget and individual aid expenditure were captured, the number of selected monitored schemes was extended to cover more beneficiaries/aid awards.

Table 1: Overview of DG Competition's annual monitoring exercise 87

Number of total monitored schemes

Number of SAM measures in the monitoring exercise 88

Out of which SAM GBER measures

2018

50

34

25

2017

70

54

36

2016

77

59

31

2015

96

64

33

2014

75

50

15

2012-2013

45

NA

NA

In the monitoring exercise, two aspects are looked at. On the one hand it is verified whether the national legal basis is correct. On the other hand, it is checked whether the Member State has correctly implemented the measure (e.g. sufficient control). The Commission’s monitoring experience shows that certain irregularities appear in approximately one third of the monitored cases. Even if such irregularities do not in all instances result in granting incompatible aid, they often represent breaches of material compatibility conditions or of procedural obligations that in many cases need to be rectified for the past and in any event be avoided in the future.

The monitoring experience shows that overall, irregularities remained largely at the same level before and after the adoption of the SAM package. However, it can be observed that monitoring has started to show its disciplinary effect on Member States. The number of cases having more severe problematic irregularities has become significantly lower overtime.

As regards irregularities with respect to the legal basis for the pre-SAM period (i.e. up until 2013 included), the most frequent omissions detected during the monitoring exercise were missing explicit compatibility conditions in the legal basis, modification without a notification to the Commission (for notified schemes) and a wrong legal basis. In the post-SAM period (i.e. as from 2014) the most frequent omission remains by far the missing explicit reference to some of the compatibility conditions in the legal basis, followed by a wrong legal basis, but also by an increased number of unclear legal bases. 89  

The most frequent omissions found in the implementation for the pre-SAM period are other, insufficient control mechanisms and excessive level of aid. In the post-SAM period, it is insufficient control mechanisms. No more cases of excessive level of aid have been registered, however firms in difficulty have significantly gained importance as irregularity type (i.e. insufficient controls on the nature of aid beneficiaries) and “incentive effect” 90 has become slightly more frequent.

3.2.4.EX-POST EVALUATION OF THE IMPLEMENTED NATIONAL MEASURES AND TRANSPARENCY 

In the SAM context, it is of crucial importance for the Commission to be able to observe and track the whole implementation of State aid measures, from the notification of the aid or introduction of the GBER scheme through the granting and payment to individual beneficiaries, to the evaluation of the results achieved, which are then used to fine-tune future similar measures.

The aim of the ex-post evaluations conducted under State aid rules is to provide evidence on both the direct impact of the aid on its beneficiaries and its indirect impacts, positive and negative, as well as on the proportionality and appropriateness of the aid measure. That evidence will enable Member States to improve the design of future schemes by making them less distortive and more effective, and the Commission to design better State aid rules.

According to the “big on big and small on small” approach, the requirement applies mainly to domains with large overall expenditure and annual budget (namely RDI, regional aid, energy and environmental protection, aid to SMEs) as well as areas in which expenditure and annual budget are proportionately lower, but concentrated in a limited number of schemes (e.g. broadband). 91

The criteria used by DG Competition to assess the quality of the evaluations produced are the consistency between evaluation plan approved and the evaluation produced, or – failing it – the consistency between the evaluation produced and the minimum standards foreseen by DG Competition’s Common Evaluation Methodology. Each report is reviewed in terms of compliance with the evaluation plan (compliance), adequacy of the methodologies applied to estimate the causal impact of the aid (causality), clear identification of the evaluation questions not tackled and eventually the reasons to justify the choice (consistency), existence of an analytical framework to effectively communicate consistent results (clarity), and the existence of issues in the collection and handling of sufficient, consistent and accurate data (data issues).

By the end of March 2020, the Commission had approved evaluation plans under the SAM requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures (“evaluation plans”) covering 47 State aid schemes. Three additional schemes are currently under analysis, covering a total of 15 Member States. Until the end of March 2020, six final reports have been received. Twenty-three additional final reports are expected in the second half of 2020.

Figure 12: State aid schemes under ex-post evaluation 92  

A) by Member State and B) by aid category

An overview table on the six reports received so far is in Annex 9. They come merely from three Member States (Germany, France, Italy) and the UK. In terms of general objectives, they refer to one regional aid scheme (Italy), one scheme for investments in SMEs (Italy), one scheme on risk capital for SMEs (UK), and three schemes (Germany, France, UK) providing aid for Research and Development. The counterfactual impact evaluations conducted give reliable results for the individual schemes, but the possibility to generalise such outcomes is limited. Moreover, in the Italian and French cases, the schemes represent only a limited share of the State aid expenditures in the Member State for SME investments, regional aid or RDI between 2015 and 2018. The three remaining evaluations sketch a broader picture as the UK – RDI, Germany – RDI and UK – risk capital schemes amount respectively to roughly 30%, 40% and 75% of the recorded total State aid expenditure in the area in the period 2015-2018. Overall, the results suggest that the schemes have been properly designed, have a positive incentive effect, and provide aid that is proportionate and appropriate for the scope. That evidence have been used to assess the compatibility of the requests for prolongation of the schemes or the creation of new schemes with similar objectives.

While no overall conclusions can be drawn for the State aid policy as such (merely on those measures) due to the punctual nature of the information submitted, the six final reports provide nevertheless already some useful indications. What can be noted so far is that the average quality of the State aid evaluations completed is generally positive. Member States are producing clear documents that are compliant with the approved evaluation plans. The quality and limitations of the data are addressed in detail and the (overall positive) results of the counterfactual impact evaluations are credible. However, there is still limited focus on indirect effects.

Transparency of State aid awards is a key component of the State aid modernisation (SAM). The purpose of the transparency requirements, as spelled out in the GBER and several State aid Guidelines, is to foster market discipline by providing publicly accessible information on State aid interventions that might have potentially distortive effects on competition and intra-EU trade. It facilitates enforcement for national and regional authorities by increasing awareness of aid granted at various levels. Better transparency also makes it possible to reduce reporting obligations and the administrative burden linked to reporting.

The transparency obligation provided for in the GBER and in the relevant guidelines and frameworks requires Member States to report as of 1 July 2016 93 , in a publicly accessible repository, all aid awards to individual beneficiary undertakings exceeding EUR 500,000 94 . The so-called Transparency Award Module (“TAM”) was made available by the Commission and can be used by the Member States on voluntary basis to facilitate the implementation of the transparency requirements. Currently, 24 Member States and Iceland publish their aid awards in TAM, the IT platform developed by the Commission in 2016 to facilitate compliance with the transparency obligation. Spain, Poland and Romania use their own national transparency websites.

The State aid transparency public search 95 gives access to these individual State aid award data provided by Member States in compliance with the transparency requirements. Citizens and companies can easily access information about awarded aid, which include (but is not limited to): name of the beneficiary, amount of aid, location, sector, and objective. From the perspective of EU State aid control, the transparency database is a tool that enables monitoring the granting behaviour of national authorities, rather than a tool to verify expense.

3.3.RECENT RELEVANT COMMISSION POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

The new European Commission took office on 1 December 2019 and presented its six priorities for 2019-2024. 96 Those recent policy developments will be taken into account, to the extent possible, in the current SWD. 97  

In particular, on 11 December 2019 the Commission unveiled its European Green Deal 98 (“Green Deal”) which sets out a list of policy initiatives and projected legislative proposals with the aim of the EU reaching climate neutrality by 2050, decoupling growth from resource use and enhance EU’s natural capital. The Green Deal is one of the key priorities of the current Commission. Delivering on these objectives, including climate neutrality and accompanying the transition to it will require significant efforts and an appropriate framework for the required kind of investment at scale. To accompany the Green Deal, on 14 January 2020 the Commission adopted a Communication on the European Green Deal Investment Plan setting out its sustainable investment plan to finance the achievement of the Green Deal objectives. 99 One of the key elements is “enabling sustainable investments through a supportive State aid framework”, stating that the relevant State aid rules will be revised by 2021 in light of the policy objectives of the Green Deal.

As regards the Digital Strategy, on 19 February 2020, the Commission issued a Communication on Shaping Europe’s digital future 100 which summarises the key objectives to promote technological solutions that will help Europe pursue its own way towards a digital transformation that works for the benefit of people and respects fundamental values. 101

On 10 March 2020, the Commission adopted its new Industrial Strategy package. One of the main elements is the Communication on a new Industrial Strategy for a globally competitive, green and digital Europe. 102 It has three key priorities: maintaining European industry's global competitiveness and a level playing field at home and globally, making Europe climate-neutral by 2050 and shaping Europe's digital future. It proposes a comprehensive set of future actions, including the ongoing review of EU competition rules. A new SME Strategy 103  was also adopted within the Industrial Strategy package. The SME Strategy aims to help to lead the twin transitions towards sustainability and digital leadership; therefore the Commission will upgrade the European Enterprise Network with dedicated Sustainability Advisors and will expand Digital Innovation Hubs across every region in Europe to empower SMEs to integrate digital innovations.

3.4.RECENT EVENTS

Recognising the COVID-19 outbreak as also a major shock to the global and Union’s economies and the need to mitigate those negative repercussions on the EU economy, on 19 March 2020, the Commission adopted a Temporary Framework for State aid measures to support the economy in the current COVID-19 outbreak. 104 The Temporary Framework was amended on 3 April 2020, on 8 May 2020 and on 29 June 2020. 105 It was amended and prolonged on 12 October 2020. 106

On 27 May 2020, the Commission also adopted its Recovery Plan 107 to tackle the consequences of the crisis stemming from the COVID-19 outbreak.

The aim of the Temporary Framework is to tackle the severe liquidity needs of undertakings due to the exceptional circumstances created by the COVID-19 outbreak.

Unlike the State aid rules evaluated by the Fitness Check, the Temporary Framework is mostly based on the second limb of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, which constitutes an exceptional legal basis for compatibility with the internal market, according to which "aid to remedy a serious disturbance in the economy of a Member State" may be declared compatible. Having recognised the COVID-19 outbreak as such a serious disturbance, in line with case law, the Temporary Framework, laid down the conditions under which the COVID-19 measures would be compatible with the internal market. As such, the Temporary Framework has been developed to cater for an emergency situation and led to extraordinary financial commitments. It will remain temporary and is currently set to expire on 30 June 2021 (with the chapter on recapitalisations to expire on 30 September 2021). 108  

On the other hand, State aid rules evaluated by this Fitness Check are mostly based on Article 107(3)(c) TFEU where State aid, which facilitates the development of certain economic activities or certain economic areas without unduly distorting competition, may be considered compatible. For that purpose, SAM has developed the five common compatibility principles, mirrored in the respective rules, where the overall goal remains that the positive effects of the aid measure outweigh its negative effects.

This is not the case under Article 107(3)(b) TFEU on which the Temporary Framework is based, and which therefore does not reflect the common compatibility principles developed by SAM. Instead, the use of the “serious disturbance” clause remains very limited. Prior to the current Temporary Framework, aid measures were declared compatible under that Treaty provision only as a result of the 2008 financial crisis and prior to that only at a few occasions, in the 1980s and 1990s in Greece. The Temporary Framework thus complements the existing State aid rules in this crisis. The findings of the Fitness Check (which was a backward-looking exercise) are based on how well rules have worked since SAM and before the COVID-19 crisis. The qualitative and quantitative data used in the Fitness Check do (and can) accordingly not take account of the crisis.

The end of the crisis is still difficult to predict. Public support under the Temporary Framework targets the problems companies are currently facing and is limited in time. Aggregate data will need to be collected to better assess the economic and financial consequences of the crisis.

The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on different sectors is not yet known. However, it can already be anticipated, that for example the aviation sector might be one of the most heavily affected sectors by the pandemic.

The possible impact the COVID-19 crisis is expected to have on the various SAM instruments is further analysed in Annex 8.



4.METHODS

4.1.DATA COLLECTION AND ASSESSMENT

The current Fitness Check is based on a wide range of data sources/inputs.

Stakeholders had the opportunity to provide their feedback on the Roadmap on the Fitness Check 109 from 7 February 2019 to 7 March 2019 (see in detail Section 2 of Annex 2, Synopsis report).

The Commission also carried out an open public consultation (“public consultation”) in order to gather inputs from a broad range of stakeholders. The public consultation reached out to all relevant stakeholders and in addition gave unlimited access to everybody who wishes to contribute. It took the form of an extensive questionnaire covering certain provisions of all specific State aid rules at stake as well as the horizontal provisions from a SAM perspective. The public consultation covered, among others, the SAM common principles (see in detail Annex 2, Synopsis report).

The public consultation, targeting citizens and stakeholders, took the form of an online survey published on the Commission’s Better Regulation Portal (“BRP”). The questionnaire was published in all 24 EU official languages. Participants to the questionnaires could reply in any of those languages. This public consultation was also promoted through Twitter, LinkedIn, DG Competition’s State aid Newsletter, DG Competition’s website and the Working group of Member States on SAM. A letter informing the European Parliament’s ECON committee about the public consultation was sent out on 26 April 2019. The questionnaire contained a total of 15 questions (including sub-questions), with a mix of closed and open questions, which were devised around the five evaluation criteria effectiveness, efficiency, coherence, relevance and EU added value.

A factual summary report (see Annex 2, Synopsis report), giving a simple statistical presentation of the responses was published on the BRP on 21 October 2019. In addition to the replies and position papers provided through the questionnaires, submissions were sent outside the online tool, mainly by public authorities and associations. In total, the public consultation received 137 replies: 74 from organisations, 49 from public authorities, 6 from individuals and 8 from other respondents. The number of position papers attached to the questionnaire was 38. No campaigns were identified.

The current Fitness Check is a holistic exercise aiming at the evaluation of SAM as a whole. However, the current SWD also focuses on certain specific issues the Commission deems relevant and which it encountered during its case practice. Therefore, the Commission also gathered information on certain aspects of selected individual rules.

Therefore, for certain State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check, the Commission made use of targeted consultations in the form of online questionnaires addressed to the main stakeholders and interested parties (beyond the general public) on specific issues related to the individual policy areas and rules. The selection of stakeholders to which the targeted questionnaires were addressed depended on the State aid rules concerned and included those who are directly impacted by those rules, for example Member States, regional and local authorities, other granting authorities or beneficiaries. Some of these targeted consultations were open (i.e. published on DG Competition’s website), some of them closed (i.e. only sent to a selected, very specific group of stakeholders). The choice of the type of consultation was driven by the degree of specificity of the questions. The following rules were subject to a targeted consultation: de minimis Regulation, RAF, EEAG, Aviation Guidelines, Risk Finance Guidelines, IPCEI Communication, and STEC. (See in detail Annex 2, Synopsis report.)

As described above in Section 2.1, the interlocutor of the Commission to State aid procedures are the Member States. It is the Member States and other public authorities (for instance regional and local authorities) who design public policies in line with State aid rules and apply the State aid rules when granting public support. They are also the ones to disburse State aid. As such, this Fitness Check pays special attention to the responses of the public authorities as they are of particular relevance to the analysis.

For the sake of completeness, it has to be noted that the public consultation as well as the targeted consultations took place before the announcement of Commission’s recent policy strategies, such the Green Deal, the Digital or Industrial Strategies (see Section 3.3.), although some comments/position papers were received thereafter. The consultations took place well before the COVID-19 crisis.


Table 2: Summary of targeted consultations

EEAG

RAF

de minimis Stakeholders

de minimis Member States

Risk Finance

IPCEI

Aviation

STEC

Date

14 May 2019 - 19 July 2019

14 May 2019 - 19 July 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

25 April 2019 – 19 June 2019

9 August 2019 - 31 October 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

25 March 2019 - 31 May 2019

Open/ Closed

Open

Open

open

closed

closed

closed

Open

closed

Number of replies

250

62

207

23

20

35 (out of which 1 arrived outside EUSurvey)

81 (out of which 5 arrived outside EUSurvey)

37

Language of the consultation

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

All EU official languages (except Irish)

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

Target group

Businesses/business associations; public authorities (regional and local); NGOs, consumer organisations, academic/ research institutions and environmental organisations.

Public authorities, an academic research institute, business associations, companies/ business organisations, EU citizens and other contributors (not specified).

All stakeholders

All Member States

All Member States

Member States’ authorities; members of the Strategic Forum for Important Projects of Common European Interest

Member States, airline companies, airport operators and relevant associations

Export credit agencies, Member States, private insurers, trade and insurance associations and “others”

Moreover, several external experts were commissioned for studies on specific aspects of certain individual rules. The selection of the rules and the focus of the studies was inspired by case practice. The objective of those studies was to receive an independent evidence-based assessment on how the rules worked. The following rules were subject to an independent expert study: RAF 110 , EEAG 111 , RDI Framework 112 , Risk Finance Guidelines 113 , and Aviation Guidelines 114 (see in detail Annex 7). Multiple research methods were applied during the studies, in order to obtain a holistic reply to the different evaluation questions. They include desk research, case studies on specific schemes which were selected on qualitative grounds, web-based surveys, structured interviews with experts and with selected stakeholders from different Member States. The conclusions of those studies were partly based on econometric analysis.

One of the most important data sources is the State Aid Scoreboard 115 which comprises State aid expenditure made by Member States falling under the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU. The data is based on annual reporting by Member States pursuant to Article 6(1) of the Implementing Regulation. Expenditure refers to all active aid measures, for which the Commission adopted a formal decision or received an information sheet from the Member States in relation to measures qualifying for exemption under the GBER. In practice, the figures do not include funding granted in line with the de minimis Regulation rules since that spending is not deemed to constitute State aid. They also exclude most of the aid to railways and SGEI. 116 This Fitness Check uses data from the 2019 State aid Scoreboard, unless otherwise specified. 117  

DG Competition has conducted its own internal assessment of the application of SAM rules, the sectors governed by those rules and its market developments. Internal Commission/DG Competition data used for the internal assessment include for instance monitoring results and interpretation questions by Member States. DG Competition's case practice is a major source of insight. As described in Section 2.1, all new aid measures which do not fall under the GBER or an existing (approved) scheme, have to be notified to the Commission. In 2019 alone, DG Competition received over 180 State aid notifications. Those notifications have to be assessed and ultimately, a Commission decision is taken on the State aid character and compatibility of the notified measure. In order to be coherent, all new decisions must therefore not only take account of newest developments in EU legislation and judgments by the Union Courts but also take account of that body of decisions which evolves through DG Competition's case practice.

Court judgments, desk research, literature review and internal statistics such as the Transparency Award Module have also played a role in data gathering. DG Competition’s Chief Economist Team supported the econometric analysis.

DG Competition also used several other reports, such as the “Sixth report on monitoring development of the rail market” 118 , the final report of the “Study on Single Wagonload Traffic in Europe – challenges, prospects and policy options” 119 , the “Commission Final Report of the Sector Inquiry on Capacity Mechanisms” 120 , the Report “Energy prices and costs in Europe” 121 , the 2018 Trinomics report on Energy Prices, Costs and Subsidies 122 and the final report of the “Study on the financing models for public services in the EU and their impact on competition” 123 .Other publicly available data included in the analysis include company data, and data from EUROSTAT and OECD, as well as a Eurobarometer flash commissioned by DG Competition in 2016. 124

DG Competition also reviewed for this SWD several external consultancy reports which were prepared/commissioned prior to SAM. They include the studies “Ex post assessment of the impact of state aid on competition” carried out by Oxera 125 on behalf of the European Commission, Ex-post evaluation of the impact of restructuring aid decisions on the viability of aided (non financial) firms”, prepared by a consultation consortium 126 on behalf of the European Commission, and a study on counterfactual scenarios to restructuring state aid “Should aid be granted to firms in difficulty?” by Oxera. 127

Finally, several bilateral meetings were organised with stakeholders at their request. For the Aviation Guidelines, the Commission met the German Airport Association, the French Airports Association, a group of Swedish airports, Ryanair and ACI Europe. For the EEAG, meetings were organised with Member States, industry associations, companies, consumers’ organisations, NGOs, environmental organisations and investors. Commission staff also participated to a number of forums and conferences on the matter; the relevant case team participated in a number of aviation related conferences and workshops to talk about the evaluation of the Aviation Guidelines (Krakow, Luxembourg, Münster, Brussels, Paris).

For an overview of methods per rule, please refer to Annex 7.

4.2.LIMITATIONS AND CHALLENGES 

As explained above in Section 1.2, the present Fitness Check aims at assessing SAM as a whole and not carrying out individual evaluations of the specific rules. In addition, it is also to be seen as a “mid-term review” or an “implementing evaluation” that examines whether everything is on track or if there is a case for making any changes.

128 As such, one limitation stems from the fact that in some of the areas, the impact of the rules is not tangible yet. The effects of State aid measures often only materialise with a certain delay and not sufficient time has elapsed in order to fully capture the impact. Most of the new rules entered into force on 1 July 2014 and the associated benefits started materialising gradually. This is in particular the case for long-term investment projects which need to be first constructed and operational for a number of years in order to measure the impact of the rules. Moreover, Member States also had to design their new schemes according to the new rules as well as to update their existing schemes to bring them in line with the new compatibly conditions, which took several months (see also Section 3.1.1). Therefore, there is also a significant time gap between the adoption or entry into force of the SAM rules and the actual application of the rules in practice. 

“The time lag effect” is even more valid for obligations and rules which came into force only during the period analysed by the Fitness Check (e.g. the transparency obligation applicable as of July 2016 or port and aviation provisions of the GBER applicable as of July 2017). Combined with the time gap due to the set-up of the Member States’ reporting obligations (the last available 2019 State aid Scoreboard figures concern the aid granted in 2018), those limitations make the evaluation of SAM objective aimed at fostering good aid particularly difficult. Indeed, so far there are only limited data available that would allow assessing whether the actual effect of the aid was positive or not.

In addition, the evaluation plans prepared by the Member States for certain schemes where such an evaluation plan is required, are only partially available. Until the end of March 2020, six final reports have been received under the requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures introduced by SAM. The vast majority of those evaluations are expected only end 2020. Those ex-post evaluations, also when available, will also not give the full picture, as for the time being not all Member States are covered (see also Section 3.2.4 above). One evaluation report only covers a certain scheme in a given Member State (which meets the requirements for such an ex-post evaluation in terms of budget). Such a scheme does not necessarily cover several measures, it can just focus on one specific State aid instrument under a given objective. The ex-post evaluation requirement is a forward-looking policy tool that would allow Member States to gather evidence on the effectiveness of their individual State aid scheme and enable them to improve the future design the scheme or the design of new schemes with similar objective. By its nature, that evaluation requirement is thus aimed at evaluating national measures and not the Commission’s compatibility rules or State aid policy as such. The evaluations thus cannot be conclusive in terms of “quality of the Commission’s compatibility rules” at most they give indications on how individual national schemes performed in terms of incentive effect, proportionality, appropriateness, and distortions to competition and trade.

There is a general limitation attached when it comes to the extrapolation of punctual evidence, such as the results of case studies. In particular, State aid rules cover a diversity of aid objectives, economic sectors and amounts of aid. Some of those rules are very broad and combine several different aid measures (even for the same objective). The results of such a case study would be restricted to the specific circumstances of the beneficiary, aid measure and Member State, and therefore they would not provide a sufficient basis for concluding on the overall State aid rule concerned. Caution should be used when extrapolating findings of case studies to future cases, as those may be not be fully relevant to all Member States specific schemes and also inference can depend on macroeconomic factors linked to external circumstances. 129

In addition, the construction of a counterfactual scenario for State aid is very complex and may be specific to the facts of the case. 130

Another major limitation is the difficulty to find available data on all the different topics covered by the rules.

In some areas, the data are not available due to the lack of obligation for the Member States to gather and report such data (e.g. amounts of de minimis measures granted). In other areas, the available data are not sufficiently granular in order to enable a full analysis of all types of aid 131 . It also has to be recalled that with regard to GBER measures – which are not notified to the Commission – limited ex-ante information is available. Ex-post there is basic information available for all measures as reported by the Member States and summarised in annual Scoreboard (expenditures, objectives pursued etc.) and more detailed information only for a sample of GBER measures (monitoring/evaluations, transparency for measure above the threshold and, if applicable, complaints).

In addition, in some instances where the DG Competition or external experts asked data from the granting authorities and beneficiaries there was a certain reluctance to provide sufficient data either due to business sensitivity or for fear of additional scrutiny of the particular aid measures by the Commission. The difficulty of gathering data in State aid control as opposed to other competition instruments, such as mergers and antitrust, partially stems from the fact that the counterpart of the Commission in the proceedings is the Member States and information gathering tools are extremely limited (and many of them relatively recent) under the Procedural Regulation. 132  

Further, in certain areas (such as IPCEI Communication or some areas of EEAG) there has been only a limited number of decisions adopted/schemes put in place limiting thus the practical experience of both the Commission and the Member States with the application of those rules.

There is also a general problem with measuring the impact of State aid rules. As explained in Section 2.1, compatibility rules on State aid merely allow Member States to grant support, but they do not oblige Member States to grant aid, this remains in their discretion and some Member States decide to grant more aid than others. The ultimate policy choice whether to grant aid and if so, to which beneficiaries/sectors and in which forms lies with the Member States.

Furthermore, despite DG Competition’s efforts to publicise the various public and targeted consultations via appropriate communication channels depending on the target audience (see in detail Annex 2, Synopsis report.), the representativeness of the replies to both the public and most of the targeted consultation (with a notable exception of EEAG with 250 replies and a number of position papers) are limited. For example, the public consultation of SAM as a whole attracted in total 137 replies, which is a tiny number compared to the reference population of companies and public authorities potentially affected by the State aid rules. In addition, it is likely that the stakeholders who answered self-selected into the consultation due to their interests or connections, and thus do not represent a representative sample of the whole population of stakeholders. That limitation is taken into account when analysing the results of the public consultations and always attempts to mitigate its impact by triangulating with other data sources described above.

Finally, as explained above, this SWD cannot take into account the impact of the COVID-19 crisis (which is an unprecedented situation) and possible future policy measures which might be adopted by the Commission to deal with the impact of this crisis on the economy.



5.ANALYSIS AND ANSWERS TO THE EVALUATION QUESTIONS

This section presents the assessment of the fitness of State aid rules, based on the five evaluation criteria (effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU value added) using the evaluation questions as listed below.

Evaluation questions

Effectiveness – Section 5.1

1.To what extent have the desired objectives of SAM been achieved?

1.1.to foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market (fostering “good aid”);

1.2.to focus the Commission’s ex-ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market whilst strengthening the Member States’ cooperation in State aid enforcement (“big on big, small on small”);

1.3.to streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions (“faster access to aid”).

Efficiency – Section 5.2

2.To what extent SAM rules ensured efficient State expenditure?

3.Have the SAM rules allowed to decrease administrative burden?

4.To what extent are the costs associated with SAM proportionate to the benefits it has generated?

Relevance – Section 5.3

5.How well do the overall SAM objectives and the objectives of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check still correspond to the needs within the EU?

6.How well adapted are the State aid rules under the Fitness Check to subsequent market developments and technological advances?

Coherence – Section 5.4

7.To what extent are the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check coherent with other EU policies/legislation?

8.To what extent are the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check coherent with each other?

EU added value – Section 5.5

9.What is the additional value resulting from the fact that the Commission has adopted the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check, compared to what could have resulted from a case-by-case assessment of the notified State aid measures?

Moreover, as already explained above, this SWD focuses on the overall effects of SAM. In addition, this Fitness Check focuses on certain, relevant aspects of the individual rules. An assessment of those selected issues is in Annex 8.

5.1.EFFECTIVENESS

This section evaluates the extent to which the SAM objectives have been achieved and also identifies the areas where effectiveness could be improved.

The findings of the analysis on effectiveness are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation.

The analysis in this section has to be read together with Annex 8.

To what extent have the desired objectives of SAM been achieved?

The analysis suggests that the SAM as a whole largely meets its triple objective and hence is effective as a State aid architecture. As regards the General Block Exemption Regulation, while there might still be scope for a further increase of expenditure under the current block-exemption rules in the coming years, in line with the approach to focus on cases with a big impact on competition, the current system also ensures that the Commission keeps examining a limited number of measures involving large amounts which have to be notified. The implementation of the common assessment principles seems to have led to a clearer methodological framework for the various State aid rules contributing to the achievement of the objective of fostering “good aid”. In addition, SAM seems to have contributed to a significant clarification of the relevant State aid rules, even though some problematic areas have still been identified.

The individual rules seem to have, to a large extent, also proven to be effective in achieving their specific objectives, even though the present Fitness Check has also revealed various issues that may need further clarification or fine-tuning.

As described in detail in Section 2.2, there were three main objectives of SAM:

1.to foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market (fostering “good aid”);

2.to focus the Commission’s ex-ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on internal market whilst strengthening the Member States’ cooperation in State aid enforcement (“big on big, small on small”);

3.to streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions (“faster access to aid”).

Therefore, this section will analyse individually the performance of SAM with respect to those three separate, overall objectives.

However, those objectives are strongly interlinked and have to be seen in the context of the overall objective of State aid control which aims at minimising distortions of competition in the internal market. That aspect will thus be taken into account in the analysis of all the three individual objectives.

As already explained above in Section 2.2, all the SAM initiatives (including the GBER and other SAM instruments) are complementary tools for achieving all the three SAM objectives and both have their role to play for each of the objectives.

-Fostering “good aid” – both GBER and other SAM instruments define, based on common assessment principles, what type of aid would be considered as “good” and thus compatible with the internal market; in addition, a number of generally applicable measures aimed at ensuring good aid (e.g. evaluation, transparency, exclusion of undertakings in difficulty, enhanced ex post monitoring) relate to both GBER and other SAM instruments.

-Big-on-big, small-on-small – simplification for manifestly compatible measures with aid amounts below the notification thresholds thanks to GBER on the one hand (small-on-small) and streamlined rules based on unified common principles for assessment of more complex cases (with aid amounts above the GBER thresholds or not falling under the GBER at all) under the various SAM instruments (big-on-big); non-GBER rules thus enabled proper assessment of complex and/or large measures with potentially big effects in the market and to ensure that their distortive effects are kept to the minimum and are balanced by their positive effects in fulfilling an objective of common interest.

-Faster access to aid – that objective is not limited to GBER measures but extends as well to all measures assessed under the other instruments; indeed SAM aimed at providing faster access to good aid also outside the scope of GBER – by ensuring a streamlined and coherent framework for their assessment; the fact that the other SAM instruments defined in a transparent way what is considered as good aid enables the Member States to design their aid measures from the very beginning in line with those rules, avoiding thus unnecessary delays.

In addition to the SAM overall objectives, each of the individual rules pursue specific objectives. Table 3 summaries the objectives per rule (see also in details Annex 3 and Annex 5).

Table 3: Overview of the specific objectives of the individual rules under the Fitness Check

State Aid rules under Fitness Check

Objective

GBER

To declare specific categories of State aids (see Art. 1 GBER) compatible with the TFEU and exempt them from the requirement of prior notification and Commission approval.

de minimis Regulation

To provide a ceiling below which aid measures are deemed not to constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107 TFEU, and are exempted from the notification procedure, because they are considered not to have any effect on cross-border competition among Member States.

Regional aid Guidelines

To support regional economic development in disadvantaged areas within the EU while ensuring a level playing field between Member States and to limit the effects of regional aid on trade and competition to the minimum necessary.

RDI Framework

To declare compatible with the internal market a series of RDI measures (see para. 12 of the RDI Framework).

IPCEI Communication

To provide for a simplified compatibility assessment whereby it is to be presumed that certain compatibility criteria are met for IPCEIs that fulfil the eligibility conditions.

To create a clear framework consolidating the relevant assessment criteria in one single document, applicable to all sectors of the economy and across all policy objectives.

Risk Finance Guidelines

To facilitate the development of certain economic activities, where such aid does not adversely affect trading conditions to an extent contrary to the common interest. To encourage the development and expansion of new businesses, especially innovative and high-growth ones, that can have a great potential to create jobs.

Aviation Guidelines

To offer sector-specific guidance on the notion of aid in the aviation sector and to describe the compatibility conditions for State aid based on three different legal bases: public service compensation, assessed under Art 106(2) TFEU, aid to airports and airlines under 107(3)(c) TFEU and aid of a social character assessed under Art. 107(2)(a) TFEU.

Energy and Environmental Aid Guidelines

To assist Member States in achieving the 2020 renewable energy targets while minimising the distortive effects of support schemes by promoting a gradual move to market-based support for renewable energy and providing criteria on how Member States can relieve energy intensive companies that are particularly exposed to international competition from charges levied for the support of renewables. To contribute to ensuring the required generation adequacy level and security of supply of the Union's energy system while minimising competition distortions by including new provisions on aid to energy infrastructure and generation capacity.

Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

Rescue and restructuring aid are among the most distortive types of State aid. It is therefore important to ensure that aid is only allowed under conditions that mitigate its potential harmful effects and promote effectiveness in public spending.

Railway Guidelines

To provide guidance on the compatibility with Art. 107 and Art. 93 TFEU of State aid to railway undertakings in accordance with Directive 91/440/EEC. To improve the transparency of public financing and legal certainty with regard to the Treaty rules in the context of the opening-up of the railway markets.

STEC

To ensure that State aid does not distort competition among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers and to create a level-playing field among exporters in different Member States.

5.1.1.SAM OBJECTIVE 1: FOSTERING “GOOD AID”

With SAM, the Commission increased the emphasis on the quality and efficiency of public support. One of the key ideas was that State aid control should facilitate aid which is well-designed, targeted at identified market failures and objectives of common interest, and the least distortive. For that to happen, it was essential that State aid is: (i) effective in achieving the desired public policy objective and has an incentive effect; (ii) designed in a way that limits distortions of competition; and (iii) addressing situations where the market cannot deliver itself.

Common assessment principles

In order to establish a consistent framework for identifying and fostering “good aid” in different policy areas, the Commission within the framework of SAM established “common principles” for assessing compatibility of aid (see above Section 2.2).

Overall, compared to the baseline scenario (see also Section 2.3.1), the implementation of the common principles has led to a clearer methodological framework for the various State aid rules contributing to the achievement of the objective of fostering good aid.

All the rules under SAM (GBER and other SAM instruments) enshrine the above-mentioned common principles, explicitly referring to each of them in the relevant guidelines/frameworks. Those rules contain descriptive parts that develop specific criteria on how to ensure the compliance of the measures with the common principles. More specifically, one can observe the description of the principles in the EEAG (Section 3); Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines (Section 3); IPCEI Communication (Sections 3-4); Risk Finance Guidelines (Section 3); Aviation Guidelines (Section 5 and Section 8); RDI Framework (Section 4); and RAG (Section 3). The responses to the public consultation (Question 2) confirm this finding. In particular, 96% of all respondents (and 90% of public authorities) confirmed that these common principles facilitated the compliance with the State aid rules by the Member States.

The STEC and Railway Guidelines were not part of the SAM package. They still contain some references to the mentioned principles such as the transparency (STEC, Section 4), the avoidance of undue negative effects (STEC, Section 4 and Railway, Section 5), the need for State intervention (Railway, Section 6) and the proportionality of the aid amount (Railway, Section 5 and 6). However, they do not implement systematically and explicitly all the common principles and thus diverge from the SAM rules. As also indicated by one respondent to the public consultation with respect to STEC, implementing those common principles would in general help facilitate compliance with the rules by Member States 133 (see also Section 5.4).

An overview of the implementation of the common principles in the individual SAM rules analysed is provided in Table 4 . This table also shows in the first row the individual objectives of common interest pursued by the individual rules translating the overall SAM objective of fostering “good aid” in more concrete objectives pursued in those specific areas of application of the State aid rules.

Table 4: Implementation of the common principles in the individual SAM rules

EEAG

RAG

IPCEI

Risk Finance

Aviation

RDI

Rescue and restructuring

1.Con-tribution to a well-defined objective of common interest

Section 3.2.1: to increase the level of environmental protection and ensure a competitive, sustainable and secure energy system in a well-functioning Union energy market

Section 3.2: to reduce development gap between the different regions in the EU (cohesion).

Section 3.2: to support projects representing an important contribution to the Union’s objectives.

Section 3.2: to improve the provision of finance to viable SMEs from their early-development.

Sections 5.1/2: mobility of citizens and connectivity of regions, regional development, combatting air traffic congestion.

Section 4.1: to promote RDI in the EU.

Section 3.1: to prevent social hardship or market failure by restoring viability of a company.

2. Need for state intervention

Section 3.2.2: aid targeted towards situations where aid can bring a material improvement that the market alone cannot deliver.

Section 3.3: aid targeted towards situations of market failure.

Section 1: the market would not otherwise finance such protects.

Section 3.3: market failure related to financing of certain groups of SMEs.

Sections 5.1/2: need for aid varies according to the size of the relevant airport.

Section 4.2: MS to show how the aid can mitigate the market failure.

Section 3.2: comparison with a credible alternative scenario without aid.

3.Appro-priateness of State aid

Section 3.2.3: The same positive contribution cannot be achieved through a less distortive policy instrument or less distortive aid instrument.

Section 3.4: less distortive policy instruments do not achieve the same contribution to regional development.

Section 4.1: aid instrument chosen according to the market or systemic failure.

Section 3.4: ex-ante assessment of alternative policy actions targeting the same market failures.

Sections 5.1/2: MS to demonstrate that the aid measure is an appropriate policy instrument.

Section 4.3: advantages established by MS, after considering other policy options.

Section 3.3: Aid in appropriate form depending on the type of difficulty and properly remunerated.

4. Incentive effect

Section 3.2.4: aid induces the beneficiary to increase the level of environmental protection or to improve the functioning of energy markets.

Section 3.5: to change the behaviour of an undertaking in a way it engages in additional activity in an area.

Section 4.1: whether by aid a new project is triggered or the size, scope or speed of a project is enhanced.

Section 3.5: if aid mobilises additional investments from market sources.

Sections 5.1/2: identified through counterfactual analysis or assumed when there is a capital cost funding gap.

Section 4.4: evidence that the aid had impact on the decision to pursue the RDI activities.

Section 3.4: without aid the beneficiary restructured, sold or wound up in a way not achieving objective of common interest.

5. Pro-portionality

Section 3.2.5: aid limited to the minimum necessary to achieve the environmental protection or energy objective aimed for.

Section 3.6: limited to the minimum needed to induce additional investment or activity in an area.

Section 4.1: aid limited to the minimum necessary for the project to be sufficiently profitable.

Section 3.6: the total amount of syndicated funding limited to the funding gap identified in the ex-ante assessment.

Sections 5.1/2: limited to the minimum necessary for the aided activity to take place.

Section 4.5: aid intensities based on acuteness of the market failure, size of beneficiary, closeness to the market.

Section 3.5: limited to the minimum necessary for short-term rescue and long-term restructuring (plus own contribution and burden sharing).

6. Avoidance of undue negative effects on competition and trade

Section 3.2.6: negative effects outweighed by positive effects.

Section 3.7: negative effects outweighed by positive effects.

Section 4: negative effects outweighed by positive effects.

Section 3.7: negative effects outweighed at each level where aid is present.

Sections 5.1/2: minimising negative effects considering airports’ catchment area and existing services on a route.

Section 4.6: negative effects limited to the minimum in view of e.g. project size and aid amount.

Section 3.6: “one time, last time” principle and measures to limit distortions of competition.

7.Trans-parency

Section 3.2.7: aid measures published on a central website.

Section 3.8: aid measures published on a central website.

Section 4.3: aid measures published on a central website.

Section 3.8: aid measures published on a central website.

Sections 8.2: aid measures published on a central website.

Section 4.7: aid measures published on a central website.

Section 3.7: aid measures published on a central website.

Clearer rules for identifying “good aid”?

The legal clarity of the SAM instruments ensures that the Member States know in advance what measure would be considered as compatible “good aid” under the relevant instruments. They are thus able to adapt their measures from the very beginning in a way ensuring that they can be considered as “good aid”. Especially in the context of the GBER, clear rules for acceptable aid ensure that aid measures granted under the GBER fulfil all the conditions of “good aid” and thus do not lead to any inappropriate distortion of competition (which would have otherwise been detected only in the context of an ex post monitoring or based on a complaint).

The public consultation indicates that the SAM package has led to clearer rules compared to the baseline scenario (i.e. old rules in place, see also Section 2.3.1).

The majority of all respondents agreed (65% - 94% depending on the rule – see Table 5 ) that SAM has led at least partially to clearer rules. For public authorities only this rate was even higher in the case of most of the rules. Depending on the rule, only 3-10 respondents (out of which 1-4 public authorities) per rule replied that SAM did not lead to clearer rules at all.

Table 5: Replies to question 1 of the public consultation

Has the SAM package led to clearer rules? 134

All respondents

Public authorities only

Yes

No

Partially

Yes, at least partially

Yes

No

Partially

Yes, at least partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

30

29%

8

8%

67

64%

97

92%

17

39%

2

5%

25

57%

42

95%

de minimis

29

31%

6

7%

58

62%

87

94%

16

38%

3

7%

23

55%

39

93%

RAG

17

28%

7

12%

37

61%

54

89%

7

30%

4

17%

12

52%

19

83%

RDI

13

21%

4

6%

46

73%

59

94%

5

19%

2

7%

20

74%

25

93%

IPCEI

8

20%

5

13%

27

68%

35

88%

2

15%

1

8%

10

77%

12

92%

RF

4

13%

5

16%

23

72%

27

84%

-

-

1

8%

12

92%

12

92%

Aviation

8

28%

10

35%

11

38%

19

66%

4

31%

3

23%

6

46%

10

77%

EEAG

11

19%

5

9%

42

72%

53

91%

3

15%

1

5%

16

80%

19

95%

R&R

5

15%

5

15%

23

70%

28

85%

2

14%

2

14%

10

71%

12

86%

Railway

8

29%

8

29%

12

43%

20

72%

3

33%

1

11%

5

56%

8

89%

STEC

8

40%

3

15%

9

45%

17

85%

2

22%

2

22%

5

56%

7

78%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

The lowest agreement rate and the most "No" replies were recorded with respect to Aviation and Railways. In case of the Aviation Guidelines 135 , the main problematic point concerns the transition period for operating aid that did not prove successful as many airports will continue to need operating aid beyond 2024 (see below the separate analysis for aviation rules in point e). As regards the Railway Guidelines, they predate SAM and thus are not fully adapted to the common assessment principles. In addition, the Railway Guidelines also need to be better aligned with the development of the sector and the relevant regulatory framework (for more details see the analysis of individual rules below as well as Section 5.4 on "Coherence").

Various position papers submitted during the public consultation also explicitly acknowledge that SAM contributed to a significant clarification of the relevant State aid rules, even though some problematic areas have still been identified. As an example for all of them, the German position paper 136 indicated that the SAM process "has also achieved a great deal in terms of clarifying previously unanswered questions around State aid. In particular, the clarifications with regard to infrastructure financing, which were issued by the Commission in its Notice on the notion of State aid […], the relevant provisions of the GBER rules, the specific information on the exemption from the state-aid rules of financing provided within the RDI Framework and the Guidelines on State aid to promote risk finance investments, have all been helpful. That said, there are still some poorly defined legal concepts to be found in both GBER and the Commission Guidelines, which are continuing to cause a lack of legal certainty in certain cases."

Therefore, while SAM compared to the baseline scenario contributed to a substantial clarification of the State aid rules based on a common assessment methodology, there is still scope for additional clarification with respect to various specific terms and situations. More detail on each of the rules can be found in Annex 8. For an assessment on the clarity of the rules in terms of their contribution to the reduction of administrative burden please also refer to Section 5.2 Efficiency. Further elaboration in the context of “Effectiveness” per rule on clarity can be found in the sections below.

Fostering good aid in case of individual State aid rules

As demonstrated above (see in particular Table 4 ), the implementation of the common principles in the individual rules differs in view of the particularities of the sector or area concerned (e.g. the relevant objectives of common interest, market failures etc.). Therefore, the effectiveness of achieving the objective needs to be assessed at the level of the individual State aid rules. For more details on the assessment of individual rules complementing and supporting the below findings, please see also Annex 8.

a)Regional aid framework (RAG and the relevant GBER articles)

As regards the regional aid framework (“RAF”), its main objective is to contribute to the reduction of the development gap between the different regions in the European Union (equity or cohesion objective) while ensuring a level-playing field and limiting effects on trade and competition. A detailed analysis to be found in Annex 8.

The RAF external study confirms that the availability of regional investment aid in the EU’s disadvantaged regions does attract investments to those regions. The relative importance of regional aid as an incentive to attract investment varies depending on the stage in the decision process, the type of investment, enterprise, sector and the eligibility status of the region. This conclusion comes robustly from the econometric analysis, the survey of aid granting authorities, literature review and the expert interviews.

On the one hand, internal figures on the reduction of so-called a-regions over time illustrate a positive development related to the reduction of the development gap between the regions of the European Union. This was also supported by the most recent Eurostat statistics on GDP and unemployment. 137

Regional aid maps are adopted for each Member State. They define geographical areas where companies may receive regional State aid, and at which intensities. The maps delineate the a-regions (Article 107(3) (a) TFEU) and the c-regions (Article 107(3) (c) TFEU). A-regions are, in general, regions with GDP per capita at or below 75% of EU average. 138 Based on currently available figures (2015-2017 data), 28.6% of the EU-27 population would live in a-regions compared to around 31.4% under the currently applicable regional aid maps. The number of a-regions would drop from 79 to 78. Figure 13 illustrates the allocation of regional aid spent between a- and c-regions.

Figure 13: Regional State aid spent, distinguishing between a- and c-areas in the period 2007-2017 139

On the other hand, this was confirmed by the public consultation, where a relative majority indicated that the regional aid provisions allow for the development of disadvantaged areas in the EU (24.5%), while 69.8% agree to some extent, and only 5.7% disagree 140 . Several stakeholders that replied to the targeted consultation also indicated that the attraction of additional investments to disadvantaged regions with the help of well-targeted aid contributed to this development. Regional aid is therefore considered as an important tool to promote regional development 141 .

However, the Fitness Check revealed several barriers hampering even better achievement of the cohesion objective of regional aid.

A first barrier results from the current design of the regional aid maps 142 delineating the less developed regions eligible for regional aid. While the majority of respondents to the targeted consultation 143 confirmed an effective coverage of the regions, the use of outdated data for the calculation of the maps was however criticised. Indeed, the maps are based on GDP statistics from 2008-2010 and no longer reflect the actual reality. The current design of the rules is thus lacking flexibility for regions to react to recent developments. This finding is supported by the results of the public consultation, where only 26.8% of the respondents (42.9% of public authorities) agreed that the RAG are well adapted to recent market developments, while 58.8% only partially agreed and 14.6% disagreed 144 .

Even though restrictive rules on regional aid for large enterprises in c-regions were considered as a second major barrier (in particular by the affected granting authorities), it needs to be reminded that the more restrictive rules for c-regions were introduced with the objective to support the economic development of the even more disadvantaged a-regions. However, as evidenced by the RAF external study, for the affected granting authorities in c-areas, the impact of the revised rules for c-areas was a reduced investment level due to relatively lower maximum aid intensities compared to a-regions 145 . The RAF external study show also that the effort related to the compatibility assessment under RAG is not justified for cases with low aid amounts such as new process innovation cases in c-areas 146 .

According to the RAF external study 147 , the restrictions of the RAF are considered as major constraints by investors, especially in the case of a counterfactual scenario outside of the EU that is often related to less strict rules and which puts the assisted European regions even more in competition with third countries, such as China or the US.

The internal research and RAF external study (case study) revealed a high number of withdrawn regional aid notifications, in particular related to investment projects in c-regions 148 . For ten out of eleven notifiable investments by large enterprises in c-regions, the notifications were withdrawn. The RAF external study also shows that out of 561 aid applications by large enterprises for which no aid could be provided, at least 121 projects (and possibly even more since for a majority of projects no information could be obtained – see Figure 14 below) were still implemented in the same region even without the aid. This suggests that for many investment projects that unsuccessfully applied for regional aid, the aid was actually not necessary for the investment to take place in the region concerned. This confirms that the restrictive rules for State aid in the c-regions are justified.

Figure 14: Investment projects of large enterprises without regional aid support

The findings of the RAF external study (replies received during expert interviews), suggest that regional aid represents one of the relevant elements in the decision making process, but is not the major decision making factor. The proportionality rules of the RAF seem to be appropriate and to limit the aid to the minimum necessary. If the aid was disproportionately high, then it would not just represent an additional factor leading to the investment decision, but would represent the key factor. The public consultation confirms the efficient spending, whereas 40.9% of the stakeholders confirmed that the regional aid rules ensure efficient State expenditure, 50% agreed to some extent, and 9.1% disagreed.

As evidenced by the RAF study, one of the major changes in comparison with the previous rules included the reduction of maximum aid intensities 149 . The results of the econometric analysis indicate that the most disadvantaged regions spent the highest amount of aid (relative to its GDP), which suggests that regional aid is well-targeted. A detailed overview on the development of regional aid spent relative to its GDP is available in Appendix 8 of the RAF external study. The figures are based on an analysis based on the Scoreboard Database, EC search database, TAM Database and the European Commission. The results showed also a positive correlation of private investment with the reduction of maximum aid intensities, providing preliminary suggestive evidence that the changes in aid intensity may affect actual investment flows.

As regards the clarity of the rules for regional aid, while the overall design of the rules was perceived as positive 150 , an additional need for clarification on definitions in the regional aid rules was raised with the qualitative comments and occasional misalignments between GBER and RAG highlighted 151 . This mixed finding is supported by the results of the public consultation: whereas 28% of the respondents agreed that the State aid modernisation led to clearer rules on regional aid, while the relative majority of 60.7% only partially agree to this statement and even 11.5% disagree 152 . In addition, a relatively high number of questions compared to other State aid rules related to various specific concepts (such as for example initial investments in favour of new economic activities, relocation rules, or the change in the production process) also suggest scope for further clarification of the regional aid rules. The literature review confirms a need for a clarification and simplification of the current rules.

b)EEAG and the relevant GBER articles

The available data (State aid Scoreboard, Transparency Award Module) and the internal analysis of case practice show an increasing volume of compatible aid granted in the period 2014-2018 in the environmental and energy field (more than 180 decisions adopted under the EEAG and more than 1,000 schemes or amendments communicated under the GBER). This shows that the State aid framework has been instrumental to provide a common legal framework for EU Member States’ efforts to reach their 2020 climate targets with a set of tools compatible with the internal market. A detailed analysis to be found in Annex 8.

In addition, the public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that a large majority of those respondents that expressed an opinion, are of the view that the EEAG have allowed for a clean and secured supply of energy (28% to a large extent and 58% to some extent) and for an increased environmental protection (38% to a large extent and 53% to some extent) while maintaining a competitive internal market (40% to a large extent and 54% to some extent). This corroborates with the findings of the targeted consultation on the EEAG, which shows that more than 90% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG and GBER related provisions have achieved (~20%) or partially achieved (~70%) these objectives.

In particular, the EEAG external study shows that following the introduction of the tendering requirement for renewables support schemes in the EEAG, the number of auctions/competitive processes has increased and that the amount of aid per kilowatt hour (“kWh”), resulting from the different auctions for the different technologies, has significantly decreased over the period. However, the prices paid per unit of renewable energy vary significantly depending on the different types of technology.

Figure 15: Number of bidding processes and volume awarded 153

 

Figure 16: Volume weighted mean price per kWh in sampled schemes 154  

Split by high-level technology category, 2014-2019

The results of the EEAG external study, case practice, as well as the consultation activities suggest that it cannot be concluded that there is a correlation between the existence of reductions for energy intensive users (“EIUs”) and the introduction of ambitious renewables policies across all Member States. The effectiveness of those measures seems to vary depending on the proportion of the RES charge over the electricity bill for EIUs in the various Member States.

On the basis of the analysis of the different sources on input used in this exercise, such the EEAG external study, internal data and case practice as well as the public and targeted consultations, has shown that the EEAG have achieved to a great extent the objective of ensuring that capacity mechanisms were cost-effective in providing security of supply and least distortive of competition, taking into account the applicable regulatory context. The application of the rules on generation adequacy has benefitted from the results of the sector inquiry on capacity mechanisms 155 , which has provided the Commission with valuable information on the functioning of previous, existing or planned capacity mechanisms in the Member States covered by the inquiry. However, this area of State aid enforcement still remains relatively new compared to others covered by the EEAG.

Further, EEAG and the GBER have been overall effective in allowing aid to foster sustainable and smart growth in re-use and recycling of waste while avoiding disproportionate distortions of competition. However, the EEAG external study, the targeted consultation and the review of GBER questions on the eWiki (interpretation questions) also show that at least some Member States have encountered difficulties in understanding how they can call on the GBER, specifically the scope of Article 47 of the GBER (investment aid for waste recycling and re-utilisation), which may have led to a suboptimal use of that GBER category, and how to use other GBER articles (such as Article 36).

As regards energy-efficiency in buildings, the State aid Scoreboard data 156 demonstrate that many energy-efficiency projects including for buildings are supported under Article 38 of the GBER. However, Article 39 of the GBER that was aimed at facilitating support to energy-efficiency projects in building through financial instruments was hardly used, as demonstrated by the data of annual reports, the stakeholder consultation and the EEAG external study. In particular, the EEAG external study 157 has shown for Member States and stakeholders that Article 39 was difficult to understand and consequently to implement.

Overall, in general terms, the EEAG and relevant GBER provisions have contributed to achieve the relevant climate, environmental and energy objectives while maintaining a competitive internal market.

c)RDI and the relevant GBER articles

The extended GBER provisions on RDI adopted under SAM have given Member States more autonomy in implementing RDI measures. According to the State aid Scoreboard, RDI State aid expenditure increased steadily from EUR 10.5 billion in 2014 to EUR 11.27 billion in 2018, and 96% of all RDI measures (more than 80% in value terms) has been disbursed under the GBER. In particular, the positive evolution of State aid expenditure can be observed for measures targeted by the Fitness Check: support for RDI projects (in particular experimental development activities), research infrastructure, innovation clusters, process and organisational innovation, innovation aid to SMEs. These measures have been considered key in further facilitating effective RDI investments, which would contribute to increasing companies’ competitiveness.

The RDI external study confirms that in general the rules implemented following SAM, have helped to increase collaborations between undertakings (SMEs and large enterprises) and between undertakings and research organisations 158 .

The State aid Scoreboard data show that the interventions targeting innovation clusters were overall effective, leading to a steady and continued increase in public State aid expenditure, from EUR 53.2 million in 2015 to EUR 192 million in 2018 (see Figure 17 ). State aid expenditure for measures targeting innovation aid for SMEs increased from EUR 39 million in 2015 to EUR 199 million in 2018 (see Figure 18 ). As outlined in the State Aid Scoreboard 2019, there was also a significant increase in public State aided investments implemented under aid for research infrastructures between 2015 and 2018 (from circa EUR 34 million in 2015 to circa EUR 143 million in 2017 to 240 million in 2018). This was a new provision introduced in the 2014 GBER setting out the conditions to provide State aid for research infrastructures. The evaluation found that overall the measure was effective in stimulating RDI investments for the given objective.

Figure 17: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 27 GBER (EUR million) 159

Figure 18: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 28 GBER (EUR million) 160

Further, the RDI external study confirms that State aid was essential to carry out the evaluated RDI activities and helped companies and/or research organisations to receive adequate funding. 161 At the same time, the RDI external study interview results indicated the existence of market failures affecting investments into research infrastructures, innovation clusters, innovation activities of SMEs as well as RDI projects focused on experimental activities. The RDI external study also found that State aid had no material negative impact on competition or would lead to crowded out private investments. 162

It has to be acknowledged that RDI investments in the EU have not yet reached the 3% of GDP target and the EU is still lagging behind other global competitors in this regard. However, the Fitness Check provided no indications that RDI State aid rules would be obstructive in this respect. On the contrary, the evolution of State aid expenditures demonstrates that the enlarged scope of the GBER rules for RDI could be interpreted as enabling the Member States to effectively disburse their RDI public expenditures according to their national priorities.

Therefore, despite the room for further clarification on interpretation of certain provisions identified both by the internal analysis and the interviews by the RDI external study (in particular concerning knowledge transfer activities, research infrastructures, innovation clusters, interplay of those measures with innovation aid provisions, on process and organisational innovation), the RDI rules achieved their objectives.

d)Railway Guidelines

Concerning the general objectives of the Railway Guidelines, the majority of respondents considered that they stimulated the railway sector only to some extent (60.7%) and that they helped maintaining a competitive internal market to only some extent (55.2%). However, the specific contributions submitted by Member States and sectorial stakeholders considered that the Railway Guidelines have been working reasonably well but that they have not kept entirely pace with the 4th Railway Package 163 adopted in 2016 and completing the liberalisation of the rail sector (see for more details Section 5.4 on "Coherence") and to provide the incentives, which are necessary to encourage modal shift from road to rail. Section 6 of the Railway Guidelines on aid for the coordination of transport is the part of the guidelines that can be considered the most successful in terms of implementation by means of measures introduced by Member States (until now 64 decisions in total) and in terms of results achieved. These rules led to a consistent approach in the Member States granting such kind of support including an improved compliance by Member States and contributed to establish a common practice of “good” aid to support the coordination of transport. They also led to achieve the objectives of modal shift from road to rail as well as increased interoperability across Member States. The results from the public consultation have been confirmed by internal assessment, as presented in detail in Annex 8. As regards other sections of the Railway Guidelines (purchase of rolling stock, debt cancellation of incumbents and restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings), the Member States had only to a very limited extent used the opportunity to provide aid under these rules and the Commission issued only very few decisions.

e)Aviation rules (Aviation Guidelines and relevant GBER articles)

The main focus points of the evaluation of effectiveness of the aviation rules in delivering good aid were the provisions on operating aid for smaller airports (as the transitional period allowing such aid will end in 2024), as well as the passenger thresholds, aid intensities and the criterion of the “catchment area”.

As regards the operating aid to airports, the introduction of the transitional period did not prove successful since the Commission received only a very small number of notifications (10 individual cases and 2 schemes) and the case practice showed that not all of the assessed airports have adapted their business models to changing market conditions (see Annex 8 for more details). Figure 19 below shows that in class one and two, many of the selected airports are still not able to cover their operating costs, while Figure 20 evidences that smaller airports did not achieve a positive EBITDA. The Aviation Guidelines thus improved only to a very limited extent compliance by Member States.

Figure 19: Fraction of airports (whole sample) that cover their operating costs (2015-2018) 164

Figure 20: EBITDA per passenger for the whole sample of airports 2010 - 2018 165

In addition, the assessment in Annex 8 has shown that many small airports will not expected become cost covering by 2024. Based on the available data from the Aviation external study, stakeholder information and the targeted consultation, a majority of airports below 500,000 passengers per annum (“p.a.”) and many airports below 1 million passengers p.a. will continue to need operating aid after 2024. 

Airports and other stakeholders have explained that this is due amongst others to the increase of security costs, as well as recent bankruptcies of airlines and the consolidation of the airline market. Therefore, the categorisation of airports to establish the need for operating aid, aid intensities and the transition period for operating aid in the Aviation Guidelines are only partly still fit for purpose, especially for smaller airports, see in detail in Annex 8.

It is also apparent at this stage that the aviation sector is one of the sectors heavily affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. In March 2020, the sector observed an 88% fall in passenger traffic compared with last year. Therefore, various actors active in this sector, including regional airports, suffered significant losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which might have implications on their ability to become cost covering by 2024. While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic had not been assessed in this external study, the International Air Transport Association predicts that the air passenger traffic will go back to its pre-COVID-19 levels by 2023.

The information received during the targeted consultation and stakeholder meetings shows that the mechanism and the passenger thresholds for investment aid contained in the Aviation Guidelines are appropriate, and that larger airports above 5 million passengers p.a. seem to have no need for investment aid. However, both the public consultation and the Aviation external study indicated that the existing investment aid intensities for very small airports of 75% do not reflect current market needs. In particular small airports below 200,000 passengers p.a. are unable to provide the 25% own contribution for the necessary investments.

As part of SAM, the criterion of the “catchment area” of an airport was introduced in order to create a safeguard to avoid distortion of competition due to aid to airports. This objective has been achieved partly since the Commission only in two instances, 166 (both concerning new or recent airport infrastructure) concluded that the aid to an airport would lead to the duplication of unprofitable airport infrastructure or creation of unused capacity. On the one hand, in all cases of established infrastructure, the Commission has come to the conclusion that due to different business models of the airports in the same catchment area or due to other factors aid to the airport was unlikely to have a negative effect on competition. On the other hand, the Aviation external study observed that, in particular regional and medium size airports perceive their own catchment area to be much larger than the 100 km or 60 minutes travelling time indicated by the aviation rules.

f)Risk Finance aid rules (Risk Finance Guidelines and relevant GBER articles)

Section 3 GBER and the Risk Finance Guidelines mainly target SMEs either before establishment or up to 7 years after their first commercial sale. These companies are the ones mostly affected by the existing market failure preventing SMEs from attracting the financing required for them to grow and succeed.

The Risk Finance external study and the targeted consultation carried out by DG Competition with Member States confirm the general adequacy of the rules as a means to address this market failure. The Risk Finance external study  167 also shows that the rules specifically address those companies mostly affected by the market gap. 168 This is also confirmed by the targeted consultation: 15 out of 19 Member States’ responses to the targeted consultation make specific reference to the existence of a market failure regarding SME access to finance and 10 of them deem that the rules contribute to tackle this specific market failure. However, in spite of the overall positive feedback, stakeholders as well as case practice show the need for limited clarification and streamlining of some provisions.

The requirement of the current rules to ensure private participation (with varying thresholds) plays a substantial role for the intended crowding-in of additional private capital. The Risk Finance external study confirmed that they could attract additional private funds. The Risk Finance external study also confirmed that (i) beneficiaries have in general gained relevant expertise for attracting additional funds, (ii) the presence of public money functions as a reassuring signal to investors, further supporting private participation 169 . The case studies carried out by the external experts also generally show consistent results in this respect.

According to the Risk Finance external study, a lack of critical size of financial markets and investor bases in certain countries (e.g. Poland, Romania and Greece) constitutes a limiting factor for attracting private capital. This is corroborated by the fact that 10 Member States out of 19 indicated in the targeted consultation that these requirements were sometimes difficult to meet in their jurisdictions. However, in its analysis, the Commission has to balance that concern against the fact that the requirement to ensure private participation is a key element in the SME access to finance framework not only to foster crowding in, but also to ensure market driven investments.

On the level of individual beneficiaries, the Risk Finance external study seems to confirm that the rules may actually have had a pro-competitive effect: on the one hand, a majority (71%) of beneficiaries interviewed by the external experts has stated that they had been able to improve their competitive position in their market thanks to the aid schemes. On the other hand, the external experts suggest that many of those companies absent the aid would not have survived long enough to impose competitive pressure on incumbents in their respective markets.

In light of the above, the available evidence suggests that the existing rules have in general been effective in crowding-in additional private capital and on the level of competition both among financial providers and among beneficiaries in the SME financial market.

g)STEC

The limited number of only seven export-credit insurance schemes notified since the entry into force of the STEC in 2013 represents an indication that the private market is generally functioning well. This corresponds to recently published information by the global export credit and investment insurance association Berne Union, according to which public credit insurance predominantly regards longer-term transactions 170 , leaving to a large extent the short-term business in marketable countries to be catered for by the private insurance market. 171  

The fact that no formal complaints were submitted to the Commission with respect to short-term export-credit insurance could be seen as a confirmation that the current rules ensure sufficiently well that any distortion of competition is kept to the minimum. In addition, the large majority of respondents to the targeted consultation (70% with respect to competition amongst insurers and 60% with respect to competition amongst exporters) found that the STEC achieved its main objective of ensuring an adequate competition level between players in the short-term export-credit insurance market. In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view (58%) stated that the scope of the STEC is adequate, while the majority of those who expressed a view (over 96%) were of the opinion that the STEC rules reduced, at least partially, the risk of subsidy race among Member States. In particular, 46% of all respondents (57% of public authorities) agreed that STEC reduced subsidy races, while 41% (43% of public authorities) were of the opinion that STEC partially reduced subsidy races.

The available evidence thus suggests that the STEC reached the intended purpose of ensuring that State aid does not distort competition in the internal market among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers as well as among exporters in different Member States.

h)IPCEI

The rules for IPCEI aim at ensuring that the supported projects represent an important contribution to the EU’s objectives such as economic growth, jobs and competitiveness in view of their positive spill over effects on the internal market and EU society.

The relatively limited case practice on the application of the IPCEI Communication 172 may constitute limitations in evaluating those rules, and hence the evaluation was mainly based on stakeholder feedback.

Nevertheless, the emergence of two major RDI related IPCEIs in the last two years gives a positive indication that, thanks to the clarifications brought by the IPCEI Communication, Member States see more scope for notifying aid for the execution of IPCEIs. More than 85% of respondents in the targeted consultation (Member States’ authorities and members/stakeholders of the Strategic Forum for IPCEIs 173 ) took the view that the IPCEI Communication has the potential to facilitate the emergence of IPCEIs and provide Member States with a tool to address market failures in financing large projects of a strategic importance for the EU, and approximately 90% of respondents in the public consultation considered that the IPCEI Communication has achieved the objective of facilitating the emergence of IPCEIs, of which 26% “to a large extent”.

In addition, more than 85% of contributors to the public consultation indicated that the IPCEI Communication allowed for clearer and more consistent rules. However, some comments corroborated by the Commission case practice suggest that some notions and definitions (e.g. on first industrial deployment, spillover effects, integrated projects) have proved particularly difficult to interpret. Concerns were also expressed by participants in the targeted consultation with regard to the eligibility requirements. Therefore, it may be necessary to slightly amend/ improve the definition of certain notions.

With regard to the minimum number of participating Member States it emerged from the consultations that the requirement of at least two Member States alone might not be sufficient to allow for a geographically balanced participation of Member States. That could contribute to an undesired effect of deepening the imbalances in the economic development of Member States or regions. In addition, it may not be adequate to ensure that the benefits of an IPCEI extend to a wide part of the EU. It may therefore be necessary to enhance IPCEIs’ European character by slightly increasing the minimum number of participating Member States and providing for additional openness.

Further, responses to the general public and targeted consultations indicate that additional guidance on the IPCEI Communication would have been welcomed as regards the types of spill-over activities that the Commission would consider acceptable. The respondents also indicated that the strengthening of the role of the Commission as a facilitator of the IPCEI would contribute to ensuring the openness of the projects to all Member States. Further, a significant level of uncertainty is perceived by stakeholders as to the procedure that should be followed in case additional Member States or additional individual projects from the participating Member States wish to access an already existing and approved IPCEI. The rules applicable to such situations may therefore need to be clarified to guarantee a sufficient level of legal certainty, on the basis of the experience gained in individual cases.

A significant majority 174 of the respondents in the targeted consultation indicated that the so-called “matching clause” 175 , provided for in paragraph 34 of the IPCEI Communication, is appropriate to meet its objectives.

i)Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

The Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines adopted in 2014 as part of SAM are based on the 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. However, the basic principles of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines were laid down long before, as the European Commission at least since the 1970s allowed State aid to undertakings in difficulty and specific guidelines were adopted in 1994, 1997, 1999 and 2004. Given the low number of cases under the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, in particular as concerns compatible restructuring aid (only six cases), the case practice is not sufficient to evaluate all the changes brought about in the 2014 modification of the Guidelines. There is general consensus that rescue and restructuring aid is one of the types of aid that is most distortive to competition and detrimental to productivity and should be allowed only under strict conditions. The Fitness Check thus focused in particular on evaluating the appropriateness of the definition of the undertaking in difficulty (for more details see Section “Correct definition of undertakings in difficulty”).

Correct definition of undertakings in difficulty

An important horizontal safeguard ensuring that "good aid" is promoted is the general exclusion of undertakings in financial difficulty from obtaining other aid than rescue and restructuring aid. The safeguard is based on the premise that companies in financial distress should restructure their operations first and are not suitable vehicles for the promotion of objectives of common interest. Good aid may be also wasted if the company goes out of business when carrying out an aided project due to its difficulties. For that reason, companies in difficulty are excluded from most of the other types of aid and are normally eligible only for rescue and restructuring aid which is subject to strict conditions due to its distortive effect.

A correct definition of an undertaking in difficulty ("UID") capturing a strong likelihood that the company will run out of business if not restructured ensures the effectiveness of all other types of aid. This is particularly important in case of GBER as it is applied by the Member States' authorities directly.

Within the framework of SAM the definition of an UID was modified in 2014 compared to the baseline scenario by (i) removing the soft criteria, i.e. any situation where the usual signs of an undertaking being in difficulty are present without quantifiable ratios to measure the difficulty, (ii) extending the time frame of calculation of the capital disappearing following losses criterion (i.e. not requiring a 25% loss in the preceding year, which was in the definition since 1999), (iii) adding share premium to share capital for the calculation of capital lost (before share premium was not added to share capital and could absorb cumulated losses) and (iv) introducing a new criterion combining a debt to equity ratio and an EBITDA to interest coverage ratio. Since SAM, the undertakings in difficulty are defined as follows 176 :

Box 6: Definition of an undertaking in difficulty

[A]n undertaking is considered to be in difficulty if at least one of the following circumstances occurs:

(1) Where relevant, ‘share capital’ includes any share premium.

a)In the case of a limited liability company, where more than half of its subscribed share capital(1) has disappeared as a result of accumulated losses. This is the case when deduction of accumulated losses from reserves (and all other elements generally considered as part of the own funds of the company) leads to a negative cumulative amount that exceeds half of the subscribed share capital.

b)In the case of a company where at least some members have unlimited liability for the debt of the company), where more than half of its capital as shown in the company accounts has disappeared as a result of accumulated losses.

c)Where the undertaking is subject to collective insolvency proceedings or fulfils the criteria under its domestic law for being placed in collective insolvency proceedings at the request of its creditors.

d)In the case of an undertaking that is not an SME, where, for the past two years:

I.the undertaking's book debt to equity ratio has been greater than 7,5 and

II.the undertaking's EBITDA interest coverage ratio has been below 1,0.

DG Competition carried out a detailed analysis of the modified UID criteria compared to corporate ratings applied by rating agencies to see whether the UID criteria captures companies which are likely to go out of business. The analysis is based on the 2017 and 2018 financial data of all companies in EU28 with (1) Standard and Poor’s (S&P), with focus on ratings of BB+/BB/BB-, B+/B/B- and CCC+/CCC/CCC-, and (2) credit scores assigned by the CreditModel of S&P. First, DG Competition investigated the debt to equity, EBITDA interest coverage and disappearing capital ratios of companies in the above rating groups. Second, DG Competition analysed what are the ratings and credit scores of companies, which fulfil the combined criterion of interest coverage and debt to equity ratio, and the disappearing capital criterion. Furthermore, it was also reviewed whether the companies subject to rescue and restructuring decisions were indeed companies in difficulty, and whether they met the financial criteria of UID. The detailed assessment is to be found in Annex 8.

As regards the criterion of capital disappearing as a result of losses (points a) and b) in Box 3), the analysis indicated that that criterion also qualified companies with investment grade ratings. This could be the result of the latest modifications of the UID definition, in particular because the capital lost criterion became more inclusive, as the share capital was increased by the share premium and the time frame for calculating the disappearing capital was extended by the modification of the UID definition in 2014. In practice those changes meant that (i) companies with high level of share premium could become an UID, and (ii) undertaking with historical losses could become UID as not only the recent operation of the undertaking is considered for determining whether an undertaking is in difficulty, but the performance throughout its operation. That approach is not problematic if the UID definition is used to verify eligibility for rescue and restructuring aid because it does not overly restrict eligibility. However, since the UID criterion of disappearing capital as modified in 2014 also excludes undertakings from GBER and other aid, beneficiaries that would not necessarily go out of business in the medium term may not be subject to counterchecks of their actual financial strength and not be eligible e.g. to RDI or environmental aid, which is not intended. Compared to the baseline scenario, the number of undertakings excluded from GBER and other aid could possibly be lower after the modification, as before 25% of the capital loss should have come from the preceding year and the share premium could be used to absorb losses.

The newly introduced combined criterion of the debt to equity ratio and EBITDA coverage ratios (letter d) of the box) indicates a high level of indebtedness, which cannot be served with the operating revenues of the company. The analysis confirmed that the combined ratios can with high probability identify companies going out of business in the short and medium term. In the baseline scenario, high indebtedness of the undertaking and a low EBITDA relative to the interest service, would not have excluded an undertaking from GBER and other aid. Therefore, that new criterion most likely is further limiting the number of undertakings eligible for GBER and other aid. However, the analysis of DG Competition has shown that highly indebted companies which are not able to service the interest charges of their debt are more likely to go out of business; therefore, that result is intended.

In addition, respondents to the public consultation took the view that the modified definition of UID facilitates compliance with State aid rules, though that there are also elements to improve or clarify (42% of the respondents who answered, said 'yes', while 40% said 'partially', and only 18% said 'no'). Moreover, to the question to what extent have State aid rules achieved the objective of identifying companies in difficulty by setting correct definition criteria 177 , 35 respondents (61.4%) replied ‘to some extent only’, 13 respondents said (13%) ‘to a large extent’ and 9 respondents replied ‘not at all’. When asked to what extent has the definition for companies in difficulty achieved the objective of maintaining a competitive internal market 178 , 22 respondents (47.8%) replied ‘to some extent only’, 17 respondents (37%) replied ‘to a large extent’ and 7 respondents said ‘not at all’.

As regards the scope of the UID, some respondents also suggested that the definition is not fit for certain types of companies, in particular for start-ups, scale-ups, companies developing new technologies (especially when using venture capital financing) 179 or for public companies or NGOs 180 .

It overall appears that among the UID criteria, the disappearing capital criterion is overly conservative on a stand-alone basis. In effect that criterion may be met by companies with an investment grade rating which are not expected to default on their payments. They could be companies whose business model is based on limited share capital, companies with high level of share premium, companies with high historical losses, or, more generally, companies that would not go out of business in the medium term with near certainty and, therefore, were not intended to be excluded from good aid.

Overall, based on the econometric analysis and stakeholder feedback, the UID criterion largely meets its objective to identify companies in difficulties correctly but it is not entirely clear and easy to apply for national authorities and guidance and/or clarification might be needed.

Avoiding subsidy races

Avoiding subsidy races refers to measures and not the overall spending levels of a Member State.

The common principles for the assessment of compatibility ensure that the amount of aid is kept to the minimum necessary and proportionate to achieve an objective of common interest. In other words, if for every State aid measure, Member States must demonstrate, that it is kept to the minimum to change the behaviour of companies and if the same change in behaviour could have been obtained with less aid, these principles inherently thereby ensure that Member States are not spending “too much” overall. In addition, due to the principle of “cumulation of aid”, all aid measures related to each project need to be taken into account when assessing the aid intensities. This guarantees that the aid is limited to the minimum necessary for the activity to take place. It has been confirmed that those common principles are valid and correctly defined (see beginning of Section 5.1.1).

There are several safeguards to ensure that there is no excessive spending by Member States with respect to a specific project. Compatible State aid measures are often capped by an absolute amount, others by a maximum aid intensity (i.e. the aid cannot exceed a certain maximum percentage of well-defined eligible costs), some undergo a strict funding gap calculation. There are strict cumulation rules stipulated by the various SAM instruments: in principle, State aid is always given to a specific undertaking (or undertakings) for a specific purpose or for a well-defined project and State aid cannot be given for the same purpose twice. So-called “operating aid” is also normally prohibited. In addition, artificial splitting of aided projects in order to benefit from the GBER is not allowed by the GBER conditions or under other compatibility rules.

Moreover, State aid generally complements private money and is designed in a way to attract additional private investment. For instance, when assessing recue and restructuring measures, own contributions by the company and burden sharing is an unavoidable criterion for compatibility. In other instances, the aid intensity is capped at a certain share of eligible costs of the aided project while the remaining costs of the project need to be financed from private funds.

181 It is also important to underline that under the cohesion objective, regional investment aid can only be granted in the Union’s most disadvantaged regions – thus, “wealthier” Member States cannot make use of such aid. The RAF external study also evidenced that regional aid rules prevent wasteful subsidy races, when regional authorities compete with each other to attract investment to their region. The regional aid rules reduced regional State aid eligibility and maximum aid intensities compared to the previous regional aid rules and it prohibited State aid from relocating existing investment between Member States. In theory, those measures restricted aid granting authorities in their ability to bid for investments against other EU regions.

In the public consultation there seemed to be an agreement that the SAM rules have reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU. In particular, the shift to more GBER measures was regarded as an appropriate tool to avoid subsidy races. As shown by Figure 21 below 69% of respondents stated that the new GBER contributed to avoiding subsidy races (for public authorities only, this rate was even higher 73%). No public authority replied in the negative). One stakeholder mentioned in particular: “Subsidy race between EU Member States has been successfully restricted.” 182

Figure 21: Replies to question 4 of the public consultation

Has the GBER reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU?

As regards individual rules, the highest share of negative replies to that question concerned Aviation rules (41.4% replied "no"). The results of the Aviation external study suggest that this is likely to be related to the problems with compliance with the rules for operating aid (see for more details the Section on Aviation rules).

Ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures as a way to ensure “good aid”

Traditionally, State aid control was mostly based on a system of ex-ante scrutiny and compatibility assessment. The relevance of the requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures stems from the fact that its introduction has allowed to “close the circle” of the State aid assessment cycle and ensure that ex-post evaluation results can be used in the policy design of future State aid measures. In that sense, the inherent role of State aid evaluation is to analyse the EU added value of the individual State aid schemes by assessing their incentive effect, proportionality, appropriateness, and eventual distortions to competition and trade.

So far, only limited evidence is available on the effectiveness of the requirement. As indicated above, most schemes will deliver the final evaluation report later in 2020. Based on the six final reports already received 183 , the average quality of the State aid evaluations completed is generally positive. Member States are producing clear documents that are compliant with the approved evaluation plans. The quality and limitations of the data are addressed in detail and the (overall positive) results of the counterfactual impact evaluations are credible. However, there is still limited focus on indirect effects. DG COMP and the JRC have therefore already planned a meta-analysis of all evaluation reports submitted by the end of 2020.

Figure 22: Summary analysis of the characteristics of final evaluation reports received

Current evaluation rules focus on the final evaluation report, mentioning that it has to be submitted to the Commission six months before the end of the scheme at the latest. (An overview table on the six reports received so far is in Annex 9.) Although interim reports are a common practice, there is no binding requirement to produce them. A more systematic use of those tools could be beneficial to gather early information on the effectiveness of the schemes and assess data quality or identify potential data gaps.

Those considerations are supported by the results of the public consultation. Overall, the majority of respondents expressed a positive assessment of the ex-post evaluation rules, acknowledging that this requirement has facilitated the compliance with State aid rules (55% of all respondents 81% of public authorities). Only 26%, 14 respondents (out of which 10% or 2 public authorities) replied that the evaluation requirement did not at all facilitate the compliance with State aid rules. As the requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures concerns only a limited number of schemes (see Section 3.1.1), the questions related to ex-post evaluation were only answered by roughly one third of the respondents to the public consultation (between 46 and 53 out of 137). Most respondents were public authorities (around 50% on average).

In terms of the characteristics (and especially size) of the schemes assessed, 85% of the respondents believe that the threshold for ex-post evaluation is appropriate or even too high (the latter being reported by 33%) thereby suggesting that the requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures could be applied to a larger share of schemes in the future.

Some answers to the public consultation suggested possible ways to improve its application, for instance by linking the threshold to the size of the sector or the economy. Internal DG Competition analyses on all State aid cases between 2015 and 2019 did not find substantial differences between applying a standard threshold across all Member States and using different weighting systems by sector and/or Member State. However, case practice has shown that the reference to the “average annual State aid budget” (instead of an overall budget or the budget for any specific year) is a potential source of uncertainty, as Member States may realise that they have exceeded the ex-post evaluation threshold only after several years into the implementation of the scheme. Moreover, case practice shows that the ex-post evaluation of short-term schemes (with a duration of one to three years) is problematic, since there is only very little data available for the exercise 184 .

Transparency to foster market discipline

By providing publicly accessible information on State aid interventions that might have potentially distortive effects on competition and intra-EU trade, the transparency requirements foster market discipline and assist in ensuring that Member States target their support measures in line with the applicable State aid rules based on the common principles.

According to a flash Eurobarometer commissioned by DG Competition in 2016 185 to discover citizens' perceptions of transparency in State aid, citizens' attitudes towards transparency, and their opinions about the ease of accessing relevant information, overall, 84% of citizens agree that they should have full access to information about State aid given to companies see Figure 23 .

Figure 23: Results of the 2016 Eurobarometer flash

“Please tell to what extent you agree or disagree with the following statement about state aid: Citizens should have full access to information about state aid granted by public authorities to companies (% -EU)”

Respondents to the Eurobarometer flash (53%) also believed that the most effective way to ensure transparency regarding State aid is to publish information automatically when public authorities give such aid. 186 Those Eurobarometer results show that citizens are seeking access to information regarding State aid and its effects, and therefore confirm that the necessity of transparency.

This corroborates with the findings of the public consultation, according to which transparency obligation enables companies to monitor, at least to some extent, their competitors (according to more than 90% of the respondents) and promotes, at least to some extent, the accountability of Member States’ actions (88%).

The public consultation also confirms the effectiveness of the obligations and hence the need to maintain and even extend them. Around 62% of the respondents confirmed that transparency has facilitated compliance with State aid rules – one of the main objectives of SAM. Only 15.6% of all respondents (15.2% of public authorities) replied that the new transparency requirement did not at all facilitate compliance with State aid rules.

Figure 24: Replies to question 2 of the public consultation

Based on your experience, did the new transparency provisions facilitate the compliance with the State aid rules by the Member States?

As regards the threshold triggering transparency obligation, 70% of the respondents in the public consultation believe that the EUR 500,000 threshold is appropriate or even too high.

5.1.2.SAM OBJECTIVE 2: BIG ON BIG, SMALL ON SMALL

As shown below, SAM did strike the right balance between allowing unproblematic aid without delays on the one hand (GBER) and focusing detailed scrutiny on the more distortive measures with significant impact in the market on the other hand.

Enhanced use of GBER for non-problematic aid

In the outset, it has to be noted that higher levels of overall State aid do not necessarily imply higher levels of competition distortions. Instead, aid must be well-designed and kept to the minimum necessary to meet its objectives. Better-targeted and less wasteful aid are therefore the objectives of SAM, not restricting higher levels of overall State aid. State aid control has continuously evolved in this regard. As mentioned above, many State aid measures are also co-financed by centrally managed or co-managed spending programmes or through the European Investment Bank and therefore intrinsically reflect the EU policy priorities, such as the green and digital transformations. It is hence also the EU’s objective to spend the money in a well-targeted and less wasteful way.

The GBER did form the cornerstone of SAM, because its design put an emphasis on “manifestly compatible measures”. This does not mean, however, that GBER measures have become “invisible” to the Commission. The GBER conditions make sure that in case an aid measure would not be manifestly compatible, it must be notified.

187 As also explained above, here is also a presumption that higher levels of aid lead to higher distortions. For instance, the de minimis Regulation is based on this presumption, namely that below a certain amount of support there is no distortion of competition. As also observed in the 2017 Oxera study on the magnitude of aid: “[w]hen considering the likely effects of an aid measure on competition, it can be helpful to put the size of the measure (in monetary terms) into the context of the size of the affected markets. As highlighted by the case studies selected for this report, the smaller the relative size of an aid measure, the smaller likelihood of that measure distorting competition in the affected market(s).” In the GBER, aid measures are often subject to so-called notification thresholds: once the aid amount exceeds a certain threshold, the entire aid amount falls outside the GBER and has to be notified individually (because the presumption is that higher aid amounts –depending on the aid measure and objective – need closer scrutiny).

In addition, for measures fulfilling the conditions of the GBER, monitoring efforts have increased with SAM as described in the present Fitness Check, thus ensuring that no unduly distortive measures slip under the GBER. Neither the ex-post monitoring exercise, nor the feedback from stakeholders (e.g. competitors of the beneficiaries) indicate that there would be any systemic problem with more aid distorting competition being granted under the GBER as compared to the period before the SAM. 

188 Member States’ own powers for evaluating potentially distortive measures have increased as outlined in the present Fitness Check. The frequent use by the Member States of the possibility to ask interpretation questions on various GBER provisions confirms that they do take compliance with GBER seriously. This is even more important in view of the case-law clearly requiring that in order to benefit from the GBER, an aid measure must fulfil all the relevant GBER conditions which must be interpreted strictly as otherwise it would constitute an unlawful aid that would need to be recovered. Moreover, the introduction of the transparency requirement enables the competitors to check the aid received and to submit complaints to the Commission if there are any doubts on the compliance with the rules.

The data reported by the Member States as presented in the State Aid Scoreboard 189 demonstrate that compared to the baseline scenario the Member States are increasingly using GBER measures since the implementation of SAM. In 2018, Member States implemented 1,666 new 190  GBER measures representing 94.7% of new State aid measures. That upward trend gets more pronounced each year in the actual expenditure of the schemes: among the measures active in 2018, 86.0% are GBER measures, against 54.8% in 2014.

Therefore, the objective of SAM aiming at enhanced use of the GBER as compared to the baseline scenario has been clearly achieved as regards the number of measures.

However, the increase of the share of the GBER in terms of expenditure has been less significant. Even though the share of GBER measures in the aggregated expenditure keeps increasing, the relative importance of the GBER becomes more visible once the largest State aid scheme in the EU, Erneuerbare-Energien-Gesetz 2014-2017 (or EEG 2014-2017) 191  is singled out (see Figure 11 ).

Table 6: Breakdown of State aid spending by type of procedure 192

If we exclude the largest State aid scheme, the share of GBER in State aid spending (49.2%, i.e. EUR 45 billion) is at a comparable level to spending for notified cases (51%, i.e. EUR 46.8 billion) in 2018. Moreover, the share of notified measures in total expenditure is on a stable downward trend since 2009 at least ( Table 6 above). In 2018, among the measures with reported expenditure above EUR 1 billion, 7 out of 20 (around one third) are GBER measures, while that proportion reaches 48.4% for measures with reported expenditure above EUR 100 million (75 GBER measures out of 155 measures).

Therefore, while the share of GBER measures in the total State aid spending has been increasing as well, it is significantly lower than in case of the number of measures. However, this is also a logical consequences of the “big on big, small on small” approach as the notified measures involve in general significantly higher amounts of aid both as regards the planned budget and actual expenditure (see Figure 25 ). They are thus more likely to lead to more significant distortions of competition and thus merit a more detailed and ex-ante scrutiny.

Figure 25: Median of budgeted and actual expenditures of State aid schemes 193  

In addition, the overview of the evolution of the number of active measures under the individual GBER articles/objectives provided in Table 7 indicates that the growing uptake of GBER compared to the baseline scenario is significant in all respective areas.

Table 7: Number of active measures under the individual 2014 GBER articles/objectives

Objective

Article (“Art.”)

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

RDI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fundamental research (Art. 25(2)(a))

7

33

64

68

81

Industrial research (Art. 25(2)(b))

25

125

197

292

446

Experimental development (Art. 25(2)(c))

26

142

203

285

402

Feasibility studies (Art. 25(2)(d))

3

24

40

63

106

Aid for the establishment of research infrastructures (Art. 26)

3

6

19

31

53

Aid for innovation clusters (Art. 27)

4

36

86

107

153

Innovation aid for SMEs (Art. 28)

7

54

73

102

139

Aid for process and organisational innovation (Art. 29)

1

14

25

42

56

Aid for research and development in the fishery and aquaculture sector (Art. 30)

0

8

3

5

9

RDI – TOTAL

76

442

710

995

1445

Regional Development

 

 

 

 

 

Regional aid - investment aid (Art. 14) for scheme

28

103

151

196

255

Regional aid - investment aid (Art. 14) for ad-hoc

15

33

12

28

207

Transport costs of goods in eligible areas (Art. 15(2)(a))

2

5

5

5

5

Additional costs in outermost regions (Art. 15(2)(b))

7

9

9

8

8

Regional urban development aid schemes (Art. 16)

3

1

1

1

3

Investment aid for local infrastructures (Art. 56)

3

10

34

86

76

Regional Development – TOTAL

58

161

212

324

554

Compensation of damages caused by natural disaster

Aid to make good the damage caused by certain natural disasters (Art. 50)

3

13

22

24

26

Culture

 

 

Aid for culture and heritage conservation (Art. 53)

64

711

793

535

663

Aid schemes for audio-visual works (Art. 54)

9

68

114

154

185

Aid for sport and multifunctional recreational infrastructures (Art. 55)

1

24

49

66

124

Culture – TOTAL

74

803

956

755

972

Employment

 

 

 

Aid for the recruitment of disadvantaged workers in the form of wage subsidies (Article 32)

1

25

37

53

55

Aid for the employment of workers with disabilities in the form of wage subsidies (Article 33)

2

16

22

29

32

Aid for compensating the additional costs of employing workers with disabilities (Art. 34)

5

16

21

26

34

Aid for compensating the costs of assistance provided to disadvantaged workers (Art.35)

0

0

3

2

2

Employment – TOTAL

8

57

83

110

123

Environmental protection including energy savings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment aid enabling undertakings to go beyond Union standards for environmental protection or increase the level of environmental protection in the absence of Union standards (Art. 36)

5

29

42

61

92

Aid for early adaptation to future Union standards for SMEs (Art. 37)

5

8

8

8

9

Environmental investment aid for energy efficiency measures (Art. 38)

9

41

60

86

116

Aid for energy efficiency projects (Art. 39)

3

5

2

7

7

Investment aid for high-efficiency cogeneration (Art. 40)

3

9

13

13

18

Investment aid for the promotion of energy from renewable energy sources (Art. 41)

10

39

55

90

109

Operating aid for the promotion of electricity from renewable energy sources (Art. 42)

0

2

1

5

4

Operating aid for the promotion of energy from renewable sources in small scale installation (Art. 43)

0

1

1

1

4

Aid in the form of reductions in environmental taxes under Directive 2003/96/EC (Art. 44)

9

27

45

48

53

Investment aid for remediation of contaminated sites (Art. 45)

1

6

12

22

18

Investment aid for energy efficient district heating and cooling (Art. 46)

2

21

23

39

45

Investment aid for waste recycling and re-utilisation (Art. 47)

1

3

4

7

8

Investment aid for energy infrastructure (Art. 48)

6

3

6

16

16

Aid for environmental studies (Art. 49)

6

16

24

29

34

Environmental protection including energy savings – TOTAL

60

210

296

432

533

Sectoral development

 

 

Investment aid for regional airports (Art. 56a)

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

4

28

Investment aid for maritime ports (Art. 56b)

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

8

22

Investment aid for inland ports (Art. 56c)

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

1

2

Sectoral development – TOTAL

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

13

52

SMEs including risk capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment aid to SMEs (Art. 17)

22

144

153

203

214

Aid for consultancy in favour of SMEs (Art. 18)

2

14

42

77

99

Aid to SMEs for participation in fairs (Art. 19)

0

4

15

25

31

Aid for cooperation costs incurred by SMEs participating in European Territorial Cooperation projects (Art. 20)

0

2

6

9

8

Risk finance aid (Art. 21)

6

19

24

25

34

Aid for start-ups (Art. 22)

11

39

53

81

121

SME aid - Aid to alternative trading platforms specialised in SMEs (Art. 23)

0

0

0

2

0

Aid for scouting costs (Art. 24)

0

0

0

0

0

SMEs including risk capital

41

222

293

422

507

Social support to individual consumers

Social aid for transport for residents of remote regions (Art. 51)

2

4

4

6

6

Training

Training aid (Art. 31)

18

109

113

158

174

Other

Aid for broadband infrastructure (Art. 52)

7

13

20

31

38

Table 7 demonstrates that the gradual increase in the total number of measures was significant in all main objectives covered by GBER. Moreover, the number of GBER articles with no or only a minimal uptake is very limited and most of the GBER articles are thus extensively used by the Member States.

Commission investigation focusing on the most distortive cases

Individual rules are now based on common assessment principles, which are more streamlined than before. By way of example, non-GBER measures must evaluate whether the aided measure has an incentive effect, where the counterfactual scenario (i.e. what would have happened if the aid had not been granted) is assessed against the future (what happens with the aid). Applying that common principle in all State aid instruments thus necessarily leads to evaluating the level of distortion introduced by the measure. SAM has therefore led, by applying the common principles, to the situation where the level of distortion is assessed almost automatically for all notified measures.

In general, State aid policy is constantly in the spotlight and the Commission’s services are regularly approached by Member States and stakeholders on various policy issues. Advisory Committee and Member States’ multilateral meetings in the legislative process or the SAM working group are instances where Member States can voice their opinion or raise issues.

Other stakeholders also have various ways to “express disagreement”. In particular, anybody is entitled to submit so-called market information to the Commission’s services while complainants with legal standing (e.g. competitors of a beneficiary of State aid) are entitled to submit a formal complaint, on which the Commission is obliged to take a formal view through a decision. Interested parties and other Member States can submit comments on any case where an in-depth investigation has been opened. In addition, they have the right to challenge any of the Commission’s State aid decisions in front of the Union courts. Furthermore, interested parties can even challenge the legality of GBER aid in front of the courts.

As a result of SAM the changes introduced to the rules were to further allow the Commission to focus its ex ante control on measures with a significant impact on the internal market, while allowing Member States to implement, under their own responsibility, well targeted measures expected to have only a limited impact on competition. That approach was for instance also confirmed by the 2017 Oxera study, where based on an exemplary analysis, the study concluded that when the amount of aid was small relative to the market size (less than 1%), the aid was unlikely to have distorted competition; likewise, the absolute amount of aid is considered to be a factor to determine the potential effects on competition. 194

The effective achievement of the objective of promoting the use of GBER and thus focussing Commission investigation on the most distortive cases was also largely confirmed by many submissions to the public consultation:

·“There is no doubt that the widening of the exemptions of the GBER has simplified the grant process and sped up the relevant proceedings. The principle underlying the 2014 modernisation of State aid law (lean procedures for small-scale cases) has proven its worth and ought to be upheld." 195

·“The Dutch authorities endorse the general objectives of the State aid modernization process as started in 2012. Focusing enforcement on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market is an important principle that can be endorsed. The General Block Exemption Regulation (hereafter: GBER) is a good instrument to achieve this goal and is widely used in the Netherlands. Also improvement has been made in identification and definition of common State aid principles and in streamlining the State aid rules.” 196

·"Overall, the 2014 SAM reform has been a success in many ways: the wider scope of the General Block Exemption regulation (GBER) has reduced the administrative burden of authorities and enabled the Commission to focus its scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on competition." 197

In addition, the public consultation indicates that the increased use of GBER has generally not compromised the objective of ensuring a competitive internal market. In reply to Question 5 enquiring whether according to the experience of the respondents the GBER achieved the objective of maintaining a competitive internal market, there was no negative reply while a majority of respondents considered that that objective has been achieved to a large extent (see Figure 26 ).

Figure 26: Replies to question 5 of the public consultation

To what extent have the rules for low amounts of aid under the GBER achieved the objective of maintaining a competitive internal market?

Also the notification thresholds in GBER have been largely considered as appropriate. Member States' authorities in their submissions indicated for example that “[i]n general the GBER thresholds are the correct ones, given the objective of focus on cases with the biggest impact.” 198 , or that "the current notification threshold [in Article 4 of the GBER] are adequate. Any increase would lead to a disproportionate distortion of competition, which must be subject to [ex-ante] notification.” 199 .

Question 3 sought the public view whether, as a result of SAM, the Commission succeeded in focusing its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market. Only 13% of respondents (merely 3% of public authority) replied in the negative, while 87% (68) of all respondents (see Figure 27 below) and 97% (31) of all public authorities were of the opinion that this is the case, at least partially. 200  

Figure 27: Replies to question 3 of the public consultation

For SAM as a whole, has the Commission focused its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market?

5.1.3.SAM OBJECTIVE 3: FASTER ACCESS TO AID

As explained above, the third objective of the SAM reform was to ensure faster access to aid. That objective is strongly linked to the reduction of administrative burden and the clarity of the rules as compared to the baseline scenario. This will be assessed in detail in Section 5.2, the section evaluating the efficiency of the SAM reform.

5.2.EFFICIENCY

This section evaluates the efficiency of the rules subject to the Fitness Check and will mainly focus on the SAM rules. In a first step, it evaluates whether the SAM rules allowed to decrease administrative burden overall. In a second step, it tries to verify whether they played a role to ensure efficient State expenditure and avoid distortions on the internal market. In a third step, it assesses to what extent are the costs associated with SAM proportionate to the benefits it has generated.

The findings of the analysis on efficiency are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation.

The analysis in this section has to be read together with Annex 8.

Have the SAM rules allowed to decrease administrative burden?

The analysis suggests that the SAM rules have to a certain extent allowed to decrease administrative burden. There still seems to be room for improvement, in particular with regard to the clarification of certain definitions and concepts.

In line with the “big on big and small on small” approach, the rapid proliferation of block-exempted cases since 2014 has been welcomed as an opportunity to shorten the average duration of Commission’s case assessment process, to allow Member States to grant State aid more easily and to create a more agile public administration compared to the baseline scenario. The large GBER uptake observed implies that State aid measures could be processed more rapidly than before SAM, since the increasing share of GBER measures does not require any procedure with and decisions from the Commission before being implemented.

For the analysis below it is important to understand how block-exempted versus notified measures work in practice. In the case of block-exempted measures, the Member State designs its project to be fully in line with all the conditions of the GBER, which implies that the measure is compatible with the internal market. State aid can then be disbursed on the basis of the national scheme and no interaction/approval is needed from the Commission. With regard to notified measures, the Member States, in addition to whatever steps are needed at national level, has to seek the approval of the Commission. This may include informal pre-notification contacts 201 and then the notification procedure 202 itself.

The increased use of GBER measures has also a significant impact on beneficiaries, because due to the omission of the procedure with the Commission, they have access to aid faster.

Figure 28 plots the average duration of notification and pre-notification procedures before (baseline scenario, see also Section 2.3.1) and after SAM and compares this with the number of months from the notification to the Commission of a new State aid measure to the moment Member States can start granting the aid. (As explained above in Section 2.1, the main counterpart of the Commission in State aid cases are the Member States.) While the average duration of both notification and pre-notification procedures has slightly increased after SAM, the relevant impact of the GBER uptake can be seen in average time length before it becomes possible for Member States to grant the aid. The latter decreased from about 2.2 months in the pre-SAM period to 0.6 months in the post-SAM period.

Figure 28: Average duration of procedures pre and post-SAM, in months 203

It is also intuitive that focusing on the most complex and, potentially, distortive cases (with the most straightforward measures dealt with under the GBER) which tend to cover bigger budgets and spending than in the past, has resulted in an overall longer assessment process for notified measures. This is in line with the “big on big, small on small” objective. Moreover, a more detailed analysis at the level of individual State aid rules reveals that the increase is partly due to certain specific rules which in particular show a substantial increase in the average length of both notification and pre-notification procedures. 204  

The results of the public consultation showed that only 30% of the overall respondents who expressed an opinion considered that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check have not reduced the administrative burden for public authorities compared to the State aid rules in force before the State aid modernisation while the other 70% considered that those rules have reduced at least partially the administrative burden. When singling out the replies of the public authorities - mostly affected with the State aid process (as explained in Sections 2.1 and further above) - themselves, only 23% reply that their administrative burden has not been reduced with the new rules.

Regarding the administrative burden for beneficiaries of the aid, although lower, there is still a majority of 54% of the overall respondents who confirmed that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check have reduced at least partially the administrative burden for those stakeholders. Respondents who replied “partially” highlighted the longer assessment process for complex cases, as shown in Figure 18. “The burden was significantly increased for large-scale projects and significantly reduced for small-scale projects” 205 . “The reporting of aid above 500,000 euros is too heavy”. 206 When filtering the replies of the public authorities only, the majority grows to 61% of the respondents considering a decrease, even partial, of the administrative burden. When filtering the replies by types of stakeholders:

·To the question whether SAM had reduced administrative burden for the beneficiaries (who could be public companies). out of the 33 replies received from public authorities, nine replied “Yes” and 11 replied “Partially” However, exactly half of the business associations, organisations and companies (16 out of 32) replied that that SAM (as a whole, and not specifically GBER) has not reduced administrative burden for the beneficiaries. Of nine stakeholders who provided some explanations, there is no real clarity and trend allowing to find explanations. Two of them point to difficulty for SMEs to get access to aid or to fulfil conditions (which is not specific to State aid but seems rather linked to the SME recommendation, which is outside the scope of the Fitness check, one points to complexity of EEAG (which is not GBER, but a guideline, where the evidence in the present Fitness Check indeed suggests that it needs clarifications), another one to difficult tender process for wind turbine (which is a national issue), one points to burden and cost for small airports without more details and another one argues that calculation methods by EBITDA instead of cash flow bring complexity without more details (the aviation guidelines were looked into in detail by the present Fitness Check). Other stakeholders mention without much details to which instruments: “more bureaucracy in GBER”, “increase in administrative burden for training centres”.

The negative views from some businesses on decrease of administrative burden for beneficiaries are not representative in terms of issues or instruments or group of respondents. The issues raised often refer to details or particular situations and do not relate to the SAM architecture. In any case, it is acknowledged that if a beneficiary receives aid under GBER, it still has to comply with the eligibility and compatibility conditions (e.g. demonstrating that the company is not in difficulty, incentive effect, etc.) and those conditions are important for minimising distortions of competition.

When it comes to the general impact of SAM and the wider GBER on administrative burden compared to the baseline scenario, several Member States authorities raised positive results. Indeed the Finnish authorities argued: “Overall, the 2014 SAM reform has been a success in many ways: the wider scope of the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER) has reduced the administrative burden of authorities and enabled the Commission to focus its scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on competition. Similarly, the Belgian authorities mentioned: “The intentions of the Commission with the State Aid Modernization (SAM) go in the right direction, in particular to tackle the administrative burden” while the Dutch authorities endorsed “the general objectives of the State aid modernization process as started in 2012. Focusing enforcement on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market is an important principle that can be endorsed. The General Block Exemption Regulation is a good instrument to achieve this goal and is widely used in the Netherlands. Also improvement has been made in identification and definition of common State aid principles and in streamlining the State aid rules. The Dutch authorities welcome the commitment by the European Commission for a swift decision-making process. In the same vein, the Danish authorities found that: “the GBER generally contains clear and comprehensive principles for assessing compatibility of state aid measures. The GBER provides legal certainty and level playing field for Member States and beneficiaries. The possibility to grant more state aid without prior notification to the Commission has contributed to lower administrative burdens. Therefore, we find that the GBER since 2014 generally has been fit for purpose. The current levels of notification thresholds and aid intensities have been comprehensive and should as a main rule be maintained.” The German authorities summarise: “There is no doubt that the widening of the scope of the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER) has simplified the grant process and spe[e]d up the relevant proceedings. The principle underlying the 2014 modernisation (lean procedures for small-scale cases) has proven its worth and ought to be upheld.” One of the stakeholders also noted that “Real progress has been made to clarify the procedures and to cut red tape.” 207

However, some Member States also suggested room for improvement: the Belgian authorities for instance raise areas of improvement such as “the procedures to be followed are not sufficiently “user friendly” as the aim of the different procedures are not always clear to the different funding authorities. The Commission should avoid any duplication in the requested information and develop tools and regulations more in line with the concerns of the stakeholders.

The efficiency of the rules is also linked to their simplicity. According to the public consultation and for all specific rules, a minimum of 84% of the respondents (who expressed an opinion) considered that SAM package led at least partially to clearer rules compared with the baseline scenario. 208 Stakeholders also emphasise that, while SAM was a step in the right direction, further clarification of certain concepts and definitions might be necessary. “We do believe that both the revised GBER [has] broadly met their objectives in delivering clearer rules.”  209 , The State Aid Modernisation […] has helped clarify and streamline competition processes (notification, etc.) […] “ 210 “[M]ore clarification is required with regards to certain definitions/terms used in various State aid acquis.” 211 “Overall, the current set of State aid rules are a major step forward compared to the last set and have simplified and clarified many areas including those that were causing issues of interpretation or didn't reflect how businesses were actually operating.”  212

As explained above in Section 3.1.1 (Footnote 70), DG Competition set up an online tool accessible to Member States’ authorities to ask questions about the interpretation of the SAM rules (this is the so-called eWiki), in particular for the GBER where Member States have the responsibility to apply them. That tool is perceived by stakeholders as a useful instrument, albeit one that could be further improved.

Those interpretation questions asked by Member States to the Commission have also shown that certain provisions are not always clear. The “FAQ” on the GBER published by DG Competition (see also footnote 70) is a comprehensive summary of all the relevant interpretation questions. The FAQ shows that while the core concepts of GBER are clear, certain definitions might need refinement.

Focussing on selected specific rules, according to the targeted consultation, the introduction of the new Aviation rules on operating aid and investment aid under the Aviation Guidelines did not help to lower the administrative burden of Member States compared to the baseline scenario. Stakeholders and Member States have for instance explained during the targeted consultation and individual meetings that the provisions on the calculation of the operating and capital cost funding gaps are too complex and not sufficiently clear. However, the introduction of Article 56a GBER did help to lower the administrative burden of Member States and to simplify the rules, as testified in the targeted consultation. Therefore, on balance, the level of complexity appears to be adequate. The simplification of the rules partly participated to the SAM objectives “Big on big, small on small” and “Faster access to aid”

Overall, the majority of respondents (53%) to the EEAG consultation is of the view that the amount of administrative costs are low with respect to the total amount of aid 213 . In addition, respondents to the targeted consultation rated the clarity and simplicity of application of the GBER and EEAG provisions. In general, around 66% of contributors deemed the provisions clear and simple. Almost 70% of the contributions rated the methodology for the calculation of eligible costs for investment aid to go beyond standards as clear and easy to apply. The EEAG external study as well as interpretation questions and case practice suggest that Article 39 of the GBER (aid for energy-efficiency in building) is difficult to understand and use. Apart from specific rules, contributors deemed the EEAG provisions clear and simple therefore fulfilling the SAM objectives of “Big on big, small on small” and “Faster access to aid”

Regarding the IPCEI, the targeted consultation revealed that approximately 65% of respondents consider that the gathering of necessary information for the Commission’s assessment is not satisfactory. In particular, it was noted that the notification process is too administratively burdensome and the gathering of information, differently from other aid instruments, is currently not facilitated through templates or information sheets. In addition, open comments submitted in the public consultation and the targeted consultation regarding the IPCEI Communication – confirmed by case practice – suggest that some notions and definitions have proved particularly difficult to interpret, such as those of “first industrial deployment”, “commercial activities” or “spill-overs”. Therefore, taking into account the novelty of the rules and the absence of case practice on their application, IPCEI rules only moderately helped to reach the “Big on big, small on small” objective and did not really led to “Faster access to aid”.

The results of the internal research for the regional aid rules revealed an uptake of regional aid under the GBER during the period 2014-2020 and in parallel a reduction of the notifications that compared to the baseline scenario. At the same time, during the targeted consultation a relative majority of respondents confirmed that regional aid provisions in the GBER 2014 are quite clear, sufficiently detailed, appropriate, and relatively easy to implement. It seems that the revised GBER provision had a positive impact on granting authorities, due to an improved and faster implementation that leads to a reduction of administrative efforts. However the updated RAG lead to a different impact related to the administrative effort for beneficiaries and granting authorities 214 . In general, the results of the targeted consultation, literature review and expert interview confirmed a high level of administrative burden related to the notification procedure for regional aid, especially related to investments focused on new process innovation 215 . According to experts, the lengthy and burdensome procedure bears the risk to lose the investment. It was reported that some investors reduce their project scope or are discouraged to apply for aid when they risk having to go through a notification procedure. Because of the RAG, the regional aid rules have only partly contributed to achieve the SAM objectives of the “Big on big, small on small” and “Faster access to aid”.

According to the results of the public consultation on the State aid rules for RDI, the SAM package appears to have been overall successful in significantly reducing the administrative burden for all relevant stakeholders and leading to clearer rules. Also, a large majority of respondents to the consultation took a positive view on the question of whether the State aid rules on RDI ensured efficient public expenditure 216 . However, results of the consultation and findings of the RDI external study showed that Member States called for a clearer definition on innovation clusters and wider application of simplified cost options to calculate eligible costs of research activities receiving support under State aid rules for RDI as the current Article 7 of the GBER only allows Member States to use simplified cost options in case the project or activity is at least partially financed through a Union fund. As regards the clarity of the rules, the lack of sufficient clarity with regard to the possibility for Member States to provide funding to both innovation clusters for their set-up and functioning (under Article 27 of the GBER), and to users of the clusters (under different legal bases, e.g. Article 28 of the GBER in case of SMEs), is also perceived as a hindering factor in the effective and efficient use of the measures by the Member States and eligible beneficiaries. This was confirmed by both the significant amount of interpretation questions that the Commission services received in that respect, as well as the findings presented in the RDI external study. Apart from specific concepts, contributors deemed the RDI provisions clear and less burdensome, therefore fulfilling the SAM objectives of “Big on big, small on small” and “Faster access to aid”

Certain Member States indicate that some provisions regarding Risk Finance Guidelines and relevant GBER provisions, in particular in Article 21 of the GBER, are overly complex and would benefit from further simplification. Stakeholders interviewed by the external experts echo as well that perceived lack of clarity of certain rules of the Risk Finance Guidelines (identification of market definitions with sufficient legal certainty, inconsistencies between rules on EU-funding and on State aid as regards SME access to finance, interpretation the date of the first commercial sale can be interpreted in different ways, etc.). Moreover, Member States have identified the need to produce a specific ex-ante assessment under the Risk Finance Guidelines to be a particular administrative burden. This is mirrored by the Commission's experience from the practical application of that requirement, which also suggests that the quality and usefulness of those ex-ante assessments may benefit from additional guidance. So, although several specific provisions should be reviewed and improved to enable an even more efficient implementation, the existing rules are mostly clear and do not put unjustified administrative burden on Member States, then fitting into the SAM objectives of “Big on big, small on small” and “Faster access to aid”

As far as case practice is concerned, DG Competition has not encountered problems in applying the “undertakings in difficulty” criteria for the purposes of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. However, the lack of assessing compliance with the criterion of undertakings in difficulty for the sake of establishing eligibility for GBER and other aid is a relatively recurring irregularity type when it comes to the monitoring exercise (see also Section 3.2.3). DG Competition often observed insufficient controls of the financial situation of the aid beneficiaries by the implementing authorities. Furthermore, some Member States expressed concerns that the practical application of that exclusion principle, in particular for determining whether a beneficiary is eligible for GBER aid might turn out to be difficult in certain instances. 217 In particular, respondents to the public consultation took the view that, whilst the new definition of an undertaking in difficulty facilitated the compliance with State aid rules, there may be elements to improve. More precisely, 42% of the respondents who expressed an opinion replied 'yes', while 40% said 'partially', and only 18% said 'no'. For public authorities these figures are of a similar magnitude. 218 . In addition, the interpretation questions from Member States suggest that national authorities may have some practical difficulties in applying that criterion for the purposes of the GBER. The questions mainly relate to three areas of the application: (i) the calculation of the financial criteria, in particular the calculation of the 50% share capital lost; (ii) the application of the UID criteria for a group of companies; and (iii) the application of the UID criteria for undertakings that do not have a capital requirement under national law. While the first point of concern for the national authorities understandably reflect the changes in the UID definition, the two other areas of concern have not been addressed by the SAM changes, and are therefore areas to better regulate for the next revision of the definition of UID.

Regarding the transparency obligations, 70% of the respondents considered the current threshold for publication of EUR 500,000 as appropriate or even too high and only 30% took the view that transparency increases the administrative burden on granting authorities. DG Competition’s internal assessment indicates that the presence of the transparency threshold combined with the lack of an EU-wide project definition have led to difficulties in several Member States in determining the threshold when grouping aid awards granted to the same beneficiary and for the same project. Moreover, the efficiency of the transparency obligations is suboptimal with regard to the categorisation for schemes that are reported in ranges (such as tax advantages). Commission data indicates that the currently highest range category (> EUR 30 million) may cover significantly larger aid awards.

Regarding the administrative burden amongst the various stakeholders group

This section summarizes all the above and focus at the administrative burden and cost from the stakeholders’ perspective with additional tools.

As already spelled out before, overall, the extended GBER of course still implies that a Member State sets up a measure, which fulfils the compatibility criteria and the compatible scheme, thus still contains several requirements towards the Member States and the beneficiary, the same way as in the case of compatibility on the basis of guidelines/frameworks. The main “gain” compared to the baseline scenario is the omission of the Commission procedure (the so-called notification procedure). The GBER, being a regulation that is directly applicable, contains also in general more straightforward criteria than guidelines/frameworks on the basis which the Commission has to issue a reasoned decision.

EU authorities: The Commission is in principle the sole authority in the EU with powers to determine the compatibility of State aid with the internal market. As shown in the figures in the SWD, SAM lead to overall shorter duration of procedures (see Figure 19 of the SWD) and new GBER measures (i.e. without notification) represented 94.7% of new State aid measures in 2018 against 54.8% in 2014. As a consequence DG COMP had to concentrate on more distortive cases, but had to deal with much less notification and consequently adopted much less decisions since SAM (decreased by more than 50 % between 2013/2014 and 2018/2019).

Table 8: State aid notifications and decisions 2013-2018 219

 

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Number of State aid notifications

580

345

255

236

228

169

183

Number of decisions

559

519

316

292

261

220

246

Public authorities seems to have widely benefitted from the SAM in terms of reduction of administrative burden and reduction of costs compared to the baseline scenario. As said in the SWD, 77% of the public authorities who replied considered that SAM had reduced administrative burden at least partially for public authorities. It seems to be straightforward. For public authorities, while their internal procedures may be the same, the significant “cost” reduction materialises in terms of much less notifications to the Commission. The GBER provides clear criteria, on the basis of which they can design a compatible scheme. The elimination of the procedure with the Commission implies time gain. At the same time, the Commission provides assistance to Member States, in the form of working groups and replying to interpretation questions.

As regards beneficiaries, for them the main positive impact is the shortened time to get access to aid due to the omission of the Commission’s approval procedure. However, according to the survey of the RAG study, which is the most explanatory in terms of costs and administrative burden, a few aid-granting authorities reported that they or the beneficiary reduced the requested regional State aid budget for an investment project just below the notification thresholds in order to avoid the administrative burden related to notifying the measure to the Commission. In addition, experts considered the level and depth of confidential internal information that the beneficiaries have to provide to the aid granting authorities in case of notification as very high. Beside the lengthy and burdensome notification process, there is the risk of losing the whole State aid budget if the aid is prohibited. Without notifying State aid, investors can get the amount up to the notification threshold without any risk, which would be an important advantage.

According to the evidence collected in the case studies about the Risk Finance Guidelines, the burden is generally not perceived as excessive by the stakeholders. The perceived administrative burden to apply for and comply with finance measures may depend on the level of experience and specialization of the stakeholder, and more experienced SMEs might be able to rely on specialized human resources and be able to better deal with the requirements.

Further, it is important to underline that national authorities may impose additional requirements with respect to the EU framework, meaning that the burden may come from the national rules rather than the European rules.

Finally and as explained before, the negative views from some businesses on decrease of administrative burden for beneficiaries were neither representative in terms of Member States nor in terms of issues or instruments or group of respondents. The issues raised often refer to details or particular situations and do not relate to the SAM architecture.

Has the SAM reform allowed for more efficient State expenditure?

The analysis suggests that the SAM rules, in light of the achieved objective of "good aid", allowed for a more efficient State expenditure compared to the baseline scenario.

According to the State aid Scoreboard, the Member States are increasingly using GBER measures since SAM. Member States implemented 1666 new 220  GBER measures in 2018, now representing 94.7% of new State aid measures. This upward trend gets more pronounced each year in the actual expenditure of the schemes: among the measures active in 2018, 86.0% are GBER measures, against 54.8% in 2014.

If wealthier Member States were allowed to support their domestic industries in an unrestrained manner, this would increase disparities and hinder the integration of the Single Market. Figure 29 looks at how State aid spending has evolved across the different Member States from 2013 (the year before the introduction of SAM) until 2018.

Figure 29 shows the relation between State aid spending per capita, including co-financed aid, in 2013 221 (on the x-axis) and the change in State aid spending per capita 222 registered in the period 2013-2018 (on the y-axis) 223 . Each bubble in the chart corresponds to a different Member State. The size of the bubbles corresponds to the nominal amount of spending in 2018.

Figure 29: Change in State aid spending per capita 224

Change in State aid spending per capita (2013-2018) versus State aid spending per capita in 2013 (EU 28 = 100)

The chart is divided into four quadrants: (i) on the upper right-hand side, there are Member States who were spending already more than the EU average in 2013 and have kept increasing their expenditure in per capita terms; (ii) on the upper left-hand side are Member States who were spending less than the EU average in 2013, but have increased since then; (iii) the lower left-hand side of the chart would represent Member States that were spending less than the EU average in 2013 and have decreased spending since then. Finally (iv) Member States reported in the lower right-hand side of the chart are Member States which were above the EU average in 2013, but have decreased their spending per capita in the period 2013-2018.

It results from the above that overall, Member States’ State aid spending capacity has increased in the last five years compared to the baseline scenario. All Member States that were spending below EU average five years ago, mostly EU13 or Member States seriously affected by the European sovereign debt crisis, are catching up. Some of the largest and wealthiest Member States, which were spending above EU average in 2013, have further increased their spending capacity. Only a few smaller Member States have decreased their spending capacity.

As also explained in Section 2.2, SAM was designed to be a more focused framework allowing Member States to better contribute both to the implementation of the Europe 2020 strategy for sustainable growth as well as to budgetary consolidation following the years of the financial and economic crisis. In particular, stronger and better targeted State aid control can encourage the design of more effective growth-enhancing policies and it can ensure that competition distortions remain limited so that the internal market remains open and contestable. It can also contribute to improving the quality of public finances.

Those facts, together with the findings on the objective on good aid, indicate that SAM contributed to an efficient State expenditure. The underlying idea is that Member States are budgetary constrained, and “good aid” helps to steer them to spend the money better and to facilitate the EU priorities in that point of time. Hereto, it also has to be underlined that, under certain circumstances, the definition of State aid comprises funds coming from the EU budget. As much of the State aid expenditure is actually coming from the EU budget or is complemented by the budget, it is also the Commission’s objective to steer the spending where the EU priorities are.

Those findings corroborate with the results of the public consultation, where a wide majority of respondents consider that State aid rules under the Fitness Check have ensured efficient State expenditure. Indeed, for all the specific rules, more than 83% of the respondents, who expressed an opinion, consider that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check have ensured efficient State expenditure to some extent or to a large extent. 225 Those who replied “to some extent only” mostly made technical comments regarding the individual rules.

Finally, except the Railway Guidelines and to some extent the de Minimis Regulation and the Aviation Guidelines, all the other rules clearly achieved their established objectives and participated to the SAM objectives of “Fostering good aid”.

To what extent are the costs associated with SAM proportionate to the benefits it has generated?

The analysis suggests that benefits derive from SAM, compared to the baseline scenario not only for public authorities, but also for undertakings and indirectly for consumers. The costs associated with SAM seem rather low compared with the benefits observed.

The lack of quantifiable cost and savings data has hampered analysis of the costs of the measures evaluated. Annual costs incurred by the national administrations are often difficult to estimate precisely. No stakeholder or known studies has been able to provide an estimation. Also the valuation of the benefits that can be attributed to the SAM is challenging. First, this is because it is difficult to attribute benefits to so many specific measures. In addition, many measures are multifunctional and have multiple benefits that contribute to the objectives of several policies. The discussion below is therefore based mostly on qualitative inputs and an assessment of the overall impression of administrative burden as reported previously by the stakeholders as well as benefits observed following the SAM.

The available evidence in the present Fitness Check has indicated that the SAM rules have generally and in a wide majority of cases allowed to decrease administrative burden successfully compared to the baseline scenario, although there still seems to be room for improvement, in particular with regard to the clarification of certain definitions and concepts. The scope of the GBER has been expanded significantly. As mentioned before, close to 90% of all State aid measures implemented by Member States are now based on GBER provisions. This is a major success for the SAM, as increased use of the GBER relieves Member States from the administrative cost and time of notification. The Commission is also relieved from having to deal with routine or cases with a lower impact on competition. The State aid measures could be implemented more rapidly than before SAM, since the increasing share of GBER measures does not require any procedure with and decisions from the Commission before being put in place. The costs are full part of the administrative burden.

Block-exempted measures (GBER) do not require any case assessment, which reduces to zero the effort otherwise required in the context of a notification. The adoption of the SAM also resulted in a substantially lower amount of notified State aid measures being submitted to DG COMP. Based on the data available on the total number of notification and pre-notification procedures submitted by Member States in the periods before and after the SAM.

The impact of the State Aid Modernisation (SAM) in terms of reduced administrative burden can be seen in Figure 30 .

Figure 30: Number of measures submitted by procedure type 226

When looking at the difference in the total number of PN and N procedures/measures submitted by Member States in the periods before and after the SAM, we can observe how pronounced is the decrease (X refers to the number of GBER measures).

When focussing the notification per instrument/guidelines between 2008 and 2018, it is clear that notifications dropped in all the sectors and guidelines.

Table 9: Difference in the total number of PN and N procedures/measures per instrument between the Pre- and Post-SAM period  227

Legal basis - notified procedures (Pre-SAM)

Total notifications

Legal basis - notified procedures (Post-SAM)

Total notifications

Difference in number of notified measures

Environmental Aid Guidelines, 2008-2014

361

Guidelines on State aid for environmental protection and energy 2014-2020

229

-132

Regional Aid Guidelines, 2007-2013

371

Regional Aid Guidelines, 2014-2020

134

-237

Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, 2004-2012

209

Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, 2014-2020

27

-182

Research, Development and Innovation Framework, 2007-2013

420

Research and development - Framework for State aid for research and development and innovation, 2014-2020

5

-415

Risk Capital Guidelines, 2006-2013

124

Risk Capital - Guidelines on risk finance aid, 2014-2020

5

-119

Moreover, the general compatibility of State aid is now based on the same principles – the so-called common assessment principles, as described in detail in Section 5.1.1. It makes the enforcement of the rules more uniform across all types of aid and allows Member States to gain more experience on how State aid is assessed by learning from practice across the spectrum of the various types of aid. In particular, the common assessment principles require market analysis and proof that State aid is an appropriate, necessary and proportional intervention that can address a policy problem without causing an undue distortion of competition. The task of carrying out a credible market analysis and designing a measure that can satisfy those principles is considerably more cumbersome. Member States are naturally less reluctant to notify a measure if it will be more costly in terms of administrative resources to have it approved and if a fairly similar measure could be adopted on the basis of the GBER at much less cost. The GBER has thus become more attractive and more used, while the alternative option of the guidelines is less used and potentially more costly. Therefore, overall, compared to the baseline scenario (see also Section 2.3.1), the implementation of the common principles has led to a clearer methodological framework for the various State aid rules contributing to the achievement of the objectives of fostering good aid and providing faster access to aid.

In addition, as already explained above, the results of the public consultation showed that 70% of the overall respondents who expressed an opinion considered that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check have reduced at least partially the administrative burden for public authorities compared to the State aid rules in force before the State aid modernisation. When singling out the replies of the public authorities themselves, only 23% reply that their administrative burden has not been reduced with the new rules. Regarding the administrative burden for beneficiaries, 54% of the overall respondents who confirmed that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check have reduced at least partially the administrative burden for those stakeholders. When filtering the replies of the public authorities only, the majority grows to 61% of the respondents considering a decrease, even partial, of the administrative burden. This is also reflected in some certain sectors like EEAG, where overall, the majority of respondents (53%) to the EEAG consultation thinks the amount of administrative costs are low with respect to the total amount of aid 228 .

In more detail, the Italian authorities have notably argued: “By strictly reducing the number of […] procedures subject to a decision, the Commission, in addition to the responsibility of the Member States in the decisions concerning the compatibility of the aid schemes with the derogations provided for, has ensured considerable cost savings resulting from the management of notification and timing procedures, since the Member States, since they no longer have the obligation to comply with the suspension clause, can proceed directly with the implementation of the scheme and can intervene more quickly and effectively” 229 while the French authorities concluded their analysis by arguing: “The French authorities consider that the current rules have effectively decreased the burden of notifying to the Commission, which is a real benefit and should be safeguarded” 230  while the same French authorities also point that when it comes to notification or ex-post control, an important amount of work and cost not only on the public authority side but also for the beneficiaries, sometimes leading to with withdrawing the State aid requests.

It is expected that costs borne by the companies have decreased or at least not increased substantially. The cost are mainly borne by public authorities for notifying or designing a GBER scheme. But the lighter and mainly used GBER process and, ultimately the fact State aid measures could be processed more rapidly than before SAM should bring less cost and more benefits to the companies. It should be pointed out that the wide majority of public consultations coming from companies or associations of companies did not point specifically to an increase of costs due to the adoption of SAM.

As regards benefits, an improved State aid system, like the SAM fitting into the Competition Policy in general, is about applying rules to make sure businesses and companies compete fairly with each other. This encourages enterprise and efficiency, creates a wider choice for consumers and helps reduce prices and improve quality. 231  

Box 7: General benefits of competition policy

·Low prices for all: the simplest way for a company to gain a high market share is to offer a better price. In a competitive market, prices are pushed down. Not only is this good for consumers - when more people can afford to buy products, it encourages businesses to produce and boosts the economy in general.

·Better quality: Competition also encourages businesses to improve the quality of goods and services they sell – to attract more customers and expand market share. Quality can mean various things: products that last longer or work better, better after-sales or technical support or friendlier and better service.

·More choice: In a competitive market, businesses will try to make their products different from the rest. This results in greater choice – so consumers can select the product that offers the right balance between price and quality.

·Innovation: To deliver this choice, and produce better products, businesses need to be innovative – in their product concepts, design, production techniques, services etc.

·Better competitors in global markets: Competition within the EU helps make European companies stronger outside the EU too – and able to hold their own against global competitors.

More into details, the State aid Scoreboard 232 shows the positive role of State aid in steering public aid towards common interest objectives, while minimising the negative impact of State aid on competition, and confirms the benefits of SAM:

·In 2017, Member States spent EUR 116.2 billion, i.e. 0.76% of EU GDP, on State aid, compared to EUR 106.6 billion, i.e. 0.72% of EU GDP, in 2016. About 53% of total spending was attributed to State aid to environmental and energy savings, largely due to the approval and implementation of numerous renewable energy initiatives in many Member States.

·State aid control does not prevent Member State governments from focusing aid on their own legitimate policy objectives and priorities. In 20 Member States, environmental protection and energy savings represent one of the two main policy objectives for which they spent the most in 2017, followed by regional development in 9 Member States, research, development and innovation in 9 Member States and culture in 6 Member States

·Total expenditure on measures falling under the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER) in the EU represented about EUR 41.7 billion in 2017, a remarkable increase of about EUR 7.8 billion compared to 2016. For the first time, spending under GBER increased for all possible objectives. In particular, GBER spending strongly increased for local and multi recreational infrastructures (+129%), for aid to SMEs and risk finance (+81%), for social support to individual consumers (+ 56%), for research, development and innovation (+30%), for aid to culture and heritage conservation (+28%) and for employment (+21%).

·The growing share of spending falling under GBER implies that, on average, State aid measures can be implemented much more quickly than in the past by Member States.

·At the same time, notified State aid measures tend to cover bigger budgets and spending than in the past, in line with the Commission's approach to be “big on big things and small on small things”. In 2017, the average annual budget of notified measures implemented was about ÈUR 230 million, an increase of about 18% and 126% compared to 2015 and 2013 respectively

The 2018 State aid Scoreboard confirms the benefits of SAM: quicker implementation of public support by Member States, to the benefit of citizens, businesses and regions; less bureaucracy, red tape and delays. It also highlights the role of State aid control in steering public aid towards objectives of common interest (e.g. RDI and investment in renewable energy), while ensuring benefits for society and minimising the negative impact of State aid on competition.

Which instruments have the greatest potential for further burden reduction?

By way of example, the present Fitness Check identified the following instruments with the greatest potential for further burden reduction for both the Member State concerned and the beneficiary: IPCEI, RFG, RAG, RDI.

First, it seems that some stakeholders are not aware of the Guide on GBER, which provides 72 pages of explanations (some of them addressing some of the stakeholder’s issues).

Furthermore, as mentioned by Executive Vice-President Vestager in January 2020, the present Commission has committed to support a rapid transition to a green, digital economy, involving to check urgently whether our State aid rules and guidelines are up to date (namely 6 set of rules including EEAG, RAG, RDI, IPCEI, RF and the relevant GBER parts). In that spirit, the EVP committed to decrease complexity, which should naturally help on the administrative burden “The transition ahead will be complex – and the state aid rules shouldn’t add to that complexity. On the contrary – we should make it as straightforward as we can, to support the investments that are so vital for our future”.

Finally, following the assessment in the SWD and the feedbacks in Annex 8, the instruments with the greatest potential for further burden reduction for both the Member State concerned and the beneficiary seem to be:

·IPCEI, as the administrative burden comes from a lot of different parameters, namely, the notification including the gathering of documents (different from other instruments) and the interpretation of specific notions (such as “first industrial deployment”, “commercial activities”);

·RFG is also considered burdensome because of procedural aspect (ex ante assessment, notification, such as paperwork) as well as the lack of clarity of certain rules of the Risk Finance Guidelines (identification of market definitions…);

·RAG for which the results of the targeted consultation and expert interview confirmed a high level of administrative burden related to the notification procedure for regional aid, potentially leading to some investors reducing their project scope or being discouraged to apply for aid;

·RDI would mainly need clearer definitions of some key concepts such as innovation clusters and clearer rules (scope for providing funds to innovation clusters).

5.3.RELEVANCE

This section evaluates whether the SAM objectives and those of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check still correspond to the needs within the EU.

In a first step, it thus examines whether the overall SAM objectives and those of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check were appropriate and whether they are still appropriate in light of potentially changing needs, and therefore whether the action as set out in the intervention logic above continues to be justified.

In a second step, it examines how well adapted are the State aid rules under the Fitness Check to subsequent market developments and technological advances.

The findings of the analysis on relevance are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation.

The analysis in this section has to be read together with Annex 8.

How well do the overall SAM objectives and the objectives of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check still correspond to the needs within the EU?

The analysis suggests that the overall SAM objectives are appropriate for meeting the needs within the EU.

It also suggests that the objectives of the individual State aid rules have been to a large extent appropriate for meeting the needs within the EU so far, but that they do not fully reflect recent EU policy developments and Commission priorities for the future, in particular the Green Deal, as well as the Digital and Industrial Strategies. The potential impact and the uncertainties brought by the COVID-19 crisis cannot be fully evaluated yet.

As explained above in Section 2.2, the three overarching SAM objectives (that is to say fostering good aid; “big on big, small on small” and faster access to aid) aimed at contributing to the achievement of the EU 2020 policy objectives, Europe's growth strategy 233 . The single market is Europe's best asset for generating sustainable growth and competition policy (including State aid control) is a major driver of growth through its fundamental role in defending and strengthening the single market. Those principles remain valid under the six Commission priorities for 2019-24 234 and as such, the three SAM objectives continue to contribute to them.

In particular, the recent Digital Strategy also underlines that “EU competition law serves Europe well by contributing to a level playing field where markets serve consumers.” The new Industrial Strategy also emphasises the importance of EU competition policy which “has served Europe well by helping to level the playing field, driving innovation and giving consumers more choice. Competition brings the best out of our companies and enables them to stay competitive globally. In a fast changing world, and a time when Europe is embarking on its major twin transitions, we should ensure that competition rules remain fit for today’s world.” “State aid rules ensure a level playing field within Europe, avoiding a fratricidal subsidies race while supporting important public interest objectives.” The new SME Strategy reinforces that stance from an SME perspective: “Rigorous enforcement of EU competition rules ensures that all companies active in the single market, in particular SMEs, can compete and innovate on their merits, preventing the abuse of market power and the concentration of wealth by a few big businesses.” More recently, the Commissions Recovery Plan (see Section 3.4 above), also underlines that ”EU competition policy is essential to ensuring a level playing field in today’s economy, driving innovation and giving consumers more choice”.

As also emphasised in Section 4.1, it has to be noted that the public consultation as well as the targeted consultations took place before the announcement of Commission’s recent policy strategies, such the Green Deal, the Digital or Industrial Strategies, although some comments/position papers were received afterwards. The consultations took place well before the COVID-19 crisis. Hence, possible misalignments with new general policy goals were perhaps not fully visible to stakeholders.

In addition, there seems to be a consensus among stakeholders that the SAM objectives correspond to the needs within the EU. In particular, merely 10% of the respondents who expressed a view in the public consultation 235 stated that the objectives of SAM do not at all correspond to the current EU priorities. Among the main stakeholders of State aid control, public authorities, this is even less, amounting to 7%. As regards specifically the main building blocks of the simplification package, the GBER and the de minimis Regulation, that figure was even at around 6% for all stakeholders and merely a fraction, 2% and 3% respectively for public authorities. Those who replied to that question “partially only” mention very specific issues and refer to the State aid rules which should be better adapted to its own priorities rather than SAM not having the right objectives, for instance “increased concern for the environment” while State aid rules are perceived “too restrictive […] and hold[ing] back environmental investments”.

Many respondents explain in their qualitative replies (mainly public authorities) that the objectives of SAM remain fully relevant and in line with the Commission’s overall political objectives. In particular, reducing administrative burden for Member States and focusing the Commission’s scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market contributes to that overall objective. “We believe that the modernisation of the rules still pursues its purpose and continues to be responsible for the EU’s priorities […].” 236 “Robust State aid control is essential for a level playing field to ensure a well-functioning competitive internal market. [We] endorse the general objectives of the [SAM] process […]. [We] endorse the objective of focusing enforcement on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market.” 237  “The fundamental objective of state aid law are to foster competition in the internal market and this should be in target in future as well.” 238  The simplification aspect of SAM was underlined by respondents as a fundamental principle to deliver on other priorities. “Simplifications in the area of state aid have been and are fundamental to mitigate the inherent hardship of the transition to a climate-friendly economy.” 239

However, concluding that the three SAM objectives still correspond to the needs within the EU does not automatically mean that the same can be concluded for the individual rules. As explained in detail in Section 2.1, State aid is intrinsically linked to overall EU policy objectives, as the compatibility grounds are laid down directly in the Treaty. In addition, the compatibility of State aid is closely linked to the common principles, according to which compatible aid must contribute to a well-defined objective of common European interest. Therefore, all the compatibility rules contain a common objective goal which are in line with EU policies. Those common objectives may however differ from rule to rule (see also Annex 5).

That question has to be also seen in the context of the new Commission priorities for 2019-24, see also Section 3.3. Stakeholders in the public consultation also underlined that “the objectives [of the existing State aid rules] […] need to be updated on the basis of the new priorities (e.g. the strengthening of the environmental sustainability objective).” 240 At the same time, the Communication on the Green Deal Investment plan also acknowledged the link of the new priorities to State aid policy by stressing the necessity to continue effective implementation of State aid rules, which are key enablers for the transition and apply the current rules with flexibility in crucial areas for the green transition including to a climate-neutral economy.

In addition, stakeholders in the public consultation also confirmed that the objectives of the individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities, fully or partially. The agreement was particularly high for the RDI Framework (96% for all respondents and 100% for public authorities). On the other hand, linked to the Railway Guidelines, the agreement rate was only 82% for all respondents, although 100% for public authorities. Stakeholders noted that that the rules “should be better aligned with the EU climate and energy priorities […].” 241 An assessment of the objectives of the individual rules in the light of current EU priorities is to be found below and in detail in Annex 8.

As regards the common objectives of the specific rules, for instance, the primary objective of the RAF is the EU’s cohesion objective enshrined in the TFEU (Article 174), and that aims to strengthen economic, social and territorial cohesion by reducing disparities in the level of development between regions. Regional aid will remain also relevant in the future to contribute to new objectives, such as the sustainable green transition of the European Union that was manifested with the Green Deal Communication, published in December 2019 242 or to achieve the objectives of the Digital and Industrial Strategies.

Other rules, such as the Aviation Guidelines, play also a key role in regional and social cohesion but also in regional development by improving transport connectivity. Increased connectivity of citizens and regional development remain valid EU objectives 243 . However, the announced Green Deal and the increased focus on the aviation sector in that respect is likely to have a curbing effect on the growth/connectivity in aviation. It is thus relevant to question whether the State aid rules applying to the aviation sector need to be rebalanced between development of connectivity and sustainability.

The EEAG, together with the relevant provisions of the GBER aimed at creating a stable and appropriate framework for public investments across the EU supporting Member States to reach their 2020 climate targets and support the Energy union while maintaining a level playing field. Those objectives do not contradict, but are rather reinforced by the Green Deal, which is however more ambitious and encompasses a full range of objectives and priorities contributing to the 2050 climate neutrality goal, circularity, biodiversity and the prevention of pollution in general.. The EEAG will also support the achievement of the objectives of the new Industrial Strategy for the green and digital transformation of the industry.

IPCEIs are recognised by both Member States and the industry as an instrument that can play a role in the implementation of a renewed and modern industrial policy initiative, as well as in the attainment of the objectives set out in the Green Deal Communication 244 . IPCEIs are regarded as one of the instruments to strengthen European industrial value chains through joint or well-coordinated investment and action. As also recognised by the Green Deal Communication 245 , IPCEIs represent an important instrument to enable the shift towards a clean and truly circular economy. Furthermore, the Digital, Industrial and the SME Strategies attach a great importance to IPCEIs. According to the SME Strategy, the Commission will look to ensure that the rules encourage participation of SMEs in IPCEI. With regard to IPCEIs, the Digital Strategy suggests “to further clarify the conditions under which major Member State-led projects in key, strategic sectors for the digital and green future of Europe can proceed effectively.” According to the Industrial Strategy, IPCEIs as key in “[m]obilising private investment and public finance is acutely important where there are market failures, especially for large-scale deployment of innovative technologies”.

As regards SMEs, the core objective of the State aid framework on SME access to finance is to address and overcome a market failure that prevents SMEs from attracting the financing required for them to grow and succeed. The analysis in Annex 8 has shown that SMEs still struggle to attract the required financing, indicating that a market gap still persists, which in turn implies that the State aid rules are still relevant as they still correspond to the SMEs’ needs. In particular, while statistical data 246 show that access to finance for SMEs in Europe has improved between 2014 and 2018, nevertheless, despite substantial public support programmes at EU and national level, there is still an estimated gap amounted to EUR 15-25 billion in 2017 for SME debt financing alone. Taking all forms of SME financing into account, this amount is likely to be even higher. 247 Addressing that market gap is the core objective of the State aid framework on SME access to finance. The rules therefore address an important need of European SMEs and are still relevant. This objective is also in line with the EU Industrial Strategy and the EU SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe. According to the new SME Strategy, the State aid rules for risk finance should be revised, to further support SME involvement, ensure crowding-in of private investment while avoiding distortions of the level playing field.

The State aid rules for RDI maintain their central importance for the achievement of the objectives of key Commission policy initiatives, such as the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies. As stated in the Green Deal Communication, “new technologies, sustainable solutions and disruptive innovation are critical to achieve the objectives of the European Green Deal” 248 , i.e. to enable a shift towards a climate neutral economy, halt biodiversity loss, decouple economic growth from resource use and tackle pollution. The centrality of research and development to achieve the objective of transforming the EU industry into a more green and circular – and yet competitive – one is also recognised in the Industrial Strategy communication 249 . Considering the significant public and private investments that will be necessary to achieve the ambitious goal of making Europe “the first climate-neutral continent by 2050” and ensuring that natural capital is enhanced and the well-being of citizens protected from environment-related risks, targeted and time-bound State aid for RDI activities may play an important role to allow research and development into new and breakthrough, greener technologies and production processes and solutions including social innovation and nature based solutions to take place to the necessary extent. Moreover, State aid in the field of RDI may be beneficial to unlock investment into innovation, in particular by SMEs, with a view to fostering the competitiveness of the EU industry and increasing the share of RDI spending by EU companies, in line with EU Industrial 250 and SME Strategy 251 .

The objectives of the Railway Guidelines, that is to say supporting railway liberalisation and encouraging the modal shift from road to rail, remain fully relevant and even reinforced by the recent Green Deal. However, the Railway Guidelines predate the most recent 4th railway package (2016), which will complete the liberalisation of the rail sector.

As explained in Section 3.4, the present Fitness Check does not evaluate the effects of the Temporary Framework or the effects of the COVID-19 crisis on the rules subject to the Fitness Check, given that those developments are very recent and their duration and impact cannot be predicted at the current stage. However, in the mid- to long-term, future State aid policy actions will have to take into account all the potential impact of the uncertainties brought by the COVID-19 crisis and the measures undertaken by the Commission on the State aid rules in general, and on the SAM objectives in particular.

How well adapted are the State aid rules under the Fitness Check to subsequent market developments and technological advances?

The analysis suggests that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are to a certain extent adapted to subsequent market developments and technological advances, but further adaptation in specific areas and a certain degree of flexibility may be needed in the future, depending on the specific rule.

As described in Section 2.1, State aid rules are complex and encompass both horizontal and more sector-focused rules. When assessing how adapted the rules are to market developments and technological advances, the main focus is on rules which have a sectoral focus or a very specific sectoral objective and this SWD will use some selected examples which merit closer attention.

Stakeholders in the public consultation agreed that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are at least partially adapted to recent developments in markets and technology. While only a relatively small part of respondents consider the rules fully adapted (between 7% to 33%, depending on the rule), for a large majority (53% to 82%, depending on the rule), they are partially adapted. Only 7-17% of respondents, depending on the rule were of the view that the State aid rules are not at all adapted to recent developments in markets and technology, see also in detail Annex 2. The only exception are the Aviation rules, where 33% of all respondents (11% of public authorities found, that the rules are not at all adapted.

In their qualitative replies, stakeholders emphasised that State aid rules could be better adapted to on-going global challenges, in particular, climate change, as well as the digital single market: “EU state-aid rules should be further optimised based on experience with the existing rules to enable the Member States to implement ambitious energy, environmental and climate policies that are in Europe’s interest as doing so requires greater public investment to be made.” “Considering the manifold and major new challenges arising from the changes happening in the global economy and the climate targets, […] there is room for further improvements of the state-aid rules.” “The revised GBER also needs to better take account of technological progress, the increasing importance of the energy sector, and the necessary efforts for mitigating climate change. The current version of GBER does not sufficiently address the issues of eMobility, sustainable and innovative types of energy (including hydrogen), or energy efficiency.” 252 “State aid rules should be better adapted to developments in the digital single market.” 253

With regard to the specific rules, the EEAG/relevant GBER provisions should better cater for new developments in solutions and technologies and in the market. Technology and markets evolve very rapidly in that sector, making some of the rules outdated or insufficient to cater for new developments in the field. This starts to show in case practice. For instance support for low emission mobility infrastructure normally does not fall in the scope of the EEAG and the GBER (when the infrastructure is not for own use) although support for the deployment of such infrastructure pursues a clear environmental objective. Support schemes for such infrastructure are increasingly put in place by Member States. They were assessed under the Treaty. In order to test the relevance of the EEAG and the GBER with respect to low emission mobility infrastructure and in particular verify whether the developments in this filed would show that the absence of compatibility conditions in the EEAG and/or the GBER would actually constitute a gap, the Commission verified under the EEAG external study how schemes in that field had been implemented and whether projects deployed outside approved schemes had been deployed without any public support (see below sub-section on low emission mobility).

In addition, the scope of the EEAG is limited to a list of 14 specific aid measures often linked to a specific technology or method to achieve environmental protection. The EEAG therefore present the risk of not being able to deal with new types of measures or technologies that cannot be therefore assessed under the current guidelines. This happens for example when a Member State wants to achieve an overarching common objective (e.g. to reduce Greenhouse Gas, “GHG”, emissions) by putting different technologies (e.g. renewable energy, energy efficiency, electricity storage, carbon capture storage and/or use, electrification, and green hydrogen projects) into competition. Some of the technologies, while contributing to the GHG emission reduction fall outside the scope of the EEAG (for example hydrogen) or could potentially fall under a category of aid measures that target a totally different objective (storage could potentially be covered by the generation adequacy provisions but the compatibility conditions are not suitable for a an aid scheme in which storage competes with other low carbon technologies with the objective of reducing emissions instead of securing generation adequacy).

Stakeholders to the EEAG targeted consultation took the view that zero subsidy bids and low or zero emissions vehicles should be better reflected in the new rules, alongside new technologies such as hydrogen, synthetic fuels and low carbon gas (51%) and storage (39%). Some stakeholders claim that given the rapid technological changes and market evolution in the sector, it is important that the guidelines remain flexible enough to accommodate future evolutions. (See also Annex 8).

In relation to the regional aid rules, while the main overall objective of regional aid is “horizontal”, i.e. to contribute to the implementation of the cohesion objectives, in a steadily changing business environment the framework needs to respond to new developments (for example to the transformation of the automotive sector or the rise of new technologies). Continuous development of the European business environment requires regular adaptations of the regional aid rules. Living in a globalised world, more and more companies from third countries are seeking for constant market development and international expansion. While the results of the RAF external study provide only limited evidence on the relationship between maximum aid intensities and worldwide foreign direct investment and could not clearly confirm a clear connection, 254 it is clear that European regions will be more and more in competition with third countries and additional efforts on that aspect will be required in order to maintain a level playing field also on a global base. Finally, the rules on sector exclusion are subject to changes in particular related to over capacities and the results of the targeted consultation confirm a necessary re-assessment of the synthetic fibres and shipbuilding sectors due to changed market conditions related to overcapacity. Recent policy initiatives such as the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies, require the framework also to be adjusted and provide additional opportunities for private investments to achieve the policy objectives. Although it is too early to estimate the long-term consequences of the COVID-19 outbreak, regional aid will also remain relevant to provide investment opportunities in the future and by providing investment opportunities for the economic recovery of disadvantaged regions in the EU. (See also Annex 8).

The positive feedback from the public consultation on the capability of the IPCEI Communication to address recent technological or market developments is also confirmed by experience in cases, suggesting that the IPCEI Communication is sufficiently flexible in allowing to adapt to the different technologies or activities that have formed or may form in the future the subject of the proposed projects. On the one hand, both the integrated projects approved so far concern RDI and First Industrial Deployment (“FID”) 255 activities, on the other, the report of the Strategic Forum for IPCEI clearly suggest that the IPCEI Communication is regarded as a relevant instrument to also address market failures in areas other than RDI (e.g. environmental protection, mobility etc.; see also Annex 8).

Another evolving sector are is aviation. In particular in the area of airport-airline agreements, case practice has shown that the market is evolving quickly. Moreover, the number of airport networks is growing. 256 At present, the Aviation Guidelines do not contain any explanations on how to apply the current State aid rules to airport networks. The results from the targeted consultation point towards the fact that there might be a need for further clarifications or an adaptation of the rules in that regard. Finally, the transitional period for operating aid for airports does not correspond to the current market realities. Due to increasing security costs, the consolidation of the airline market, and recent bankruptcies of airlines, many airports expect to continue to need operating aid after 2024. Furthermore, the Aviation external study has outlined a structural need for operating aid for airports with less than 200,000 passengers p.a. and predicts only very little growth potential for those below 700,000 passengers p.a. (See Annex 8).

The Railway Guidelines date back to 2008. The ongoing development of the rail freight market calls for more flexibility with regard to scope, which is limited to the railway undertakings only, also to multimodal operators and logistics companies other than “railway undertakings”. In particular, the Commission’s case practice 257  also points to the need of specific rules for the financing of the start-up phase of new freight services. Some other cases, where the Commission’s assessment refers to the criteria set out under Chapter 6.1 of the Railway Guidelines, similarly point to the need for specific rules for the financing of infrastructure serving combined transport operations 258 (see Annex 8).

With regard to certain rules, such as STEC and de minimis Regulation, certain economic developments such as for instance inflation or GDP growth in the internal market are not reflected (see Annex 8).

Overall, the State aid rules for RDI are well adapted to subsequent market developments and technological advances, and the objectives set by the evaluated measures covered by those rules correspond to the market needs faced by companies operating in the EU. However, there remain specific industry needs, which according to the results of the current Fitness Check are unaddressed or insufficiently addressed by the current rules (see Annex 8).

Stakeholders also emphasised that State aid should take into account more international dimensions and global competition, for instance “European companies increasingly have to compete with non-European companies that gain benefit from low-cost government funding solutions in their home countries.“ Point 34 of the IPCEI Communication and point 92 of the RDI Framework are areas, where this concern by stakeholders is reflected. The so-called “matching clause” (see Section 5.1.1. and Annex 8) allows the Commission to take account of the fact that, directly or indirectly, competitors located outside the Union have received or are going to receive, aid and enables Member States to provide the Commission with information to enable it to assess the situation, where possible. In the alternative, the Commission may also base its decision to apply the matching clause on circumstantial evidence. The consultations revealed that stakeholders find it impossible to apply the matching clause in practice due to the lack of transparency in the granting of subsidies by third countries. While it is true that the matching clause has never been used in practice, it should also be noted that no Member State has ever invoked its application.

As regards international rules, the EU is attached to a rigorous application of the WTO subsidy rules. At the same time, operations involving companies benefiting from third country subsidies or State support may cause distortions in the European internal market. On 17 June 2020, the Commission has adopted a White Paper 259 , in which it presents possible ways to address such distortions. 260  

5.4.COHERENCE

This section evaluates the coherence of State aid rules under the Fitness Check. In a first step, it examines the so-called “internal” coherence, that is to say whether the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are coherent with each other. In a second step, it examines the “external” coherence, i.e. say whether the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are coherent with other EU/policies/legislation.

The findings of the analysis on coherence are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation.

The analysis in this section has to be read together with Annex 8.

To what extent are the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check coherent with each other?

The analysis suggests that the SAM rules form a rather coherent package, albeit some technical alignments may be necessary. Certain SAM provisions, such as on the requirement for transparency and ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures slightly diverge. The Railway Guidelines and STEC, which predate the reform, should be adapted to SAM.

The Commission’s case practice confirms that the rules are overall coherent with each other, although some technical alignments might be necessary. By way of example, Article 4(w) GBER sets the notification threshold for investment aid for the district heating or cooling distribution network at EUR 20 million per undertaking per investment project, while in the EEAG that threshold is EUR 15 million. Furthermore, pursuant to Article 44(2) GBER, beneficiaries of aid in the form of reductions in environmental taxes must be selected on the basis of transparent and objective criteria, while the EEAG (paragraph 173) also requires that it is done on a non-discriminatory basis. As regards the Risk Finance Guidelines, eligible undertakings under Article 21(5)(b) GBER are limited to SME that have been operating for less than 7 years following the "first commercial sale", while start-up aid under Article 22(2) GBER uses an age definition based on the registration of the undertaking.

The public consultation supports that finding. Overall, the majority of respondents to the public consultation took the view that that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check are coherent with each other, fully or partially (86 or 92% for all respondents; 40 or 100% for public authorities). 261  Only 9% of the respondents (and more importantly, none of the public authorities) are of the view that the rules are not at all coherent with each other).

67% of all respondents (70% of public authorities) replied that the rules are partially coherent with each other. Those respondents mainly highlighted some smaller inconsistencies in the definitions in the GBER as opposed to the relevant corresponding guidelines. “There is a need for the consistency of terminology and text across all of the State aid rules.” 262 “The linkage between EEAG and the related GBER provisions could be stronger.” 263  

As described in detail in Section 2.2, the rules adopted under SAM included so-called common principles. 264 Identification and definition of those common principles was one of the main requirements of the SAM Communication and each of the SAM rules then included a section setting out both those general principles common to all rules and their application in their specific context. The common principles apply to the assessment of compatibility of the aid measures by the Commission in line with the SAM objective to foster “good aid”. 265  

The Railway Guidelines and the STEC were adopted before the completion of the State aid modernisation and as such before the common principles were identified. Therefore, they are not fully aligned with the SAM common objectives. Moreover, in the case of the Railway Guidelines, which were adopted in 2008 (i.e. six years before the SAM package entered into force), in point 33 a series of State aid rules are referred to that in the meanwhile have been either repealed or significantly modified. 266 Therefore, coherence between the provisions of the Railway Guidelines and the other State aid rules has been fading.

Moreover, as regards the SAM requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures, the formulation of the requirement differs between the GBER and guidelines/frameworks, which leads to potential uncertainties in the implementation. In particular, while GBER provides for an automatism (ex-post evaluation is required for all GBER schemes in the relevant fields, which have an average annual budget above EUR 150 million), the SAM Guidelines/Frameworks call for additional interactions between the Commission and Member States, since they require the Commission to request the ex-post evaluation of “large or novel aid schemes”. In addition, the GBER does not make any direct reference to the use of evaluation results, while the relevant Guidelines stipulate that the evaluation report must be submitted to the Commission in due time to allow for the assessment of the possible prolongation of the aid scheme, and that any subsequent aid measure with a similar objective must take into account the results of the ex-post evaluation. The requirement for ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures would therefore benefit from further harmonisation across GBER and Guidelines/Frameworks, especially as regards a common threshold and the use of ex-post evaluation results.

Finally, as regards the SAM transparency obligations, despite the steady growth in the number of aid awards reported in the TAM since 2016 (around 70,000 as of December 2019), the requirements were introduced in different waves between 2014 and 2016 and are therefore currently not harmonised across the various legal bases. Thus, their application remains uneven across the whole State aid “spectrum”.

To what extent are the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check coherent with other EU policies/legislation?

The analysis suggests that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are to a certain extent coherent with other EU policies and legislation. It appears however that the rules do not always reflect more recent legislative developments after their adoption. New EU policies and legislation stemming from the Commission’s priorities, in particular the Green Deal and the Digital and Industrial Strategies, are not mirrored/implemented yet.

Whether the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check are coherent with other EU policies/legislation, has to be seen in the context of the new Commission priorities for 2019-24, see also Section 3.3, in particular the Green Deal, as well as the Digital and Industrial Strategies. The findings in this section might slightly overlap with the above question of “how well do the objectives of the individual State aid rules under the Fitness Check still correspond to the needs within the EU”, since both are marked by recent policy developments. This section focuses mainly on the impact of the recent Green Deal and the Industrial/SME Strategy on the overall SAM rules, while a more detailed assessment of the individual rules can be found in Annex 8.

In addition, as also emphasised in Section 4.1 and Section 5.3, the public consultation as well as the targeted consultations took place before the announcement of Commission’s recent policy strategies, such the Green Deal, the Digital or Industrial Strategies, although some comments/position papers were received thereafter. The consultations took place well before the COVID-19 crisis. Hence, not all recent legislative developments were perhaps fully visible to stakeholders.

Overall, stakeholders in the public consultation took the view that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are coherent with changes in EU legislation, at least to a certain extent. As to the question to what extent the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check are coherent with changes in EU legislation 267 which have occurred since the State aid rules were adopted, the majority of respondents to the public consultation stated that they are coherent with changes in EU legislation, fully or partially, with regard to all rules. Despite the fact that the public consultation predates the current Commission and its priorities, stakeholders emphasised climate neutrality and for instance stressed that State aid has to “enabling Member states with better tools to combat climate change, including improving the public financing tools at a level necessary for enabling the transition of the fossil fuels based industry towards more climate friendly technologies”. 268

As regards recent policy development, the Green Deal outlining the policies to achieve climate-neutrality in Europe by 2050 and to tackle environmental-related challenges is one of the key priorities of the current Commission. Competition policy, and State aid rules in particular, have an important role to play in enabling Europe to fulfil its Green Deal and Just Transition objectives. The State aid rules will have to accompany the new Green Deal in all its facets, including its ambitious new emissions targets. While the State aid rules have to support the Green Deal objectives, they will also, at the same time, have to preserve their main objectives, mainly the integrity of the internal market.

In particular, the Communication on the Green Deal Investment Plan indicates that the relevant State aid rules will be revised by 2021 in light of the policy objectives of the Green Deal and support a cost-effective and socially-inclusive transition to climate neutrality by 2050. State aid rules will have to provide a clear, fully updated and fit-for-purpose enabling framework for public authorities to reach Green Deal objectives, while making the most efficient use of limited public funds. State aid rules will support the transition by fostering the right types of investment and aid amounts. In this respect, in line with the European Green Deal Investment Plan, the Commission will explore how the EU taxonomy can be used. State aid rules will encourage innovation and the deployment of new, climate-friendly technology at market scale. As also indicated by the Communication on the Green Deal Investment Plan, as part of this, the Commission will also consider further procedural facilitation to approve State aid for just transition regions. They will also facilitate the phasing out of fossil fuels, in particular those that are most polluting, thus ensuring a level-playing field in the internal market.

The Green Deal and follow-up actions are of particular relevance for the EEAG and related GBER provisions. It also has to be noted that the Commission has already set recently out a vision of how to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 269 . The Commission has also put forward a proposal for a European Climate Law 270 that would enshrine the 2050 climate neutrality objective in legislation. Other recent and new regulatory developments relevant to the EEAG and relevant GBER provisions are the Clean Energy Package, Clean Mobility Package, the Circular Economy Package and the forthcoming 2030 Climate Target Plan. Under the Green Deal and the new Industrial Strategy, the EU will have to convert its linear economy to a more circular economy. This will require many transformations and the current State aid rules may be insufficient in particular for the higher challenge of the circular economy. The need to reflect objectives linked to the circular economy in the context of the forthcoming revision of State aid rules has been further recognised in the Circular Economy Action Plan. 271

The Green Deal Communication also emphasises the need for preserving and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity, and nature and biodiversity is a priority under the European Green Deal Investment Plan. While currently the State aid measures in that context have been treated under several rules, the revision process may need to further reflect a more coherent State aid approach among different types of beneficiaries, also to cover the latest policy developments, such as for instance the EU Biodiversity Strategy. Coherency between various objectives will need to be ensured.

As mentioned above, the recent Industrial Strategy package, which includes the new Industrial Strategy and the SME Strategy, aims at maintaining European industry's global competitiveness and a level playing field at home and globally, making Europe climate-neutral by 2050 and shaping Europe's digital future. One of the numerous actions to deliver those objectives is to have revised State aid rules in place in 2021 in a number of priority areas, including energy and environmental aid as well as IPCEIs.

In addition to the EEAG and related GBER provisions, the Green Deal will affect a series of other State aid rules. Regional aid for instance will play a major role in the implementation of the Green Deal Investment Plan. At the same time, as acknowledged by the Green Deal Investment Plan, the cohesion objective must be respected.

In order to reduce competition distortions caused by subsidies globally, EU is advocating for improved international rules on industrial subsidies. It is important to ensure continued coherence between EU’s internal State aid rules and EU’s external efforts in promoting stricter international subsidy rules.

5.5.EU ADDED VALUE

What is the additional value resulting from the fact that the Commission has adopted the State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check, compared to what could have resulted from a case-by-case assessment of the notified State aid measures?

Overall the existence of the State aid rules evaluated under the Fitness Check has a clear EU added value that is acknowledged by stakeholders as it brings similarities in the design of Member States compensation schemes, reduces administrative costs and provides clarity, stability and predictability.

The findings of the analysis on EU added value are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation.

As explained above in Section 2.1, the provisions on State aid, as part of competition policy, are enshrined in the Treaty. Competition policy represents an area of exclusive EU competence pursuant to Article 3(b) TFEU and therefore the subsidiarity principle does not apply. The State aid rules covered by the current Fitness Check are Commission regulations and guidelines/frameworks (soft law) in the field of State aid law, an area where the TFEU gives the Union exclusive competence. Only the EU can/must act in this area.

In the absence of State aid guidelines, frameworks and regulations, all planned State aid measures would have to be notified to the Commission individually by Member States and the Commission would have to assess them directly under Article 107 TFEU and take individual decisions on each of them. The mere existence of such State aid rules thus intrinsically reduces administrative burden.

In addition, the existence of State aid guidelines and frameworks allow Member States and potential beneficiaries to know ex-ante the rules that the Commission will use to assess the compatibility with the internal market of the aid schemes notified by Member States. This guarantees predictability and increases the legal certainty of the system. At the same time, the GBER allows for implementation of schemes without notification and de minimis Regulation sets out the conditions under which aid amounts are considered not to distort competition and affect trade. The existence of State aid rules also contributes to the convergence of State aid measure across different Member States and hence delivers on the objective of a level playing field. 272

In order to evaluate the EU added value of the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check, stakeholders were asked whether the State aid rules in question helped to deliver EU policies more efficiently. The overwhelming majority of respondents said yes (92% for all respondents; 93% for public authorities), fully or at least partially. 273  

Figure 31: Replies to question 15 of the public consultation

Have the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check helped to deliver EU policies more efficiently?

All respondents

Public authorities only



6.LESSONS LEARNT 

6.1.SAM AS A STATE AID SYSTEM

The analysis is Section 5 suggests that SAM as a whole is broadly fit for purpose and hence there is no need for an overhaul. The GBER remains the main building block of the SAM architecture. While there might still be scope for a further increase of expenditure under the current block-exemption rules in the coming years, in line with the approach to focus on cases with a big impact on competition, the current system also ensures that the Commission keeps examining a limited number of measures which have to be notified involving large amounts.

In addition, the present Fitness Check identified that SAM as a system would generally benefit from clarifications, further streamlining and simplification of certain rules, and thereby also contribute to the reduction of administrative burden and to overall objective of faster access to aid.

The non-legislative elements of SAM (monitoring, transparency, evaluation, as well as advocacy and the partnership with Member States) remain important building blocks of the current State aid system.

A regards transparency, limited and potentially flawed data that vary between Member States appear to undermine the purpose of the transparency requirements. Given the findings of the present Fitness Check, there seems to be a clear need for more complete and better information as well as increased legal certainty, while reducing or at least not increasing administrative burden for Member States.

Internal analyses on the available data on delayed reporting show that the timeliness of reporting is essentially driven by the behaviour of a very small number of awarding bodies in each Member State. In the future, a radical improvement in the timeliness of reporting could be achieved by targeting and training those few organisations that report belatedly. However, timeliness may not necessarily solve the issue of potential mistakes, which seem to be at least partially driven by the complex operations necessary to assess the cumulation of aid to verify whether the transparency threshold of EUR 500,000 is met. While it may increase the total volume of reporting, that source of error may be eliminated by requesting the reporting on all the disbursed State aid irrespective of the amount.  

Ensuring and maintaining high-quality ex-post evaluations is a necessary precondition to using the evaluation findings in the decision-making process. In pursuing the extension of the evaluation coverage and the reinforcement of the methodological orientations, an ‘incremental’ approach and keeping a right balance between existing and new rules seems to be adequate. It appears to be necessary that the evaluation coverage reach some additional Member States and schemes, keeping at the same time the number of additional evaluations manageable by both the Commission and Member States. The range of accepted methodologies for impact evaluation could be broadened, but such expansions should follow clear and strict standards to preserve the current quality.

Evaluation plans should continue to ensure a reasonable degree of flexibility, delegating to the subsequent interim reports a detailed description of some methodological choices.

The current practice focuses on the final evaluation report, which should be submitted to the Commission six months before the end of the scheme at the latest. Although interim reports are a common practice, there is no binding requirement to produce them. A more systematic use of those tools may be beneficial to gather early information on the effectiveness of the schemes and assess data quality.

Overall, it appears necessary to make the expected use of evaluation results more clear in the rules, as well as to accompany them by support activities to promote the use evaluation results in the decision-making process, especially in Member States where the institutionalisation of evaluation is weaker.

6.2.INDIVIDUAL RULES

For the individual rules the assessment in Section 5 and Annex 8 identified changes needed to a different degree on different aspects. The following section has to be read in conjunction with Annex 8.

6.2.1.GBER

As to the specific provisions, the evaluation revealed that clarifications/adjustments of certain GBER provisions are needed. Moreover, hand-in-hand with the relevant guidelines/framework, certain aspects of the GBER is not up-to-date and more recent policy/legislative as well as technological/market developments and deployment have to be reflected. In order to ensure that all the GBER provisions become relevant and coherent, they may need to be amended.

Possible action: Amendment of the GBER in the short term to mirror the changes in the relevant soft law instruments also in light of the new Commission priorities. Amendment of the GBER in the medium term to allow for further streamlining.

6.2.2.DE MINIMIS REGULATION

The de minimis Regulation remains an integral part of the SAM architecture. However, the assessment suggests that the current rules may not reflect the impact of the economic development. In particular, the de minimis ceiling may need to be adapted (e.g. by taken into account the inflation in the internal market). The Regulation could also benefit from clarification and simplification, in particular with regard to financial instruments to increase their use. Finally, the requirements on monitoring could be reviewed given the flaws of the current dual system (registers or self-declarations).

Possible action: Amendment of the de minimis Regulation in the medium term, also in order to reflect economic development.

6.2.3.RAG

The rules on regional aid remain an integral part of State aid policy. The assessment suggests that the guidelines worked well but require targeted adjustments.

In general, the results show a need for simplification and clarification of the existing provisions. This refers in general to the overall design of the rules, but also to the harmonisation of existing definitions (Regional aid Guidelines vs GBER) and for example excluded sectors and other concepts such as relocation.

Overall, the regional aid maps, as designed, seem to work well and contribute to the cohesion objectives. However, additional reflections on the current methodology for the design of the maps may include the level of flexibility for Member States to respond to economic developments that are reflected in the economic data of Member States on GDP and unemployment. While regional development and cohesion are the main objectives of the Regional aid Guidelines, recent policy developments, such as the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies should also be reflected in the future rules. Although it is too early to estimate the medium and long-term consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, regional aid will remain relevant to provide investment opportunities in the future and to support the economic recovery of disadvantaged regions in the EU.

The current restrictions to the eligibility of investments by large enterprises in c-regions (in particular related to new process innovation) appear to be often unclear and causing legal uncertainty. The provisions on aid granting to diversification investments of large enterprises in c-areas result in heavy administrative burden for both Member States and the Commission, while the notified aid amounts are frequently relatively small and cases are often withdrawn. Those specific provisions appear to be ineffective and inefficient and there might be a need to change or remove them.

As regards the sectoral exclusions from regional aid rules, reflection might be needed whether those presumed over-capacities still exist and hence whether the sectoral exclusions are still justified.

Possible action: Amendment of the RAG in the short term, also in light of the new Commission priorities

6.2.4.RDI FRAMEWORK

Based on the assessment in Section 5 and Annex 8, it appears that the State aid rules for RDI rather worked well and contribute to promoting RDI activities in the EU without unduly distorting competition and do not hamper support for R&D and innovation related activities.

Overall, the principles covered by the RDI Framework and the relevant RDI sections of the GBER continue to remain relevant and flexible enough to accommodate changing economic circumstances and technological developments, provide the incentives to invest in RDI contributing to growth in the EU’s Single Market based on world leading research and technologies. Moreover, the evaluation did not identify evidence suggesting that State aid provided under the evaluated RDI measures had any material negative impact on competition or crowded-out private investments.

At the same time, however, the evidence base indicate that certain State aid rules on RDI are not sufficiently clear and relevant and some targeted adaptations, including in relation to subsequent and on-going technological and digital developments, may be needed. New current Commission strategic priorities need also to be taken into account, such as the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies and the economic recovery.

More specifically, the results of the Fitness Check revealed the need to:

·Simplify the text (without changing substance) of certain provisions (i.e., on innovation clusters), streamline existing formulations, and clarify the definition of experimental development to explicitly refer to digital transition, in a way that allows reducing administrative burden while facilitating investments into RDI.

·Introduce a limited number of technical definitions (digital infrastructures, technology infrastructures) and compatibility criteria for the assessment of investment aid for the development of such infrastructures reflecting market and technology evolution and for RDI investments necessary to deliver the twin green and digital transition, especially of SMEs;

·According to the indications in Section 5 and Annex 8, a very limited number of provisions cause a disproportionate administrative burden (e.g., the notion of ancillary economic activities included in the RDI Framework, and the current rules on how to calculate indirect eligible costs of R&D projects). It is therefore necessary to clarify and simplify the practical application of those provisions.

The importance of addressing these findings is even more critical now, in view of facilitating European recovery from the health and economic crisis caused by the COVID-19 outbreak.

Possible action: Amendment of the RDI Framework in the short term, also in the light of current EU priorities

6.2.5.IPCEI COMMUNCATION

As the assessment in Section 5 and Annex 8 suggests, the IPCEI Communication proved to be an appropriate instrument to achieve the objectives of SAM and facilitate the emergence of important cross-border, integrated and collaborative projects in strategic value chains, which promote the common European interest. In that respect, the replacement of the previous, sector-specific rules for the assessment of IPCEIs with dedicated and cross-disciplinary guidance, appears to have attained its objectives of clarifying the criteria for the eligibility and compatibility of IPCEI State aid and enhancing the predictability of the Commission’s assessment. The creation of cross-sectorial rules also allowed for an increased level of consistency of the Commission’s action and enabled the rules to respond to different types of technological and societal challenges, including in the area of environmental protection and climate change. It also provided for a more coherent approach with important EU policy objectives such as on innovation, key enabling technologies, sustainability and strategic value chains.

At the same time, however, the assessment revealed that limited amendments or updates may be necessary to ensure that the rules are operational and fully fit to respond to current and future challenges. This is even more crucial in view of the important role that the IPCEI instrument may play in the post-COVID-19 recovery, as well as in the transition towards a greener, digital and more resilient economy. In particular:

·Certain notions referred to in the IPCEI Communication (e.g. on first industrial deployment, spillover effects, integrated projects) do not seem still sufficiently clear on the basis of both the results of the public and targeted consultations and case practice. Therefore, it may be appropriate to remove the identified uncertainties by codifying the Commission’s interpretation of those notions, as applied in approved and ongoing cases in the area of research and innovation.

·The IPCEI Communication may not provide full certainty with regard to certain situations that are currently not regulated by the Communication (e.g., the accession of Member States to an already approved and functioning IPCEI). The rules applicable to such situations may therefore need to be clarified to guarantee a sufficient level of legal certainty, on the basis of the experience gained in individual cases.

·While participation of SMEs was registered in both the R&I integrated IPCEIs approved since 2014, the rules of the IPCEI Communication do not, in themselves, address the specific situation of SMEs. In view of the special role that they play in the EU economy, and considering that State aid to SMEs is less likely to distort competition and affect trade between Member States, it may be appropriate to facilitate SMEs’ participation in IPCEIs, in line with what the Commission advocated in its SME Strategy. This appears to be even more crucial in the current circumstances, in which the difficulties such undertakings face to access financing on the market in general have been exacerbated. The existing eligibility requirements (e.g., minimum number of Member States for a project to qualify as an IPCEI) and positive indicators (e.g., openness of the IPCEI and co-financing by a Union fund) are not sufficient to ensure that IPCEIs always have a truly European character. It may therefore be necessary to enhance IPCEIs’ European character by slightly increasing the minimum number of participating Member States and providing for additional openness. This appears especially important in the current circumstances, as it may contribute to ensuring that the EU economy collectively and inclusively recovers from the COVID-19 crisis. To attain the same objective of reinforcing the European character of IPCEIs, and to ensure consistency with the EU cohesion policy, it may also be appropriate to clarify the Commission’s treatment of clauses conditioning the granting of aid upon the relocation of the beneficiary’s activities from a country in the EEA to the territory of the aid granting Member State.

·The IPCEI Communication does not fully reflect recent EU policy developments, in particular the Industrial/SME Strategy. It may therefore need to be updated with references to more recent relevant initiatives.

Possible action: Amendment of the IPCEI Communication in the short term, also in the light of new Commission priorities

6.2.6.RISK FINANCE GUIDELINES

The assessment suggests that the SME access to finance rules are overall fit for purpose. However, specific areas have been identified where improvements could be made to increase efficiency in application by Member States and beneficiaries without jeopardising the goal to protect the level playing field and minimise potential market distortions. The following areas identified in the Risk Finance Guidelines could be further improved. 274

First, the assessment indicates that it is sometimes difficult to identify with sufficient precision the date of the "first commercial sale", which is the baseline for the age requirement under Article 21(5)(a) GBER, allowing aided risk finance investments only up to 7 years after that date. It should also be noted that this provision is different from Article 22(2) GBER, which defines age related eligibility based on the "registration of the company". An alignment of those relevant points in time, with a potentially corresponding adjustment of the age threshold to ensure that the eligibility criteria are not substantially altered, could simplify application of the rules in practice, without changing the focus of the rule on young SMEs.

Second, the current rules provide in Article 21(5)(b) GBER the possibility to support SMEs that extend their business. The evaluation has shown that the corresponding eligibility criterion, which limits aid to undertakings to those entering a new "product or geographic market" may sometimes cause issues in practice. The reason is that it may be difficult to define a relevant product or geographic market with sufficient certainty. The legal risk associated is that a market definition that would not be upheld in court could lead to aid becoming declared illegal. Detaching the possibility to provide risk finance aid from the definition of a specific market, while still focussing on the actual underlying market failure, could lead to an improvement of the rules by simplifying application and eliminating legal risks for Member States and beneficiaries.

Third, the evaluation has shown that the requirement for private co-investments pursuant to Article 21(10) GBER is difficult to achieve in certain Member States that suffer particularly from weak private investment markets. At the same time, the evaluation has confirmed the importance of that requirement to ensure crowding-in as well as adequate due diligence for investment decisions. An improvement of the rules could therefore be to adjust the level of private participation for those areas where financial markets are particularly underdeveloped, without changing the principle of private participation requirements as such. Any such adjustment should be limited to those areas where private risk capital is particularly scarce. Since Member States apply GBER directly with no ex-ante compatibility assessment by the Commission, those criteria should be direct and easy to consult and apply, to avoid legal uncertainty. In that regard, several articles of the GBER outside those addressing regional aid, use the “assisted region” definition to soften the aid conditions.

Furthermore, additional minor clarifications could be made in relation to the calculation of thresholds and the requirements for the use of national promotional banks as financial intermediaries. The structure and readability of the text could be improved without any changes in substance.

As regards the Risk Finance Guidelines, they follow closely the logic of Article 21 GBER, as they account for additional measures beyond what is block exempted. Therefore, the possible improvements identified above should be considered in parallel for both legal instruments at the same time.

In addition, the evaluation has shown that the Risk Finance Guidelines may benefit from some structural improvements that would increase readability and ease of application. In particular, while the evaluation has shown that the basic principle of the Risk Finance Guidelines to require an ex ante assessment to proof a specific market failure that should be addressed by a national measure works overall well, the content of the Risk Finance Guidelines on this issue is sometimes perceived as overly complex by some Member States. Without changing the material requirements as such, a possible improvement could be made by consolidating all requirements linked to the ex ante assessment and streamlining the specific content and level of evidence needed in different cases.

The evaluation has also shown that, while there is an overall coherence between GBER, Risk Finance Guidelines and other rules, namely those governing centrally managed funds, there is room for further aligning the definitions within the Risk Finance Guidelines to those used elsewhere, where it is possible without significant changes to the scope of the rules as they stand.

Finally, enabling access to finance should also be seen as an enabler in light of the investments required for the Green Deal, Industrial Strategy and the digital transformation.

Possible action: Amendment of the Risk Finance Guidelines in the short term, also in the light of new Commission priorities

6.2.7.AVIATION GUIDELINES

While air passenger transport can stimulate local economies and have important effects on overall connectivity of a given region, the assessment indicates that aid to airports might not always be the most efficient use of public resources to promote regional development.

As the assessment suggests, the transitional period allowing operating aid under the Aviation Guidelines does not seem to be sufficient for many regional airports to become cost covering by 2024. In particular, many airports below 1 million passengers per year will continue to need operating aid after 2024. In addition, there seems to be a structural need for operating aid for airports with less than 200,000 passengers per year, currently covered by the GBER. Therefore, it may be necessary to prolong the transitional period beyond 2024.

It also appears from the assessment that aid to regional airports below 500,000 passengers per year has usually a limited effect on competition, although it needs to be notified to the Commission. Therefore, reflection is needed how to further simplify rules for aid to that category of regional airports to allow the Commission to focus its State aid control on the potentially most distortive cases.

Moreover, there might be a need to better align provisions governing investment and operating aid to airports. The Aviation Guidelines furthermore do not specifically address measures to mitigate the airports’ impact on the environment and the climate. Therefore, the Aviation Guidelines may need to be amended in that regard.

The evaluation has revealed the need for an update and further clarification of the rules under the Aviation Guidelines and the relevant GBER provisions.

The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is not yet known. However, there are already indications that the aviation sector is one of the most heavily affected sectors by the pandemic. While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic had not been assessed in the Aviation external study, the International Air Transport Association predicts that the air passenger traffic will go back to its pre-COVID-19 levels by 2023. Therefore, the conclusions of the study (and from the assessment) should be deemed to still be valid in three years’ time. However, any possible revision of the Aviation Guidelines will need to take account of the changes in the aviation sector created by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Possible action: Amendment of the Aviation Guidelines in the medium term, also in the light of the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic

6.2.8.EEAG

The assessment suggests that the EEAG and corresponding GBER rules have generally delivered on their objectives. They already explicitly support the Union's environmental and sustainable energy policy objectives while at the same time ensuring an effective and efficient State aid control. However, some limitations and problems have become visible.

There are indications that the scope of the guidelines might have been too restricted and that the current guidelines are too tightly focused on specific aid categories and technologies. They are thus not sufficiently future-proof, to cater for recent and expected technological and market developments and novel aid designs.

There are some indications that the compatibility rules on environmental protection are not entirely suited to face the climate neutrality challenge, in particular the rules to ensure necessity of aid, proportionality and limitation of distortions. Allowing for other types of aid that have potentially a stronger impact on competition raises the question of how that stronger impact can be mitigated and how the conditions of the necessity of the aid, the proportionality and the limitations of competition distortions can be verified. This relates in particular to industrial decarbonisation.

It is very difficult to measure whether the redistribution of costs inherent in the reductions to Energy Intensive Users (EIUs) from energy charges really increases the acceptability of the underlying policy from the perspective of public opinion. Furthermore, the correlation between the existence of EIU reductions and the introduction of ambitious renewables policies is uncertain.

More could be done to contribute to the Energy Union, by aligning to the more recent legislation in the energy field (in particular Clean Energy Package) and further promoting competition and market integration. In addition, more could be done to align to more recent legislation in the sphere of environmental protection (including climate action) (in particular legislation adopted under the Green Deal, the Circular Economy Package, the Clean Mobility Package).

Finally there is scope for further clarifying and simplifying a series of concepts and provisions, taking into account additional case practice and experience. In terms of relevance as regards EU priorities, the EEAG and GBER related provisions should be revised to better accompany the Green Deal in all its facets (carbon neutral and circular economy, biodiversity, zero pollution ambition) and the new Industrial Strategy.

Possible action: Amendment of the EEAG in the short term, also in the light of new Commission priorities

6.2.9.RESCUE AND RESTRUCTURING GUIDELINES

Given that the number of cases under the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines are limited, the case practice is not sufficient to evaluate all the changes brought by the 2014 modification. Therefore, the Fitness Check focused on one of the major changes of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, namely the modified definition of 'undertaking in difficulty', which is also an exclusion criteria for GBER and other aid.

The assessment suggests that while the ‘Undertaking in difficulty’ definition largely meets its objective to identify companies in need of rescue or restructuring, it is not entirely clear and easy to apply for national authorities for the purposes of GBER, so that guidance and/or technical clarification might be needed. The criterion of disappearing capital may capture companies which would not necessarily go out of business, and those are consequently excluded from benefitting from GBER and other aid. Furthermore, for specific types of legal entity forms the definition does not appear fit for purpose, for example as regards public institutions, local authorities, NGOs and undertakings without legal requirements on capital. This could lead to diverging application in Member States, in particular when it comes to the assessment of exclusion from GBER and other aid.

As regards the effects of the COVID-19 crisis, the conditions for aid under the Temporary Framework are less stringent then under the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. Therefore, in the short term, it is possible that many Member States will provide aid under the Temporary Framework for undertakings in financial difficulty, if possible. However, the need for the rescue and restructuring aid could increase as a result of the crisis in the mid- to long-term. In particular, undertakings, which were in difficulty end of 2019 are not eligible for aid under the Temporary Framework (except for small and micro undertakings). Ultimately, at this stage, the COVID-19 crisis does not seem to have an impact on the findings of the Fitness Check with regard to Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

Possible action: Amendment of the Rescue and Restructuring in the medium term

6.2.10.RAILWAY GUIDELINES

The assessment suggests that the Railways Guidelines are not fit for purpose. The Railways Guidelines may need a full-fledged review to align them with the current legislation and to make them fit for the full liberalisation and market opening.

As regards the COVID-19 outbreak, on the one hand, it has produced massive negative demand shocks in passenger transport. On the other hand, rail freight transport has suffered from a substantial loss of intermodal volumes, a disruption of supply chains from China as well as the heavily disturbed intercontinental flow of cargo. In addition, the rail freight sector has been facing increased costs like unforeseen rolling stock parking fees. At present there is a lack of sufficiently reliable sectorial information to make a thorough assessment of the impact of the pandemic on possible responses. Nevertheless, the effects of the pandemic so far do not change the findings of the present Fitness Check (i.e. that the Railway Guidelines are outdated and need a complete overhaul). On the contrary, they confirm those findings and make them even more topical in the light of the need to improve the take-up of sustainable modes of transport, drawing all lessons from the crisis.

Possible action: Overhaul of the Railway Guidelines in the medium term, also in the light of the impact of the ongoing railway liberalisation

6.2.11.STEC

The Fitness Check showed that STEC ensures an adequate competition level between private and public export-credit insurers as well as between exporters in the EU single market.

One of the minor issues detected relates to the fact that STEC predates SAM. While it reflects well the main objectives of the SAM, also taking into account the specificities of the area it covers, it is not fully aligned with the single common principles as set out in SAM. Furthermore, there may be a need for a technical update of STEC to take into account indicators such as inflation

Possible action: Amendment of STEC in the short term.



7.CONCLUSIONS

The present Fitness Check aims at assessing SAM as a whole and not carrying out individual evaluations of the specific rules. In addition, it is also to be seen as a “mid-term review” or an “implementing evaluation” that examines whether everything is on track or if there is a case for making any changes.

The findings of the analysis are subject to the limitations stemming from the stakeholder consultation and constraints on the possibility of full triangulation at certain instances.

The results of the Fitness Check also need to be interpreted in the light of the COVID-19 crisis because future policy-making cannot disregard the imbalances created in the Member States’ economies due to it. The fact-finding and assessment were done pre-COVID-19 and largely before the adoption of major priorities earlier in spring 2020. While, overall, the conclusions of the Fitness Check appear to be sound to the majority of the rules to a large extent, there might be certain areas, such as aviation for instance, where uncertainties concerning the validity of conclusions reached might be more pronounced.

The analysis suggests that the SAM as a whole largely met its triple objective and hence is effective as a State aid architecture. As regards the General Block Exemption Regulation, while there might still be scope for a further increase of expenditure under the current block-exemption rules in the coming years, in line with the approach to focus on cases with a big impact on competition, the current system also ensures that the Commission keeps examining a limited number of measures involving large amounts which have to be notified. The implementation of the common assessment principles seems to have led to a clearer methodological framework for the various State aid rules contributing to the achievement of the objective of fostering “good aid”. In addition, SAM seems to have contributed to a significant clarification of the relevant State aid rules, even though some problematic areas have still been identified.

The individual rules seem to have, to a large extent, also proven to be effective in achieving their specific objectives, even though the present Fitness Check has also revealed various issues that may need further clarification or fine-tuning.

With regard to efficiency, the available evidence also suggests that the SAM rules have to a certain extent allowed to decrease administrative burden, albeit there still seems to be room for improvement, in particular with regard to the clarification of certain definitions and concepts. Moreover, the analysis also suggests that the SAM rules, in light of the achieved objective of "good aid", allowed for a more efficient State expenditure. It appears that benefits derive from SAM, not only for public authorities, but also for undertakings and indirectly for consumers. The benefits deriving from SAM, seem to outweigh the costs associated.

As to the relevance of the rules, the Fitness Check indicated that the overall SAM objectives are appropriate for meeting the needs within the EU. It also suggests that the objectives of the individual State aid rules have been to a large extent appropriate for meeting the needs within the EU so far, but that they do not fully reflect recent EU policy developments and Commission priorities for the future, in particular the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies. The potential impact and the uncertainties brought by the COVID-19 crisis cannot be fully evaluated yet. The analysis suggests that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are to a certain extent adapted to subsequent market developments and technological advances, but further adaptation in specific areas and a certain degree of flexibility may be needed in the future, depending on the specific rule.

As regards internal coherence, it appears that the SAM rules form a rather coherent package, albeit some technical alignments may be necessary. Certain SAM provisions, such as on the requirement for transparency and ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures slightly diverge. The Railway Guidelines and STEC, which predate the reform, should be adapted to SAM.

With regard to external coherence, the analysis suggests that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check are to a certain extent coherent with other EU policies and legislation. It appears however that the rules do not always reflect more recent legislative developments after their adoption. New EU policies and legislation stemming from the Commission’s priorities, in particular the Green Deal, the Digital and Industrial Strategies, are not mirrored/implemented yet.

Overall the existence of the State aid rules evaluated under the Fitness Check has a clear EU added value that is acknowledged by stakeholders as it brings similarities in the design of Member States compensation schemes, reduces administrative costs and provides clarity, stability and predictability.

Figure 32: SWOT analysis of SAM

The assessment in the current Fitness Check suggests that, overall, the SAM architecture and State aid rules which were reformed under the SAM initiative, are broadly fit for purpose. SAM seems to be largely effective in reaching its triple objective, and in particular, through the objective of “good aid”, State resources are channelled to where it really matters. There is no need to reform the State aid system of SAM as such. 

However, the individual rules need revision and/or update, including clarifications, further streamlining and simplification, as well as adjustments to reflect recent legislative developments, current priorities, market and technology developments.

The rules should also be aligned to future challenges and Commission priorities. This is in particular important as State aid can, and should, contribute to the Green Deal, as well as the Digital and Industrial Strategies. This is key, given the past and, most crucially, future budgetary constraints. In particular, the GBER, Regional aid Guidelines, RDI Framework, IPCEI Communication, Risk Finance Guidelines and the EEAG need to be adapted in the short term, also in light of the new EU priorities. STEC also needs to be revised to align it to SAM. In addition, adaptations of the de minimis Regulation, Aviation Guidelines and Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines are needed in the medium term. The Railway Guidelines are outdated and need a complete overhaul.

(1)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/better-regulation-toolbox_2.pdf .

(2)

     On 2 July 2020, the Commission has adopted a new Regulation amending the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER) and the de minimis Regulation, and a Communication amending seven sets of State aid guidelines and prolonging those which would otherwise expire on 31 December 2020. In those Regulation and Communication, the Commission has also made certain targeted adjustments to the existing rules with a view to mitigate the economic and financial impact of the coronavirus outbreak on companies. For a full overview, please refer to Annex 3.

(3)

     See Section 3.3.

(4)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiative/2044/publication/510476/attachment/090166e5c159a460_en .

(5)

     For the sake of simplification, the SWD will use the term “rule” as a general reference to the individual legal texts (regulations, communications, guidelines etc.) under examination.

(6)

     OJ L 187 26.6.2014, p. 1, as amended by Commission Regulation 2017/1084, OJ L 156, 20.6.2017, p. 1.

(7)

     OJ L 352, 24.12.2013, p. 1.

(8)

     OJ C 198 of 27.06.2014, p. 1.

(9)

     OJ C 198 of 27.06.2014, p. 1.

(10)

     OJ C 188, 20.06.2014, p. 4.

(11)

     OJ C19, 22.01.2014, p. 4.

(12)

     OJ C 99, 4.4.2014, p. 3.

(13)

     OJ C 200, 28.6.2014, p. 1.

(14)

     OJ C 249, 31.07.2014, p.1.

(15)

     OJ C 392, 19.12.2012, p. 1.

(16)

     OJ C 184, 22.7.2008, p. 13.

(17)

     STEC was adopted in 2012 after the SAM Communication and entered into force in 2013.

(18)

     OJ L 248, 24.9.2015, p.1.

(19)

     Please see details here: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2086-Targeted-modification-of-the-General-Block-Exemption-Regulation-in-relation-to-the-EU-funding-programmes .

(20)

     Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1589 of 13 July 2015 laying down detailed rules for the application of Article 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union; OJ L 248, 24.9.2015, p. 5.

(21)

     Commission Regulation (EU) 2015/2282 of 27 November 2015 amending Regulation (EC) No 794/2004 OJ L 325, 10.12.2015, p.1.

(22)

     Commission Notice on the notion of State aid, OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1.

(23)

     For market information tools, only after an opening of the formal investigation procedure and on the condition that the standard investigation procedure has been declared ineffective; for sector inquiries, only when the information available substantiates a reasonable suspicion that State aid measures in a particular sector could materially restrict or distort competition within the internal market in several Member States, or that existing aid measures in a particular sector in several Member States are not, or are no longer, compatible with the internal market.

(24)

     SGEI Decision (OJ L 7, 11.1.2012, p. 3), SGEI Communication (OJ C 8, 11.1.2012, p. 4), SGEI de minimis Regulation (OJ L 114 26.4.2012, p. 8) and SGEI Framework (OJ C 8, 11.1.2012, p. 15).

(25)

     Regulation No 1306/2013, OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 549; Regulation No 1307/2013, OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 608; Regulation No 1308/2013, OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 671; Regulation No 1305/2013, OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p.487; Agricultural de minimis Regulation No 1408/2013, OJ L 352, 24.12.2013, p. 9; Regulation No 733/2013, OJ L 204, 31.07.2013, p.11; Regulation No 651/2014, OJ L 187, 26.06.2014, p. 1, Block exemption Regulation No 702/2014 in the agricultural sector and forestry, OJ L 193, 01.07.2014, p. 1.

(26)

     Regulation No 1380/2013, OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 22; Regulation No 1379/2013 on the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture products, OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, p. 1; Fishery and aquaculture de minimis Regulation No 717/ 2014, OJ L 190, 28.06.2014, p. 45; the fishery Block exemption Regulation No 1388/2014, OJ L 369, 24.12.2014, p. 37.

(27)

     That is to say the Broadband Guidelines (OJ C25, 26.01.2013, p.1.) and related GBER articles.

(28)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/11835-Evaluation-of-State-aid-rules-for-health-and-social-services-f-general-economic-interest-and-SGEI-De-Minimis ; https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2089-Review-of-Agricultural-State-aid-Guidelines ;

https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives?&text=state%20aid&topic=MARE ; https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12398-Evaluation-of-State-Aid-rules-for-broadband-infrastructure-deployment

(29)

     Sectoral rules which form an integrative part of other rules (such as broadband in the RAG) have also not been evaluated separately.

(30)

     Judgment of the Court of Justice in Case C-280/00 – Altmark of 24 July 2003, EU:C:2003:415.

(31)

     For the Review of Agricultural and Fishery State aid rules, Roadmaps and public consultations have been published. See e.g. the Better Regulation Portal: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2089-Review-of-Agricultural-State-aid-Guidelines and https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives?&text=state%20aid&topic=MARE .

(32)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, Connectivity for a Competitive Digital Single Market - Towards a European Gigabit Society (COM/2016/0587 final). See for instance decision in case SA.54668 Bavarian gigabit scheme, adopted on 29/11/2019.

(33)

     See Section 4.1 for more information on the State aid Scoreboard.

(34)

     Article 107(2) TFEU also lists a number of “allowed” State aid which is automatically compatible, without discretion of the Commission. The notification obligation however also applies to that provision. See also Annex 4.

(35)

     An aid measure, which cannot be approved, is "incompatible".

(36)

     Selectivity, state resources/ imputability, conferring an advantage to an undertaking and affectation of trade

(37)

     A typical example would be the huge variation in taxation rules between different Member States (which however are considered non-selective, general measures) or discriminatory regulatory measures (which fall outside State aid control because they do not entail State resources).

(38)

     According to the 2019 State aid Scoreboard, State aid expenditure in the EU is 0.76% of total GDP. However, there is a strong variation of spending among Member States. While for some Member States State aid expenditure exceeds 1.5% of their GDP (the largest share for 2019 concerned Hungary and Czechia, followed by Denmark with close to 1.5%), for others this represents less than 0.3% (Ireland, The Netherlands, Greece). For more information on the State aid Scoreboard, please refer to Section 4.1.

(39)

     As already mentioned above, also non-aid measures are capable of distorting competition.

(40)

     As to a possible macro effect, there is an ongoing debate on the size of the multiplier effect of State aid. For example, in 2016, a multiplier of 0.5 was assumed (see Jan in 't Veld (2016), “Public Investment Stimulus in Surplus Countries and their Euro Area Spillovers”, Economic Brief 16, European Economy Series, August 2016).

(41)

     Case C-310/99 Italy v Commission [2002] ECR I-2289, [52].

(42)

     See Article 1(d) of the Procedural Regulation.

(43)

     See Article 1(e) of the Procedural Regulation.

(44)

     See Article 1(f) of the Procedural Regulation. Lawfulness (or "legality") of an aid measure is thus a different concept than "compatibility".

(45)

     The criteria of the GBER determine, in particular, eligible beneficiaries, maximum aid intensities (i.e. the maximum proportion of the eligible costs of a project that can benefit from State aid) and eligible expenses.

(46)

     See Commission Regulation (EU) No 1407/2013 of 18 December 2013 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid (OJ L 352, 24.12.2013, p. 1), Commission Regulation (EU) No 1408/2013 of 18 December 2013 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the agriculture sector (OJ L 352, 24.12.2013 p. 9), Commission Regulation (EU) No 717/2014 of 27 June 2014 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the fishery and aquaculture sector (OJ L 190, 28.6.2014, p. 45).

(47)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions EU State Aid Modernisation (SAM) COM/2012/0209 final, 08.05.2012.

    http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:52012DC0209:EN:NOT .

(48)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/index_en.html .

(49)

     Identification and definition of these common principles was one of the main requirements of the SAM Communication and each SAM rules then included a section setting out both these general principles common to all rules and their application in their specific context.

(50)

     Preceded by an amendment of the Enabling Regulation, Council Regulation No 733/2013, OJ L 204, 31.7.2013, p. 11. See also Regulation (EU) No 702/2014 of 25 June 2014 declaring certain categories of aid in the agricultural and forestry sectors and in rural areas compatible with the internal market in application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty, OJ L 193, 1.7.2014, p. 1, and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1388/2014 of 16 December 2014 declaring certain categories of aid to undertakings active in the production, processing and marketing of fishery and aquaculture products compatible with the internal market in application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty, OJ L 369, 24.12.2014, p. 37.

(51)

     On procedure, the Commission adopted a reformed Procedural Regulation and the accompanying Implementing Regulation. As a last piece of SAM, in 2016 the Commission adopted a guidance to clarify what falls within the scope of EU State aid rules, the Notice on the Notion of Aid. See also Commission Regulation (EU) No 1408/2013 of 18 December 2013 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the agriculture sector (OJ L 352, 24.12.2013 p. 9), Commission Regulation (EU) No 717/2014 of 27 June 2014 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the fishery and aquaculture sector (OJ L 190, 28.6.2014, p. 45).

(52)

     Areas covered: regional aid; SME investment aid; SME access to finance; RDI; training aid; aid to disadvantaged workers and workers with disabilities; environmental protection; transport for residents in remote areas; cultural and heritage conservation; sport and multifunctional recreational infrastructure; local infrastructure; natural disasters. The Commission extended the scope of GBER to ports and airports in 2017 (Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1084 of 14 June 2017 amending Regulation (EU) No 651/2014, OJ L 156, 20.6.2017, p. 1.). This slightly amended GBER also includes a number of new simplifications in other areas (culture projects, multi-purpose sports arenas and outermost regions).

(53)

     Evaluation requirements under SAM imposed an obligation on Member States to carry out an ex-post evaluation of their State aid measures above certain expenditure. Evaluation under SAM does not equal to “evaluation” under Better Regulation.

(54)

     Aid to innovation clusters and aid to process and organisational innovation; aid schemes to make good the damage caused by natural disasters; social aid for transport residents of remote regions; aid for broadband infrastructure; aid for culture and heritage conservation, including aid schemes for audio-visual works; aid for sport and multifunctional recreational infrastructures; investment aid for local infrastructure.

(55)

     Wider scope for risk finance aid; investment aid for research infrastructure; a new simplified provision on start-up aid; environmental aid categories: aid for the remediation of contaminated sites, district heating and cooling, waste management, operating aid for electricity from renewable sources, energy infrastructures; a wider definition of the notion of disadvantaged workers for employment aid to the youngest; aid for compensating the costs of assistance provided to disadvantaged workers; and regional operating aid for outermost regions and sparsely populated areas and for urban development schemes.

(56)

     It has to be noted that the construction of a baseline scenario for State aid is very complex and may be specific to the facts of the case. See also Section 4.2.

(57)

     The SAM Communication states: “For example, the framework for State aid to research, development and innovation facilitates the achievement of "Innovation Union" as well as "An industrial policy for the globalisation era" objectives. The enforcement of "polluter pays" principle as well as a possibility to provide aid in order to encourage companies to go beyond mandatory EU environmental standards or to promote energy efficiency provided for in the Environmental aid guidelines are one of the tools to implement "Resource efficient Europe" flagship. […] Rescue and restructuring aid guidelines allow State aid to ailing companies only under strict conditions and if it results in their return to long-term viability, encouraging thereby exit of inefficient firms and bracing the companies for global competition, contributing to "An industrial policy for a globalised era".”

(58)

      https://ec.europa.eu/commission/publications/president-junckers-political-guidelines_en .

(59)

     2015 State aid Scoreboard. Excluding “crisis” aid.

(60)

     2015 State aid Scoreboard. Excluding aid to agriculture and fisheries (see also footnote 78).

(61)

     2018 State aid Scoreboard.

(62)

     2018 State aid Scoreboard.

(63)

     As explained in Section 2.1, support granted by Member States coming from the Union budget under the EU Multiannual Financial Framework including the Structural Funds rules is also considered as State aid if national authorities have discretion about the use of these resources.

(64)

     The Commission only publishes the names of beneficiaries of notified individual aid and the amount of aid in its decisions.

(65)

     Implying a doubling of aid amounts and an increase of 13 percentage points of total aid measure.

(66)

     MEMO/14/369 https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/MEMO_14_369 .

(67)

     Source: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/cpb/2014/011_en.pdf .

(68)

     There have been seven meetings of the High Level Forum held between 2014-2019.

(69)

     The SAM Working Group is currently (March 2020) co-Chaired by Denmark and Hungary.

(70)

     The Commission set up an online tool (“eWiki”) accessible to Member States’ authorities to ask questions about the interpretation of the SAM rules, in particular of the GBER where Member States have the responsibility to apply them. The questions and replies to these questions are available to all Member State. Until 31 March 2020, the Commission services received 1,480 questions on the SAM rules, including close to 1180 questions on the GBER alone. The Commission also published a FAQ. That FAQ is based on the questions in eWiki.

(71)

     In fact this is the same ceiling as the one laid down in the 2006 de minimis Regulation. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32006R1998&from=FR .

(72)

     Currently, 16 Member States have a national de minimis register, which is open to the public in 6 Member States (Croatia, Estonia Italy, Poland, Slovenia, Spain) and non-public in 10 (Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czechia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia). These systems, however, vary a lot between Member States. The remaining 12 Member States (Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Sweden, United Kingdom) do not have a central register and rely on self-declaration by the beneficiaries. Only a limited number of these Member States has introduced further monitoring tools in addition to the self-declaration.

(73)

     The system of self-declaration, if put into place, relies on a declaration made by the beneficiary to the Member State. The Member State has no obligation to report such declarations.

(74)

     For illustration, the following figures for de minimis measures granted since 2014 were reported by some Member States during the targeted consultation on the de minimis Regulation: Portugal - in total EUR 1.3 billion; Spain – in total EUR 2.2 billion paid to around 70,000 beneficiaries; Poland – in total EUR 7.46 billion paid to 874,688 beneficiaries; Czechia – in total EUR 1.3 billion paid to 111,298 beneficiaries; Lithuania – in total EUR 448 million; Croatia – in total EUR 503 million.

(75)

     The procedure with regard to existing aid is laid down in Articles 21-23 of the Procedural Regulation.

(76)

     See https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html . The State aid Scoreboard comprises aid expenditure which falls under the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU. The data is based on annual reporting by Member States pursuant to Article 6(1) of the Implementing Regulation. This Fitness Check will use data from the 2019 State aid Scoreboard, unless otherwise specified.

(77)

     Excluding aid to agriculture, fisheries and railways. The 2019 State aid Scoreboard includes dedicated sections to agriculture and fisheries expenditure. Aid to railways are excluded from the total State aid amount in the Scoreboard, as they fall under Article 93 TFEU and corresponding regulations. They however appear in a dedicated table in the Scoreboard, together with data falling under Regulation (EU) 2016/2338 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2016 amending Regulation (EC) No 1370/2007 concerning the opening of the market for domestic passenger transport services by rail (OJ L 354, 23.12.2016), which are reported on a voluntary basis by Member States. Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(78)

     The increase was mainly driven by the inclusion of one specific renewable energy scheme.

(79)

     In addition, the State aid expenditure to the rail sector in 2018 as reported by the Member States based on the sectoral rules amounted to EUR 50 billion.

(80)

     In particular, the largest State aid scheme in the EU (SA.45461 - Erneuerbare-Energien-Gesetz 2017 or EEG 2017, prolongation of the original EEG 2014, for further details see https://ec.europa.eu/competition/elojade/isef/case_details.cfm?proc_code=3_SA_45461 ) accounts for EUR 28.9 billion of State aid expenditure in 2018, i.e. one fifth of the total 2018 State aid expenditure.

(81)

     Excluding aid to agriculture, fisheries and railways (see also footnote 89). Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(82)

     Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 December 2012 in Case C-288/11 P – Flughafen Leipzig-Halle, EU:C:2012:821.

(83)

     “New” measures are measures for which positive expenditure was first reported in 2018.

(84)

     As Member States may report expenditures for a given scheme over more than a decade, some measures have been authorised under a now repealed legal basis, such as Council Regulation No 994/98 of 7 May 1998, “BER” (OJ L 142, 14.5.1998, p. 1) or Commission Regulation No 800/2008 of 6 August 2008, “2008 GBER”, (OJ L 214, 9.8.2008, p. 3). Excluding aid to agriculture, fisheries and railways (see footnote 89). Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(85)

     The German renewable energy law - Erneuerbare-Energien-Gesetz (EEG) 2014 prolonged by the EEG 2017 (SA.45461).

(86)

     With identification of the largest State aid measure. Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(87)

     Internal European Commission data.

(88)

     The SAM rules entered into force in 2014 and SAM schemes were implemented thereafter by Member States. These numbers only relate to SAM measures. There are additional “legacy” measures monitored between 2015-2018 under pre-SAM rules.

(89)

     It should be underlined, that GBER does not require for its application that the compatibility conditions established thereby are transposed into national legal basis. However, the Commission experience has demonstrated that when all compatibility conditions of GBER are explicitly spelt out in the national legal basis, the rate of mistakes in the implementation phase is lower.

(90)

     As explained in Box 21 , the existence of incentive effect means that the aid must change the behaviour of the undertaking(s) concerned in such a way that it engages in additional activity that it would not carry out without the aid, or it would carry it out in a restricted or different manner or location.

(91)

     With regard to the rules covered by the current Fitness Check, currently, no ex-post evaluation of the implemented national measures is foreseen for GBER schemes concerning aid in the form of reductions in environmental taxes (Article 44), regional airports and ports (Article 56), and regional operating aid (Article 15).

(92)

     DG Competition internal data.

(93)

     Including aid based on schemes that predate 1 July 2016.

(94)

     Aid granted before 1 July 2016 does not fall under the transparency obligations, even if (part of) the aid is actually paid out after 1 July 2016.

(95)

      https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/competition/transparency/public/search/home/ .

(96)

     New priorities: https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024_en .

(97)

     As those events occurred after the evaluation period, they will only be taken indirectly and to a limited extent into account.

(98)

     The Communication from the Commission on the European Green Deal (11/12/2019, COM(2019) 640 final, “Green Deal Communication”).

(99)

     COM(2020) 21 final.

(100)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-shaping-europes-digital-future-feb2020_en_4.pdf .

(101)

     The Communication was complemented by a Communication on a European Strategy for data, COM(2020) 66 final) and a White Paper on Artificial Intelligence ( https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1582551099377&uri=CELEX:52020DC0066 , https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/commission-white-paper-artificial-intelligence-feb2020_en.pdf .

(102)

     The Communication on the New Industrial Strategy (10/03/2020 COM(2020) 102 final, “Industrial Strategy Communication”, https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-industrial-strategy_en ) also declares that the Commission will ensure revised State aid rules are in place in 2021 in a number of priority areas, including energy and environmental aid. This is also reinforced by the SME Strategy, see footnote 106.

(103)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-sme-strategy-march-2020_en.pdf .

(104)

     C(2020) 1863 final, OJ C 091 I, 20 March 2020.

(105)

     OJ C 112 I of 4 April 2020, p. 1; OJ C 164 of 13 May 2020, p. 3, OJ C 218 of 2 July 2020, p. 3.

(106)

     OJ, C 340 I, 13 October 2020, p. 1-10.

(107)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/live-work-travel-eu/health/coronavirus-response/recovery-plan-europe_en#documents “Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation” COM(2020) 456 final.

(108)

     Initially, the Temporary Framework was set to expire on on 31 December 2020 (with the chapter on recapitalisations to expire on 30 June 2021).

(109)

     See footnote 5.

(110)

     Retrospective evaluation of the regional aid framework, “RAF external study”, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/RAF_study.zip .

(111)

     Retrospective evaluation support study on State aid rules for environmental protection and energy, “EEAG external study”, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/EEAG_study.zip .

(112)

     Retrospective evaluation of State aid rules for RDI and the provisions applicable to RDI State aid of the GBER applicable in 2014–2020, “RDI external study”, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/RDI_study.zip .

(113)

     Evaluation support study on the EU rules on State aid for access to finance for SMEs, “Risk Finance external study”, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/risk_finance_study.zip .

(114)

     Support study for the evaluation of the rules for operating aid under the EU aviation framework, “Aviation external study”, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/aviation_study.zip .

(115)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html#what .

(116)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html .

(117)

     The 2019 Scoreboard contains data reported for the year 2018.

(118)

      https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/ALL/?uri=CELEX:52019DC0051 .

(119)

      https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/2015-07-swl-final-report.pdf .

(120)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/sectors/energy/capacity_mechanisms_final_report_en.pdf .

(121)

      https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/data-analysis/energy-prices-and-costs .

(122)

      https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/d7c9d93b-1879-11e9-8d04- 01aa75ed71a1/language-en .

(123)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/reports/kd021641enn.pdf .

(124)

     27,818 European citizens in all Member States were interviewed face-to-face and the results of the interviews were published on 13 July 2016. The Eurobarometer report can be downloaded here: http://europa.eu/!qt44mu . The data collected is published here: http://europa.eu/!UD38yv .

(125)

     The “2017 Oxera study”.

https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/reports/kd0617275enn.pdf .

(126)

     The “2016 Restructuring aid study”,

https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/reports/kd0116104enn.pdf .

(127)

     The “2009 Oxera study”, https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/fe654e1e-6737-4284-8007-e9651f9182a4/language-en .

(128)

     It would seem possible to partially fill this gap through looking at the long-term impact of pre-SAM projects. DG Competition carried out in the past several studies, which also fed into the analysis.

(129)

     As also stated by the 2017 Oxera study.

(130)

     As also stated by the 2017 Oxera study and the 2009 Oxera study.

(131)

   In the Railway sector for example, the aid beneficiary is often the incumbent railway company and no detailed accounting categories are used by the latter concerning the form of aid, such as guarantees, debt reduction, or other. Other examples are Airports, where the participation of local authorities in the transfer of public resources often inhibit detailed knowledge about the different forms of aid granted.

(132)

     This was also confirmed by the 2017 Oxera study. Oxera summarises the limitations on data gathering as follows: “All competition assessments rely on the availability of robust and reliable data and information. In the case of mergers and antitrust investigations, competition authorities may exercise their legal powers to obtain data and information from the relevant parties. In state aid cases, such data-gathering powers can usually not be relied on, which shifts the emphasis onto data and information in the public domain or provided by parties on a voluntary basis. […] Our experience from the case studies therefore suggests that without the authority to formally require parties to provide the information, obtaining all of the necessary data to enable the full set of hypotheses to be tested may not always be feasible.”

(133)

     See reply to the public consultation by EKF - Denmark's Export Credit Agency.

(134)

     Source: replies to the public consultation.

(135)

     Hereto, it has to be noted that only 16 responses were received for the Aviation rules. Only 10 respondents replied that the Aviation guidelines did not lead to clearer rules.

(136)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/190815_en.pdf .

(137)

     See Eurostat regional data for 2016-2018.

(138)

     A-regions are NUTS 2 regions with GDP per capita below or equal to 75% of the EU27 (At the time the RAG was adopted, Croatia was not an EU Member State.) average as well as outermost regions (Article 349 TFEU) The NUTS classification (Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics) is a hierarchical system for dividing up the economic territory of the EU. For socio-economic analyses of the regions, there are three levels of classification: NUTS 1: major socio-economic regions; NUTS 2: basic regions for the application of regional policies; and NUTS 3: small regions for specific diagnoses. C-regions are classified in ‘predefined’ and ‘non-predefined’ c-areas: (i) predefined c-areas fulfil certain pre-established conditions (former ‘a’ areas and sparsely populated areas); (ii) non-predefined c-areas are areas that fulfil certain socio-economic criteria. These include areas which constitute part of NUTS 3 regions. Member States define whether NUTS 3 regions are totally or only partially eligible for regional aid.

(139)

     RAF external study. The total regional State aid spent is computed for EUR 27 until 2012 and for EU 28 from 2013 onwards.

(140)

     See public consultation Q5.3.

(141)

     See qualitative replies to Q1 of the RAG targeted consultation.

(142)

     As explained above, the regional aid maps are a list of areas designated by a Member State as eligible for regional aid under Articles 107(3)(a) and 107(3)(c) TFEU and approved by the Commission.

(143)

     In total 40% compared to only 21% who disagreed while 39% were neutral or did not know the answer. The sample used for the survey included in total 63 aid-granting authorities both at national and regional level.

(144)

     See public consultation Q12.

(145)

     See Section 4.3 on the restrictions on large enterprises in c-regions of the RAF external study.

(146)

     See Section 5.1 of the RAF external study. Results of the case study by the external consultant.

(147)

     Interviewed experts.

(148)

     See Section 4.3 of the RAF external study.

(149)

     As in Section 4.2.1 of the study on the RAF, see also Annex 7.

(150)

     According to the results of the RAF targeted consultation to question 4 in total 34% of the respondents agreed that the eligibility conditions on regional aid in GBER are appropriate and justified, while 23% disagreed, and 37% could not provide an answer. For RAG, 21% of the respondents agreed to the appropriateness of the eligibility conditions, while 17% disagreed and in total 61% could not provide an answer.

(151)

     See results of the RAF targeted consultation on questions 4 and 5.

(152)

     See results to Q1 of the public consultation on the RAG.

(153)

     Source: Consultant report.

(154)

     EEAG external study.

(155)

     In April 2015 the Commission launched a sector inquiry into the financial support that EU Member States grant to electricity producers and consumers to safeguard security of electricity supply (capacity mechanisms). The final report of this sector enquiry was published in November 2016.

(156)

     See below Table 76 : Number of active measures under the individual 2014 GBER articles/objectives.

(157)

     Under the EEAG external study, a survey of a sample of authorities was conducted.

(158)

     Approximately 55% of stakeholders contacted in the context of the external study took a positive view as to whether the rules have facilitated collaboration between SMEs and large enterprises, while 68% reply positively as concerns the rules’ positive impact on collaboration between undertakings and research organisations.

(159)

     DG Competition data and RDI external study.

(160)

     DG Competition data and RDI external study.

(161)

     According to the results from the interviews performed by the external contractor, more than 80% of the respondents confirmed that State aid was essential to carry out the evaluated RDI activities and helped companies and/or research organisations to receive adequate funding.

(162)

     According to the results from the interviews performed by the external contractor, above 80% of interviewees considered that State aid had no material negative impact on competition or would lead to crowded out private investments.

(163)

   Set of 6 legislative texts designed to complete the single market for Rail services (Single European Railway Area): Regulation (EU) 2016/796 on the European Union Agency for Railways and repealing Regulation (EC) n° 881/2004 (OJ L 138, 26.5.2016, p. 1–43), Directive (EU) 2016/797 on the interoperability of the rail system within the European Union (OJ L 138, 26.5.2016, p. 44–101), Directive (EU) 2016/798 on railway safety (OJ L 138, 26.5.2016, p. 102–149), Regulation (EU) 2016/2338 amending Regulation (EU) 1370/2007, which deals with the award of public service contracts for domestic passenger transport services by rail ('PSO Regulation') (OJ L 354, 23.12.2016, p. 22–31), Directive 2016/2370/EU amending Directive 2012/34/EU, which deals with the opening of the market of domestic passenger transport services by rail and the governance of the railway infrastructure ('Governance Directive') (OJ L 352, 23.12.2016, p. 1–17), Regulation (EU) 2016/2337 repealing Regulation (EEC) 1192/69 on the normalisation of the accounts of railway undertakings (OJ L 354, 23.12.2016, p. 20–21).

(164)

     Aviation external study.

(165)

     Aviation external study.

(166)

     Zweibrücken airport, SA.27339 and Gdynia airport, SA.35388.

(167)

     Interviews with stakeholders conducted by the external experts.

(168)

     In particular, a majority of beneficiaries (74%) and financial intermediaries (55%) agree.

(169)

     During the interviews conducted by the external experts conducting the Risk Finance external study, 89% of financial intermediaries have indicated that commercial financial providers have continued investing alongside the public measures, or even increased their investments.

(170)

     John Lorié: Public credit insurance benefits international trade. But How much? (Berne Union Newsletter, July 2019, p. 12).

(171)

     Ferdinand Schipfer: ECAs and the aid community – two universes in close proximity (Berne Union Newsletter, May 2019, p. 9).

(172)

     Following the entry into force of the IPCEI Communication, the Commission adopted two decisions approving State aid for an IPCEI consisting in an infrastructure project (Commission decisions C(2015) 5023 final and C(2020) 1683 final on the Financing of the Fehmarn Belt Fixed Link project (SA.39078)), and two decisions approving State aid for the execution of IPCEIs in the area of RDI, one in December 2018 (Commission decision C(2018) 8864 final on the IPCEI on Microelectronics (SA.46578, SA.46705, SA.46590, SA.46795)) and one in December 2019 (Commission decision C(2019) 8823 final on the IPCEI on Batteries (SA.54793, SA.54794, SA.54796, SA.54801, SA.54806, SA.54808, SA.54809)).

(173)

     See Commission Decision C(2018)475 of 30.1.2018 setting up the Strategic Forum for Important Projects of Common European Interest. The Strategic Forum is composed of: (a) individuals appointed in a personal capacity; (b) organisations representing the interests of academia and research, finance, Industry, SMEs and employees and workers; (c) Member States' authorities; (d) other public entities.

(174)

     50% of respondents to the IPCEI targeted consultation (17 out of 34, involving both Member States authorities and other stakeholders) agreed, while 26.5% (9 out of 34) disagreed, and 23.5% (8 out of 34) did not know.

(175)

     Point 34 of the IPCEI Communication, according to which “in order to address actual or potential direct or indirect distortions of international trade, the Commission may take account of the fact that, directly or indirectly, competitors located outside the Union have received (in the last three years) or are going to receive, aid of an equivalent intensity for similar projects. However, where distortions of international trade are likely to occur after more than three years, given the particular nature of the sector in question, the reference period may be extended accordingly. If at all possible, the Member State concerned will provide the Commission with sufficient information to enable it to assess the situation, in particular the need to take account of the competitive advantage enjoyed by a third country competitor. If the Commission does not have evidence concerning the awarded or proposed aid, it may also base its decision on circumstantial evidence”.

(176)

     See recital 20 of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

(177)

     See replies to Q5.10a of the public consultation.

(178)

     See replies to Q5.10b of the public consultation.

(179)

     See e.g. position papers of Germany, France, Luxembourg or the Netherlands.

(180)

     See the position paper attached to the reply of Romanian authorities to the public consultation.

(181)

     RAF external study.

(182)

     See replies to Q15.1 of the public consultation.

(183)

     DG Competition and the JRC have concluded an administrative arrangement for the “Support to the quality assessment of evaluation plans and reports in the area of State Aid, 2018-2020” (“EVALSA”). The JRC analyses in detail the characteristics and overall quality of all evaluation plans and evaluation reports received.

(184)

     For example, considering the technical time to start spending, the fact that data is available only with a time-lag (usually) and that the final evaluation report is delivered 6 month before the end of the scheme, schemes of 3 years or less would only have 1 year of data available at most.

(185)

     See footnote 134.

(186)

     Responses to the Eurobarometer question “Which of the following two options would be most effective for ensuring transparency about state aid? (% - EU)?” Source: see footnote 134 above.

(187)

     That is also a legal requirement. Pursuant to the Enabling Regulation (Article 1(2)(c) of Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1588 of 13 July 2015 on the application of Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union to certain categories of horizontal State aid, OJ L 248, 24.9.2015, p. 1.) which is the legal basis for the GBER: “The regulations […] shall specify for each category of aid […] thresholds expressed in terms of aid intensities in relation to a set of eligible costs or in terms of maximum aid amounts or, for certain types of aid where it may be difficult to identify the aid intensity or amount of aid precisely, in particular financial engineering instruments or risk capital investments or those of a similar nature, in terms of the maximum level of state support in or related to that measure, […].”

(188)

     See e.g. Case C-349/17- 5 March 2019 - Eesti Pagar AS v. Ettevotluse Arendamise Sihtasutus, EU:C:2019:172.

(189)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html .

(190)

     “New” measures are measures for which positive expenditure was first reported in 2018.

(191)

     In light of the judgment of the European Court of Justice in Case C-405/16 P concerning the Erneuerbare-Energien-Gesetz 2012, expenditure corresponding to this scheme has been removed from the 2019 Scoreboard.

(192)

     In EUR billion, with identification of the largest State aid measure. Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(193)

     From 2009 to 2018 in EUR million. Source: State aid Scoreboard.

(194)

     The 2017 Oxera study.

(195)

     See position paper by Germany, page 10.

(196)

     See the reply of the Dutch authorities to question 1.1 of the public consultation.

(197)

     See the position paper submitted by Finland, page 1.

(198)

     See the reply of the Dutch authorities to question 5.1.2 of the public consultation.

(199)

     See the Position Paper submitted by Luxembourg, page 4.

(200)

     For more granular results, see Annex 2.

(201)

     In the so-called pre-notification phase, the Member State contacts DG Competition informally, before formally notifying potential State aid measures to the Commission. Such contacts have several objectives. DG Competition and the Member State can discuss what information is needed for the notification of the State aid measure in question to be considered as complete. Pre-notification contacts generally also lead to better and more complete notifications. During the pre-notification contacts, DG Competition and the Member State can discuss the legal and economic aspects of a proposed measure in an informal and confidential manner before it is formally notified. 

(202)

     Member States must wait for the Commission's decision before they can put the measure into effect. DG Competition start their preliminary examination of each notified measure when they receive its notification.

(203)

     State aid Scoreboard. In more details, Figure 19 plots the average case assessment duration for the two periods 2008-2013 (i.e. Pre-SAM) and 2014-2018 (i.e. Post-SAM). First, only measures with a “starting date” between 1 January 2008 and 31 December 2018 are selected. The sample obtained is split further into two sub-samples following the same logic. The first sample only includes measures whose starting date is between 1 January 2008 and 31 December 2013 (i.e. Pre-SAM), while the second comprises all the remaining measures whose starting date is between 1 January 2014 and 31 December 2018. For each individual procedure, the duration is obtained by computing the difference (in months) between the “starting date” and the “end date”. The dates are obtained from ISIS, the internal case management application used in DG COMP. After computing all individual durations, the (total) average duration by type of procedure is estimated. The averages are calculated for three key procedure types; average duration of notified procedures (“N”), average duration of pre-notification procedures (“PN”) and a “total average” across N, PN and GBER procedures. The charts intends to show the effect of the State Aid Modernisation (SAM) on the average duration of the case assessment process in DG COMP. The inclusions of PN and N procedures shows the impact of the “big on big and small on small” strategy adopted by DG COMP as part of its modernisation process. As shown in figure 9, the average duration of both PN and N procedures is higher in the “Post-SAM” period. This suggests that DG COMP has been focusing its efforts on the biggest and most complex cases, as foreseen by the SAM.

(204)

     For instance, the RDI Framework which registered the highest (increase from around 11 months to 24 months).

(205)

     See replies to Q10 of the public consultation. The reply comes from a company active in microelectronics, therefore we can assume, the statement targets IPCEI projects in RDI area. Those types of projects are quite massive, involve many companies from several Member States, carry many uncertainties, involve a lot of funding and are exposed to many potential powerful EU and non-EU complainants. It is therefore normal for the Commission to have a more in-depth scrutiny on those projects. For instance, in December 2018, the Commission approved the plan by France, Germany, Italy and the UK to give EUR 1.75 billion public support to joint research and innovation project in microelectronics, while in December 2019, the Commission approved EUR 3.2 billion public support by seven Member States for a pan-European research and innovation project in all segments of the battery value chain.

(206)

     See replies to Q10 of the public consultation.

(207)

     See replies to Q1.1 of the public consultation.

(208)

     Apart from the Aviation Guidelines as well as Railway Guidelines. Respectively 65% and 72% of the respondents who expressed an opinion considered that SAM led to clearer rules regarding Aviation Guidelines and Railway Guidelines.

(209)

     See replies to Q1.1 of the public consultation.

(210)

     See replies to Q15.1 of the public consultation.

(211)

     See replies to Q1.1 of the public consultation.

(212)

     See replies to Q1.1 of the public consultation.

(213)

   Almost 37% of the respondents to the EEAG targeted consultation believe that the administrative costs represent between 1% and 5% of the actual amount of compensation received, while 16% think the percentage of those costs lays below 1%. Around 24% believe these costs represent 5-10%, while 18% think they are high, representing 10-20% of the compensation received. Only 2 respondents believe administrative costs represent more than 20% of the aid.

(214)

     It should be noted that in the current period 01/07/2014-01/11/2019 (compared to the period of 01/01/2007-30/06/2014), there has been strong decrease of the total number of notified cases, from a total number of 453 to 101 while total number of measures exempted increased.

(215)

     As mentioned in Section 5.3 of the RAF external study and the replies to question 5 of the targeted consultation on RAG.

(216)

     In particular, more than 90% of those who responded to that question in relation to both the RDI Framework and the GBER had a positive view on the capability of these rules to allow for efficient public expenditure.

(217)

   For instance, Denmark argues that excluding companies in the same sector from the reimbursement will create unequal treatment within the sector. Moreover, it leads to significant and disproportionate administrative burdens for Member States and beneficiaries in ensuring that undertakings (temporarily) in difficulty do not use such schemes in a system based on their own declarations, as is normally the case for tax schemes.

(218)

     42% yes, 40% partially and 18% no.

(219)

     Table produced for the purpose of the SWD and based on the yearly number of State aid notifications and number of State aid decisions from 2013 to 2018.

(220)

     “New” measures are measures for which positive expenditure was first reported in 2018.

(221)

     EU28 average spending in 2013 set at 100.

(222)

     Including co-financed aid. Since 2014, Member States must report the total amount of aid that is co-financed including both national and EU Structural Funds expenditure.

(223)

     In percentage points.

(224)

     State aid Scoreboard.

(225)

     For more granular results, please see Annex 2. The only exception are the Aviation Guidelines for which “only” 67% of the respondents considered that the State aid rules under the Fitness Check have ensured efficient State expenditure to some extent and to a large extent.

(226)

     Graph produced for the purpose of the SWD and based on the number of yearly notified procedures (“N”), pre-notification procedures (“PN”) and GBER measures between 1 January 2008 and 31 December 2013 (i.e. Pre-SAM), but also between 1 January 2014 and 31 December 2018

(227)

     Difference in the total number of PN and N procedures/measures per instrument submitted by Member States between Pre-SAM period (1 January 2008 to 31 December 2013) and SAM period (1 January 2014 to 31 December 2018).

(228)

   Almost 37% of the respondents to the EEAG targeted consultation estimate that the administrative costs represent between 1% and 5% of the actual amount of compensation received, while 16% estimate the percentage of these costs lays below 1%. Around 24% believe these costs represent 5% to10%, while 18% think they are high, representing 10-20% of the compensation received. Only 2 respondents believe administrative costs represent more than 20% of the aid.

(229)

     See replies to Q6 of the public consultation.

(230)

     Position paper outside EU Survey, Q.8.

(231)

     Why is competition policy important for consumers?  https://ec.europa.eu/competition/consumers/ .

(232)

   State Aid Scoreboard 2018 https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html .

(233)

      https://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/COMPLET%20EN%20BARROSO%20%20%20007%20-%20Europe%202020%20-%20EN%20version.pdf .

(234)

     New priorities: https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024_en , see also Section 3.3 above.

(235)

     See replies to Q11 of the public consultation.

(236)

     See replies to Q11.1 of the public consultation.

(237)

     See public consultation, reply by the Netherlands.

(238)

     See replies to Q15.1 of the public consultation.

(239)

     See replies to Q11.1 of the public consultation.

(240)

     See public consultation, reply by Italy.

(241)

     See public consultation, reply by Finland.

(242)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en .

(243)

     2015 Aviation Strategy for Europe.

(244)

     Communication on the European Green Deal, available at https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf .

(245)

     See Green Deal Communication, p. 9.

(246)

     Based on the ECB SAFE database

(247)

     Commission Staff Working Document – Impact assessment, Annex 15: Programme specific annex on COSME, SWD(2018) 320 final (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:97218bf4-6a31-11e8-9483-01aa75ed71a1.0001.03/DOC_2&format=PDF), p. 330-331.

(248)

     Green Deal Communication, Section 2.2.3 “Mobilising research and fostering innovation”.

(249)

     Industrial Strategy Communication, Section 2.2 “An industry that paves the way to climate-neutrality”.

(250)

     Industrial Strategy Communication, Section 3.5 “Embedding a spirit of industrial innovation”.

(251)

     SME Strategy Communication, Section 2 “Empowering SMEs to reap the benefits of the digital transition”.

(252)

     See position paper submitted by Germany.

(253)

     See replies to Q15.1 of the public consultation.

(254)

     As in chapter 6.1 of the RAF external study, see also Annex 8.

(255)

     FID comes immediately after RDI but before mass production.

(256)

     A situation where one company manages several airports in one country at the same time.

(257)

     SA.31981 – Netherlands – Start up aid to new combined transport services based on Twin hub railway network; N 640/2008 -Germany- Support of transport infrastructure in Saxony (Measure 3: start-up aid for new combined transport services); N449/2008 – Italy - Interporto Campano S.p.A. - Combined road-rail transport for containers from the port of Naples.

(258)

     SA.34369 (13/C) (ex 12/N) – Czechia – Construction and operation of public intermodal transport terminals; SA.48485– AT – Programme supporting the development of connecting railways and transfer terminals in intermodal transport 2018 – 2022; SA.49518 – UK – Freight facilities grant scheme for 2018 – 2023; SA.47779 – Italy - Aid for the development of combined transport in Friuli Venezia Giulia Region; SA.48483 – France – Construction and upgrade of private rail sidings connecting freight terminal facilities (ITE); SA.46341– Germany – Scheme on funding of transhipment for combined transport; SA. 39962– CZ – Scheme for the modernisation and construction of CT terminals; SA.35124 (2012/N) –– Italy - Investment Aid to Interporto Regionale della Puglia.

(259)

     White Paper on levelling the playing field as regards foreign subsidies, COM(2020) 253 final, https://ec.europa.eu/competition/international/overview/foreign_subsidies_white_paper.pdf .

(260)

     The White Paper was open for consultation until 23 September.

(261)

     See public consultation, reply by Finland Q.13.

(262)

     See replies to Q13.1 of the public consultation.

(263)

     See Reply by the Sustainable Energy Policy Department, the Ministry of Economics of Latvia, Latvia.

(264)

     Contribution to well-defined objective of common interest; need for state intervention; appropriateness; incentive effect; proportionality; avoidance of undue negative effects on competition and trade; transparency.

(265)

     See an overview of the implementation of the common principles in each of the guidelines/frameworks in Section 5.1.

(266)

     The 2001 State aid Guidelines on State aid to small and medium-sized enterprises have been repealed and replaced by specific provisions in the GBER; the PSO Regulation has been modified by the 4th Railway Package through the adoption of Regulation 2338/2016; the Regional aid Guidelines, the Rescue and Restructuring aid Guidelines and the Energy and Environment Aid Guidelines have been deeply overhauled in 2014 during the SAM process.

(267)

     Such as for instance in the Cohesion and Regional policy, Research and Innovation, Energy Union and Climate, Environmental protection and Circular Economy, Entrepreneurship and SMEs, Capital Markets Union, Investment Plan for Europe.

(268)

     See position paper submitted by Luxembourg.

(269)

     A Clean Planet for all - A European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy COM (2018) 773.

(270)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/commission-proposal-regulation-european-climate-law_en .

(271)

     A new Circular Economy Action Plan For a cleaner and more competitive Europe. COM(2020) 98 final.

(272)

     For instance on stakeholder to the public consultation noted that the “GBER has provided guidance against which [State aid measures] have to be established and therefore a [measure] in one country is often very similar to those in other countries.”

(273)

     See replies to Q15 of the public consultation.

(274)

     Together with the corresponding Section 3 GBER, and in particular Article 21 therein.

Top

Annex 1

Procedural information

1.LEAD DG

European Commission Directorate-General for Competition (DG Competition).

2.ORGANISATION AND TIMING

Organisation

At the beginning of 2019, the Commission formally launched the Fitness Check (Decide entry: PLAN/2018/4845). The press release announcing the evaluation exercise was published on 7 January 2019. 1

The Fitness Check Roadmap was published on 7 February 2019 and set out the context, purpose and scope of the evaluation exercise. Stakeholders had until 7 March 2019 to comment on the Roadmap.

The Inter-Service Steering Group (ISSG) was set up in January 2019 and gathered representatives from the Commission's Secretariat General, the Joint Research Centre (JRC) and 15 Directorates-General: AGRI, CLIMA, CNECT, ECFIN, ENER, ENV, EMPL, GROW, MARE, MOVE, REGIO, RTD, SANTE, TAXUD and TRADE. The ISSG was consulted on the Roadmap, the Consultation Strategy, the questionnaires (public and targeted consultations), the factual summary report of the open public consultation, the terms of reference for the studies and the studies.

A public consultation was open from 17 April 2019 to 10 July 2019 on the Better Regulation Portal and later extended until 19 July 2019. 2  DG Competition launched targeted consultations in the form of online questionnaires (EU Survey tool) addressed to the main stakeholders and interested parties on specific issues related to the individual policy areas and rules. In total, eight such targeted consultations were run between March-October 2019. (See also Annex 2, Synopsis report.)

The Fitness Check was also supported by studies on specific aspects of the implementation of certain individual rules. The selection of the rules and the focus of the studies was inspired by case practice. The objective of these studies was to receive an independent evidence-based assessment on how the rules worked. The following rules were subject to an independent expert study: RAF, EEAG, RDI Framework, Risk Finance Guidelines, and Aviation Guidelines.

Agenda planning – Timing

Date

Description

14 December 2018

Start of RAF study

7 January 2019

Announcement of the Fitness check

https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_19_182  

10 January 2019

1st ISSG meeting – presentation of the Fitness Check to the ISSG

7 February 2019

Publication of the Fitness Check Roadmap

https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2044-Fitness-check-of-2012-State-aid-modernisation-package-railways-guidelines-and-short-term-export-credit-insurance  

15 February 2019

Start of Aviation study

25 March – 31 May 2019

STEC targeted consultation

26 March 2019

Start of Risk Finance study

9 April 2019

Upstream meeting with the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB)

17 April – 19 July 2019

General public consultation

https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2044-Fitness-check-of-2012-State-aid-modernisation-package-railways-guidelines-and-short-term-export-credit-insurance/public-consultation  

25 April – 19 June 2019

Risk Finance targeted consultation

14 May 2019

2nd ISSG meeting – presentation of the feedback received from the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB)

14 May – 19 July 2019

EEAG targeted consultation

RAG targeted consultation

24 May – 31 July 2019

de minimis targeted consultation

Aviation targeted consultation

2 July 2019

Start of EEAG study

19 July 2019

Start of RDI study

9 August – 31 October 2019

IPCEI targeted consultation

24 September 2019

3rd ISSG meeting – presentation of feedback received from the stakeholders during the general public consultation and the targeted consultations

30 September 2019

Final RAF study

4 October 2019

Publication of the responses to the public consultation

https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2044-Fitness-check-of-2012-State-aid-modernisation-package-railways-guidelines-and-short-term-export-credit-insurance/public-consultation  

21 October 2019

Publication of the summary report of the Open Public Consultation

https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/2044-Fitness-check-of-2012-State-aid-modernisation-package-railways-guidelines-and-short-term-export-credit-insurance/public-consultation

21 October 2019

Final Aviation study

19 November 2019

Final RF study

4 February 2020

4th ISSG meeting - general overview on the status of the current Fitness Check and presentation of the first chapters of the SWD

5 February 2020

Final EEAG study

16 April 2020

Final RDI study

20 May 2020

5th ISSG meeting - the purpose of the meeting was to discuss members’ comments on the draft Staff Working Document (SWD)

2 June 2020

Publication of studies

https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/fitness_check_en.html  

8 July 2020

Meeting with the RSB

17 July 2020

6th ISSG meeting - the purpose of the meeting was to inform members about the opinion of the RSB

3.EXCEPTIONS TO THE BETTER REGULATION GUIDELINES

No exceptions were made to the Better Regulation Guidelines 3 during this Fitness Check.

4.CONSULTATION OF THE RSB 

An Upstream meeting with the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) was held on 9 April 2019.

The meeting with the RSB presenting the results of the Fitness Check took place on 8 July 2020. The outcome was a positive opinion, issued on 10 July 2020. The following table provides information on how the comments made by the RSB were addressed in this Staff Working Document:

RSB comment

Action taken

The report should better justify its scope. It should explain why it includes the Railway Guidelines and the short-term export credit insurance Communication (STEC), and excludes the State aid guidelines for the broadband sector. It should explain the legal and economic rationale for deciding which State aid instruments to include in the analysis.

Section 1.2., which concerns the scope of the Staff Working Document (SWD), was revised accordingly: justification concerning the inclusion of the Railway Guidelines and the STEC was added.

The exclusion of the Broadband Guidelines was better explained.

Additional explanation regarding the exclusion from the scope of the Procedural Regulation and SGEI rules was added as well.

The report should provide a better overview of how the various instruments of the SAM package work together. It could improve its intervention logic to clarify and explain how the SAM instruments complement and reinforce each other to deliver better outcomes. The effectiveness and efficiency analyses should do more to show how the individual instruments have contributed to each of the SAM objectives.

The SWD was revised providing a better overview of how the different rules work together. In particular, Figure 1 details the “State aid universe”. Also, new section 2.3.2 which contains the intervention logic was revised. Section 5.1. (Effectiveness) and Section 5.2 (Efficiency) were revised extensively to take account of how the individual instruments have contributed to each of the SAM objectives.

The report should explain the relationship between the microeconomic dimension of State aid (its allocative function) and the macroeconomic dimension (counter-cyclical spending). It could clarify that the latter is addressed by other policy instruments. The report should also discuss whether increased spending on State aid by almost all Member States – and especially the wealthier ones – might be an issue of concern. It should explore whether the increase in State aid under the block exemption includes undue reclassification of notification cases.

Section 2.1.2. was revised to explain better the relationship between micro and macro-level. On increases spending, please see in particular Section 3.2.1. On the relations between block-exempted measures and notifications, please see in particular revised Section 5.2.

The report should further complement (majority) stakeholder views with other (quantitative and qualitative) evidence. For example, it should take better account of minority stakeholder views, expert contributions and available national ex-post evaluations. The report could do more to triangulate across the different sources of evidence.

Section 4 (Methods) was revised detailing more specifically the external studies used. Please also see in particular Section 4.2. Adjustments were also made throughout the document to better triangulate all available sources of evidence.

The conclusions should take into account the uncertainties left by the evidence to provide an unbiased view of the instruments’ fitness. The report should formulate more operational conclusions, indicating lessons for future policy development. They should provide more detail on which elements are fit for purpose, which need to be updated, and why. This also applies to the conclusions in annex on the individual State aid instruments, as the fitness check may inform future revisions. The report should place the conclusions in the context of the current economic situation and the impact of the Covid-19 crisis on the short-term and long-term prospects of the SAM instruments.

A new Section 6 (Lessons learnt) was introduced which provides for operational lessons. For changes proposed for each instrument please see in detail Annex 8. The conclusions (now Section 7) were also revised. The report was updated concerning the recent COVID-19 crisis and its possible impact on the SAM instruments (Section 3.4 and Section 5).

The report should highlight the simplification and burden-reduction potential, not only regarding the use of block exemptions but also regarding the sectoral SAM instruments. If the evidence does not allow a conclusion on this point, the report should say that.

In particular Section 5.2 (Efficiency) was revised to highlight the simplification and burden-reduction potential of both GBER and other SAM instruments.

5.EVIDENCE, SOURCES AND QUALITY

The Fitness Check was supported by external studies. The studies were procured under the Framework contract COMP/2017/013 for the provision of support studies for evaluations and impact assessments in the area of State aid policy signed on 24 May 2018. The following rules were subject to an independent expert study: RAG, EEAG, RDI Framework, Risk Finance Guidelines, and Aviation Guidelines (see in detail Annex 7).

The project was also supported by several consultation activities (see Annex 2).

Data sources included the State Aid Scoreboard 4  which comprises aid expenditure made by Member States falling under the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU. Internal Commission/DG Competition data used for the internal assessment include for instance monitoring results and interpretation questions by Member States. DG Competition's case practice was a major source of insight. Court judgements, desk research, literature review and internal statistics such as the Transparency Award Module have also played a role in data gathering. DG Competition’s Chief Economist Team supported the econometric analysis. The Commission also used several other external reports and several bilateral meetings were organised with stakeholders at their request. The Commission also used several other reports. Other publicly available data included in the analysis include company data, and data from EUROSTAT and OECD, as well as a Eurobarometer flash commissioned by DG Competition in 2016. 5 Finally, several bilateral meetings were organised with stakeholders at their request. Commission staff also participated to a number of forums and conferences. (See also Annex 7 and Section 4 of the SWD.)



Annex 2

Synopsis report

1.INTRODUCTION

This report covers feedback and input from public authorities, associations, companies and other organisations (“stakeholders”) as well as citizens as regards the Fitness Check of the SAM package, of the Railway Guidelines and of the STEC (“the Fitness Check”). 

The objective of the consultations was to gather evidence from stakeholders on the five evaluation criteria including for the purpose of verifying to which extent the other State aid rules reached the envisaged objectives under the SAM package, to which extent consistency has been ensured and whether the original objectives are still in line with the EU priorities under the new Multiannual financial framework, new EU legislation or developments on the internal and global market.

The Commission carried out an open public consultation (see Section 3) in order to gather inputs from a broad range of stakeholders. The public consultation aimed at reaching out to all relevant stakeholders and gave unlimited access to everybody who wanted to contribute. It took the form of an extensive questionnaire covering certain provisions of all specific State aid rules as well as the horizontal provisions from a SAM perspective. The public consultation covered, among others, the SAM common principles.

In addition, for certain State aid rules covered by the Fitness Check, DG Competition made use of targeted consultations in the form of online questionnaires (see Section 4) addressed to the main stakeholders and interested parties (beyond the general public) on specific issues related to the individual policy areas and rules. The stakeholders for the targeted questionnaires depended on the State aid rules concerned and included those who are directly impacted by those rules, for example Member States, regional and local authorities, other granting authorities or beneficiaries. Some of these targeted consultations were open (i.e. published on DG Competition website), some of them closed (i.e. only sent to a selected, very specific group of stakeholders).

The full set of non-confidential replies to the open public consultation is published on the Commission’s Better Regulation Portal (“BRP”): https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiatives/ares-2018-6623981/public-consultation_en , while the non-confidential version of the open targeted consultations can be accessed from DG Competition’s consultation website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/consultations/closed.html .

2.FEEDBACK ON THE COMMISSION ROADMAP

Stakeholders had the opportunity to provide their feedback on a Commission roadmap on the Fitness Check 6 from 7 February 2019 to 7 March 2019. 7 stakeholders submitted their feedback on the Commission roadmap via the BRP. These were from Business organisations, such as the European Rail Freight Association, Confederation of Danish Industry (DI), Union des Ports de France, REScoop.eu, DIHK - Association of German Chambers of Commerce and Industry) and two national authorities, (DK, BG). The Commission also received 4 additional submissions outside BRP (FI, Transdev Group, NL, FR). The submissions largely supported the Commission’s intention to evaluate the State aid rules under the Fitness Check. Some more concrete proposals were: ERFA hinted at the fact that the transitional character of the Railway Guidelines is outdated. The DIHK points out that the de minimis threshold should be increased. The Confederation of Danish Industry urges the Commission to publish a guide/vademecum on the enforcement of State aid law at national level.

Finland stated that the Commission should put an emphasis on thoroughly analysing the impact of SAM (especially extension of GBER) in view of competition distortions in the internal market and if it has achieved its objective of reducing “bad aid”. According to the Dutch Authorities, the fitness check should also assess the Broadband rules, to see whether these are still fit for purpose, taking into account the future challenges regarding the demands of the gigabit society. The French authorities pointed out that there is a discrepancy between the revision of state aid rules and programmes such as, for instance, Invest EU.

3.OPEN PUBLIC CONSULTATION

An open public consultation, meeting the Commission’s minimum standards, was open from 17 April 2019 to 10 July 2019 and later extended until 19 July 2019. 7  

The public consultation, targeting citizens and stakeholders, took the form of an online survey 8 published on the Commission’s BRP. The questionnaire was published in all 24 EU official languages. Participants to the questionnaires could reply in any of those languages.

This public consultation was also promoted through Twitter, LinkedIn, DG Competition’s State aid Newsletter, DG Competition’s website and the Working group of Member States on SAM. A letter informing the European Parliament’s ECON committee about the public consultation was sent out on 26 April 2019.

The input has been analysed using a data analysis tool, complemented by manual analysis. The tool used is Doris Public Consultation Dashboard, an internal Commission tool for analysing and visualising replies to public consultations.

A factual summary report giving a simple statistical presentation of the responses was published on the BRP on 21 October 2019 and is also attached as Annex 10 to the SWD.

In total, the public consultation received 137 replies 9 : 74 from organisations, 49 from public authorities, 6 from individuals and 8 from other respondents. The number of position papers attached to the questionnaire was 38. No campaigns were identified.

The replies came mainly from EU countries. The most common language of contributions was English (47), German (25) French (13), Portuguese (9), Spanish (8) and Italian (7). The countries with the highest number of respondents were Belgium (24) Germany (20) and France (10). 10

In addition to the replies and position papers provided through the questionnaires, 17 submissions were sent 11  outside the online tool, mainly by public authorities and associations.

As described in the Consultation strategy, the main stakeholders are the Member States and other public authorities (for instance regional and local authorities) because they design public policies in line with State aid rules and apply the State aid rules when granting public support. The current synopsis report will thus focus in particular on the responses by public authorities. A further breakdown of replies to other respondent groups is not meaningful due to the low number of replies.

The questionnaire contained a total of 15 questions (including sub questions), with a mix of closed and open questions, which were devised around the five evaluation criteria effectiveness, efficiency, coherence, relevance and EU added value. All closed questions were obligatory, but the respondents had the choice of “I Do not know” and “Not relevant for me” options. The questionnaire was approved by the Steering Group.

The public consultation covered all 11 legal instruments subject to the Fitness Check. However, some respondents may be interested only in part of these instruments, therefore the percentage of “I Do not know” and “not relevant for me” responses was very high, in particular for non-public authorities.

Given the high percentage of these categories of replies, this synopsis report will only assess so-called meaningful replies (i.e. excluding “I do not know” and “Not relevant for me”). The replies containing “I do not know” and “Not relevant for me” are presented in detail in the factual summary (see also Annex 10).

As stated above, the public consultation received only 137 replies. “Public authorities”, the main stakeholder group which is the most relevant for State aid control (see also Sections 2.1 and 4.1 of the SWD) and who can provide the Commission with the best insight, is represented by 49 replies. The rest of the replies is extremely scattered: there are 6 replies from individuals and 8 from “other respondents”. While there is a group of 74 representing “organisations”, this is a very heterogeneous group including a myriad of NGOs, business associations, consumer associations companies etc., all of them only represented by a couple of respondents (see also Figure 1 of Annex 10, Factual summary report). In addition, given the nature of State aid proceedings, third parties such as beneficiaries or competitors are represented by these scattered groups, mostly business or associations. Moreover, large majority of this category of respondents often only replied concerning one single rule, the one by which they are mostly affected, and disregarded all the other questions. Therefore, the overall number of responses per question is even lower. Due to the low number of replies in the separate categories, representing the replies by category of respondent (apart from public authorities) does not always seem meaningful.

Against this background, the results have to be interpreted with caution and the public consultation is more to be seen as an opinion survey.

Overall, respondents are in favour of SAM. In essence, the main message is that SAM went in the right direction but that clarifications and adjustments are necessary, for instance in view of technological and market developments. Stakeholders also called for simplification and more guidance from the Commission as regards GBER. The support for SAM is even higher for the main stakeholder group, the public authorities.

3.1.Effectiveness (Have the objectives been met?)

In order to evaluate whether the SAM objectives were met, stakeholders were asked to answer eight sets of questions.

Question 1 inquired whether the SAM package has led to clearer rules. 13-40% respondents (depending on the rule) were of the opinion that a series of elements under SAM has helped to facilitate the compliance with the State aid rules by Member States, while 38-72% were of the opinion they did partially. Depending on the rule, only 3-10 respondents (out of which 1-4 public authorities) per rule replied that SAM did not lead to clearer rules. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

The opinion that SAM at least partially led to clearer rules was particularly high for the RDI Framework (94% for all respondents and 93% for public authorities) and for the de minimis Regulation (94% for all respondents and 93% for public authorities). On the other hand, for the Aviation Guidelines the agreement rate was only 66% for all respondents (77% for public authorities). Hereto, it has to be noted that only 16 responses were received for the Aviation rules. Only 10 respondents replied that the Aviation guidelines did not lead to clearer rules, out of which 3 public authorities and 2 citizens. In case of the Aviation Guidelines, the main problematic point concerns the transition period for operating aid that did not prove successful as many airports will continue to need operating aid beyond 2024.

Table 1: Summary of replies to Question 1

All respondents

Public authorities only

Yes

No

Partially

Yes

No

Partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

30

29%

8

8%

67

64%

17

39%

2

5%

25

57%

de minimis

29

31%

6

7%

58

62%

16

38%

3

7%

23

55%

RAG

17

28%

7

12%

37

61%

7

30%

4

17%

12

52%

RDI

13

21%

4

6%

46

73%

5

19%

2

7%

20

74%

IPCEI

8

20%

5

13%

27

68%

2

15%

1

8%

10

77%

RF

4

13%

5

16%

23

72%

-

-

1

8%

12

92%

Aviation

8

28%

10

35%

11

38%

4

31%

3

23%

6

46%

EEAG

11

19%

5

9%

42

72%

3

15%

1

5%

16

80%

R&R

5

15%

5

15%

23

70%

2

14%

2

14%

10

71%

Railway

8

29%

8

29%

12

43%

3

33%

1

11%

5

56%

STEC

8

40%

3

15%

9

45%

2

22%

2

22%

5

56%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

·In reply to Question 2 (“Based on your experience, did the factors below facilitate the compliance with the State aid rules by the Member States?”), respondents were of the opinion that a series of elements under SAM has helped to facilitate the compliance with the State aid rules by Member States: Clear definition of the scope of the rules by excluding sectors or types of aid and clear definitions of those sectors and types of aid that are excluded (100 or 89% for all respondents; 39 or 89% for public authorities). Only 12 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear definition of the scope of the rules by explaining the overlaps between the different rules (93 or 89% for all respondents; 34 or 87% for public authorities). Only 12 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Common principles to assess the compatibility of the State aid measures; (95 or 96% for all respondents; 35 or 90% for public authorities). Only 10 respondents (out of which 4 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear rules to identify the need for State intervention (83 or 84% for all respondents; 35 or 88% for public authorities). Only 16 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear rules to identify the incentive effect of the aid measure (86 or 84% for all respondents; 38 or 86% for public authorities). Only 17 respondents (out of which 6 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear rules to ensure that the aid is limited to the minimum necessary (84 or 85% for all respondents; 36 or 88% for public authorities). Only 15 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear rules to identify the distortive effects of the aid measure (80 or 81% for all respondents; 34 or 87% for public authorities). Only 17 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Publication of aid awards above EUR 500,000 on a public webpage (65 or 84% for all respondents; 28 or 85 % for public authorities). Only 12 respondents (out of which 5 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Evaluation of novel or large schemes with budgets above EUR 150 million (39 or 74% for all respondents; 19 or 91% for public authorities). Only 14 respondents (out of which 2 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Clear and simplified definition of a company in difficulty (70 or 82% for all respondents; 35 or 81% for public authorities); Only 15 respondents (out of which 8 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Simplified rules for projects that are financed with EU funds (including structural funds) (65 or 78% for all respondents; 29 or 74% for public authorities); Only 18 respondents (out of which 10 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

·Simplified rules for SMEs (71 or 85% for all respondents; 31 or 84% for public authorities) Only 13 respondents (out of which 6 public authorities) replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

Question 3 sought the public’s view whether, as a result of the SAM, the Commission succeeded in focusing its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market. 39% (30) of all respondents and 53% (17) of all public authorities were of the opinion that this is the case, 49% of all respondents and 44% of all public authorities share this view partially. Only 10 respondents (out of which merely 1 public authority) replied no. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only

The agreement was particularly high for the EEAG Guidelines. On the other hand, for the Aviation Guidelines the agreement rate was the lowest. It has to be noted that only 16 responses were received for the Aviation rules. Only 11 respondents replied that the Aviation guidelines did not allow the Commission to focus its scrutiny on cases with a significant impact on the internal market, out of which 3 public authorities, 1 citizen and 1 law firm.

As regards Question 4, 35-69% of respondents (depending on the rule) agreed that SAM rules have reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU; for public authorities only, this rate was even higher ranging between 55-100% of the collected responses. 24-42% of all respondents, and 0-45% of public authorities, affirmed instead that this risk was reduced only partially.. Depending on the rule, only 3-12 respondents (out of which up to 3 public authorities) per rule replied that SAM did not reduce subsidy races. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful. As to the Aviation rules where the overall agreement rate was “only” 59%, it has to be noted that only 29 responses were received in total. Only 12 respondents replied that the Aviation Guidelines did not reduce subsidy races, out of which 3 public authorities, 2 citizens and 1 law firm.

Table 2: Summary of replies to Question 4

All respondents

Public authorities only

Yes

No

Partially

Yes

No

Partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

55

69%

5

6%

20

25%

24

73%

-

-

9

27%

De minimis

46

68%

6

9%

16

24%

23

70%

2

6%

8

24%

RAG

24

56%

6

14%

13

30%

12

71%

2

12%

3

18%

RDI

40

69%

4

7%

14

24%

19

86%

-

-

3

14%

IPCEI

16

49%

3

9%

14

42%

6

55%

-

-

5

45%

RF

28

61%

5

11%

13

28%

11

69%

-

-

5

31%

Aviation

10

35%

12

41%

7

24%

7

58%

3

25%

2

17%

EEAG

27

52%

9

17%

16

31%

11

65%

2

12%

4

24%

R&R

12

57%

3

14%

6

29%

7

100%

-

-

-

-

Railway

12

44%

6

22%

9

33%

4

57%

1

14%

2

29%

STEC

10

46%

3

14%

9

41%

4

57%

-

-

3

43%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

As regards Question 5, a majority of respondents (both for all respondents and only for public authorities) who expressed a view were of the opinion that the State aid rules achieved the SAM objectives while maintaining a competitive internal market (fully or partially). However, the agreement was particularly low for the Railway Guidelines and for the Aviation Guidelines. As regards Aviation guidelines, 9 respondents considered that they have not at all achieved the objective of allowing connectivity between regions by using aid transport (3 public authorities, 2 NGOs, 2 business associations, 1 company/business organisation and 1 citizen) and 8 respondents considered that they have not at all maintained a competitive internal market (2 public authorities, 2 NGOs, 2 citizens, 1 company/business organisation and 1 business association). With respect to the Railway Guidelines, 6 respondents considered that they have not at all stimulated the railway sector (3 companies/business organisations, 2 citizens and 1 public authority) while 8 respondents considered that they have not at all maintained a competitive internal market (2 public authorities, 3 citizens, 2 companies/business organisations and 1 consumer organisation).

Open Question 6 inquired whether the State aid modernisation or the State aid rules under evaluation had any positive or negative unexpected or unintended effects. Roughly half of the respondents categorised the effects overall positive, while around one-third remained neutral. Only about ca. one-fifth of all respondents pointed out certain negative effects.

Since mid-2016, the details of all individual State aid awards above EUR 500,000 are published on a public website. Under Question 7, the majority of respondents were of the view that this contributed to the objectives as laid down by SAM. In particular, the majority of respondents (40 or 55% of all respondents and 20 or 51% of public authorities) agree that this promotes accountability and enable citizens to be better informed about public policies and spending to a large extent and the majority of respondents (37 or 53% of all respondents and 18 or 51% of public authorities) is of the view that this enables companies to check whether legal aid was granted to competitors to a large extent. Only 9 and 6 respondents respectively (out of which 4 and 2 public authorities) replied no. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

With reference to the effect of transparency on administrative burden, 19 or 30% of all respondents and 10 or 28% of public authorities noted that it does not reduce the burden on the aid granting bodies – while the rest is of the view that the transparency requirements decrease the administrative burden at least to some extent. The EUR 500,000 ceiling is largely seen as appropriate by both all respondents (54%) and public authorities (72%). As regards other views, for 30% of respondents and for 22% of public authorities it was too low, while for 16% of respondents and 6% of public authorities the threshold was considered too high.

To promote accountability and enable citizens to be better informed about public policies and spending

All respondents

Public authorities only

To enable companies to check whether legal aid was granted to competitors

All respondents

Public authorities only

To reduce the administrative burden of Member States as regards reporting to the Commission State aid expenditure

All respondents

Public authorities only

The EUR 500,000 ceiling is largely seen as appropriate by both all respondents (54%) and public authorities (72%). As regards other views, for 30% of respondents and for 22% of public authorities it was too low, while for 16% of respondents and 6% of public authorities the threshold was considered too high.

All respondents

Public authorities only

Since mid-2014, the largest (annual average budget above EUR 150 million) State aid schemes are subject to ex-post evaluation studies to assess their effectiveness. Under Question 8, concerning evaluation, the majority of respondents believe that the threshold for evaluation is appropriate (24 or 52% of all respondents and 18 or 75% of public authorities). As regards other views, for 2 or 8% of public authorities the evaluation threshold was too low, for 4 or 17% of them it was too high. Furthermore, for 7 or 15% respondents (2 public authorities, 3 business associations, 1 company/business organisation and 1 other) it was too low and for 15 or 33% among them (4 public authorities, 4 NGOs, 3 companies/business organisations, 3 citizens and 1 business association) it was considered too high.

All respondents

Public authorities only

3.2.Efficiency (Were the costs involved proportionate to the benefits?)

Under Question 9, 21-54% of respondents stated that State aid rules ensured efficient State expenditure to a large extent. This figure is higher, ranging between 33-65%, considering only public authorities responses. The agreement was particularly high for the de minimis Regulation (54% for all respondents and 65% for public authorities). On the other hand, for the Aviation Guidelines the agreement rate “to a large extent” was only 21% for all respondents and 33% for public authorities. 41-61% of all respondents and 33-50% of public authorities answered State aid rules ensured efficient State expenditure positively to some extent only.

Table 3: Summary of replies to Question 9

All respondents

Public authorities only

To a large extent

Not at all

To some extent only

To a large extent

No

To some extent only

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

44

47%

6

7%

43

46%

25

63%

-

-

15

38%

de minimis

40

54%

4

5%

30

41%

26

65%

1

3%

13

33%

RAG

18

41%

4

9%

22

50%

11

55%

-

-

9

45%

RDI

18

36%

1

2%

31

62%

12

55%

-

-

10

45%

IPCEI

12

40%

2

7%

16

53%

6

60%

-

-

4

40%

RF

7

26%

4

15%

16

59%

4

40%

1

10%

5

50%

Aviation

5

21%

8

33%

11

46%

4

33%

2

17%

6

50%

EEAG

13

31%

4

10%

25

60%

7

39%

1

6%

10

56%

R&R

5

22%

4

17%

14

61%

4

40%

2

20%

4

40%

Railway

9

38%

3

13%

12

50%

3

38%

1

13%

4

50%

STEC

8

44%

2

11%

8

44%

4

57%

-

-

3

43%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

Question 10 focused on whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check reduced the administrative burden compared to the State aid rules in force before SAM, for the public authorities and for the beneficiaries.

For the public authorities

All respondents

Public authorities only

For the beneficiaries

All respondents

Public authorities only

Only a minority of respondents (26,9 % of all the respondents and 23,1% of the public authorities only) considered that the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check have not reduced the administrative burden for public authorities compared to the State aid rules in force before SAM.

Regarding the impact on private business/companies and to the question whether SAM had reduced administrative burden for the beneficiaries (who could be public companies), out of the 33 replies received from public authorities, nine replied “Yes” and 11 replied “Partially”. However, exactly half of business associations, organisations and companies (16 out of 32) replied that that SAM (as a whole, and not specifically GBER) has not reduced administrative burden for the beneficiaries. Of nine stakeholders who provided some linked explanations, there is no real clarity and trend allowing to find explanations. Two of them point to difficulty for SMEs to get access to aid or to fulfil conditions (which is not specific to State aid but seems rather linked to the SME recommendation and outside the scope of the Fitness check), one points to complexity of EEAG (which is not GBER, but a guideline, where the evidence in the present Fitness Check indeed suggests that it needs clarifications), another one to difficult tender process for wind turbine (which is a national issue), one points to burden and cost for small airports without more details and another one argues that calculation methods by EBITDA instead of cash flow bring complexity without more details (the aviation guidelines were looked into in detail by the present Fitness Check). Other stakeholders mention without much details to which instruments: “more bureaucracy in GBER”, “increase in administrative burden for training centres”.

3.3.Relevance (Is EU action still necessary?)

In order to understand if the State aid rules analysed under the Fitness Check are still relevant considering the changes in EU priorities and/or new market and technological developments, stakeholders were asked to answer two sets of questions.

Question 11 inquired whether the objectives of SAM and of individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities. 22-42% of all respondents and 30-60% of public authorities (depending on the rule) took the view that the objectives of SAM and of individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities. The majority of all respondents, 50-77%, and a slightly lower portion of public authorities, 38-75%, affirmed that the correspondence between SAM’s objectives and current EU priorities still subsisted partially. Depending on the rule, only 1-6 respondents (out of which up to 0-1 public authorities) per rule replied no. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

Table 4: Summary of replies to Question 11

All respondents

Public authorities only

Fully

Not at all

Partially

Fully

Not at all

Partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

32

34%

6

6%

56

60%

21

51%

1

2%

19

46%

de minimis

34

42%

5

6%

43

52%

24

60%

1

3%

15

38%

RAG

17

32%

4

7%

33

61%

10

46%

1

5%

11

50%

RDI

18

33%

2

4%

35

64%

12

50%

-

-

12

50%

IPCEI

9

28%

2

6%

21

66%

3

25%

-

-

9

75%

RF

9

33%

4

15%

14

52%

4

40%

-

-

6

60%

Aviation

7

27%

4

15%

15

58%

5

36%

-

-

9

64%

EEAG

11

18%

3

5%

47

77%

6

30%

1

5%

13

65%

R&R

9

35%

4

15%

13

50%

5

42%

1

8%

6

50%

Railway

6

22%

5

19%

16

59%

3

38%

-

-

5

63%

STEC

9

41%

1

5%

12

55%

3

38%

-

-

5

63%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

Question 12 aimed at finding out stakeholders’ opinion on how well adapted the State aid rules are to recent developments in markets and technology. 6-37% of the full sample and 7-44% of public authorities (depending on the rule) responded positively. The majority of respondents stated that the individual rules are adapted partially (53-72% of all respondents and 50-91% of public authorities). Depending on the rule, only 2-9 respondents (out of which up to 0-2 public authorities) per rule replied no. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

Table 5: Summary of replies to Question 12

All respondents

Public authorities only

Yes

Not at all

Partially

Fully

Not at all

Partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

14

17%

9

11%

59

72%

8

30%

1

4%

18

67%

de minimis

22

32%

9

13%

37

54%

14

44%

2

6%

16

50%

RAG

11

27%

6

15%

24

59%

6

43%

-

-

8

57%

RDI

9

20%

3

7%

33

73%

5

29%

-

-

12

71%

IPCEI

4

14%

4

14%

21

72%

1

9%

-

-

10

91%

RF

5

23%

3

13%

14

64%

2

29%

-

-

5

71%

Aviation

2

11%

6

33%

10

56%

1

11%

1

11%

7

78%

EEAG

3

6%

6

12%

42

82%

1

7%

-

-

14

93%

R&R

4

22%

3

17%

11

61%

2

25%

1

13%

5

63%

Railway

4

17%

4

17%

15

65%

2

22%

-

-

7

78%

STEC

7

37%

2

11%

10

53%

2

29%

-

-

5

71%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

3.4.Coherence (Does the policy complement other actions or are there contradictions?)

In order to understand the extent to which the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check are coherent with each other and with other EU rules, stakeholders were asked to answer two sets of questions.

Question 13 asked whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check are coherent with each other.

All respondents

Public authorities only

In Question 14 stakeholders were asked to what extent are the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since the State aid rules were adopted (such as for instance in the Cohesion and Regional policy, Research and Innovation, Energy Union and Climate, Environmental protection and Circular Economy, Entrepreneurship and SMEs, Capital Markets Union, Investment Plan for Europe). 17-41% of all respondents stated that they are fully coherent with changes in EU legislation, while 55-77% of the full sample affirmed that they are only partially coherent. However, considering only the subsample of public authorities 25-56% of respondents responded positively while 50-75% of respondents answered partially. The agreement was particularly high for the de minimis regulation (41% for all respondents and 56% for public authorities). Depending on the rule, only 1-4 respondents (out of which no public authority) per rule replied no. Hence, a further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

Table 6: Summary of replies to Question 14

All respondents

Public authorities only

Yes

Not at all

Partially

Fully

No

Partially

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

No.

%

GBER

28

36%

4

5%

45

58%

14

47%

-

-

16

53%

de minimis

26

41%

3

5%

35

55%

18

56%

-

-

14

44%

RAG

13

30%

2

5%

28

65%

9

50%

-

-

9

50%

RDI

11

26%

2

5%

30

70%

7

39%

-

-

11

61%

IPCEI

6

20%

1

3%

23

77%

3

27%

-

-

8

73%

RF

6

23%

3

12%

17

65%

2

25%

-

-

6

75%

Aviation

5

25%

3

15%

12

60%

3

38%

-

-

5

63%

EEAG

8

17%

4

8%

36

75%

5

33%

-

-

10

67%

R&R

6

30%

2

10%

12

60%

4

50%

-

-

4

50%

Railway

6

26%

2

9%

15

65%

3

43%

-

-

4

57%

STEC

8

38%

1

5%

12

57%

2

25%

-

-

6

75%

Any incoherence in the percentages is due to rounding.

3.5.EU added value (Did EU action provide clear added value?)

In order to evaluate the EU added value of the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check, stakeholders were asked in Question 15 whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness Check helped to deliver EU policies more efficiently. 40% of all respondents and the majority of public authorities (54%) said yes, while 52% of all respondents and 39% of public authorities answered partially. Only 9 respondents (out of which 3 public authorities) replied no. A further breakdown by respondent category does not seem to be meaningful.

All respondents

Public authorities only



4.TARGETED CONSULTATIONS

As described above in section 1, in addition to the public consultation, DG Competition launched targeted consultations in the form of online questionnaires (EUSurvey tool) addressed to the main stakeholders and interested parties on specific issues related to the individual policy areas and rules. A summary of these consultation activities is summarised below.

Table 7: Summary of targeted consultations

EEAG

RAF

de minimis Stakeholders

de minimis Member States

Risk Finance

IPCEI

Aviation

STEC

Date

14 May 2019 - 19 July 2019

14 May 2019 - 19 July 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

25 April 2019 – 19 June 2019

9 August 2019 - 31 October 2019

24 May 2019 - 31 July 2019

25 March 2019 - 31 May 2019

Open/ Closed

open

open

open

closed

closed

closed

open

closed

Number of replies

250

62

207

23

20

35 (out of which one arrived outside EUSurvey)

81 (out of which 5 arrived outside EUSurvey)

37

Language of the consultation

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

All EU official languages (except Irish)

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

All EU official languages (except Irish)

English, but respondents were invited to submit their contributions in any EU language

Target group

Businesses/business associations; public authorities (regional and local); NGOs, consumer organisations, academic/ research institutions and environmental organisations.

Public authorities, an academic research institute, business associations, companies/ business organisations, EU citizens and other contributors (not specified).

All stakeholders

All Member States

All Member States

Member States’ authorities; members of the Strategic Forum for Important Projects of Common European Interest

Member States, airline companies, airport operators and relevant associations

Export credit agencies, Member States, private insurers, trade and insurance associations and “others”

4.1.EEAG

182 replies were submitted by either businesses or business associations. Public authorities (including regional and local) submitted 33 replies, with a coverage of 19 Member States (Member States that did not submit contributions were: Austria, Croatia, Cyprus, Denmark, Greece, Luxembourg, Portugal and Spain) plus Norway. 19 NGOs and 5 Consumer organisations also replied to the consultation. Academic/research institutions and environmental organisations registered only one contribution each and other respondents submitted 9 replies.

Overall, an overwhelming majority of the respondents believe that the EEAG and GBER related provisions have contributed to achieving the relevant climate, environmental and energy objectives while maintaining a competitive internal market. However, stakeholders also note that the EEAG and GBER provisions need to be updated to better cater for a certain number of new developments in technologies and in the energy markets and ask for an alignment of the guidelines with the new regulations included in the Clean Energy Package.

4.2.RAF

61 stakeholders from 21 Member States 12 submitted 62 replies to the targeted consultation on the regional aid framework (RAG and corresponding GBER articles). They include 40 public authorities, 1 academic research institute, 6 business associations, 5 companies/business organisations, 6 EU citizens, and 3 other contributors.

The respondents confirmed that even though a shift from regional aid to other aid categories or measures including GBER can be perceived, regional State aid remains an important element for regional development. Overall, the eligibility conditions for SMEs and a-regions were considered as appropriate and the updated GBER relocation rules were welcomed. Potential for improvement was reported however regarding the eligibility conditions for large-enterprises in c-areas, in particular the implementation of the conditions related to new process innovation projects. Further adjustments should be considered to improve inter alia the criteria for the definition of regional aid maps in the future and to ease the implementation of the provisions under GBER and RAG.

4.3.de minimis Regulation

Two targeted consultations took place with regard to the de minims Regulation: one closed to member States and one open to stakeholders.

The de minimis Regulation is largely seen as an important element of State aid rules. For the majority of the Member States, the de minimis ceiling does not correspond to the current economic reality and should be increased, others are in favour of the current ceiling. The increase of the ceiling was reiterated by other stakeholders. Certain Member States also raised some technical issues including the definition of “single undertaking” and the possible replacement of fiscal years for the calculation of the three-year period by calendar years.

4.4.Risk Finance

20 responses were received, coming from 17 EU Member States (Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Finland, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom, Germany), 2 EEA Member States (Iceland, Liechtenstein) and 1 Region (Catalonia).

According to Member States, the rules work reasonably well, better than the previous ones. However, they point out that some of the rules on risk finance are overly complex (in particular article 21 of the GBER) and ask for simplification. As regards concrete remarks, different MS have different views. For instance, according to some Member States some requisites are too stringent and may be hindering their ability to act on this field, while others find the rules adequate. This is for example the case with private participation requirements, which some Member States with less developed private funding markets see as a challenge insetting up risk finance schemes while others see the benefit of requiring private participation. Another example concerns the rule limiting risk finance aid in principle to enterprises operating for less than seven years since their first commercial sale. Several Member States have argued that beneficiaries sometimes struggle to identify in practice which sale qualifies as truly "commercial" as opposed to mere test sales.

4.5.IPCEI

A total of 35 replies were submitted in the context of the targeted consultation: 18 from Member States 13 or public authorities, 8 from private companies or business organisations, 2 from research organisations/universities, 5 from trade associations and 2 from “other” types of respondents (experts contributing in their personal capacity or as member of the Strategic Forum).

The contributions showed that, despite the limited experience in the application of these rules, the IPCEI Communication is generally considered as an appropriate instrument to achieve the objective of facilitating the emergence of IPCEIs. A number of contributions expressed a need for clarification of certain notions and further guidance with regard to the assessment of certain requirements set out in the Communication. In addition, there was a call for a streamlined notification process, clearer procedural rules for special situations and for the simplification of the Communication requirements for SMEs. There was a general demand for the strengthening of the role of the Commission, inter alia to ensure the openness of IPCEIs to all interested Member States.

4.6.Aviation Guidelines

76 contributions were submitted via the online tool (out of which 44 were submitted from companies, e.g. airports, airport operators, airlines, 19 from public authorities, 7 from business associations, 2 from non-governmental organisations, and 4 from other types of stakeholders) and 5 contributions outside the online tool). The largest number of contributions was submitted by stakeholders from Sweden (15 contributions), followed by Germany (11), Italy (9), and France (7). The contributions from participants from other European countries range from 1 to 5.

A majority of the respondents expressed doubts on the adequacy of the Aviation Guidelines. The respondents criticized numerous provisions as being unclear, overly simplistic and not in line with economic realities.

4.7.STEC

37 replies were received: 17 coming from the Export Credit Agencies, 6 from Member States (Austria, Denmark, Finland, Latvia, Portugal, Sweden), 6 from private insurers, 4 from trade and insurance associations as well as 4 from other respondents.

The large majority of respondents found that STEC ensures an adequate competition level between private and public export-credit insurers as well as between exporters in the EU single market. In particular, there seem to be little or no distortions as regards the pricing of short-term export-credit insurance between private and public actors.



5.AD HOC CONTRIBUTIONS AND POSITION PAPERS

The ad hoc contributions and position papers were largely in line with the message of the general public consultation and targeted consultation. In particular, the submissions underpin the perception SAM went in the right direction but that clarifications and adjustments are necessary, for instance in view of technological and market developments.

(1)

      https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_19_182

(2)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiatives/ares-2018-6623981/public-consultation_en  

(3)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/better-regulation-guidelines-and-toolbox_en  

(4)

      https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/scoreboard/index_en.html#what  

(5)

     27,818 European citizens in all Member States were interviewed face-to-face and the results of the interviews were published on 13 July 2016. The Eurobarometer report can be downloaded here: http://europa.eu/!qt44mu The data collected is published here: http://europa.eu/!UD38yv .

(6)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiative/2044/publication/510476/attachment/090166e5c159a460_en  

(7)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiatives/ares-2018-6623981/public-consultation_en  

(8)

     EUSurvey tool

(9)

     There was one reply to the questions received outside the online tool. This submission will be taken into account in the assessment but not included in the statistics for the online consultation

(10)

     Austria (6); Belgium (24); Bulgaria(1); Croatia (2); Cyprus (1); Czechia (4); Denmark( 1); Finland (4); France (10); Germany (20); Greece (1); Hungary (2); Ireland (1); Italy (8); Latvia (9); Lithuania (2); Luxembourg (4); Malta (1); Netherlands (2); Poland (6); Portugal (10); Romania (1); Reunion (1); Slovakia (1); Spain (6); Sweden (4); United Kingdom (4); Venezuela (1). See factual summary report figure 2.

(11)

     Until 31 March 2020.

(12)

     Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Latvia, Malta, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom.

(13)

     Member States that did not submit contributions were: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Hungary, Ireland, Latvia, Malta, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, and the UK. Germany submitted its contribution outside EU Survey tool.

Top

Annex 3

Overview of the State aid rules subject to the Fitness Check

State Aid rules under Fitness Check

Entry into force

Expiry/

Review clause

Part of SAM

OJ reference

Preceded by

Objective

General Block Exemption Regulation (No. 651/2014 as amended by the Commission Regulation No. 2017/1084)

14 June 2017

31 December 2023

Yes

OJ L 187 26.6.2014, p. 1 and OJ L 156, 20.6.2017, p. 1–18

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ L 215, 7.7.2020, p. 3–6 

Regulation (EU) No 800/2008 (OJ L 214, 09.08.2008, p.8)

To declare specific categories of State aids (see Art. 1 GBER) compatible with the TFEU and exempt them from the requirement of prior notification and Commission approval.

de minimis Regulation (No. 1407/2013)

1 January 2014

31 December 2023

Yes

OJ L 352, 24.12.2013, p. 1–8

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ L 215, 7.7.2020, p. 3–6 

Regulation (EC) No 1998/2006 (OJ L 379, 28.12.2006, p.5)

To provide a ceiling below which aid measures are deemed not to constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107 TFEU, and are exempted from the notification procedure, because they are considered not to any effect on cross-border competition among Member States.

Regional aid Guidelines (2013/C 209/01 )

1 July 2014

31 December 2021

Yes

OJ C 198 of 27.06.2014, p. 1

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

Guidelines on national regional aid for 2007-2013 as prolonged until 30 June 2014, (OJ C 54, 04.03.2006, p.13)

To support regional economic development in disadvantaged areas within the EU while ensuring a level playing field between Member States and to limit the effects of regional aid on trade and competition to the minimum necessary.

Research Development and Innovation Framework (“RDI”) (2014/C 198/01)

1 July 2014

General review clause

Yes

OJ C 198 of 27.06.2014, p. 1

Targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

The 2006 Framework for State Aid for RDI (OJ C 323, 323, 30.12.2006)

To declare compatible with the internal market a series of RDI measures (see para. 12 of the RDI Framework).

Important Projects of Common European Interest Communication (“IPCEIs”) (2014/C 188/02)

1 July 2014

31 December 2021

Yes

OJ C 188, 20.06.2014, p.4

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

Ad hoc compatibility assessment under 2006 RDI Framework (OJ C 323, 323, 30.12.2006) and the 2008 Environmental Guidelines (OJ C 82, 01.04.2008, p.1) to IPCEIs whose subject matter fell in their respective scope.

To provide for a simplified compatibility assessment whereby it is to be presumed that certain compatibility criteria are fulfilled for IPCEIs that fulfil the eligibility conditions.

To create a clear framework consolidating the relevant assessment criteria in one single document, applicable to all sectors of the economy and across all policy objectives.

Risk finance Guidelines (2014/C 19/04)  

1 July 2014

31 December 2021

Yes

OJ C19, 22.01.2014, p. 4-34

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

The Risk Capital Guidelines of 2006 (OJ C 194, 18.08.2006, p.2 ) and the 2008 GBER No.800/2008 (OJ L 214, 09.08.2008, p.3

To facilitate the development of certain economic activities, where such aid does not adversely affect trading conditions to an extent contrary to the common interest. To encourage the development and expansion of new businesses, especially innovative and high-growth ones, that can have a great potential to create jobs.

Aviation Guidelines (2014/C 99/03)

4 April 2014

General review clause

Yes

OJ C 99, 4.4.2014, p. 3-34.

The 2005 aviation and airports Guidelines (OJ C 312, 09.12.2005, p.1)

To offer sector-specific guidance on the notion of aid in the aviation sector and to describe the compatibility conditions for State aid based on three different legal basis: public service compensation, assessed under Art 106(2) TFEU, aid to airports and airlines under 107(3)(c) TFEU and aid of a social character assessed under Art. 107(2) (a) TFEU.

Energy and Environmental Aid Guidelines (2014/C 200/01)

1 July 2014

31 December 2021

Yes

OJ C 200, 28.6.2014, p. 1–55.

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

Guidelines on State aid for environmental protection published on 1 April 2008 (OJ C 82, 01.04.2008, p.1)

To assist Member States in achieving the 2020 renewable energy targets while minimising the distortive effects of support schemes by promoting a gradual move to market-based support for renewable energy and providing criteria on how Member States can relieve energy intensive companies that are particularly exposed to international competition from charges levied for the support of renewables. To contribute to ensuring the required generation adequacy level and security of supply of the Union's energy system while minimising competition distortions by including new provisions on aid to energy infrastructure and generation capacity.

Rescue and restructuring Guidelines

(2014/C 249/01)

1 August 2014

31 December 2023

Yes

OJ C 249, 31.07.2014, p.1.

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

Community guidelines on State aid for rescuing and restructuring firms in difficulty of 1 October 2004 (OJ C 244, 1.10.2004, p.2) as prolonged by the Commission communication concerning the prolongation of them (OJ C 296, 2.10.2012, p.3)

Rescue and restructuring aid are among the most distortive types of State aid. It is therefore important to ensure that aid is only allowed under conditions that mitigate its potential harmful effects and promote effectiveness in public spending.

Railway Guidelines (2008/C 184/07)

22 July 2008

General review clause

No

OJ C 184, 22.7.2008, p. 13-31

None, cases approved directly under the Treaty provisions.

To provide guidance on the compatibility with Art. 107 and Art. 93 TFEU of State aid to railway undertakings in accordance with Directive 91/440/EEC. To improve the transparency of public financing and legal certainty with regard to the Treaty rules in the context of the opening-up of the railway markets

Short-term export-credit insurance Communication (2012/C 392/01)  

1 January 2013

31 December 2021

No

OJ C 392, 19.12.2012, p. 1-7 and OJ C 457, 19.12.2018, p. 9–11.

Prolonged and targeted COVID adjustments by OJ C 224, 8.7.2020, p. 2–4

The 1997 short-term export- credit insurance Communication as last amended in 2010 (OJ C 329, 7.12.2010, p.6 )

To ensure that State aid does not distort competition among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers and to create a level-playing field among exporters in different Member States.

Annex 4

State aid Rules in the Treaty

I.Article 107(1) TFEU: notion of aid and general prohibition

Article 107(1) TFEU states that: “any aid granted by a Member state or through State resources in any form whatsoever which distorts or threatens to distort competition by favouring certain undertakings or the production of certain goods shall, insofar as it affects trade between Member States, be incompatible within the internal market”.

Consequently, the cumulative requirements that have to be met in order for a measure to be considered as State aid and to fall under the State aid general prohibition are the following:

a.the aid must be granted by a Member State or through State resources;

b.there must be a selective advantage;

c.there must be a -threat of- distortion of competition; and

d.there must be affectation of trade between Member States.

II.Ex lege derogations provided by Article 107(2) TFEU

Once defined if the measure constitute State aid, Article 107(2) TFEU provides a list of State measures that are ex lege deemed to be compatible with the internal market:

a.Aid having a social character, granted to individual consumers, provided that such aid is granted without discrimination related to the origin of the products concerned;

b.Aid to make good the damage caused by natural disasters or exceptional occurrences;

c.Aid granted to the economy of certain areas of the Federal Republic of Germany affected by the division of Germany, in so far as such aid is required in order to compensate for the economic disadvantages caused by that division.

III.Discretionary derogations provided by Article 107(3) TFEU

Once defined if the measure constitute State aid, Article 107(3) TFEU provides a list of State measures that may discretionary be considered compatible with the internal market. The measures are the following:

a.aid to the economic development of most disadvantaged regions within the European Union;

b.aid to promote the execution of an important project of common European interest or to remedy a serious disturbance in the economy of a Member State;

c.aid to facilitate the development of certain economic activities or of certain economic areas, where such aid does not adversely affect trading conditions to an extent contrary to the common interest;

d.other categories as may be specified by a decision of the Council.

IV.Transport sector (relevant for the Railway Guidelines)

Article 93 TFEU relates to transport and provides that “aids shall be compatible with the Treaty if they meet the needs of coordination of transport or if they represent reimbursement for the discharge of certain obligations inherent in the concept of a public service”.

V.Article 108 TFEU

1. The Commission shall, in cooperation with Member States, keep under constant review all systems of aid existing in those States. It shall propose to the latter any appropriate measures required by the progressive development or by the functioning of the internal market.

2. If, after giving notice to the parties concerned to submit their comments, the Commission finds that aid granted by a State or through State resources is not compatible with the internal market having regard to Article 107, or that such aid is being misused, it shall decide that the State concerned shall abolish or alter such aid within a period of time to be determined by the Commission.

If the State concerned does not comply with this decision within the prescribed time, the Commission or any other interested State may, in derogation from the provisions of Articles 258 and 259, refer the matter to the Court of Justice of the European Union direct.

On application by a Member State, the Council may, acting unanimously, decide that aid which that State is granting or intends to grant shall be considered to be compatible with the internal market, in derogation from the provisions of Article 107 or from the regulations provided for in Article 109, if such a decision is justified by exceptional circumstances. If, as regards the aid in question, the Commission has already initiated the procedure provided for in the first subparagraph of this paragraph, the fact that the State concerned has made its application to the Council shall have the effect of suspending that procedure until the Council has made its attitude known.

If, however, the Council has not made its attitude known within three months of the said application being made, the Commission shall give its decision on the case.

3. The Commission shall be informed, in sufficient time to enable it to submit its comments, of any plans to grant or alter aid. If it considers that any such plan is not compatible with the internal market having regard to Article 107, it shall without delay initiate the procedure provided for in paragraph 2. The Member State concerned shall not put its proposed measures into effect until this procedure has resulted in a final decision.

4. The Commission may adopt regulations relating to the categories of State aid that the Council has, pursuant to Article 109, determined may be exempted from the procedure provided for by paragraph 3 of this Article.

VI.Article 109 TFEU

The Council, on a proposal from the Commission and after consulting the European Parliament, may make any appropriate regulations for the application of Articles 107 and 108 and may in particular determine the conditions in which Article 108(3) shall apply and the categories of aid exempted from this procedure.



Annex 5

Overview of the rules subject to the Fitness Check by objective of common interest



I.Access to finance for SMEs

Risk Finance Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

Context

The legal framework with regard to State aid for access to finance for SMEs applicable in 2014-2020 comprises the Risk Finance Guidelines and the provisions applicable to Aid for access to finance for SMEs of the GBER, specifically Article 21 thereof.

Better access to finance is a core element of the new SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe. Access to finance for SMEs is also an objective of common interest underpinning the Europe 2020 strategy. In particular, the ‘Innovation Union’ flagship initiative aims to improve framework conditions and access to finance for research and innovation so as to ensure that innovative ideas can be turned into products and services that create growth and jobs. It is also one of the core objectives of the Capital Markets Union.

The supply of risk capital to SMEs in the EU is constrained by certain structural weaknesses affecting all main segments of this market. SMEs, particularly in their early stages, face important difficulties in gaining access to finance, either for investment purposes or for working capital to maintain their potential growth. At the heart of these difficulties lies a problem of asymmetric information: SMEs, especially when they are young, are often unable to demonstrate their credit-worthiness or the soundness of their business plans to investors. Such failure in business finance markets translate into a “funding gap” which affects SMEs not only at their seed/start up and early expansion phases but also at later expansion/growth phases.

Purpose of the rules

The Risk Finance Guidelines and Section 3 GBER were set up to promote a more efficient and effective provision of various forms of risk finance to a larger category of eligible undertakings.

Member States can decide to set up schemes to facilitate SME's access to finance. For block exempted measures (under GBER), no notification is required. For measures beyond GBER, the Commission has set up the Risk Finance Guidelines to provide Member States with the necessary orientation under which conditions Risk Finance measures would be compatible with the internal market. While for measures that fall within the thresholds as defined in Article 21 GBER, a market failure (as described above) is presumed and measures are deemed not to distort competition, wider or larger schemes beyond the thresholds as defined in GBER are possible following a formal notification.

The 2014 Impact assessment has defined the following overall objective: "The general objective of the present review is to make European SMEs more competitive in a global marketplace by ensuring that public intervention in the field of risk finance corrects market failures in the most efficient and effective way while maintaining a level playing field among Member States." This was broken down into three more specific objectives:

1.Addressing the market failure affecting SMEs’ access to finance by providing straightforward and operational eligibility and compatibility criteria that would adequately capture companies facing a funding gap, while maintaining the necessary safeguards to ensure that competition in the internal market is not distorted;

2.Enabling the efficient functioning of the EU venture capital markets by better reflecting market practices and encouraging the flexible use of other forms of financing, such as debt;

3.Ensure better regulation by providing simpler and clearer rules, minimising administrative burden and compliance costs on companies and national administrations and simplifying and rationalising the transparency and reporting requirements for Member States.

Baseline scenario

The baseline scenario, as opposed to the adoption of the 2014 Risk Finance Guidelines and relevant GBER provisions, would have been prolonging the previous 2006 Risk Capital Guidelines and keeping the corresponding GBER articles unchanged. No changes would have been undertaken in the eligibility criteria for the undertakings and the support would remain focused on the SMEs in early development stages. The mechanism of annual tranches capped at 1.5 million EUR with no limitations on the number of years for the intervention would have been kept (in opposition to the 15 million EUR included in the current rules). The focus of the rules on equity and on the classic forms of investment funds would have remained unchanged, and other instruments such as tax exemptions, loans and guarantees would have remained subject to notification and assessment on a case-by-case basis.

As described above, the former Risk Capital rulebook (comprising both the guidelines and the GBER) relied more on a direct control by the Commission of aid granted by Member States and allowed less flexibility concerning instruments. This approach entailed red tape, unnecessary in light of the Commission’s past experience with risk finance measures implemented by Member States. Keeping the former rules would not have permitted the current degree of alignment to actual market practices, nor to the EU initiatives aimed at enhancing SMEs' access to finance (such as COSME and Horizon 2020) and the leverage effect towards private investors would have been lower.

II.Connectivity by air transport

Aviation Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

Context

The legal framework with regard to connectivity by air transport under evaluation comprises the Aviation Guidelines for airports and airlines and the relevant provisions of the GBER.

Air transport plays a fundamental role in the European economy both for EU citizens and industry. Air transport is not only key to regional and social cohesion but also plays an important role in regional development by improving connectivity. The air transport market has changed rapidly in the past years and is constantly growing and evolving. On the other hand, air transport is one of the fastest-growing sources of greenhouse gas emissions and it faces increasing pressure to reduce its carbon footprint. Therefore, the question of environmentally sustainable investments has become more prominent in the past years, and airports and airlines are facing increasing pressure to lower their carbon footprint.

Purpose of the rules

The Aviation Guidelines were aimed to address the following problems/needs:

·General problems: (i) Effectiveness of State aid to airports and airlines at promoting regional economic development and accessibility of regions; (ii) Effectiveness of State aid rules to airports and airlines for avoiding undue distortions of competition and trade.

·Problems related to investment aid to airports: (i) Creation of overcapacity and duplication of airport infrastructure; (ii) No existing limits to permissible aid amount other than the funding gap.

·Problems related to operating aid for airports: (i) Regional airports are being continuously subsidised with operating aid absent of any legal basis; (ii) Duplication of unprofitable airports within the same catchment area and lack of permissible aid amount for operating aid.

·Needs related to start-up aid to airlines: While the airline market is fully liberalised, there continues to exist a need to attract airlines for new routes in order to improve connectivity between regions.

The Aviation Guidelines tried to tackle those problems/needs with the following types of aid:

·Operating aid: Under the 2005 Aviation Guidelines, operating aid to airports was in general prohibited. In practice however, the Commission did not enforce this prohibition and Member States used to grant incompatible operating aid. Thus, there was a wide discrepancy between the rules in place and the application of the rules. The 2014 Aviation Guidelines introduced a transitional period and gradual phasing out of operating aid by 2024 as well as aid thresholds and limits to the maximum aid amount based on the annual passenger numbers of an airport. The Member States were expected to notify operating aid schemes, whereas airports were expected to adapt their business models to the changing market conditions in order to become operating cost covering by 2024. Furthermore, the 2014 Aviation Guidelines introduced the criterion of the so-called “catchment area” according to which an airport which is situated within a distance of approximately 100 km or 60 minutes travelling time from another airport, can only receive aid if it can show that this aid will not lead to the duplication of unprofitable airports in the same catchment area.

·The baseline scenario would imply continuation of the policy of allowing operating aid as it had been de facto the case until 2014. Under this option, all airports would have been eligible for operating aid and the compatible aid amount would have been equal to the total funding gap for operating costs.

·Investment aid: The 2005 Aviation Guidelines recognised the need and positive impact of investment aid in airport infrastructure on regional development and accessibility, and all airports were eligible for investment aid. The 2014 Aviation Guidelines introduced aid thresholds and limits to the maximum aid amount based on the annual passenger numbers of an airport. Furthermore, the so-called “catchment area” was introduced as a safeguard to prevent the duplication of unprofitable airports or the creation of additional unused capacity in the catchment area. Under the baseline scenario, the need and positive impact of investment aid in airport infrastructure on regional development and accessibility would have continued to be recognised. All airports would have been eligible for investment aid. No further guidelines would have been provided as to what proportion of funding for infrastructure project could be supported with state aid and whether this proportion should have varied according to the airport size.

·Aid to airlines: Under the 2005 Aviation Guidelines, start-up aid to airlines was allowed for a limited period of time, for airports below 5 million passengers per annum and subject to strict conditions concerning eligible costs and awarding process. The 2014 Aviation Guidelines maintained the compatibility rules on start-up aid to airlines to promote connectivity while otherwise confirming the strict State aid assessment of airport-airline agreements under the so-called Market Economy Operator principle (“MEOP”).

·Under the baseline scenario, start-up aid to airlines would have been allowed for a limited period of time, for airports below 5 million passengers per annum and subject to strict conditions concerning eligible costs and awarding process.

The introduction of Article 56a GBER was aimed at addressing the need for a further simplification of the State aid rules for Member States. The objective was in particular to facilitate and provide legal certainty for investments and to allow the Commission to focus its State aid control on the potentially most distortive practices.

The intervention tried to tackle this need by extending the scope of the GBER and by introducing a new Article 56a in 2017, allowing for the granting of investment aid and operating aid to airports under certain conditions without prior notification to the Commission. Article 56a furthermore provided for further simplifications for small airports below 200 000 passengers per year. The criteria of the catchment area was introduced as a safeguard for investment aid for airports above 200 000 passengers per year to ensure the Commission’s assessment of potentially distortive practices.

The introduction of Article 51 GBER was aimed at pursuing European social objectives such as the connectivity of residents of remote regions.

The intervention tried to tackle this need by introducing Article 51, thereby simplifying the rules and allowing for the granting of certain social aids without prior notification at the Commission.



III.Small amounts of aid

De minimis Regulation

Context

The de minimis Regulation is a horizontal regulation which applies in principle to all types of aid granted to undertakings in all sectors. It aims to provide a ceiling below which aid measures are deemed not to meet all the State aid criteria and are therefore exempted from the notification procedure. Even though the Regulation supports mainly SMEs, it remains above all a cross-sector, overarching legislation.

Purpose of the rules

The 2013 de minimis Regulation aimed to tackle the following problems:

·The definition of the right ceiling which needed to be assess so that aid measures can be deemed not to have any effect on trade and competition;

·The use of conditions which were simpler and easy to apply for local granting authorities;

·The objective of ensuring monitoring and transparency of de minimis.

The 2013 de minims Regulation was expected to have positive effects:

·On the support to undertakings, in particular SMEs;

·Alleviating administrative burden by Member States. For instance, simplification and reduction on administrative burden were expected by re-including undertakings in difficulty.

Baseline scenario

The baseline scenario implied maintaining the 2006 Regulation without modification. As regards the de minimis ceiling, on the one hand, maintaining the ceiling was considered to have a limited impact. On the other hand, not increasing the ceiling could have impacted the SMEs. As regards the simplification of the rules, in particular, the definition of undertaking would have maintained legal uncertainty and potential non-compliance. If the exclusion of undertaking in difficulty were to be maintained, granting authorities would have continued to apply it in an incorrect way due to reasons of legal uncertainty. Concerning monitoring, maintaining the choice of a declaration by the undertaking or the set-up of a central register would not have necessarily ensured compliance, nor would it have solved the problem of lack of data to measure the impact of the ceiling on completion for a future policy review.



IV.Environmental protection and energy

EEAG / Relevant GBER provisions

Context

The 2014 EEAG, together with the relevant provisions of the GBER (Section 7), provide a stable and appropriate framework for public investments across the EU supporting Member States to reach their 2020 climate targets and support the Energy union. These rules facilitate a more effective (and less distortive) deployment of State resources over the full range of the Green Deal objectives, thereby contributing to environmental goals, climate targets and new business opportunities. This ranges from investments in renewable electricity schemes for cheaper and more integrated green energy, the roll-out of clean vehicles or circular economy schemes such as the reuse of waste heat or recycling waste.

Purpose of the rules

On the basis of the problems identified in achieving the 2020 energy and climate targets and the objectives laid down in the SAM strategy, the EEAG aimed at addressing the following four, largely independent, problems:

1.The previous State aid rules for support schemes to electricity from renewable energy sources (RES-e) did not prevent cost-inefficiencies and undue market distortions.

2.Financing the support to electricity from renewable energy sources may lead to higher retail energy prices, which may increase pressure on Member States to exempt certain undertakings from the costs of financing renewable energy. The 2008 EAG contained no specific rules for this type of support.

3.Insufficient levels of generation adequacy, as identified in the Commission Communication "Delivering the internal electricity market and making the most of public intervention".

4.The scope and criteria in 2008 EAG and GBER: unnecessary ex-ante scrutiny of certain measures with little impact on competition and diverging criteria across State aid rules.

The general objective of the review of the previous guidelines and consequent adoption of the EEAG was to help achieving the Union's environmental and energy policy objectives while ensuring an effective and efficient State aid control.

The more specific and operational objectives were to:

·Assist in achieving the 2020 renewable energy targets while minimising the distortive effects of support schemes. Operationally, i) to reduce the support per unit of energy produced, and ii) to increase the volume of renewable electricity participating directly in the market and in balancing markets.

·Minimise distortions to competition and trade resulting from the financing of support schemes to renewable energy sources, while limiting negative impacts on the competitiveness of EU firms. Operationally, to reduce the incidence of firms relocating due to competitiveness issues linked to high RES financing costs.

·Contribute to ensuring the required generation adequacy level of the Union's energy system while minimising competition distortions. Operationally, to increase reserve capacity margins.

·Focus on the measures with the largest potential to cause competition distortions. Streamline, clarify and align the rules with the common assessment principles agreed in the SAM Strategy. Operationally, i) to increase the share of aid granted under GBER at the expense of aid granted under EEAG, and ii) to reduce the time required to assess notifications.

Baseline scenario

The baseline scenario was to extend –without changes- the existing 2008 Environmental Aid Guidelines.

The existing rules however did not guarantee that the support mechanisms for renewable electricity were cost-efficient or that they did not introduce undue distortions. Unless Member States designed stricter measures than the conditions in the 2008 EAG, maintaining the rules unchanged would have allowed the distortive effects of support schemes for renewable electricity to continue. While some Member States had themselves seen the issue and started to design stricter support schemes, it was uncertain if other Member States would follow, would do so in a timely manner, and with the necessary design elements to deal with the identified problems across the European Union.

The impacts of a lack of compatibility criteria for exemptions from RES surcharges were difficult to predict but it was expected that the pressure on consumers to finance RES support schemes would continue. In order to avoid risks to the competitive position of their firms, Member States may have been tempted (or feel compelled) to reduce the contribution of their (large) domestic firms, leading to a subsidy race in the form of granting exemptions to large electricity consumers, in the absence of specific state aid rules. Member States sometimes justified putting in place discounts for electricity intensive users (EIU) by pointing at other Member States also having such a system in place. The subsidy race may have eroded the financing base for renewable energy support. The Commission would have assessed exemption schemes directly under the Treaty. There was a possibility that, viewed in isolation on a case-by-case basis, individual Member State schemes to aid EIUs may have been found incompatible even if they were targeted at addressing genuine international competitiveness concerns. While the uncertainty faced by Member States and industry was difficult to quantify, it may have lead to an increase in the cost of capital faced by industry, putting at risk investment and economic growth. The impact was expected to be greatest for those sectors with the highest electricity cost intensity ("electricity-intensity"): the extent of exemptions from RES surcharges would have had the biggest impact for companies in such sectors. This could have itself lead to a direct loss in competitiveness compared to companies outside the EU.

Maintaining as the sole objective of EAG, the environmental objective would have caused legal uncertainty over measures that stem from the integration of energy and climate policy objectives, in particular, compatibility criteria for State aid to assess the mechanisms that Member States were developing to tackle their generation adequacy problems. The absence of specific rules resulted in legal uncertainty for Member States and potential beneficiaries.

In the baseline scenario Member States had seemingly large discretion to determine the design of the mechanism to address generation adequacy problems. Member States may not have always considered the effect of their measures on neighbouring Member States. As a result, the baseline risked going counter to further integration of the Internal Energy Market.

No changes in the Guidelines would have also lead to diverging compatibility criteria across horizontal and sectorial State aid Guidelines. The Commission and Member States would have also kept allocating similar level of resources to large and small cases.



V.Important projects of common European interest

IPCEI Communication

Context

On the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, aid to promote the execution of an important project of common European interest may be considered compatible with the internal market.

Before the adoption of the IPCEI Communication in 2014, the then applicable RDI Framework and the environmental aid guidelines contained criteria, based on Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, for the assessment of aid for IPCEI. Under those rules, aid for IPCEIs could be authorised, subject to a case-by-case assessment, up to the necessary level to overcome the pronounced market failures and risks that hindered the project’s deployment. Such level could even exceed the ceilings authorised on the basis of Article 107(3)(c) TFEU. Case practice regarding the use of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU was limited at that time; this provision had been mainly used to approve aid for a few large RDI projects 1 and in the transport sector 2 . However, between 2007 and 2012, Member States had not notified any aid for IPCEI in the area of RDI and the very few cases that were approved were all outside the field of RDI. It therefore appeared necessary to provide uniform criteria for the assessment of IPCEIs also in areas other than RDI and environmental protection.

Before SAM, there were indications that the then existing rules did not ensure the necessary clarity and predictability. The main issue was that clear and transparent assessment criteria for IPCEIs could be relevant not only for RDI and for environmental objectives, but also for IPCEI in pursuit of other common European objectives and policies. Reference is made, in particular, to the EU 2020 objectives, the Union's flagship initiatives and key areas for economic growth such as the KETs or the Trans-European Transport and Energy Networks.

Purpose of the rules

The adoption of the 2014 IPCEI Communication tried to tackle at least two types of problems.

·The existing criteria for the assessment of aid for IPCEIs contained in the then applicable RDI Framework and environmental aid guidelines did not ensure the necessary clarity as regards both the eligibility of a given IPCEI and the assessment process to which such cross-border large integrated projects would be subject by the Commission.

·Prior to the adoption of the IPCEI Communication, the existing criteria for the assessment of aid for IPCEIs were sector-specific and covered the areas of RDI and environmental protection only. The Commission had not indicated its assessment criteria for IPCEIs targeting other policies and actions in pursuit of other common European objectives. This created the risk of inconsistencies in the Commission’s application of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU and did not allow for sufficient legal certainty and predictability as regards the application of the rules to projects in areas other than RDI and environmental protection as evidenced by the lack of any notifications from MSs.

The IPCEI Communication was expected to stimulate and facilitate the emergence of large, cross-border, integrated IPCEIs in various sectors and strategic value chains of the economy by enhancing the clarity, predictability and consistency of the Commission’s compatibility assessment of IPCEIs. The creation of a clear framework consolidating the relevant assessment criteria in one single set of rules, applicable to all sectors of the economy and across all policy objectives, was expected to significantly contribute to this objective.

In addition, the aim to stimulate several Member States to work together in designing and executing IPCEIs was also expected to be attained by putting in place more flexible – besides clearer – State aid rules for IPCEIs. In particular, these encompassed: (i) a higher maximum aid intensity (up to 100% of the funding gap on the basis of a large set of eligible costs). (ii) diversified forms of support (including repayable advances, loans, guarantees or grants). (iii) the possibility for Member States to fund with State aid the first industrial deployment of new research-intensive and innovative products or services.

Finally, by designing rules that define the common features of IPCEIs independently from the sector concerned while allowing for an ad hoc assessment of the specific characteristics of each project, the Commission expected to give a clear signal that IPCEIs – irrespective of the specific common European objective pursued – were to be regarded as an EU priority.

Baseline scenario

In the absence of the adoption of a self-standing secondary legal act setting out clearer, more flexible and uniform criteria for the assessment of State aid for the execution of IPCEIs, the objectives of facilitating and stimulating the emergence of IPCEIs and of ensuring consistency of the Commission’s action would not have been reached. IPCEIs in the areas of RDI and environmental protection would have continued to be assessed on the basis of the more cumbersome RDI Framework and the environmental aid guidelines, respectively. For projects beyond these areas, the Commission would have conducted its compatibility assessment under the Treaty directly. Therefore, Member States would not have had sufficient legal certainty as concerns the eligibility conditions for projects to qualify as IPCEIs and the Commission’s assessment process under Article 107(3)(b) TFEU.



VI.Cohesion

RAG / relevant GBER provisions

Context

The primary objective of State aid control in the field of regional aid is to support economic development of disadvantaged areas within the European Union while ensuring a level playing field between Member States. The Commission may consider such aid compatible with the internal market on the basis of Article 107(3)(a) and (c) TFEU.

The regional aid rules applicable in the period 2014-2020 are set out in the EU regional aid framework 2014-2020, which consists of 1) the RAG, 2) the regional aid maps, and 3) the relevant GBER provisions.

Purpose of the rules

The regional aid rules adopted under SAM aimed to tackle the main problems related to the effectiveness and efficiency of regional State aid rules:

·The effectiveness, since certain firms would anyway decide to invest in assisted areas even in the absence of aid and therefore an adequate control of the incentive effect is essential to ensure regional aid serves to leverage additional private investment in the assisted areas.

·The efficiency, as more aid would be exempted from the obligation of prior notification to the Commission and fewer cases, which are most likely to distort competition, would be subject to a full assessment by the Commission.

This was aimed to be achieved through a coordinated approach rooted on common principles to ensure consistency across different State aid guidelines and block-exemption regulations, in light of the SAM objectives.

The primary objectives of the revised regional aid rules were:

·Enabling Member States to implement business support measures to promote regional development.

·Limiting the potential negative effects of regional aid on trade and competition to the minimum necessary. The level playing field in the internal market must be ensured in particular by preventing subsidy races – i.e. Member States competing with each other by offering higher and higher aid amounts – that may occur when Member States try to attract or retain investments.

With the introduction of the 2014-2020 RAG, a moderate revision of the rules was implemented, including various adaptations. The selected policy option involved a slight redefinition of the sectoral scope of RAG, focusing its geographical scope in favour of certain categories of regions, restricting the aid amounts or type of beneficiaries in certain categories of regions or for certain types of projects or activities, and focusing the compatibility criteria on the respect of certain key economic principles (contribution to the cohesion objective, incentive effect, proportionality, balance of positive and negative effects, etc.).

Following the revision of the rules, disadvantaged regions should be able to attract additional investment and economic activity with the help of well-targeted State aid. The desired impact of the EU intervention is that the negative effects in terms of competition and impact on trade between Member States is limited and outweighed by the positive effects in terms of economic development.

Baseline scenario

The so-called “baseline scenario” for the evaluation of the 2014-2020 regional aid rules represent the 2007-2013 rules.

The compatibility assessment of the 2007-2013 rules involved a two-step approach, where the balancing of the positive and negative effect of the aid was presumed to be positive if certain conditions were met. For aid granted under a scheme it was presumed that it contributes to the equity objective as long as the project is located in an assisted area. For ad hoc aid (i.e. aid granted outside a scheme), the Member State had to demonstrate that the aid would indeed contribute to the development of the area. As regards individual aid (granted on the basis of a scheme) above the notification threshold, the underlying presumptions of these formal requirements were verified in-depth only for beneficiaries with a market share of more than 25% or if the capacity created by the project was more than 5% of an underperforming market. In case of an in-depth assessment, the positive and negative effects had be verified and balanced. The rules for maximum aid intensities depended on the type of assisted areas and were more restrictive for large enterprises than for medium or small enterprises.

No regional aid could be granted in the shipbuilding, the coal, the synthetic fibres and the steel sectors. Regional investment aid to large enterprises for projects located in c-regions was allowed and forum shopping accepted (i.e. the possibility for Member States to choose the most favourable framework between the Regional aid Guidelines and other thematic or sectoral guidelines).

The 2007-2013 rules contained already transparency and evaluation requirements. The Commission scrutiny focused on schemes that allow investment aid to certain sectors and on operating aid schemes in a-regions, the outermost regions and sparsely populated areas. As regards individual aid, only large amounts of aid granted to projects with eligible costs exceeding EUR 100 million and ad hoc aid had to be notified. The notification threshold for individual aid depended on the aid intensity ceiling in the assisted area. Certain information had to be reported also with regards to aid granted for large investment projects.

There were rules for the design of the regional aid maps, based on the statistics of 2000-2002 for GDP and 2001-2003 for unemployment, starting from the principle that the combined population of a- and c-areas in the Union must be lower than that of non-designated areas. Accordingly, the overall coverage ceiling of the a- and c-areas was set at 45.5% of the EU-27 population for the period 2007-2013. The identification of a- and c-areas was mainly based on GDP and unemployment levels, whereas a-areas were designed for all NUTS 2 regions with a GDP per capita below 75% of the EU. A transition regime applied to former ‘a’ areas, changing to the status of a predefined ‘c’ status in the following period. The non-predefined ‘c’ coverage was allocated among Member States mainly based on disparities in terms of GDP and unemployment at national level and weighted according to the EU average. A safety net of 50% was maintained.

In the period when the 2007-2013 rules applied, the Commission received 453 notified measures, including 38 regional maps. The total number of block-exempted measures amounted to 939.



VII.Supporting railway liberalisation

Railway Guidelines

Context

The political and regulatory context is set by the “railway packages”. The most recent one is the 2016 4th Railway Package, which will complete the liberalisation of the rail sector, thus leading to more competition in the future. In this context the Railway Guidelines, based on Articles 93 and 107 TFEU, were expected to contribute to improving interoperability, promoting the modernisation of rolling stock and to ensure that incumbents are fit for competition whilst at the same time ensuring that barriers to entry are removed.

Purpose of the rules

The main general objective of the Railway Guidelines was to accompany the sectorial policy on the way towards full liberalisation of the rail sector and the completion of a Single European rail market on which full interoperability is ensured.

The Railway Guidelines aimed at (i) codifying and updating the Commission’s practice following the evolution of the sectorial legal framework and (ii) remedying the shortcomings or lack of clarity and transparency of the applicable legal framework and accompany the liberalisation process. The Railway Guidelines tried to address the following problems which are specific to the rail sector and which were identified as negatively affecting the development of the sector and of effective competition:

·High level of indebtedness of incumbents which are burdened by the legacy of the past caused by imbalances between costs and revenues when they had operated in a non-competitive environment.

·Aging rolling stock.

·Need to clarify the rules applicable to restructuring in respect to freight activities divisions of railway undertakings; the application of the RR Guidelines was considered not fully appropriate in case of a freight division of a railway undertaking.

·Market failures due to insufficient internalisation of external costs by other modes of transport as well as problems linked to interoperability and use of infrastructure, which put rail transport at a competitive disadvantage compared to other modes of transport.

·Existence of unlimited State guarantees for railway undertakings, which are distortive and hinder the development of sound competition.

The objective of modal shift was a corollary of the 2001 EU Strategy for Sustainable Development, which included key measures aimed inter alia to increase the stagnating modal share of rail by providing the right incentives, with the aim of ensuring the sustainability of this most environmental-friendly means of transport.

To address the identified problems, the Railway Guidelines provide for:

·the cancellation of historic debt which is directly linked to the activity of rail transport (for debts incurred before 2001);

·measures to encourage purchase and renewal of rolling stock via an amendment of the RAG;

·specific applicable rules for the restructuring of freight branches of railway undertakings (temporarily applicable until 1 January 2010);

·aid for coordination of transport and public service compensation;

·the abolition of unlimited State guarantees.

Baseline scenario

The main general objective of the RG was to accompany the sectorial policy on the way towards full liberalisation of the rail sector and the completion of a Single European rail market on which full interoperability is ensured.

In particular, the Railway Guidelines tried to address the following problems which are specific to the rail sector and which were identified as negatively affecting the development of the sector and of effective competition in the rail transport market: (i) high level of indebtedness of incumbents; (ii) aging rolling stock; (iii) need to clarify the rules applicable to restructuring in respect to freight activities divisions of railway undertakings; (iv) market failures due to insufficient internalisation of external costs by other modes of transport; (v) existence of unlimited State guarantees for railway undertakings.

Accordingly, without the adoption of the Railway Guidelines, the liberalisation process would have likely been slowed down or somewhat constrained by the existing monopolies, which would have continued preventing the access of new entrants to the rail market in a context of consolidated intrasparent public subsidy policies and anticompetitive behaviours. Furthermore, the rail modal share would have continued stagnating to the detriment of the EU objectives of sustainable development, which heavily relies on rail as the most environmental-friendly means of transport.



VIII.Stimulating Research, Development & Innovation

RDI Framework / relevant GBER provisions

Context

State aid rules for RDI are necessary to ensure that funding does not distort competition and is spent where there are market failures to remedy while incentivising risky RDI investments that would otherwise not have taken place. The rules also ensure that investment is leveraged from private investors, the involvement of the latter facilitating efficient use of public money. The public money invested in line with the rules supplements and does not replace ("crowd out") private investment in RDI. By increasing (rather than replacing) private investment, new and otherwise unrealised innovative projects can be carried out. Thus, RDI State aid rules help to build and maintain the foundations of a competitive European economy.

Purpose of the rules

The main problems for State aid control in the field of RDI are related to the need to ensure that the applicable rules:

·bring about a higher level of RDI activities than would otherwise occur, while ensuring that the positive effects of State aid outweigh its potential negative effects in terms of distortions of competition in the internal market,

·take sufficiently into account other EU policies, in particular with a view to ensuring continued interaction with EU RDI policy in the context of the priority themes of the Europe 2020 strategy, and

·contribute to further clarity and simplification in the light of the EU initiatives on better regulation.

In addition, whilst the basic principles of the applicable regime before SAM appeared to be well accepted, at the time it had emerged that their practical implementation raises several problems. These mainly related to (i) lack of clarity concerning the presence of State aid in typical R&D&I situations; (ii) the restrictive scope of aid objectives; and (iii) an insufficient degree of predictability of the rules on the assessment of large individual aid.

The adoption of the 2014 RDI rules was expected to address these problems as follows:

·By enabling public interventions that are effectively targeted towards growth-enhancing activities and incentivise enterprises, including new ones, to enter markets and innovate, improving productivity and competitiveness in a global context while limiting distortions of competition that would undermine a level playing field in the internal market.

·By allowing the Commission to focus its assessment on the most potentially distortive cases. By rendering the assessment of the effects of RDI State aid by the Commission more efficient, the revised rules were also expected to better support Member States' policies to address the relevant structural barriers and market inefficiencies.

·By minimising administrative burdens and compliance costs on companies and national administrations,

·By simplifying and rationalising the transparency and reporting requirements for Member States.

Baseline scenario

According to the impact assessment conducted in the context of the 2014 review of the State aid rules for RDI the evaluation baseline was characterized as follows:

·First, the use of the 2008 GBER was relatively limited in the area of R&D&I aid. This was regarded as an indication that the GBER’s rules on R&D&I could be simplified and streamlined (e.g., by providing for increased notification thresholds or by explicitly allowing aid for activities relatively close to the market). Without the major revision of the RDI related sections of the GBER, the effect commonly referred to as “GBER uptake” would not have taken place. Member states would still have to revert to the more cumbersome notification procedure in the field of RDI for numerous RDI measures and cases so that we would not observe the drastic decline in notifications we currently observe.

·Second, the State aid rules for R&D&I were not used to their full extent. In particular, Member States appeared to remain below the permitted maximum aid intensities.

·Third, while the 2006 R&D&I Framework provided already for certain definitions and explanations, it still did not ensure a sufficient level of certainty and predictability with regard to the application of State aid rules and the compatibility assessment. Insufficient legal certainty could have multiple undesirable results and potential impact on effective support, including notifications for legal certainty or Member states refraining from granting aid at all in view of the legal risks and procedural requirements to notify.

In total, RDI State aid awarded under the previous rules amounts to an estimated EUR 62.4 billion. In spite of an upward trend, the use of the 2008 GBER remained relatively limited in the RDI field, as the share of block-exempted aid only reached 30% of total RDI aid. 3



IX.Restoring the viability of firms in difficulty

Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

Context

The overall objective of the EU policy for restructuring aid to the non-financial sector is to contribute to successful restructuring of undertakings, i.e. return to viable operation. Financial distress at the company level plays a signalling role in an economy, indicating that a firm is not making optimal use of its resources. While financial distress and consequent market exit plays a key role in ensuring an efficient allocation of resources, they can have negative economic consequences. The European Commission has, at least since the 1970s, allowed State aid to undertakings in difficulty on the basis of the EU Treaties, under strict conditions.

Purpose of the rules

Rescue and restructuring aid can only be granted to undertakings which are in financial difficulty and can only be given under strict conditions, set out in the Rescue and Restructuring guidelines. Rescue and restructuring aid may only be regarded as legitimate if it can be justified by social or regional policy considerations, by the need to take into account the beneficial role played by small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the economy, or by the desirability of maintaining a competitive market structure when the demise of the undertaking could lead to a monopoly or to a tight oligopolistic situation. Restructuring aid requires an agreed and realistic restructuring plan setting out the measures necessary to restore the viability of the undertaking (See Annex 8 on the impact assessment of restructuring plans). The amount of aid allowed is kept to the minimum necessary to implement the plan and appropriate measures are to be taken to minimize the adverse impact on competition; such as own contribution by the beneficiary to the restructuring costs, and compensatory measures, such as for example to reduce its market share or operating capacity.

The main problems the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines tried to tackle vis-à-vis the preceding ones related to some provisions that were regarded as unclear, ineffective and burdensome. These included the definition of "firms in difficulty"; the fact that the rules could not be applied easily to SGEI providers; the lack of incentives to grant less distortive forms of aid; lack of compulsory contributions by investors and the absence of a mechanism to ensure that the aid is justified.

As a result of SAM major changes were introduced in the guidelines:

·The existing disappearing capital criterion of UID was made more restrictive and additional, more objective eligibility criteria of UID was defined (hard/quantifiable) giving away earlier "soft" (vague/subjective/non-quantifiable) criteria. This new UID definition was introduced as exclusion criteria for the new GBER rules as well;

·Check on whether aid is needed: 1) aid contributing to objective common interest or addressing market failure (unemployment, essential input, systemic role), 2) counterfactual scenario without aid;

·Inclusion of SGEI providers, with specific flexibility; continued service provision, SGEI compensation not accounted for as aid;

·Burden sharing and "matching" (type of support) and own contribution provisions;

·Decentralised screening of Rescue and restructuring aid to SMEs and small SOEs though the introduction of: a) schemes implemented at national level; b) disincentive for individual notifications aid to SME (would have same condition as large firms); c) new temporary restructuring support instrument (only for SMEs).

Baseline scenario

The most comprehensive change was the change of UID. In the baseline scenario, the definition of UID under the 2004 R&R guidelines was composed not only of the “hard” criterion of disappearing capital, which was objective, and but also the “soft” criteria, which involved an element of judgment. This soft criterion meant that an undertaking could be considered to be in difficulties, in particular where the usual signs of a company being in difficulty were present, such as increasing losses, diminishing turnover, growing stock inventories, excess capacity, declining cash flow, mounting debt, rising interest charges and falling or nil net asset value. The old soft criteria have no thresholds and no way of weighting their importance when some suggest difficulty and others do not. It was therefore impossible to apply them objectively in practice.

The old hard criteria of the baseline scenario was not sufficient to avoid waste of public money and competition distortions, because they only captured firms that were on the brink of insolvency. If recipients of aid become insolvent shortly after they receive that aid, the money is wasted and no public interest goal is achieved. The new hard criteria make it possible to capture firms that are not yet on the brink of insolvency, but that are struggling and are likely to face the risk of insolvency in the medium term. The exclusion from the GBER is based on the new as well as the old hard criteria. In this way the new GBER contributes to a more effective use of state aid.

The choice of financial ratios for the new hard criteria was based on the selection of a rating of CCC+ as identifying firms that are at high risk of default in the medium term (the 5-year cumulative default rate for firms in the CCC/C rating category is 46.64%). This should ensure that the new hard criteria are broadly equivalent to the old soft criteria. The debt to equity and interest cover ratios have been selected as the common financial ratios that best identify firms that have a rating of CCC+ or below.



X.Level playing field among export-credit insurers and exporters

STEC

Context

State aid control in the area of short-term export-credit insurance is addressing actual or potential distortions of competition in the internal market, not only among exporters in different Member States (in trade within and outside the Union), but also among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers operating in the Union. The STEC lays down rules to ensure that State aid does not distort competition among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers and to create a level-playing field among exporters.

Purpose of the rules

The Commission laid down the principles for State intervention in the sector of short-term export-credit insurance for the first time in 1997. The rules were subsequently amended and their validity extended in 2001, 2004, 2005 and 2010. Experience gained in applying the 1997 Communication, in particular during the financial crisis between 2009 and 2011, suggested that the Commission’s policy in the area of short-term export-credit insurance should be reviewed. The reviewed Communication adopted in 2012 clarified and simplified the existing rules. The enhanced rules aimed at providing more transparency while ensuring predictability and equal treatment.

The 2012 STEC aimed to give Member States more detailed guidance about the principles on which the Commission intended to base its interpretation of Articles 107 and 108 TFEU and their application to short-term export-credit insurance. It was intended to make the Commission’s policy in this area as transparent as possible and ensure predictability and equal treatment.

Baseline scenario

It laid down a clear set of conditions that must be fulfilled when State or State-supported insurers wish to enter the short-term export-credit insurance market for the risks that are in the scope of the STEC. This in turn ensured that private insurers were able to provide insurance to exporters without States unduly interfering in this market. However, in case a market failure would be identified, the STEC allowed the Member States to notify the need for State intervention to the Commission in order to ensure exporters could take out State insurance following approval by the Commission. This last option included a more flexible approach to the list of marketable risk countries, from which countries could be temporarily removed based on objective criteria.



Annex 6

Overview of the implementation of the individual rules

2014-2019

Rule/

policy objective

Total number of notified measures

Total number / % share of GBER measures

Total number of measures subject to evaluation

Total number of measures subject to monitoring

RAG

101

out of which 37 represent regional maps

1051/91%

15

95

EEAG

(more than) 180

More than 1000 schemes

7

69

RDI

15

More than 2500

9

52

IPCEI

3 projects**

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

Risk finance

10

212

5

25

Aviation

26

42

0

6

RR

37/39?

n.a.

n.a.

2*

STEC***

7

n.a.

0

0

Railway

88

n.a.

n.a.

7

* The criterion of “company in difficulty” as defined in the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines (which is an exclusion criterion) is also monitored in other schemes

** For those three projects, formally the Commission received 12 notifications in total, i.e. one for each participating Member State (one for the infrastructure IPCEI Fehmarn Belt, four for Microelectronics and seven for Batteries).

*** For STEC the time period concerned is 2013-2019.



I.EEAG / Relevant GBER provisions

The State aid rules for environmental protection and energy (EEAG 2014-2020) and the related provisions of GBER have created a stable and appropriate framework for public investments across the EU supporting Member States to reach their 2020 climate targets and support the Energy union.

The statistics (State aid Scoreboard, Transparency Award Module) and the internal analysis of the case practice show an increasing volume of compatible aid granted in the period 2014-2018 in the environmental and energy field. Since July 2014, the Commission has adopted more than 180 decisions under the EEAG, approving Member State plans to support decarbonisation and green transition in the common European interest, and Member States have communicated more than 1,000 schemes or amendments of those schemes under the GBER. In addition, most of the EU Member States have implemented individual aid measures or schemes that have been approved by the Commission under the EEAG. The most prolific Member States have been France, Germany, the United Kingdom, Denmark and Poland.

In the period 2015-2019, DG Competition has monitored 69 schemes in the environmental and energy sector.

In the environmental and energy sector, there are seven schemes subject to the evaluation requirement, in the following Member States: 2 in Germany and 1 in the UK, Spain, Poland, France and Sweden.

In addition, in 2015-2016 the Commission carried out a sector inquiry into the financial support that EU Member States grant to electricity producers and consumers to safeguard security of electricity supply (capacity mechanisms). This exercise provided the Commission with valuable information on the functioning of 35 previous, existing or planned capacity mechanisms in the 11 Member States covered by the inquiry. Following this exercise, the Commission has approved 13 generation adequacy measures under the EEAG.



II.RAG / Relevant GBER provisions

The existing ISIS 4 records on regional aid cases and the annual State Aid Scoreboard published by DG Competition provide valuable insights on the implementation of regional aid during the current period 01/07/2014-01/11/2019 (compared to the period of 01/01/2007-30/06/2014). The two major developments that can be concluded from the data are first, a strong increase of the total number of measures exempted under GBER, from a yearly average of 125 to 191, and second, a strong decrease of the total number of notified cases, from a total number of 453 to 101 cases. This parallel evolution is in line with the objectives of SAM, notably to widen the scope of GBER and accordingly increase the number of cases where notification is not necessary and to focus the Commission assessment on the most distortive cases.

DG Competition continued its general monitoring practice for the regional aid rules 2014-2020 in the form of the annual monitoring exercise for a selected case sample. Specific monitoring indicators for the RAG 2014-2020 were developed with the objective to evaluate the biggest and potentially most distortive schemes. For the current regional aid rules, so far 95 monitoring cases were selected.

For the current period, in total 15 schemes will need to be evaluated by the Member States on the basis of the evaluation plans approved by the Commission.



III.Risk Finance Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

According to available data 5 , Member States have made an extensive use of both the Risk Finance Guidelines and the GBER in the risk finance field. When analysing the 222 schemes implemented after the new rulebook (2014 GBER and Risk Finance Guidelines) was in force, total expenditure reaches €7.318m. Accordingly, the use of the schemes and the total expenditure significantly increased over time.

·212 schemes were implemented under the 2104 GBER for a total expenditure of € 2.642m. Of these, 161 schemes are based on art. 22, dedicated to start-ups, with a total expenditure of nearly € 976m, while € 1.485m have been granted through the 51 Schemes that have art. 21 (risk finance) as a legal basis.

·Only 10 schemes (or 4.5% of total schemes) have been approved under Risk Finance Guidelines for a total expenditure of € 4.857m (or 66% of total expenditure)

It would follow that the new Risk Finance rulebook has notably fostered the use of GBER vs the traditional prior notification, but notified schemes continue to mobilise bigger aid expenditures. There have been 25 monitoring schemes in 13 Member States. In addition, five schemes have put in place an evaluation plan so far. Four were subject to the SA evaluation requirement, out of which two were pure risk finance schemes and two entailed both risk finance and RDI objectives. (Germany has also implemented an evaluation plan.)

The Commission has so far not received any formal complaint or opened an ex-officio investigation related to Risk Finance aid.



IV.Aviation Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

The Aviation Guidelines came into force on 4 April 2014, while article 56a GBER entered into force on 14 June 2017.

The number of notified cases under the 2014 Aviation Guidelines amounts to 26, out of which 8 for operating aid, 12 for investment aid, and 6 for start-up aid to airlines. Contrary to expectations, the Commission received only very few operating aid notifications under the Guidelines including two national schemes, even though, according to the available market information, many regional airports in Europe are loss making and receive subsidies.

For what concerns GBER, the number of measures under Article 56a GBER according to TAM data amounts to 29. The Member States that have been using the GBER the most are Sweden and Denmark. However, due to the EUR 500 000 threshold, we suspect that many GBER measures were not reported and are therefore not contained in the data set. The number of measures under Article 51 GBER (Social aid for transport for residents of remote regions), according to SARI data, amounts to 13.

To check how Member States implement State aid measures in the area of SGEI, the Commission used monitoring and ex officio investigations. During the 2016-2017 monitoring cycle, the Commission had monitored the award of a SGEI compensation for the management of 2 airports in the United Kingdom and 4 airports in Sweden. The Commission detected problems with 2 Swedish airports. During the period 2016-2019, the Commission opened 4 ex officio cased concerning aid to airports and airlines, including one SGEI case.



V.Railway Guidelines

The political and regulatory context is set by the 4th Railway Package (and preceding packages) which was adopted in 2016 and which will complete the liberalisation of the rail sector, thus leading to more competition in the future.

The Railway Guidelines address the problems identified in the IA section by section.

·Section 3 - Measures to encourage purchase and renewal of rolling stock:

Under this section, only three decisions have been adopted. The small number of decisions is due to the possibility to finance rolling stock as part of a public service obligation under Regulation 1370/2007, which is a block exemption Regulation. Provided the requirements of that Regulation are met, rolling stock, which is exclusively used for the provision of a public service obligation, may be funded without notification and prior Commission approval. In most Member States, regional passenger transport services are provided under public service contracts, which explains the limited number of decisions.

·Section 4 - Cancellation of historic debt incurred before 2001 respectively before the accession date for new Member States:

The Commission adopted two decisions under the Railway Guidelines. The Commission furthermore approved two restructuring aid measures, under the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

·Section 5 - Restructuring of freight branches of railway undertakings (applicable until 1 January 2010):

Three decisions were adopted to support the restructuring of freight subsidiaries. So far the only negative decision concerns case SA.43549, Alleged aid to CFR Marfa which was adopted on 24 February 2020 and which orders recovery of an amount of EUR 570 million.

·Section 6 - Aid for coordination of transport:

Under this section, 72 cases have been administratively opened; out of which 51 led to a Commission decision. None of the notifications has led to the opening of the formal investigation procedure. Four of the approved schemes have been prolonged after verification of whether the initial scheme had the desired impact of (an even small) modal shift.

The Commission carried out the monitoring of seven of the approved measures (Austria, Germany, Hungary), none of which led to the opening of the formal procedure. The Commission has not received any formal complaint or opened any ex officio case against any of the measures falling under the Railway Guidelines.



VI.IPCEI Communication

Currently, State aid for the execution of an IPCEI can only be implemented after it has been notified to and approved by the Commission, in accordance with the assessment criteria set out in the IPCEI Communication.

After the entry into force of the IPCEI Communication, the Commission adopted one decision approving State aid for an IPCEI consisting in an infrastructure project 6 , and two decisions approving State aid for the execution of IPCEIs in the area of research and development: one in December 2018 7 and one in December 2019 8 . No negative decisions, finding State aid incompatible with the internal market, were adopted for State aid for the execution of an IPCEI since 2015.

France, Germany and Italy have been so far the most active Member States in the granting of public funding for the execution of IPCEIs. However, recent case practice demonstrates that an increasing number of Member States are getting involved in such important projects. The notification to the Commission of a number of ambitious joint initiatives of Member States since 2015, as well as the ongoing discussions between Member States and stakeholders for additional such projects, if compared to the limited number of cases concerning IPCEIs before 2015, may be regarded as confirmation that the Communication is capable of facilitating the emergence of IPCEIs.

State aid for IPCEIs is not yet subject to monitoring nor evaluation. However, participating Member States are subject to detailed annual reporting obligations on the progress and results of the approved IPCEIs. Additionally, a detailed governance system has been put in place by the participating Member States to monitor the progress of each IPCEI. The Commission’s competent services (which may vary for each specific IPCEI) participate to the governance bodies, together with the Member States and industry, to ensure that all the commitments and objectives of the IPCEIs are sufficiently met.



VII.Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

Six Restructuring aid cases have been approved by the Commission under the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines; the amount of aid granted was not substantial except for one decision for France. In other cases, the Commission concluded that unlawful and incompatible restructuring aid had been granted to ailing companies and ordered recovery. Fifteen Rescue aid decisions have been taken related to nine Member States (Italy -4, Romania -2, Belgium-3, Germany-2, Netherlands-1, United Kingdom-1, Croatia-1, and France -1). Only one of the fifteen Rescue aid cases was later on turned to Restructuring aid: the case regarding the Italian Ancona Airport, with an aid amounting to EUR 7.28 million. Like the previous ones, the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines provide the possibility for Member States to introduce a scheme for rescue and restructuring SMEs. Between July 2014 and November 2019 the Commission approved 16 schemes for SMEs in ten Member States: four schemes in Austria; two schemes in Germany (one federal and one for Brandenburg), the UK, and Spain; and one scheme in Finland, France, Poland, Belgium, Ireland and Slovenia.

The 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines continue to allow Member States to grant rescue and restructuring aid to SMEs under a scheme, instead of individually notifying each case to the Commission. In 2019 the Commission has monitored two schemes with the highest amount of aid granted, namely the schemes in place in Germany and France covering the period of 2015 and 2016. Although the finalisation of the monitoring is still ongoing, the monitoring of the implementation of the schemes in Germany and France by the Commission services found irregularities in the implementation of both schemes with regard to many criteria of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. Also in 2015-2016, the Commission monitored the implementation of the exclusion of firms in difficulty from aid granted under GBER or approved aid schemes. When systemic shortcomings in the processing of the aid applications were detected, the granting authority corrected them satisfactorily with appropriate IT systems and/or recovery.



VIII.STEC

Seven Member States have been operating export credit schemes approved by the Commission under the STEC (Latvia, Finland, Croatia, Estonia, Austria, Denmark and Romania).

A number of Member States were only providing insurance of short-term export-credit risks towards Greece. Greece has been considered a temporarily non-marketable risk country since the Communication entered into force in 2013 until end-2019 and no prior notification was required under the Communication for the insurance of commercial and political risks for exports to Greece.

Member States must publish the schemes put in place for risks which are considered temporarily non-marketable on the websites of State insurers, specifying all applicable conditions. In addition, at the latest by 31 July of the year following the intervention, they must submit annual reports to the Commission on risks which are considered temporarily non-marketable and are covered by State insurers.

IX.RDI Framework / relevant GBER provisions

RDI spending in the EU has been lagging behind major global competitors, mainly due to lower levels of private investment. It is noteworthy that following the efforts taken by the State Aid Modernisation in 2014, 96% of all RDI measures (more than 80% in value terms) in the Union are implemented under the GBER. In 2019, RDI has been the second most important thematic objective for which State aid was granted in Belgium, Finland, Austria, Ireland, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. Also RDI GBER schemes are mainly used, in terms of State aid spending, by the most advanced Member States in terms of research and innovation: the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Austria, Italy and the Netherlands.

Since 2015, the Commission has ensured that aid schemes and individual measures notified under the RDI Framework were well targeted to projects enabling ground-breaking research and innovation activities.

Since 2015, 52 aid schemes in the area of RDI have been subject to monitoring. While in the vast majority of cases, the issues encountered – if any – were irregularities mainly concerning the transposition of all the relevant conditions in the national legal bases, in some cases some more substantive irregularities were identified. Reference is made, for instance, to the incorrect application of methodology to calculate the eligible costs (e.g., incorrect use of flat rates) or to Member States exceeding the individual notification thresholds under the applicable rules.



Annex 7

Overview of the methods and tools used in the analysis per rule



I.Risk Finance Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

The evaluation of the Risk Finance rules was based on the following pillars:

Targeted consultation

Besides the general public consultation, which also covered the Risk Finance Guidelines, a targeted questionnaire was sent to all EU and EEA Member States. (See also Annex 2 - Synopsis report).

External study

An evaluation support study (“Evaluation support study on the EU rules on State aid for access to finance for SMEs”, hereinafter the “Risk Finance external study”) was produced by external experts. The Risk Finance external study is based on the following input:

·Desk research (literature review and statistical data analysis).

·85 individual interviews conducted with beneficiaries (30), financial intermediaries (38) and relevant associations of both beneficiaries (9) and financial intermediaries (8), coming from 22 different Member States.

·Case studies of 5 specific schemes 9 which were selected on qualitative grounds with the aim to reflect actual diversity in risk finance State aid. They are from different Member States, cover schemes under both GBER and Risk Finance Guidelines and use a diverse spectrum of financial instruments (tax incentives in the British scheme, grants in the German scheme, loans in the Dutch scheme, and investments in funds in the Italian and the Finnish schemes).

·The final report of the study was published on 2 June 2020 on the website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/risk_finance_study.zip .

Case practice and internal assessment

The expertise of the Commission from approving schemes under the Risk Finance Guidelines since 2014 as well as the monitoring of GBER schemes was also taken into account.


4.

II.Aviation Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

Besides case practice and case law, internal assessments as well as studies provided by various stakeholders (such as ACI Europe 10 ), the sources used for the current Fitness Check in the Aviation framework are the following:

Targeted consultation

Besides the general public consultation which also covered the Aviation Guidelines, a targeted public consultation was conducted between 24 May and 31 July 2019 (open consultation, see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report) covering all types of aid under the Aviation Guidelines (aid to airports and aid to airlines) as well as the relevant GBER provisions. 81 contributions were received through the targeted public consultation.

External study

The objective of the “Support study for the evaluation of the rules for operating aid under the EU aviation framework”, (hereinafter “Aviation external study”) was to receive an independent evidence-based assessment of the rules for operating aid to airports under the Aviation Guidelines in light of the three following evaluation questions: (1) whether regional airports contribute to regional development; (2) whether the transitional period (2014-2024) provided under the Aviation Guidelines for the phasing out of operating aid is adequate to enable airports to achieve a self-sustainable operating performance; (3) whether the categorisation of airports provided under the Aviation Guidelines to establish the need for operating aid is suitable, and whether the aid intensity thresholds in the Aviation Guidelines are fit for purpose.

The study was based on a survey of several airports in Europe. Among other information, the airports had to provide financial information concerning their costs and revenues, received public support, and incentives paid to airlines. The airports participated on a voluntary basis and their contributions were treated on an anonymous basis. The contractor encountered two main problems: (i) low number of airports willing to participate in the survey and (ii) pour quality of the received financial data. A total of 147 airports were contacted for the survey: 94 of them were contacted as a result of the initial project planning, while the remaining 53 represented a second wave of airports launched to reach a reasonable minimum sample size. The final sample included 68 airports from 11 different Member States.

The final report of the study was published on 2 June 2020 on the website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/aviation_study.zip

Meeting with stakeholders

In the context of the evaluation, the Commission organized meetings with various stakeholders during the period July-December 2019. The Commission met the German Airport Association, the French Airports Association, a group of Swedish airports, Ryanair and ACI Europe (more invitations (amongst others to airline associations, environmental associations and airport networks) were sent out but no reply was received). The case team also participated in a number of aviation related conferences and workshops to talk about the evaluation of the Aviation Guidelines (Krakow, Luxembourg, Münster, Brussels, Paris).

III.de minimis Regulation

For de minimis measures, very little quantitate data is available. In particular, there is a lack of aggregate data as regards the total amount and the sectoral distribution of measures granted under the de minimis Regulation.

The data limitation are due to the following factors:

·Since de minimis measures are excluded from the notification obligation of Article 108(3) TFEU and are not considered as State aid, there is little quantitative information available, absent case practice and monitoring.

·There is no obligation of reporting to the Commission.

·A large number of Member States have not set a central register for de minimis nor do they have a central overview of de minims aid granted by the different regional and local authorities.

The data sources used for the current Fitness Check, besides the responses to the general public consultation, are:

·Targeted consultation to the Member States (closed consultation, see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report). 23 Member States replied. However, it did not bring the expected results in terms of data collection. Most Member States were not able to provide aggregate data as regards the total amount and the sectoral distribution of measures granted under the de minimis Regulation. A significant part of Member States do not have any relevant available figures on the application of the de minimis Regulation.

·Targeted consultation to stakeholders (open consultation, see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report). It received 207 replies: 15 from business associations, 121 from companies/business organisations, 9 from individuals, 6 from non-governmental organisation, 36 from public authorities and 20 from other respondents.

·European Economic and Social Committee, How State aid rules affect access to finance for SMEs and enterprises, Study, October 2019.

·On financial instruments, Fi-compass State aid survey from October 2018 (https://www.fi-compass.eu/news/2018/12/state-aid-survey-findings) and European Association of Guarantee Institutions (AECM) data on guarantees issued under different State aid rules (provided by email on 6 December 2019).



IV.EEAG / Relevant GBER provisions

The sources of information used for the current Fitness Check for the EEAG included the following:

External study

An external consultant carried out a study to support the Commission with an independent evidence-based assessment of the implementation of the EEAG and the relevant provisions of the GBER (“Retrospective evaluation support study on State aid rules for environmental protection and energy, hereinafter the “EEAG external study”). The aim of this study is to provide useful input for assessing whether the EEAG and the relevant GBER provisions are fit for purpose taking into account the general State aid modernisation objectives, the specific objectives of the legal framework and the current and future challenges, including the Clean Energy package, the long-term climate and energy strategy, the circular economy strategy and the evolution of the technology and of market conditions. This study, which is mainly a data gathering exercise on different topics, covers the 27 EU Member States and the United Kingdom (which was a Member State during the period covered by the Fitness Check) and provides input and data for answering some of the evaluation questions, as well as a literature review.

The final report of the study was published on 2 June 2020 on the website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/EEAG_study.zip

Targeted consultation

The targeted public consultation was launched in May 2019 and was closed in 19 July 2019 (open consultation, see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report). The consultation targeted public authorities, business associations, consumer organizations, companies, research institutions, trade unions, NGOs, environmental organisations and citizens in order to gather their views on the implementation of the EEAG and relevant provisions of the GBER. The questionnaire included 19 questions. 250 replies were submitted providing insights into the views of stakeholders. Many stakeholders also submitted position papers on different topics.

Other sources of input

·Internal analysis and assessment of the case practice

·Internal statistics (e.g. State aid Scoreboard, Transparency Award Module)

·Analysis of interpretation questions received from Member States

·Existing studies 11 and literature review, meeting with stakeholders (Member States, industry associations, companies, consumer organisations, NGOs, environmental organisations, investors).

V.IPCEI Communication

In light of the very limited experience outside the Commission (and some Member State authorities) in the application of the IPCEI Communication, no study was commissioned on this topic.

The limited number of cases where the IPCEI Communication was applied since 2015 and the fact that the first decision for an integrated RDI project was adopted under the Communication in December 2018 may constitute limitations in the evaluation of the rules.

Targeted consultation

The targeted consultation on the IPCEI Communication took place between 9 August 2019 and 31 October 2019 (closed consultation, see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report). This was done in addition to the general public consultation, which also covered the IPCEI rules.

The targeted consultation was addressed to Member States’ authorities and to the members of the Strategic Forum for IPCEIs (See Commission Decision C(2018)475 of 30.1.2018 setting up the Strategic Forum for Important Projects of Common European Interest. The Strategic Forum is composed of: (a) individuals experts appointed in a personal capacity; (b) organisations representing the interests of academia and research, finance, Industry, SMEs and employees and workers; (c) Member States' authorities; (d) other public entities).



VI.RAG / relevant GBER provisions

Besides case practice, data, internal assessment as well as the general public consultation, which also covered RAG, the main sources were: the external evaluation study and the targeted consultation.

External study

An external study for the retrospective evaluation of the regional aid framework (“RAF”, i.e. RAG and the corresponding GBER articles) 2014-2020 was conducted between December 2018 and September 2019 by a consultant consortium (“Retrospective evaluation of the regional aid framework”, hereinafter the “RAF external study”). The objective of the study was to obtain an independent evidence-based assessment of the implementation of the RAG / relevant regional aid GBER provisions and their effects on regional development and competition.

Multiple research methods were applied during the study, in order to obtain a holistic reply to the different evaluation questions.

·Review of relevant literature, studies and reports by national and international organisations;

·Web-based survey of 66 aid-granting authorities that were selected based on criteria ensuring a proportionate representation of national and regional granting authorities and of Member States;

·Case studies;

·Expert interviews;

·Data collection on regional State aid and investments in the European Economic Area since 2007, which were processed in an econometric analysis.

The different research methods are characterised by strengths and weaknesses but can be considered as complementary. In particular, it has to be highlighted that surveys can provide a sample of stakeholders’ views in an efficient way, but are prone to strategic responses. Case studies are an intensive analysis of all aspects in full complexity, but they largely rely on publicly available information and may not be representative. The strength of the econometric analysis is to allow the measurement of the causal effect of the changes introduced in the Regional aid Guidelines / relevant GBER provisions 2014. However, the econometric analysis does not allow to easily identify the mechanisms driving the results and requires large datasets and variation in the data to produce robust outcomes. Potential shortcomings of individual research methods were mitigated by comparing and outweighing contradicting results related to the same research questions.

Limitations related to the data used appeared in the context of the study, whereas due to delays in the statistical reporting, data for the regional aid guidelines 2014-2020 were only available until 2017.

The final report of the study was published on 2 June 2020 on the website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/RAF_study.zip

Targeted consultation

On 14 May 2019, a targeted consultation (see also Annex 2 – Synopsis report) was launched. The consultation was open to all stakeholders and closed on 19 July 2019. In total, 62 contributions were received from a wide range of stakeholders from 21 Member States.

The targeted consultation comprised 9 multiple respectively single-choice questions that are based on the evaluation criteria. Participants had the possibility to support their replies with qualitative answers or to provide position papers.



VII.Railway Guidelines

The internal assessment was based on case practice and data, desk research, monitoring results as well as the general public consultation, which also covered the Railway guidelines. In addition, the development of rail transport is assessed on the basis of publicly available documents such as:

·Eurostat data;

·OECD data;

·Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council “Sixth report on monitoring development of the rail market”: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/ALL/?uri=CELEX:52019DC0051 ;

·Data collected in the context of the Commission’s review of the Combined Transport Directive 92/106/EEC 12 , in particular the Commission staff working document SWD(2016) 141 final of 20 April 2016 “REFIT ex-post evaluation of Combined Transport Directive 92/106/EEC 13 and the Inception impact assessment https://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/roadmaps/docs/2017_move_006_combined_tranport_en.pdf ;

·Study on Single Wagonload Traffic in Europe (2015): https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/2015-07-swl-final-report.pdf  

It has to be noted that the Commission’s Scoreboard excludes aid to railways except compensation payments for the discharge of public service obligations under Regulation 1370/2007 which are reported on a voluntary basis by Member States. The lack of this reporting obligations by Member States as opposed to aid awarded under other State aid rules has created data gaps.



VIII.RDI Framework / relevant GBER provisions

Besides the internal assessment based on case practice, monitoring, interpretation questions as well as the general public consultation which also covered the RDI rules, the other key sources of information were external evaluation studies.

External studies

In May 2018, the Commission launched an external ‘Study on the practical impact of RDI State aid rules’. The study aimed to assess the extent to which, if any, the 2014 State aid rules have a detrimental impact on RDI activities in a manner or to a degree which is disproportionate to the objective of these rules. The final report of the study was published on 8 August 2019 on the website: http://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/reports/kd_01_9_584_en.pdf )

In June 2019, the Commission launched a retrospective evaluation support study on the RDI rules (“Retrospective evaluation of State aid rules for RDI and the provisions applicable to RDI State aid of the GBER applicable in 2014–2020”, hereinafter the “RDI external study”). The study is aimed at supporting the Commission with an independent, evidence-based assessment of the application of the State aid rules for RDI (namely, targeted provisions under the 2014 GBER and the corresponding RDI Framework provisions). To conduct the study, the external contractor collected information on the application of the State aid rules for RDI, notably by way of interviews (with Member States’ authorities, undertaking and other stakeholders) and desk research.

The final report of the study was published on 2 June 2020 on the website: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/RDI_study.zip



IX.Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

The assessment was mainly based on internal sources including case practice, monitoring, interpretation questions as well as the general public consultation which also covered the rescue and restructuring rules.

As regards the specific question of “undertaking in difficulty” in terms of eligibility for rescue and restructuring aid, the Commission services reviewed (with the support of the Chief Economist team of DG COMP) publicly available company data.



X.STEC

The evaluation of the STEC was based on the following pillars:

Targeted consultation

In addition to the general public consultation of the SAM as a whole, which also covered STEC, a 10-week closed targeted consultation (see also Annex 2 - Synopsis report) was conducted.

Case practice and internal assessment

An internal analysis of Commission case law and practice in the field of short-term export-credit insurance further supported the evaluation.

Overall, there is not much publicly available data in the field of short-term export-credit insurance, which represents a limiting factor. DG COMP launched a targeted consultation on the Communication in which some 150 stakeholders were asked to reply to a questionnaire to address this point. 37 respondents communicated their views (See also Annex 2 - Synopsis report).



Annex 8

Assessment per rule / objective

While the current Fitness Check aims at assessing SAM as a whole, this Annex 8 focuses on selected issues which are deemed of importance based on the Commission’s case practice.



I.Risk Finance Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

Relevance

Do the rules still correspond to SMEs’ needs?

The core objective of the State aid framework on Small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”) access to finance is to address and overcome a market failure that prevents SMEs from attracting the financing required for them to grow and succeed. The analysis below shows that, despite notable improvements between 2014 and 2018, SMEs still struggle to attract the required financing; indicating that a market gap still persists. This means that the State aid rules are still relevant as they still correspond to SMEs’ needs.

More specifically, data from the ECB SAFE database show that access to finance for SMEs in Europe has improved between 2014 and 2018. Figure 1 shows the percentage of European SMEs for which access to finance is the most pressing problem, broken down by Member State in 2011, 2014 and 2018. While the percentage of SMEs that have identified access to finance as their most pressing problem has decreased between 2014 and 2018, it remains the top concern for 7% of SMEs in the EU on average. The latest data from 2019 confirms this trend and the European Central Bank (“ECB”) concludes that "concerns about access to finance remained higher for SMEs as a whole than for large companies". 14 In addition, the data shows that the concern is particularly acute for some Member States like Greece (17%), Cyprus (13%), Lithuania (13%), Croatia (11%), and Italy (9%).

Figure 1: Percentage of SMEs for which access to finance is the most pressing problem by country 15

The general improvement of SME's access to finance can also be observed from a different perspective, i.e. when analysing the outcome of European SMEs applications for external financing (either bank lending or equity) and the share of firms actually rejected by the providers of funding. Figure 2, which also uses SAFE data, shows that the rejection rate has decreased from 11% to 6% for the EU overall. However, it also shows rates of close to or even above 10% in a number of Member States in 2018, indicating persisting issues for SMEs to access finance. Although outright the rejection rate has improved, only 72% of SME reported in 2019 that their loan applications were fully successful, which implies that 18% still faced some kind of obstacle and did not obtain the full amount they had planned for. 16  

Figure 2: Percentage of rejected applications by Member State: 2014 vs. 2018 17

Figures 1 and 2 thus show, from two different perspectives, that the market failure persists in particular for certain Member States, despite the general improvement in SME access to finance.

There are other important drivers of the market failure besides geographical location. In this regard, access to finance for SMEs depends particularly on their development stage. As stems from Figure 3, smaller SMEs, companies in their start-up phase and those in their first 5 years of existence face the biggest challenges. In particular, high growth firms ("HGFs"), i.e. firms with average annualized growth of more than 20% over three years, and so called "gazelles", i.e. HGFs younger than 5 years, face above average access to finance issues.

Figure 3: Percentage of SMEs for which access to finance is the most pressing problem by firm type (2018) 18

Consistently with these results, empirical research widely suggests that access to finance is more difficult for young and/or innovative SMEs 19 . The underlying assumption is that particularly young companies are affected by an asymmetry of information problem that is the root cause for the market failure: young and innovative companies lack the collateral and track records they need to signal to the market that they are viable investments. Required investments are also typically too small in total amounts to warrant an in-depth assessment by investors, in spite of potentially profitable returns expressed in percentages. The underlying assumption of a market failure based on an asymmetry of information may be further supported by the fact that smaller loans seem to be less attractive than larger ones. An impact assessment published by the Commission on the COSME+ program 20 has shown that in 2017, the growth in new loans in the Eurozone was 5% lower for small loan amounts of up to EUR 250,000 than for larger loans of up to EUR 1 million. 21 Under the assumption that start-ups and small SMEs are particularly interested in smaller loan amounts, this could be an additional indication that smaller companies face more pronounced financing issues than larger ones.

An asymmetry of information becomes particularly pronounced for small or very young companies that have not (yet) cumulated sufficient amounts of tangible assets which can be used as collateral. Figure 4 shows that absence of collateral and guarantees are more relevant as limiting factors precisely for younger and innovative companies, thus corroborating the information asymmetry issue. The data also shows that while 45% of companies on average in the EU report to have "no obstacles" in receiving the required financing, this number is only 32% for start-ups under 2 years and 36% for young companies up to 5 years of existence.

Figure 4: Most important limiting factors to get external financing: breakdown by firm type (2018) 22

Consistent with these finding, interviews carried out by the external experts confirm that SMEs (77%) and financial intermediaries (85%) still perceive a financing gap that restricts the supply of external financing even for SMEs that have valuable business models and fulfil standard investment criteria.

In as far as access to finance has generally improved on average for SMEs, this is mainly due to easier access to bank/debt financing (including credit lines and overdrafts) which remain the main sources of external financing for European SMEs. Data drawn from the SAFE database shows that the use of equity has actually decreased between 2014 and 2018 and SMEs are still struggling to find adequate sources of equity financing. The impact assessment mentioned above has also shown that external equity was used by only 2% of SMEs in 2017 23 . This is in line with the conclusions of the Risk Finance external study. The fact that European SMEs are highly relying on debt financing could be problematic given that equity may often be more suitable for young SMEs because it is more stable than bank loans and less sensitive to future interest rate changes.

The overall trend observed in Europe is in line with overarching developments. The OECD concludes in a 2019 study that the "positive trends mask the persistent difficulties that some SMEs, particularly micro-enterprises, innovative ventures, start-ups, and young firms, continue to face in accessing finance". 24  

The above suggests that in spite of notable improvements, SMEs still struggle to attract the financing they need to grow and succeed. Despite substantial public support programmes at EU and national level, the Commission had previously estimated that this gap amounted to EUR 15-25 billion in 2017 for SME debt financing alone. Taking all forms of SME financing into account, this amount is likely to be even higher. 25 Addressing this market gap is the core objective of the State aid framework on SME access to finance. The rules therefore address an important need of European SMEs and are still relevant.

Finally, and although it is still too early to fully analyse the economic impact of the current COVID-19 outbreak in depth, it is important to note that young and small companies are particularly likely to be affected by an economic downturn and corresponding tightening credit markets. As already mentioned in the Temporary Framework "SMEs are at particular risk." 26  The risk finance framework may be useful to tackle the additional difficulties in access to finance that eligible SMEs will face in this new economic environment and to ensure a quick recovery.

Effectiveness

To what extent have the aid instruments covered by the SME access to finance rules been effective to support those SME mostly affected by the market failure?

Section 3 GBER and the Risk Finance Guidelines mainly target SMEs either before establishment or up to 7 years after their first commercial sale. As described above, these companies are the ones mostly affected by the existing market failure. It can also be concluded that SMEs access to finance has improved notably since the current SME access to finance rules were approved, having regard of the data above and their evolution, although it is however difficult to attribute unequivocally this improvement to SME access to finance rules and to quantify their contribution to this improvement.

In this regard, the results of the surveys carried out by the Commission with Member States and the external expert's interviews with other relevant stakeholders tend to confirm the general adequacy of the rules as a means to address the market failure identified above. 15 out of 19 Member States’ responses to the targeted consultation make specific reference to the existence of a market failure regarding SME access to finance and 10 of them deem that the rules contribute to tackle this specific market failure. The interviews with stakeholders conducted by the external experts also show that a majority of beneficiaries (74%) and financial intermediaries (55%) agree that the rules specifically address those companies mostly affected by the market gap.

To what extent have the aid instruments covered by the SME access to finance rules been effective in crowding in additional private capital and in protecting competition?

The requirement of the current rules to ensure private participation (with varying thresholds) plays a substantial role for the intended crowding-in effect, by requesting to the granting public authority to always proceed together with private investors.

This crowding-in effect is not easy to trace quantitatively, because the increase in private investment can be due to many different factors, among which risk finance aid is only one. However, qualitative analysis of available data helps underpin the conclusion that risk finance rules actually has contributed to the crowding in of additional private investment.

To this aim, the external experts have carried out several case studies that show consistent results: in SA.39243 Seed Capital regeling Netherlands, the risk finance scheme has contributed to involve professional investors with high requirements in terms of professional reporting, thus contributing to market driven investments. SA.39418 Tekes Scheme (Finland) has contributed to the reach out of additional investors due to the high-quality due diligence required. Case studies SA.46308 Invest (Germany) carried out by the external experts also show a positive impact of public funding in the capacity of financial intermediaries to raise capital from private investors. The 2016 evaluation report of SA.46308 Invest (Germany) claims that the signalling effect of the program may help reduce the market failure and spark additional private financing. The 2016 evaluation report of SA.40991 EIS/VCT (United Kingdom) – a pure tax-credit scheme – provides a more nuanced picture. Although a tax incentive scheme by definition mobilises private investment, the findings could not fully rule-out at least some potential crowding-out effects. Interviews of stakeholders carried out by the external experts also tend to confirm that the rules have been effective in attracting additional private investment. Over 80% of the responding beneficiaries interviewed for the Risk Finance external study confirmed that they could attract additional private funds. Importantly, the application of risk finance measures also helps in two additional ways. On the one hand, the external experts confirm that beneficiaries have in general gained relevant expertise for attracting additional funds. On the other hand, the external experts confirm from their assessment of the supply side that the presence of public money functions as a reassuring signal to investors, further supporting private participation. During the interviews conducted by the external experts, 89% of financial intermediaries have indicated that commercial financial providers have continued investing alongside the public measures, or even increased their investments.

While fully acknowledging the importance of private participation requirements in order to achieve crowding-in, , access to finance for SMEs is not uniform across the EU, not even for different regions in the same MS. While access to bank funding may be relatively widespread –with different conditions-, access to non-bank funding, including regulated markets but also so-called alternative finance, varies a lot among countries and within countries. The following table 27  shows the results of the EIF SME finance index for all MS:

In those regions where SMEs access to funding is not easy, for instance because alternative finance is not strongly developed, finding a private investor to meet the 10%, 40% and 60% private participation requirements included in GBER art. 21 (10) may be particularly challenging. This difficulty actually makes it very challenging to grant any risk finance aid in some geographical areas.

Both the interviews with stakeholders conducted by the external experts and the targeted consultation conducted with Member States by the Commission confirm the difficulty signalled above. They show that some areas in Europe suffer from an underdeveloped private funding market and that even small private participation requirements may preclude the full utilisation of the existing State aid for framework SMEs due to the difficulties to find private investors in these regions. According to the external experts this was also a concern expressed by some beneficiaries. This lack of critical size of financial markets and investor bases is particularly relevant for certain countries (e.g. Poland, Romania and Greece) and leads to difficulties to attract the minimum private participation as required under the current rules. Consistently, in the targeted consultation, 10 Member States out of 19 expressed that these requirements were sometimes difficult to meet in their jurisdictions.

However, in its analysis, the Commission has to balance this concern against the fact that the requirement to ensure private participation is a key element in the SME access to finance framework not only to foster crowding in, but also to ensure market driven investments. The private participation requirement ensures that investment decisions are taken on the basis of sound economic assessments taking into account meaningful credit risk assessments and a market driven investment due diligence. This intended effect has been confirmed by the external experts: a large majority of financial intermediaries has confirmed that beneficiaries usually provide them with sound and sufficiently elaborated business plans and other information that enable profit-driven financing decisions.

On the level of individual beneficiaries, the rules may actually have had a pro-competitive effect: On the one hand, a majority of beneficiaries interviewed by the external experts has stated that they had been able to improve their competitive position in their market thanks to the aid schemes. On the other hand, the external experts suggest that many of these companies may not have survived long enough to impose competitive pressure on incumbents in their respective markets without the aid.

The above demonstrates that the existing rules have in general been effective in crowding-in additional private capital, so that potential concerns about possible competition concerns linked to crowding-out effects on the level of investors can be generally excluded. As regards the impact of the rules on the level of competition among beneficiaries, there are even indications for pro-competitive effects.

Efficiency

Are the Risk Finance Guidelines and relevant GBER provisions sufficiently clear to apply?

The public consultation shows that 84% of the respondents consider that the State aid modernisation package from 2014 has at least in part improved the applicable rules for SME access to finance. This result is consistent with responses received on the targeted consultations from Member States and in the interviews conducted by the external experts.

While Member States in general support the rules as a means to improve SME access to finance and confirmed in the targeted consultation that they are a clear improvement compared to the previous framework, 8 Member States explain in their responses to the targeted consultation that some provisions, in particular in Article 21 GBER, are overly complex and would benefit from further simplification. At the same time, only 2 Member States claim that the Risk Finance Guidelines are unclear. Stakeholders interviewed by the external experts echo as well this perceived lack of clarity of certain rules of the risk finance framework.

First, beneficiaries in their responses to the external experts, Member States within the targeted consultation, and several position papers submitted by Member States in the public consultation indicate that some other GBER conditions may not be straightforward to implement in practice. This applies in particular to the 7-year rule in Article 21(5)(b) GBER, which is allegedly difficult to interpret in practice, because the date of the first commercial sale can be interpreted in different ways. Member States propose a variety of solutions to this issue, including substituting the age rule by the general SME definition or at least relaxing the rule by allowing aid under GBER also for older beneficiaries. While it is important to avoid legal ambiguity, the aim of this provision has to be taken into account for the assessment. By linking the age requirement to the moment of the first commercial sale, the rules address a relevant difference between companies that require lengthy research or product development as compared to others. Providing flexibility for those undertakings that require more time before they are ready to enter the market is a valid concern. This can also be shown from case practice, where knowledge intensive enterprises are typically those that require more time, up to the point where specific exceptions even for the 7-year rule are justified. 28 In addition, suggestions from Member States to apply more flexibility in this regard should also be seen in the context of the finding of the external experts that the main companies affected by the identified market failure are less than 5 years old.

Second, the need of clarity as stated by the stakeholders interviewed by the external experts and some Member States in the targeted consultation relates also to the provision that aid may be granted to companies that expand their business to new product or geographic markets (Article 21(5)(c) GBER). They flag that it is difficult for SMEs in practice to identify market definitions with sufficient legal certainty. In addition, it is apparently not fully clear to all Member States which methodology should be used to calculate turnover as required under this provision. This uncertainty regarding the correct application of market definitions can also be seen in specific schemes implemented by Member States. For instance, the United Kingdom authorities highlighted the ambiguities of this criterion as regards market definition and the need of subjective judgment also in relation to case number SA.49923 – Enterprise Investment Scheme and Venture Capital Trust (United Kingdom).

Third, both the targeted consultation and the external experts mention perceived inconsistencies between rules on EU-funding (European Structural Investment Fund “ESIF”, Interreg) and EU State aid on SME access to finance, which would make it sometimes difficult to combine multiple sources of funding. As regards the targeted consultation, 6 Member States point out difficulties to reconcile State aid rules and structural fund regulations, while another Member State highlights that EIB enjoys a wider room of manoeuvre than national promotional banks due to the fact that it is not a Member State and is not subject to State aid rules as such. Fourth, case practice and eWiki 29 questions asked by Member States to the Commission have shown that inefficiencies from provisions that are not always clear in their interpretation may also arise in the context of the applicable thresholds. Article 21(9) GBER in combination with Article 21(4) GBER limits support on the basis of the total risk finance obtained, which must not surpass EUR 15 million per beneficiary, including both public and private funds. This raises questions of interpretation regarding for example loans, because they can be repaid and it is not obvious whether, after repayment, additional risk finance can be approved in subsequent rounds of support. The same question is also relevant for guarantees that are linked to the underlying debt instruments. It is therefore not always clear to Member States, how the development of the funding of an SME over time (including the replacement of one financing instrument with another) should be accounted for.

Finally, case practice has shown significant uncertainties about the requirements for an ex ante assessment to be provided by Member States under the Risk Finance Guidelines, which is in fact one of the elements underlying longer pre-notification discussions. Granting risk finance aid beyond GBER exemptions is only justified in case of the existence of a specific market failure. Member States therefore need to show in an ex-ante assessment that specific measures are required. However, within the targeted consultation, some Member States have identified the need to produce this ex ante assessment under the Risk Finance Guidelines as an administrative burden that would deter them from using the guidelines, rather than a constructive tool to ensure well targeted set-ups of aid measures. At the same time, it also needs to be considered that case practice has also shown some ex ante studies that did provide important insights that were highly relevant for the set-up of a specific scheme.

In light of the above, it can be summarised that the existing rules are mostly clear and do not put unjustified administrative burden on Member States. However, several specific provisions should be reviewed and improved to enable an even more efficient implementation of compatible schemes by Member States.

Coherence

To what extent are the SME access to finance rules consistent with other GBER provisions?

There are no inconsistencies within Section 3 GBER, the Risk Finance Guidelines or between these two and other GBER provisions. However, certain provisions could benefit from further alignment. For example, eligible undertakings under Article 21(5)(b) GBER are limited to SME that have been operating for less than 7 years following the "first commercial sale", while start-up aid under Article 22(2) GBER uses an age definition based on the registration of the undertaking.

Coherence could also be increased to improve clarity of the EU framework as regards the definition of "innovative mid-caps" in Section 2.3 Risk Finance Guidelines, which is not exactly the same as the definition of "innovative enterprise" in Article 2(80) GBER which applies to aid for RDI.

To what extent are the Risk Finance Guidelines and relevant GBER provisions complementary to other EU policies?

Improving SME access to finance to overcome the identified market failure is the goal of several dedicated initiatives on EU and national level, including for example the COSME programme. In addition, SMEs are often eligible to receive support from the ESIF that have a broader focus on investment and employment or other instruments targeting for example European territorial cooperation (Interreg). In the targeted consultation, six Member States pointed out perceived difficulties to reconcile State aid rules and structural fund regulations, a circumstance that may be attributable to the fact that the two sets of rules are complementary, but pursue different, although both valid, policy objectives.

The underlying reason for these difficulties originate from the question of whether or not specific support is imputable to the State or not, which is not always straight-forward to decide in practice.

A related comment made by Member States highlights that EIB enjoys a wider room of manoeuvre than national promotional banks due to the fact that it is not a Member State and is not subject to State aid rules as such. While this remark is true, it should be highlighted that since this distinction comes from the Treaty itself, it exceeds State aid law and policy.

The Risk Finance Guidelines and the relevant GBER provisions are also coherent with the EU Industrial Strategy and the EU SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe. These different frameworks rely on a similar assessment of a need to improve SMEs access to finance. While the Risk Finance Guidelines and GBER provisions are, in a general manner, addressing the market failure underlying SMEs access to finance, the EU Industrial Strategy and the EU SME Strategy are complementary by focusing on more specific policy initiatives. These objectives include the support of SMEs through the InvestEU programme and to improve access to alternative source of financing (i.e. the private-public funding specialising in IPOs for SMEs). In this context it is also important to note that the latest GBER revision ensures full consistency between State aid rules and the InvestEU programme by including a dedicated section on aid involved in financial products supported by the InvestEU Fund (Section 16).

Conclusions and potential for further improvement

The evaluation results show that the SME access to finance rules are overall fit for purpose. However, specific areas have been identified where improvements could be made to increase efficiency in application by Member States and beneficiaries without jeopardising the goal to protect the level playing field and minimise potential market distortions. The following provides areas identified in Section 3 GBER, and in particular Article 21 therein, as well as the Risk Finance Guidelines, that could be further improved.

First, the valuation has shown that it is sometimes difficult to identify with sufficient precision the date of the "first commercial sale", which is the baseline for the age requirement under Article 21(5)(a) GBER, allowing aided risk finance investments only up to 7 years after that date. It should also be noted that this provision is different from Article 22(2) GBER, which defines age related eligibility based on the "registration of the company". An alignment of these relevant points in time, with a potentially corresponding adjustment of the age threshold to ensure that the eligibility criteria are not substantially altered, could simplify application of the rules in practice, without changing the focus of the rule on young SMEs.

Second, the current rules provide in Article 21(5)(b) GBER the possibility to support SMEs that extend their business. The evaluation has shown that the corresponding eligibility criterion, which limits aid to undertakings to those entering a new "product or geographic market" may sometimes cause issues in practice. The reason is that it may be difficult to define a relevant product or geographic market with sufficient certainty. The legal risk associated is that a market definition that would not be upheld in court could lead to aid becoming declared illegal. Detaching the possibility to provide risk finance aid from the definition of a specific market, while still focussing on the actual underlying market failure, could lead to an improvement of the rules by simplifying application and eliminating legal risks for Member States and beneficiaries.

Third, the evaluation has shown that the requirement for private co-investments pursuant to Article 21(10) GBER is difficult to achieve in certain Member States that suffer particularly from weak private investment markets. At the same time, the evaluation has confirmed the importance of this requirement to ensure crowding-in as well as adequate due diligence for investment decisions. An improvement of the rules could therefore be to adjust the level of private participation for those areas where financial markets are particularly underdeveloped, without changing the principle of private participation requirements as such. Any such adjustment should be limited to those areas where private risk capital is particularly scarce. Since MS apply GBER directly with no ex-ante compatibility assessment by the Commission, these criteria should be direct and easy to consult and apply, to avoid legal uncertainty. In this regard, several articles of the GBER outside those addressing regional aid, use the “assisted region” definition to soften the aid conditions 30 .

Furthermore, additional minor clarifications could be made in relation to the calculation of thresholds and the requirements for the use of national promotional banks as financial intermediaries. Finally, the structure and readability of the text could be improved without any changes in substance.

As regards the Risk Finance Guidelines, they follow closely the logic of Article 21 GBER, as they account for additional measures beyond what is block exempted. Therefore, the possible improvements identified above should be considered in parallel for both legal instruments at the same time.

In addition, the evaluation has shown that the Risk Finance Guidelines may benefit from some structural improvements that would increase readability and ease of application. In particular, while the evaluation has shown that the basic principle of the Risk Finance Guidelines to require an ex ante assessment to proof a specific market failure that should be addressed by a national measure works overall well, the content of the Guidelines on this issue is sometimes perceived as overly complex by some Member States. Without changing the material requirements as such, a possible improvement could be made by consolidating all requirements linked to the ex ante assessment -currently mentioned in several parts of the guidelines- and streamlining the specific content and level of evidence needed in different cases.

The necessity of current Section 2.1 of the guidelines on no-aid measures has to be balanced against the existence now of the Notice on the Notion of Aid ("NoA"), 31 not in force when the Risk Finance Guidelines were adopted. On the one hand the guidelines could concentrate on the compatibility of aid measures and leave the overarching question on existence of aid to the NoA. On the other hand, Section 2.1 of the guidelines actually provides useful guidance focused on risk finance measures, difficult to find elsewhere.

The evaluation has also shown that, while there is an overall coherence between GBER, Risk Finance Guidelines and other rules, namely those governing centrally managed funds, there is room for further aligning the definitions within the Risk Finance Guidelines to those used elsewhere, where it is possible without significant changes to the scope of the rules as they stand. It has to be taken into account that this exercise has to be very careful, since the rationale behind the rules and definitions under State aid rules, which is the link to a demonstrable market failure, may differ, for instance, from the one in EU programs.



II.Aviation Guidelines / Relevant GBER provisions

The main focus points of the evaluation are the rules on operating aid for airports as the transitional period, introduced by the 2014 Aviation Guidelines, will end in 2024, as well as the passenger thresholds and aid intensities introduced for operating as well as for investment aid, including the rules under the GBER. Furthermore, the Commission has evaluated the rules for aid to airlines, including the rules on start-up aid under the Aviation Guidelines.

Effectiveness

Have the provisions on operating aid had an effect on the gradual phasing out of operating aid?

Prior to the adoption of the 2014 Aviation Guidelines, regional airports have received widespread operating support from public authorities in the absence of any legal base. In contrast to the previous guidelines, the 2014 Aviation Guidelines allow smaller airports (with fewer than 3 million passengers per annum (“p.a.”)) to receive aid for operating purposes for a transitional period. The objective of the 2014 Aviation Guidelines was to “legalise” operating aid to airports under certain conditions, and by introducing a transitional period of 10 years, to enable the aviation industry to adapt to the new market situation and phase out operating aid by 2024. The Member States were expected to notify individual aids and national aid schemes, whereas airports were expected to adapt their business model to the changing market conditions in order to become cost covering. The aid intensities were based on the annual passenger numbers of the airports. Smaller airport below 700,000 passengers p.a. were assumed to have a need for a higher aid intensity compared to larger airports. Airport above 3 million passengers p.a. were assumed to have no need for operating aid.

·The introduction of the transitional period did not prove successful:

oThe Commission received only a very small number of individual notifications (in total 8) and only two national schemes (French and Irish). This is in particular surprising for airports below 200,000 passengers p.a., for which the Aviation external study has concluded that there is a structural need for aid. 32 The Aviation Guidelines thus improved only to a very limited extent compliance by Member States.

oThe evaluation has shown that the transitional period will not be sufficient for many small airports to become cost covering by 2024. Based on the available data from the Aviation external study, stakeholder information and the targeted consultation, a majority of airports below 500,000 passengers p.a. and many airports below 1 million passengers p.a. will continue to need operating aid after 2024.

oThe results of the Aviation external study show that airports with more than 1 million passengers p.a. are unlikely to need operating aid after the end of the transitional period in 2024. However, this result seems to be linked to economic reasons (i.e. a certain number of passengers is needed to run an airport profitably), and not to the intervention itself. 

oThe Commission’s case practice shows that not all of the assessed airports have adapted their business models to changing market conditions in order to be costs covering (increasing their efficiency, saving costs etc.). However, the Aviation external study has shown that airports conducting reforms are more likely to cover their operating costs.

oBased on the Aviation external study, airports below 700,000 passengers p.a. have shown only very little growth potential during the period 2014-2018. The Aviation external study has also shown that a business model based primarily on low costs carriers is normally not viable for small airports.

oAs shown in the Commission’s case practice, many small airports that have a structural need for operating aid have difficulties to demonstrate that they will be profitable by 2024 as is currently required by the Aviation Guidelines. This problem has been confirmed by Member States and stakeholders during the targeted consultation. According to Member States which have notified operating aid to airports, the transitional period puts small airports in a difficult position, as they have no legal certainty whether they will receive operating aid and therefore continue to exist after 2024. This uncertainty is affecting investment decisions and makes it even more difficult for the airports concerned to grow and to become profitable.

oThe Commission’s case practice and the targeted consultation have shown that point 132 of the Aviation Guidelines, which requires a Member State to demonstrate that all airports in the catchment area of an aided airport will be able to achieve full operating costs coverage at the end of the transitional period, is hard to implement in practice, in particular in situations where other airports are privately-owned or located in a different Member State.

oAccording to information received from stakeholders during individual meetings and replies received during the targeted consultation, the small number of notifications is partly due to the perceived long and complex notification process. An economic analysis of airport’s profitability prepared for the ACI Europe and the UAF by OXERA has shown that the notification procedure takes on average 18 months until the decision is send to the Member State. To tackle this, the Commission has provided for a block exemption for the smallest airports in the amendment of the GBER in 2017. Furthermore, airports have explained that the calculation of the operating funding gap and the notification as such require external economic and legal support, which is putting airports, which are already loss making, in a difficult position.

oAs regards the fact that many smaller airports will not be able to cover their own operating costs by 2024, airports and other stakeholders have explained that this is due amongst others to the increase of security costs, as well as recent bankruptcies of airlines and the consolidation of the airline market.

oThe Commission notes that the aviation sector is one of the sectors heavily affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. In March 2020, the sector observed a 88% fall in passenger traffic compared with last year. Therefore, various actors active in this sector, including regional airports, suffered significant losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which might have implications on their ability to become cost covering by 2024.

oTo assess whether the rules on operating aid are fit for purpose, the DG Competition, inter alia, commissioned above-mentioned the Aviation external study. The external study, which was finalised in October 2019, covers the period 2014-2019. While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic had not been assessed in this external study, the International Air Transport Association predicts that the air passenger traffic will go back to its pre-COVID-19 levels by 2023.

Figure 1: Fraction of airports (whole sample) that cover their operating costs (2015-2018), showing that in class one and two, many of the selected airports are still not able to cover their operating costs. 33

Figure 2: EBITDA per passenger for the whole sample of airports 2010 - 2018 34

Figure 3: only 16.7% of the airports in class one and only 20% of the airports in class two that are currently loss making are expected to cover their operating costs in 2024 35

Figure 4: airports below 700,000 passengers p.a. have shown only very little growth potential during the period 2014 – 2018 36

 

·The categorisation of airports to establish the need for operating aid and aid intensities that were introduced by the 2014 Aviation Guidelines are only partly still fit for purpose:

oThe Aviation external study has shown that passenger numbers are a leading factor in determining the profitability of an airport and its need for operating aid.

oAirports with less than 200,000 passengers p.a. that have a structural need for operating aid currently fall under the GBER and can receive 100% aid intensity under Article 56a GBER.

oFor airports between 200,000 and 700,000 passengers p.a. the Aviation external study has shown that the situation is very diverse. When comparing the different airports by groups of 100,000 passengers, airports below 500,000 passengers p.a. and airports above 500,000 passengers p.a. seem to be similar in terms of their need for aid.

oThe Aviation external study and the information provided by stakeholders have shown that the threshold of 1 million passengers p.a. seems to be relevant in determining whether there is a continued need for operating aid. According to the Aviation external study, only very few airport above 1 million passengers p.a. currently require operating aid and those that do, expect to cover their operating costs by 2024.

oThe Aviation external study as well as the targeted consultation have shown that the upper threshold of 3 million passenger p.a. for operating aid seems to be adequate and that airports above this threshold do not seem to need operating aid. Only one airport with more than 3 million passengers p.a. participated in the targeted consultation.

oThe Aviation external study and the targeted consultation have shown that smaller airports continue to have a need for a higher aid intensity compared to larger airports.

oAs regards the calculation of the operating funding gap, the Commission’s case practice has shown that the existing rules are complex and require extensive communication and exchange with the Member States concerned. This was confirmed by the contributions during the targeted consultation and stakeholder meetings. Furthermore, the calculation of the initial funding gap based on the fixed period 2009-2013 was perceived as being outdated and not fit for purpose as regards notifications received after 2014.

oThe Commission’s case practice shows that the Commission mainly looked at cases of smaller regional airports 37 and had to invest a lot of resources, even though the impact of the operating aid given to these airports on the market is limited.

Is the mechanism and the passenger thresholds for investment aid appropriate?

The mechanism and the passenger thresholds for investment aid are generally appropriate. The 2014 Aviation Guidelines impose greater restrictions on aid received by airports for the funding of infrastructure. Prior to the adoption of the 2014 Aviation Guidelines, there was no limit to the maximum permissible investment aid amount other than the funding gap and the Commission could observe the creation of overcapacity on the aviation market. The 2014 Aviation Guidelines introduced aid intensities based on the annual passenger numbers of the airports. Smaller airport below 1 million passengers p.a. were assumed to have a need for a higher aid intensity compared to larger airports with up to 3 million and 5 million passengers p.a. Airports above 5 million passengers p.a. were assumed to have no need for investment aid unless there were “very exceptional circumstances”. In addition, the introduction of the criterion of the “catchment area” was supposed to prevent the duplication of unprofitable airports as well as the creation of unused capacity.

·The information received during the targeted consultation and stakeholder meetings shows that the mechanism and the passenger thresholds for investment aid contained in the Aviation Guidelines are appropriate, and that larger airports above 5 million passengers p.a. seem to have no need for investment aid.

·However, as regards very small airports, stakeholders and airport associations such as the ACI Europe and the ADV 38 have stated that the existing investment aid intensities for very small airports of currently 75% during the targeted public consultation do not reflect current market needs. According to them, in particular small airports below 200,000 passengers p.a., which are often not able to cover their running operating costs, are unable to provide the 25% own contribution for the necessary investments. The external contractor received similar comments when interviewing the selected airports for the Aviation external study.

·Furthermore, some stakeholders have pointed out during the targeted consultation that the Aviation Guidelines currently do not provide mechanism to favour or specifically target investments for environmental purposes.

Is the criterion of the catchment area introduced in the 2014 Aviation Guidelines adequate?

Under the 2014 Aviation Guidelines, the criterion of the “catchment area” was introduced in order to create a safeguard to avoid distortion of competition. According to the catchment area criterion, an airport, which is situated within the distance of 100 km or 60 minutes travelling time of another airport can only receive investment or operating aid, if it can show that this aid will not lead to the duplication of unprofitable airports or the creation of unused capacity in this catchment area. Under the GBER, airports above 200,000 passengers p.a. seeking investment aid can only grant the measure without prior notification to the Commissions if there is no other airport in the same catchment area.

·The abovementioned objective has been partly achieved. The internal review of the Commission’s case practice has shown that, since the entry into force of the Aviation Guidelines, the Commission only in two instances concluded that the aid to an airport would lead to the duplication of unprofitable airport infrastructure or creation of unused capacity and was therefore not compatible with the internal market (Zweibrücken airport, SA.27339 and Gdynia airport, SA.35388). However, both of the abovementioned cases concerned new or recent airport infrastructure. In cases of established airport infrastructure, the Commission has recognized the existing situation but in all cases has come to the conclusion that due to different business models of the airports in the same catchment area or due to other factors, e.g. a lack of overlapping routes, limited capacity, differences in infrastructure, aid to the airport was unlikely to have a negative effect on competition and therefore it was found to be compatible with the internal market.

·Furthermore, the internal review has shown that contrary to the definition of the catchment area contained in point 25 of the Aviation Guidelines, in which the geographical element of 100 km or 60 minutes travelling time is only mentioned as one element of the assessment, the Commission has only in few instances looked at the effect of aid to airports outside of this radius. In this respect, the Aviation external study observed that, in particular regional and medium size airports perceive their own catchment area to be much larger than the 100 km or 60 minutes travelling time mentioned in the GBER and in the Aviation Guidelines.

Figure 5: replies from the selected airports under the Aviation external study 39

Are the provisions on start-up aid for airlines appropriate?

The 2014 Aviation Guidelines have maintained the compatibility rules on start-up aid to airlines in order to promote connectivity between different regions in the European Union and to stimulate regional development. The Aviation Guidelines however introduced some changes to the conditions under which airlines can receive aid for launching new routes. Under the 2014 Aviation Guidelines, start-up aid is restricted to airlines connecting smaller airports with fewer than 3 million passengers p.a. However, the Aviation Guidelines allow a slightly higher proportion of aid relative to eligible costs allowed in the previous 2005 Aviation Guidelines.

Overall, the Commission has dealt only with six start-up aid cases since the introduction of the Aviation Guidelines. During the targeted consultation and individual meetings, stakeholders stated that the current rules on start-up aid are not sufficient to meet the needs of in particular smaller airports and that they are only little used. According to stakeholders, the conditions of start-up to airlines are too demanding for airlines in light of the quickly evolving market and the need of flexible contract provisions. Therefore, the provisions on start-up aid for airlines seem to be only partially appropriate to promote connectivity between different regions in the European Union and to stimulate regional development and might require some further flexibility.

To which extent the Commission succeeded in focusing its ex ante control on cases with a significant impact on the internal market through the introduction of Articles 56a and 51 GBER?

By extending the scope of the GBER to cover aid to airports, the Commission aimed at simplifying and clarifying State aid rules, allowing the Commission to focus its State aid control on the potentially most distortive cases. The objective was to facilitate and provide legal certainty for investments, in line with the Commission's objective to stimulate investment in order to boost and job creation and growth. This objective has been achieved.

·According to the available SARI 40 /TAM 41 data, Article 56a GBER has been used by Member States in 29 cases in 2017 and 2018 for a total aid expenditure of 47.7 in million EUR. Furthermore, the Commission received positive feedback about the extension of the GBER to airports during the targeted consultation. The introduction of Article 56a GBER did help to lower the administrative burden of Member States and to simplify the rules. Furthermore it helped the Commission to focus its ex ante control more on cases with a significant impact on the market.

·Article 51 GBER embodies specific European social objectives to be pursued by Member States such as the connectivity of residents of remote regions. The Commission has handled 13 cases in 5 Member States. The existing cases show that the article has been used and that it has helped to lower the administrative burden for Member States.

Efficiency

To which extent Aviation rules lead to lower the administrative burden for the public authorities and for the beneficiaries?

·The introduction of the new rules on operating aid and investment aid under the Aviation Guidelines overall did not help to lower the administrative burden of Member States.

Stakeholders and Member States have explained during the targeted consultation and individual meetings that the provisions on the calculation of the operating and capital cost funding gaps are too complex and not sufficiently clear. Airport associations and Member States have explained that templates for business plans and the calculation of the funding gaps would be very helpful. This result has been confirmed by the internal review of the Commission’s cases, which showed that in particular the existing operating aid notifications required extensive exchange and explanations regarding the business plan and funding gap calculation, which often caused lengthy procedures.

oAs smaller airports have usually very little staff, they depend on external economic and legal experts in order to provide the Commission with the necessary information for the notification of operating or investment aid. Small airports therefore face greater difficulties and the notification process is more burdensome for them compared to larger airports.

·The introduction of Article 56a GBER did help to lower the administrative burden of Member States and to simplify the rules. The level of complexity appears to be adequate.

oDuring the targeted consultation and stakeholder meetings, the Commission received positive feedback on the new provisions of the GBER set out in Article 56a. This finding is also in line with the results of the public consultation during which a majority of the participants stated that the State aid modernisation package for the GBER has overall led to clearer rules.

oStakeholders have explained during the targeted consultation and individual meetings that they would like the Commission to add more criteria to the catchment area definition beyond the geographical element in order to allow for more investment aid measures to fall under the GBER. Furthermore, they expressed their wish for the Commission to extend the scope of Article 56a GBER for operating aid by increasing the existing passenger threshold.

Relevance

How well do the objectives of connectivity and regional development still correspond to the needs within the EU?

·Increased connectivity of citizens and regional development remain valid EU objectives 42 . In this context it is worth noting that more than 70% of the participants of the public consultation which deemed the respective question to be relevant for them, are of the opinion that the State aid rules in the aviation sector contribute to the connectivity between regions.

·Airports have long been recognised as key contributors to the region they are positioned in, supporting direct and indirect jobs, as well as tourism, trade and business. The literature review conducted by the external contractor shows that an increased air traffic has a positive impact on economic growth. Nevertheless, some studies suggest that other transport infrastructure may be equally or even more effective to increase accessibility and connectivity of remote regions.

·While the aviation sector continues to grow, the tension between different societal objectives is looming. On the one hand, the EU is promoting a policy of further growth, connectivity and expansion of the EU aviation sector. On the other hand, the announced Green Deal and the increased focus on the aviation sector in this respect is likely to have a curbing effect on the growth/connectivity in aviation. It is thus relevant to question whether the State aid rules applying to the aviation sector need to be rebalanced between development of connectivity and sustainability.

How well adapted are the Aviation rules to market developments?

·In particular in the area of airport-airline agreements, DG Competition’s case practice has shown that the market is evolving quickly and that the Commission has to continuously deal with new types of agreements. The Aviation Guidelines do not reflect the most recent case practice and do not give sufficient guidance to the Member States.

·In points 56 et seq. of the Aviation Guidelines, the Commission explains that at the time of the introduction of the Guidelines, a large majority of EU airports benefitted from public funding to cover investment and operating costs and that publicly owned airports were used by public authorities to facilitate local development and not as an undertaking operating according to market rules. Therefore, prices at those airports tended not to be determined with regard to market considerations and were strongly influenced by the subsidies given. In those circumstances the Commission voiced strong doubts that an appropriate benchmark could be identified to establish a market price for the services offered by the airports. Establishing an appropriate benchmark for market price services provided by airports still seems doubtful, as the considerations raised by the Commission in the 2014 Aviation Guidelines still seem valid. Firstly, a large fraction of airports is still public or partly public (public-private and public airports represented 83% of the airports in the EU in 2016, against 92% in 2010) and benefits from vast amount of subsidies. Secondly, the market price an airport should charge for its services, or to grant rebates/subsidies to airlines, depends on its cost structure. The Commission has gathered a large experience in this area in the last five years, showing that the cost structure of airports varies substantially between two airports, even when these airports are comparable in terms of traffic or catchment area. It therefore appears that to assess whether transactions between public airports and airlines are market conform, the ex-ante profitability analysis remains the most efficient solution.

·The transitional period for operating aid for airports does not correspond to the current market realities and may not be adapted for airports with less than one millions passengers p.a. Due to increasing security costs, the consolidation of the airline market, and recent bankruptcies of airlines, many airports expect to continue to need operating aid after 2024. Furthermore, the Aviation external study has outlined a structural need for operating aid for airports with less than 200,000 passengers p.a. and predicts only very little growth potential for those below 700,000 passengers p.a.

·The internal review has shown that the number of airport networks is growing. 43 So far, the Aviation Guidelines do not contain any explanations on how to apply the current State aid rules to airport networks. The results from the targeted consultation point towards the fact that there might be a need for further clarifications or an adaptation of the rules in this regard.

Coherence

Are the provisions of the Aviation Guidelines and the GBER coherent among each other?

·Coherence of operating aid and investment aid rules:

While the feedback received from stakeholders and Member States during the targeted consultation and individual meetings was that the separate assessment of operating aid and investment aid is generally appropriate, the current rules seem to raise certain concerns for small airports, which are dependent on both types of aid. A more holistic approach as regards investment and operating aid for smaller airports may be appropriate. This finding was confirmed by the feedback the external consultants received from the individual airports when collecting the necessary data for the Aviation external study.

However, at the same time, the Aviation external study shows that for class one and class two airports (below 700,000 passengers p.a.), the revenues generated from non-aeronautical revenues only constitute a small part of the overall revenues at the airport, and that this source of revenues seems to be more relevant for medium size and large airports.

Figure 6: Non-aviation revenue share, by class of airport in the sample 44

As regards aid to airlines, between 2010 and 2016, 76% of all growth at European airports came from LCCs. Although the Commission does not automatically consider compatible operating aid to an airport as incompatible aid to airlines using that airport, the question remains whether the safeguards included in the Aviation Guidelines and the GBER to prevent that aid to airports is being passed on to airlines illegally, are sufficient and whether there is a need for further (future) clarification in both instruments.

Figure 7: share of LCCs’ passengers and the operating aid paid per passenger for each class of airports 45

 

Figure 8: the incentive per passenger paid to airlines for each class of airports 46

Are the Aviation Guidelines coherent with other State aid rules?

·In order to assess whether the Aviation Guidelines are coherent with other State aid rules, their rules have been compared to those of a number of relevant State aid instruments.

·State aid in the form of public service compensation is exempt from the notification requirement of Article 108(3) of the Treaty if the requirements set out in the Commission Decision of 20 December 2011 on services of general economic interest (“the SGEI Decision”) are met. There is inconsistency between the wording of the SGEI Decision and the Aviation Guidelines as regards how the average number of passengers below which the notification is not required is calculated. The SGEI Decision refers to the average annual traffic of 200,000 passengers during the 2 financial years preceding that in which the SGEI was assigned, whereas the Aviation Guidelines refer to the average annual traffic of 200,000 passengers over the duration of the SGEI entrustment.

·The evaluation found that the Aviation Guidelines are generally coherent with other State aid rules. The evaluation however found some internal incoherencies within the Aviation Guidelines and between the Aviation Guidelines and the GBER.

Are the rules of the Aviation Guidelines and the GBER coherent with other EU policies?

·According to the Communication on the European Green Deal, transport accounts for a quarter of the EU’s greenhouse gas emissions, and is still growing. To achieve climate neutrality, a 90% reduction in transport emissions will be needed by 2050. Road, rail, aviation, and waterborne transport will all have to contribute to the reduction. Furthermore, the Communication states that in order to deliver the European Green Deal, there will be a need to rethink policies for certain sectors, including transport. The objective of connectivity and the promotion of an internal aviation market with vibrant competition therefore will have to be aligned with the sustainability objective.

·The Aviation Guidelines provide that State aid for investments at airports with over 5 million passengers annually shall in principle not be declared compatible with the internal market pursuant to Article 107(3)(c) TFEU other than in very exceptional circumstances. This principal prohibition of investment aid for airports with more than 5 million annual passengers implies that airports of this size should finance investment through their own resources and private capital. The Airport Charges Directive 47 sets a regulatory framework for the setting of airport charges for airports with more than 5 million passengers annually, which has no intention to prevent airports from attracting private capital. The evaluation thus found no incoherence between the Aviation Guidelines and the Airport Charges Directive.

·If it is evident that the market itself will not deliver an acceptable level of air transport services to given regions within Europe, Member States may consider Public Service Obligations to ensure service to and from under-served regions. Regulation 1008/2008 on common rules for the operation of air services in the Community (Articles 16 to 18) recognises that public service obligations are a legitimate tool to ensure territorial cohesion and economic and social development in remote regions or islands. Regulation 1008/2008 sets the applicable conditions, which are aimed at, inter alia, preventing possible misapplication of these obligations. Under Regulation 1008/2008, aid to airline on public service obligation routes is only possible under strict conditions and if the Member State can show that there is a genuine need for the specific route. The provisions are in line with the strict State aid rules for aid to airlines under the Aviation Guidelines and acknowledge the full liberalization of the airline market.

·According to the Aviation Strategy for Europe, aviation is a strong driver of economic growth, jobs, trade and mobility for the European Union. Connectivity (broadly defined as the number, frequency and quality of air transport services between two points) is relevant for the travelling public and for businesses and the economy at large. Furthermore, it states based on a study by Steer Davies Gleave that the better a city, region or country is connected by air to other destinations in Europe and other parts of the world, the more growth can be generated 48 . The Aviation Strategy for Europe calls for aviation to become an integral element of inter-modal transport, for the best possible connectivity, which in turn will help drive growth for Europe’s economy. Under the Aviation Guidelines, aid to airports or airlines can be found compatible with the Treaty if such aid, inter alia, facilitates regional development or increases the mobility of EU citizens. As both instruments recognize increase of connectivity or regional development as common objectives, the evaluation found no incoherence between the Aviation Guidelines and the Aviation Strategy for Europe.



III.de minimis Regulation

With regard to data quantification, as mentioned under Section 3, one of the main difficulties reported is the lack of aggregate data collected. There are 3 main reasons for this:

(i) de minimis measures are excluded from the notification obligation of Article 108(3) TFEU and is not considered as State aid.

(ii) There is no obligation of reporting to the Commission.

(ii) No central register for de minimis measures for a large number of Member States.

Nonetheless, some Member States provided figures on aid granted within the period 2013-2019: Poland (EUR 7.46 billion / 874,688 beneficiaries); Greece (EUR 2.2 billion / 70,000 beneficiaries); Lithuania (EUR 447.9 million / 111,298 beneficiaries); Croatia (EUR 503 million for the period 2014-2018).

Effectiveness

Is the de minimis ceiling still adequate given the SAM objectives?

In 2013, the ceiling for granting de minimis measures was maintained at EUR 200,000 over a period of three fiscal years (same ceiling as the one laid down in the 2006 de minimis Regulation).

An appropriate ceiling is important in the context of the SAM objective of focusing on the cases with the largest impact on competition.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view (68%) considered that the de minimis rule allows the Commission to focus its scrutiny on cases with a significant impact on the internal market.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view (above 80%) considered that the de minimis rule reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view considered that the de minimis rule achieved the goal of simplification while maintaining a competitive internal market.

Efficiency

Did the de minimis Regulation lead to clearer rules? Did the de minimis Regulation lead to less administrative burden?

Monitoring

In 2013, the de minimis Regulation maintained a dual monitoring system of the Member States, thereby leaving the choice between a declaration of the aid by beneficiaries or a central register. Nonetheless, the objectives of transparency and compliance have not been fully achieved:

·16 Member States have a national de minimis register. Nonetheless, the register is public in only 6 Member States (Estonia, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Poland, Slovenia). 12 Member States do not have a de minimis register (Austria, Belgium, Germany, Denmark, Finland, France, Ireland, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Sweden, United Kingdom). This raises difficulties in term of transparency at a national level.

·With regard to data collection, most of the Member States are unable to provide information on the application of de minimis measures (including on the aid volume and number of beneficiaries). There is no aggregate data available. This lack of data is problematic from a transparency standpoint in order to assess the impact of de minimis measures at the Member State’s level and from a cross-sector perspective in the internal market.

·Most of the Member States do not seem to ensure a proper check of the compliance of the State aid criteria. 49 Only a limited number of Member States has introduced some additional tools (e.g. Greece has implemented an Information System on cumulation; Malta provides for checks with other granting authorities on a case-by-case basis; Latvia has introduced regulations which established a de minimis measures control system with declaration forms). The objective of ensuring compliance does not seem to have been ensured in a large number of Member States.

Given the aforementioned difficulties on the dual monitoring system laid down in the 2013 de minimis Regulation, introducing a mandatory public register at the EU level or at the Member State level would achieve the following goals:

·Strengthened transparency for stakeholders (including beneficiaries and competitors) and the Member States.

·Strengthened transparency at the EU level with the collection of aggregate data.

·Strengthened compliance, by ensuring that the Member States report the de minimis aid granted and ensure thereby the application of the criteria laid down in the Regulation.

·Ensuring a uniform application among the Member States.

·Less burdensome for the undertakings. In the public consultation for stakeholders, some undertakings have pointed out that the procedure would be less cumbersome if a central register were set up. 50 A self-declaration system can create a certain degree of bureaucracy which may not be proportionate to the potential low impact on competition, in particular for low amounts and for micro-enterprises. 51  

Use of financial instruments

The targeted consultation to Member States and stakeholders revealed that a large majority of both Member States and stakeholders found the transparency requirements clear (stakeholders question only, 73%) and that they did not encounter difficulties in applying them (Member States 65%, stakeholders 68%). The responses are thus quite positive, indicating that most Member States / stakeholders find it clear how to design transparent aid.

Figure 1: Transparency requirements 52

The questions on the experience in using financial instruments under the de minimis Regulation reveal some additional insights (see also Section 3). While a relative majority indicated that they did not encounter difficulties in the calculation of the Gross Grant Equivalent (Member States 45%, stakeholders 51%), a significant proportion of respondents answered that they either encountered difficulties or did not know. 53 The evidence thus suggests that a significant proportion of stakeholders only use grants but not financial instruments. No information is available on the reasons of why those stakeholders do not use financial instruments.

Figure 2: What has been your experience in using financial instruments under the de minimis Regulation? 54

Relevance

Is the de minimis ceiling still adequate given the overall market developments?

As a preliminary comment, it is noteworthy that the de minimis ceiling is important to capture the measures which do not have an effect on trade and competition and hence would escape the State aid definition of Article 107(1) TFEU. If the ceiling is too high, there would be disproportionately an excessive number of measures falling under this definition. In case the ceiling is set too low, there would be a large number of measures which would be deemed to constitute State aid, despite them having little effect on trade and competition. 55

As the ceiling currently stands, it seems that it is no longer adapted to the evolution of the market and economic developments over the last 7 years. In particular, it can be taken account of the following elements:

othe inflation (accumulated increase of 5.55% for the period 2013-2019; ECB’s forecast increase in inflation in the following years) 56

oGDP growth (nominal accumulated increase of 17.1% for the period 2013-2018) 57  

oincrease of government expenditure (increase of 10.5% for the period 2013-2018) 58

In the targeted consultation to Member States, the majority of respondents took the view that the ceiling of EUR 200,000 is inadequate given the impact of inflation in the internal market.

In the Study of the European Economic and Social Committee on the impact of State aid rules on access to finance for SMEs and enterprises (October 2019), 59 the main conclusion on the de minimis rule was that they should be regularly updated in accordance with changes in economic conditions (the last update was in 2013). As a concrete recommendation, it is proposed to increase the de minimis limits (the concrete suggestions from Business Associations were either an increase of EUR 300,000 for 3 years, or keeping EUR 200,000 for a limited period of 2 years). 60  

Coherence

The 2013 de minimis rule seems to have fulfilled the SAM objectives of simplification and clarifications. To this end, it introduced the following changes:

·Clarification of the notion of undertaking. In particular, it provided an exhaustive list of criteria for determining when two or more undertakings within the same Member States are to be considered as a single undertaking. By doing so, the objective of clarification has been achieved to a large extent (in the public consultations, 56.5 % of the Member States and 63.5 % of the stakeholders found the definition clear). It is noteworthy that some side issues remain (e.g. use of fiscal year instead of tax year).

·Exclusion of undertaking in difficulty: by keeping this exclusion, the 2013 Regulation has attained its objective of simplification, avoiding thereby the assessment of criteria for undertaking in difficulty. This has alleviated the administrative burdens for the national administrations.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents (above 95%) who expressed a views stated that the de minimis rules are, at least partially, coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since the SAM rules were adopted.

Use of financial instruments

It appears that de minimis Regulation would have achieved its objective with respect to simplification as evidenced by the relative use of de minimis Regulation versus other State aid rules for financial instruments.

The fi-compass State Aid 61 survey shows that most ESIF financial instruments are implemented under the de minimis Regulation (43% of the 295 FIs covered by the survey), whereas GBER (29%), market-conform instruments (21%) and notifications (7%) are significantly less used ways forward. Loans and guarantees are the most extensively used FIs, equity products are only used in few cases. Respondents cited mainly the simple and efficient nature of de minimis Regulation as factors that led them use it. Most of them stated that the calculation of the GGE and the use of the safe harbour amounts did not pose challenges. The survey also revealed that de minimis measures were used across thematic objects (and relatively more widely in SME financing). This finding suggests that the objective of the de minimis Regulation to support SME financing and to apply across sectors legislation are effectively met in practice.

The data provided by AECM 62 on aid amounts comprised in guarantees under the different State aid rules show that a high proportion of guarantees are issued under the de minimis Regulation (84% in terms of volumes). In the same survey, AECM states that its members view the de minimis Regulation positively due to its simplicity and make us of it to the maximum extent possible.



IV.EEAG / relevant GBER provisions

The EEAG are a very detailed and compartmentalised set of guidelines, which include specific rules for many different types of support measures, some of which relate to the same overarching objective. In this evaluation both the EEAG and relevant GBER provisions as a whole set of rules are analysed, but also some of the different sections separately (e.g. support to renewables, capacity mechanisms, reductions for energy intensive users “EIUs”, energy efficiency, waste), in particular those provisions that aim to address the problems identified in the intervention logic of these guidelines.

Effectiveness

Have the EEAG and/or the GBER generally achieved the relevant environmental protection or energy objectives?

The results of the analysis of the several sources of input used in this exercise suggest that, in general terms, the EEAG and relevant GBER provisions have contributed to achieve the relevant climate, environmental and energy objectives while maintaining a competitive internal market.

The public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that a large majority of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG have allowed for a clean and secured supply of energy (28% to a large extent and 58% to some extent) and for an increased environmental protection (38% to a large extent and 53% to some extent) while maintaining a competitive internal market (40% to a large extent and 54% to some extent).

In the same line, the targeted consultation on the EEAG also shows that more than 90% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG and GBER related provisions have achieved (~20%) or partially achieved (~70%) these objectives.

The public consultation on the Fitness Check, also shows that 91% of those respondents that expressed an opinion think that the EEAG, as part of the State Aid Modernisation package, led to clearer rules in the environmental and energy field (19% yes, 72% partially).

In addition, the statistics (State aid Scoreboard, Transparency Award Module) and the internal analysis of case practice show an increasing volume of compatible aid granted in the period 2014-2018 in the environmental and energy field, and more than 180 decisions adopted under the EEAG and more than 1,000 schemes implemented under the GBER. This shows that the State aid framework has been instrumental to provide a common legal framework for EU Member States’ efforts to reach their 2020 climate targets and other environmental objectives with a set of tools compatible with the internal market.

Support schemes to electricity from renewable energy sources (“RES”)

From the results of the analysis of the different sources of input used in this exercise, it has been shown that the EEAG have been effective in allowing for the deployment of RES at lower costs and in a market integration perspective.

The targeted consultation on the EEAG shows that more than 75% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG and the GBER have been effective in enabling the deployment of renewables while lowering societal costs and reducing the amount of aid needed (76.6%) and in facilitating the integration of renewable energy into the electricity market (78.3%), stressing the positive effect of the tendering and market integration requirements.

The EEAG external study shows that following the introduction of the tendering requirement for renewables support schemes in the EEAG, the number of auctions/competitive processes has increased over time 63 , in particular from 2016, growing from 9 in 2014 to 71 in 2018, the last full year for which data is available. It also shows that the volume of renewables capacity awarded per year peaked in 2017, with 25,648 megawatt (“MW”) compared to 2019 with 14,178 MW.

Figure 1: number of bidding processes and volume awarded 64

 

The EEAG external study also shows that the evolution of “awarded prices”, and consequently the amount of aid per kilowatt hour (“kWh”), resulting from the different auctions for the different technologies has significantly decreased over the period as can be seen in the chart below. For example, the mean awarded price of solar and wind power more than halved between 2014-2015 and 2019. This reduction in prices can be partially attributed to the tendering requirements included in the EEAG which have fostered competition between developers, in addition to the evolution in the maturity of the different technologies.

Figure 2: Volume weighted mean price per kWh in sampled schemes split by high-level technology category, 2014-2019 65

However, while this picture of declining prices for renewables is generally positive, it is clear from the EEAG external study that the prices paid per unit of renewable energy vary significantly depending on the different types of technology, some of which can cost as twice as much.

Finally, the EEAG external study also shows that the total volume of announced ‘subsidy-free’ renewable energy projects currently in Europe is approximately 18 GW. The majority of this capacity results from zero subsidy bids made in renewable energy auctions, which shows the benefit of putting the different project developers in competition. However, note that although in these cases no subsidy is received in relation to electricity generated by the power plants, these projects may benefit from other support in terms of e.g. subsidised connection costs to the grid, or access to land/seabed. In any case, also note, that the number of projects put forward outside of auction systems (i.e. directly in market agreements between producers and consumers) is rapidly increasing.

Aid to measures to ensure generation adequacy

On the basis of the analysis of the different sources on input used in this exercise, it has been shown that the EEAG have achieved to a great extent the objective of ensuring that capacity mechanisms were cost-effective in providing security of supply and least distortive of competition, taking into account the applicable regulatory context. However, it also appears that the effectiveness of the EEAG in limiting the risk of capacity mechanisms providing environmentally harmful subsidies fuels is difficult to determine.

The EEAG are the first set of State aid guidelines to contain criteria on measures to ensure generation adequacy measures. Such measures, commonly known as capacity mechanisms, aim at ensuring that electricity systems are adequately supplied in order to meet demand. Typically capacity mechanisms remunerate the investments needed to guarantee the availability of capacity providers (for instance, generators, demand-response and storage operators). Given their variety and complexity, this type of measures do not fall under the scope of the GBER.

The application of the rules on generation adequacy has benefitted from the results of the sector inquiry on capacity mechanisms 66 , which has provided the Commission with valuable information on the functioning of 35 previous, existing or planned capacity mechanisms in the 11 Member States covered by the inquiry. However, this area of State aid enforcement still remains relatively new compared to others covered by the EEAG.

The targeted consultation on the EEAG shows that around 72% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG have ensured that capacity mechanisms were introduced only when necessary, were cost-effective in providing security of supply and were least distortive of competition and intra-EU trade. In particular, 45.6% of those respondents think that these objectives have been reached to some extent, while 26.5% believe that they have been attained to a large extent. Still, there is a 27.4% of those respondents that do not share this view claiming for example, that the divergences and different types of capacity mechanisms across Member States potentially threaten the integrity and efficiency of the internal energy market.

Overall, those respondents were less positive as regards the effectiveness of the EEAG in ensuring that capacity mechanisms did not negatively impact the objective of phasing out environmentally harmful subsidies, including for fossil fuels. In this respect, 65 % of them think that this objective was attained to some extent (33%) or to a large extent (32%), while 35% believe that it was not attained at all.

The Commission has approved 13 generation adequacy measures under the EEAG since their introduction in 2014 67 . In 12 of those cases, Member States have followed a probabilistic approach when assessing the ability of the system to ensure generation adequacy 68 . This means that Member States took into account a wide range of variables and the behaviour of capacity providers under multiple scenarios. This includes not only state of the art weather forecasts, but also factors in less predictable capacity sources such as the contribution from demand response, interconnectors or renewable energy sources.

Moreover, the majority of the Member States that have introduced capacity mechanisms, have assessed their necessity against a reliability standard which quantifies the probability of a given level of unmet demand over a certain period of time, or have committed to do so. Such a standard is normally expressed as Loss of Load Expectations (LOLE). The LOLE sets out the expected number of hours or days in a year during which some customer disconnection is expected. (for example, if 1 day in 10 years some customers would need to be disconnected, LOLE would be 0.1 days or 2.4 hours). This probabilistic approach can take into account variations in demand over the years as a result of climate fluctuations. When that was the case, the LOLE has been calculated based on Value of Lost Load (VoLL), which estimates consumers’ willingness to pay for security of supply.

In some cases, Member States have expressed the reliability standard as Expected Energy Not Served (EENS), which is expressed in megawatt hour (“MWh”) over a specific time period (e.g. a year). EENS makes it possible to monetize the shortfall in a system where VOLL has also been calculated (see below) since the amount of EENS can then be multiplied by VOLL.

Both approaches help to avoid capacity mechanisms being introduced when they are not necessary, and avoid them being oversized, even if further progress is warranted to ensure the application of uniform approach across Member States.

In 12 of the measures, the aid for the capacity is allocated through a competitive bidding process. In some cases, the Commission was able to compare the value of capacity resulting from the introduction of a competitive process with that set through an administrative procedure or estimated by public authorities. In these cases, the evidence shows that the competitive process reveals the true value of capacity and that the latter is often significantly lower than the one estimated by public authorities, demonstrating the benefits of the tendering requirement for this type of aid.

As an example, Ireland and Northern Ireland applied until 2017 a capacity mechanism in which the capacity premium (i.e. the aid) was administratively set (I-SEM capacity payment). In 2016, this amounted to 72,820 EUR/MW/year 69 . The total cost of the capacity payment mechanism was around EUR 550 million for a total capacity requirement of 7,070 MW 70 . With the introduction of tenders in December 2017, the premium decreased to 41,800 EUR/MW/year (43% lower than the administratively set premium) for the T-1 2018/2019 auction held in 2017, while the T-2 auction held in December 2019 cleared at 45,950 EUR/MW/year 71 (37% lower than the administratively set premium). Consequently, the total cost of the scheme decreased by approximately EUR 200 million, as compared to the previous system with no tenders, for comparable or even higher auctioned amounts of capacity procured 72 , as shown in the graphs below.

Figure 3: Scheme’s total costs and capacity procured in Ireland and Northern Ireland from 2016-2019 73

Another example is provided by the British capacity mechanism for which the United Kingdom authorities had initially estimated a cost of 49 GBP/kW/year (the initial ‘target’ capacity price for the quantity demanded), while the subsequent auctions cleared at a much lower prices, as shown in the graph below.

Figure 4: Estimated cost of capacity vs. actual cost 74

However, some results of the EEAG external study and the internal analysis seem to imply that there may be a lack of competitive pressure in some schemes, as illustrated by the results in a few Member States where the auction prices cleared at the price cap set by the administration (see graph below for an example). This would prove the necessity of making sure that the design of the different capacity auctions ensures a sufficient competitive pressure in the process.

Figure 5: Capacity and unit clearing prices, plus price caps, for the German ABLAV ‘Fast Interruptible Load’, 2017-2019 75 76

As regards the effects of these schemes on competition and cross border trade, the sector inquiry found that, typically, existing capacity mechanisms covered by the inquiry were open only to a limited number of technologies, which included mainly conventional generation technologies 77 The inquiry also found that the focus of Member States was often either entirely on attracting new capacity or on avoiding the closure of existing capacity, rather than both. The capacity mechanisms were therefore often tailored entirely to address either of those problems, with the result that often new and existing capacity were not put in competition. Finally, the Sector Inquiry found that only four of the capacity mechanisms covered allowed or planned to allow the direct participation of cross-border capacity.

In contrast, an analysis of the 13 capacity mechanisms decisions adopted under the EEAG shows that 9 of the schemes, are open to demand response. Out of the 13, 8 are open to storage capacity and 8 are open to renewables to some extent. Moreover, 8 of the mechanisms approved under the EEAG are open to both new and existing capacity. Finally, all market-wide capacity mechanisms are open to the participation of foreign capacity (directly or via the interconnector). This evolution of the schemes can be seen as a result of the different requirements for generation adequacy measures introduced for the first time under the EEAG.

The strategic reserves approved so far under the EEAG do not include cross-border participation since there is a lesser case for the necessity of including cross border participation once reserves are well designed to enter the market only after a VOLL price cap is reached, and because it is technically and politically challenging to include foreign capacity in strategic reserves.

The openness of the approved capacity mechanisms to demand response, storage and renewables capacity has also meant that a larger amount of low emissions capacity can now participate in this kind of support schemes than in the past making them cleaner and more competitive.

On the other hand, in the absence of a uniform methodology on the assessment of the adequacy needs, it cannot be excluded that capacity mechanisms in some Member States have been over-procured and/or led to a partitioning of the internal market. In this respect is also worth mentioning that the European Court of Justice has increased the burden of proof to discharge from the obligation to ensure that capacity schemes are effectively open to competition.

As regards the question whether the EEAG have been effective in phasing out fossil fuel subsidies, the review of the case practice shows that in 10 of the mechanisms approved under the EEAG, preference is given to low carbon capacity in case of equivalent technical and economic parameters.

Moreover, the EEAG external study has collected data on the percentage of awarded capacity that could be using fossil fuels, over the period 2014-2019 for sampled schemes (see figures below). This data shows that for the sampled capacity mechanisms, in 5 out of 6 years the capacity awarded (in MW) potentially fuelled by fossil fuels was higher than the non-fossil fuel capacity awarded. In 4 years at least 80% of the capacity awarded was potentially fossil fuelled. However, due to the limitations on the availability of data, these percentages are not weighted by the length of the contracts awarded to different types of plants/capacity and therefore, are based on MW rather than MW-years. Moreover, as the data on awarded capacity is split by technology rather than fuel type, the first figure below only provides an upper bound on the proportion of capacity that could be using fossil fuels 78 . Finally, the EEAG external study also shows that in the sampled mechanisms, 65.5% of the capacity in MW/years was awarded via one-year contracts.

Figure 6: Percentage of capacity (MW) receiving support that may use fossil fuels in sampled capacity mechanisms by Member State, 2014-2019 79

Figure 7: Capacity awarded (MW) in sampled capacity mechanisms split by potential fuel type, 2014-2019 80

Reductions for EIUs from RES financing

Pursuant to Section 3.7.2 of the EEAG, the underlying logic of reductions for EIUs is to increase the acceptability of ambitious renewables schemes and hence to help to secure the financing base for such policies. In fact, Section 3.7.2. recognised that without those reductions, the financing of renewables support may be unsustainable, as undertakings particularly affected by that financing cost could be put at a significant competitive disadvantage.

However, on the basis of the analysis the results of the EEAG external study, the analysis of the case-practice, as well as the consultation activities, it cannot be concluded that there is a correlation between the existence of reductions for EIUs and the introduction of ambitious renewables policies.

First of all, the analysis of the case practice shows that only 13 Member States have introduced a scheme to compensate EIUs from RES support levies (Bulgaria, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia and the United Kingdom). In addition, some Member States have notified reductions from other charges with similar objectives (e.g. charges to finance schemes to support energy efficiency investments) 81 .

The EEAG external study shows that out of the 13 Member States for which the Commission has approved reductions to EIUs’ charges, 6 already met or exceeded their 2020 renewables targets in 2018 (provisional data). However, of the remaining 15 Member States, which have not financed RES through levies nor have granted reductions to EIUs, 5 also already met or exceeded their 2020 renewables targets in 2018 (provisional data). More specifically on public acceptance of Member States setting up ambitious RES policies, the EEAG external study has also shown effects consistent with lasting or short-lived redistribution between consumers’ categories were observed, except if reductions were financed with the State budget (e.g. Denmark, France, Latvia).

In the context of the targeted consultation, many industrial stakeholders argued that the EEAG have had a positive effect on facilitating the deployment of renewables. However, some respondents also argued that, the lack of conditionality of the current reductions failed to provide incentives for EIUs to decarbonise. In addition, sectors argued that effects of the distribution of the charges to other consumers were minimal. On the other hand, consumers associations argued that the burden on households and non-EIUs caused by EIUs reductions was too high.

As regards the objective of limiting the negative impact on competitiveness, the literature review performed by the consultant has focused on the recent economic literature that has analysed the impacts of asymmetric environmental regulations on competitiveness. Unfortunately, most of the papers do not discuss RES levies per se. The results of that review are mixed. Some studies support the risk of relocation due to stringent environmental policies. Other studies, instead, did not find evidence that exemptions from RES levies had an impact on competitiveness indicators. While it is true that the absence of empirical evidence of instances where relocation has occurred could in principle be an indicator that the EEAG were successful in minimising such risk, decisions of industries to relocate or not are multi-factorial and can hardly be traced-back to one single cause. This is in line with the results of the evaluation conducted on the 2012 ETS Guidelines 82 .

In the targeted consultation, sectors have argued that reductions are essential to preserve their competitiveness. Nevertheless, the EEAG external study shows a more complex scenario. For the two Member States (Germany and Italy) where the proportion of the RES charge over the electricity bill for EIUs would have been very high (more than 20%), the reductions granted under the EEAG allowed those Member States to keep the level of RES charges for EIUs in line with that of other European countries (see figure below).

Figure 8: Average RES charge over electricity bill for non-EIUs compared to EIUs, 2008-2018 83

On the other hand, the same EEAG external study has also shown that for some Member States the proportion of the RES charge over the electricity bill for EIUs was rather low, and therefore would have hardly created per se a significant competitive disadvantage for those EIUs. It should also be recalled that the choice of the financing mechanism primarily belongs to the Member States, some of which have been able to ensure a more even distribution of costs by recurring to State budgetary financing. In those cases, some unnecessary (albeit limited) competition distortions could have occurred. Some respondents to the targeted consultation said that the non-uniform application of the EEAG by Member States led to some distortions in the internal market. The risk of competition distortions was also mentioned by some non-governmental organisations (“NGOs”) and consumers associations in the targeted consultation, as a consequence of the lack of harmonised rules on RES financing and reductions.

Finally, the EEAG external study has analysed the impact of the grandfathering rule foreseen in point 197 of the EEAG in some Member States (Germany, Italy and Poland) where data was available. Even if the list of grandfathered beneficiaries is underestimated due to data availability, their relevance in terms of proportion of sales in their economy sector and country in 2017 was nevertheless quite high. 84 This shows that this provision has likely created competition distortions in those sectors.

Re-use and recycling of waste

From the results of the analysis of the different sources of input used in this exercise (see Section 4), it appears that the EEAG and the GBER have been overall effective in allowing aid to foster sustainable and smart growth in re-use and recycling of waste while avoiding disproportionate distortions of competition.

The targeted consultation shows that around 83% of respondents believe that GBER ensured to some extent public support for waste recycling while limiting distortions to competition (72.3% “to some extent”, 9.2% “to a large extent”).

The EEAG external study shows that at least a certain number of Member States have been able to support an important number of various recycling and preparation for re-use projects in various sectors (recycling of plastics, asphalt, cement, rubber, etc.). Surveyed granting authorities from France, Germany, Netherlands, Estonia and Sweden reported aid of around EUR 200 million. However, the EEAG external study, the targeted consultation and the review of GBER questions on the e-Wiki also show that at least some Member States have encountered difficulties in understanding the scope of Article 47 of the GBER 85 and in understanding the definition of eligible costs under this article. Those difficulties seem in some cases to have led to a suboptimal use of the article (granting of de minimis instead of aid under 47 GBER with then more fragile projects being implemented; rejection of projects related to own waste while they could in fact have been covered by 36 GBER 86 of which the granting authorities were not always aware). The EEAG external study and the targeted consultation also revealed that in some instances the basis aid intensity of 35% might have been too low to allow the project to go ahead.

Finally, some stakeholders pointed out during the targeted consultation that the EEAG and the GBER did not sufficiently promote the re-use and recovery of waste heat while it was allowing support for energy production by incineration from waste despite signs of overcapacity and despite the lock-in effect of such investments at the expense of recycling. Case practice (pre-notification contacts and interpretation questions 87 ) confirms that the assessment of waste heat recovery cases do not always fit easily in the categories of the EEAG. It also suggests that the provisions on aid to waste treatment activities that are lower in the waste hierarchy seem to sometimes be slightly easier to implement than compatibility conditions for aid for recycling, which could have a counterproductive effect.

Energy efficiency in buildings

While the data collected based on annual reports shows that many energy efficiency projects including for buildings are supported under Article 38 GBER 88 , the data of annual reports, the consultation activities and the EEAG external study show that Article 39 of the GBER 89 that was aimed at facilitating support to energy efficiency projects in building through financial instruments was hardly used. Under the EEAG external study, a survey of a sample of authorities was conducted. From the sample, only Greece had granted aid under the article. The authority indicated that Article 39 of the GBER was sufficiently clear and easy to supply and confirmed that many projects had received support through the financial instrument set up for this purpose. Greece only regretted that the article did not provide for a possible cumulation of the support with de minimis. The other authorities from the sample which replied to the survey indicated that Article 39 of the GBER was difficult for Member States and stakeholders to understand and consequently to implement. The EEAG external study, however, also showed that some granting authorities found financial instruments as such too sophisticated as a form of aid and preferred grants under Article 38 of the GBER.

Efficiency

Have the costs and administrative burden associated with the implementation of EEAG and the related GBER rules been adequate and proportionate with respect to their achievements and benefits?

The public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that a large majority of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG have ensured, at least to some extent, an efficient State expenditure (31% to a large extent and 60% to some extent).

The EEAG targeted consultation shows that almost 37% of those respondents that expressed an opinion argue that the administrative costs represent between 1% and 5% of the actual amount of compensation received, while 16% think the percentage of these costs lays below 1%. Around 24% believe these costs represent 5-10%, while 18% think they are high, representing 10-20% of the compensation received. Only 2 of those respondents believe administrative costs represent more than 20% of the aid. Overall, the majority of those respondents (53%) thinks the amount of administrative costs are low with respect to the total compensation.

In addition, in the EEAG targeted consultation, those respondents that expressed an opinion rated the clarity and simplicity of application of the GBER and EEAG provisions. In general, around 66% of contributors deemed the provisions clear and simple. Almost 70% of the contributions rated the methodology for the calculation of eligible costs for investment aid to go beyond standards as clear and easy to apply. The “yes” replies are similarly distributed for the other sub-questions related to clarity and ease of use, with the highest percentage of positive replies for what regards the methodology to assess proportionality (78%) and the lowest for the methodology to assess eligible costs for energy efficiency investment aid (58%).

Table 1: Clarity and simplicity of application of the GBER and EEAG provisions 90

Concerning the methodology of eligible costs for the category of support for environmental protection to go beyond standards, the internal review of GBER data and GBER interpretation questions confirm that Member States did not seem to encounter particular difficulties with understanding and implementing the methodology. Internal statistics show that 16 Member States reported expenditure under Article 36 of the GBER and several schemes were also notified under the corresponding provisions in the EEAG (in particular for clean vehicles going beyond standards). The analysis of case practice (in particular complaints and monitoring), however suggests that some granting authorities had difficulties understanding the concept of the counterfactual (considering that the alternative scenario being less environmentally friendly it could not qualify as valid counterfactual), in particular when they did not have previous experience in using it under a scheme approved under the 2008 EAG. As mentioned above, the methodology to determine eligible costs under Article 38 GBER obtained the lowest percentage of positive replies, although the methodology is the same as for Article 36. This is somewhat reflected in interpretation questions which for Article 38 of the GBER focus more often on eligible costs than questions under Article 36 of the GBER. It might be mainly due to the fact that for energy efficiency investments, the counterfactual is more difficult to identify and is not necessarily an “investment” as the wording of Article 38 of the GBER requires.

The EEAG external study as well as interpretation questions and case practice suggest that Article 39 of the GBER is difficult to understand and use. Several granting authorities even misunderstood the scope of Article 39 of the GBER believing that it would apply to all aid for energy efficiency in buildings while it only applies to support in the form of financial instruments (contrary to Article 38 of the GBER). Under the EEAG external study, a survey of a sample of 21 granting authorities (out of 8 Member States) was conducted. From the 17 authorities who replied to the questionnaire, only Greece had granted aid under the article. The Greek authority indicated that Article 39 of the GBER was sufficiently clear and easy to apply and that many projects had received support through the financial instrument set up for this purpose. Greece only regretted that the article did not provide for a possible cumulation of the support with de minimis. By contrast, the other authorities who replied to the survey (22) pointed out that the article was difficult for Member States to understand and consequently to implement. The EEAG external study also suggested that some granting authorities found financial instruments in themselves too sophisticated as a form of aid and preferred grants.

Relevance

How well do the objectives of the EEAG and GBER still correspond to the current EU priorities?

The general objective of the adoption of the EEAG and the relevant provisions of the GBER in 2014 was to help achieving the Union's environmental and energy policy objectives while ensuring an effective and efficient State aid control and hence a level playing field within the EU.

Under the current Commission, the European Green Deal is one of the key priorities. Another key priority is reaching a Europe fit for the digital age, including a European Industrial Strategy for the green and digital transformation of the industry and small and medium-sized enterprises. Delivering on the objectives and ambitions of the twin green and digital transitions will require significant efforts and adequate support. Competition policy, and State aid rules in particular, have an important role to play in enabling Europe to fulfil its Green Deal and Just Transition objectives and the new Industrial Strategy, i.e. reaching its environmental and climate targets and creating new business opportunities and growth in a sustainable way for Europe as a whole.

The transformation efforts will require steering massive amounts of public and private capital towards sustainable investments. The public sector alone cannot stem the investments required. Therefore, in order to reap the full benefits of limited public funds, it is crucial that State aid rules continue to do their part. This means i) minimising costs for the State, industry and consumers (e.g. through competitive bidding processes), ii) ensuring that public money does not crowd out private spending, and iii) contributing to a level playing field in the Single Market.

In this respect, the EEAG and GBER related provisions should accompany the new Green Deal and its ambitious new emissions targets and the new Industrial Strategy also taking into account the policy initiatives to be developed by the Commission in this field.

In this respect, the public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that 18% of the respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the objectives of the EEAG still correspond fully to the current EU priorities, while 77% think that they correspond only partially to those priorities.

Do the EEAG and GBER still adequately address recent market developments or technological changes?

From the results of the analysis of the different sources of input used in this exercise, it has been shown that, although the EEAG and relevant GBER provisions still offer an appropriate set of tools supporting Member States, this set of tools may be insufficient to deal with technological changes, market developments and new types of measures designed by Member States in the energy and environmental field.

The EEAG and the related provisions of the GBER have created a stable and appropriate framework for public investments across the EU supporting Member States to reach their 2020 climate targets, based on proper markets functioning.

However, technology and markets evolve very rapidly in this sector making some of the rules outdated or insufficient to cater for new developments in the field. This starts to show in case practice. For instance support for low emission mobility infrastructure normally does not fall in the scope of the EEAG and the GBER although support for the deployment of such infrastructure pursues a clear environmental objective. Moreover, the deployment of that infrastructure has become one of the priorities under the Green Deal. In order to test the relevance of the EEAG and the GBER with respect to low emission mobility infrastructure and in particular verify whether the developments in this field would show that the absence of compatibility conditions in the EEAG and/or the GBER would actually constitute a gap, the Commission verified under the EEAG external study how schemes in this field had been implemented and whether projects deployed outside approved schemes had been deployed without any public support (see below sub-section on low emission mobility).

In addition, the scope of the guidelines is limited to a list of 14 specific aid measures often linked to a specific technology or method to achieve environmental protection. The EEAG therefore present the risk of not being able to deal with new types of measures or technologies that cannot be therefore assessed under the current guidelines. This happens for example when a Member State wants to achieve an overarching common objective (e.g. to reduce GHG emissions) by putting different technologies (e.g. renewable energy, energy efficiency, electricity storage, carbon capture storage and/or use, electrification, and green hydrogen projects) into competition. Some of the technologies, while contributing to the GHG emission reduction fall outside the scope of the EEAG (for example hydrogen) or could potentially fall under a category of aid measures that target a totally different objective (storage could potentially be covered by the generation adequacy provisions but the compatibility conditions are not suitable for a an aid scheme in which storage competes with other low carbon technologies with the objective of reducing emissions instead of securing generation adequacy).

The public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that only 6% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG are fully adapted to recent developments and technology while 82% think that the rules are just partially adapted to those developments and 12% that the rules are not at all adapted.

The EEAG targeted consultation also shows that, according to stakeholders, the EEAG and GBER provisions need to be updated to better cater for a certain number of new developments in technologies and in the market. The market developments that contributors to the targeted consultation think are the most adequately addressed by EEAG and GBER among those proposed is advanced technology for water reuse (75% positive replies). A majority of positive replies was also expressed for smart energy technologies (52%). On the contrary, stakeholders considered that zero subsidy bids and low or zero emissions vehicles should be better reflected in the new rules, alongside new technologies such as hydrogen, synthetic fuels and low carbon gas (51%) and storage (39%).

It is also noteworthy that some stakeholders claim that given the rapid technological changes and market evolution in the sector, it is important that the guidelines remain flexible enough to accommodate future evolutions.

Support schemes to electricity from RES

In the field of renewables support, the EEAG external study shows an increasing volume of ‘subsidy-free’ renewable energy projects in Europe many of them resulting from competitive bidding process in which the developers made a zero bid in the auctions. However, the EEAG external study has also shown that many of these projects benefit from other advantages beyond the subsidy linked to electricity generation price such as grid connections, seabed concessions, guaranteed low price floors, which are transferred to beneficiaries without being fully accounted for as aid.

According to the EEAG external study, for example, the subsidy-free offshore wind projects in both Germany and the Netherlands were not fully subsidy-free given the guaranteed connection to the grid. Magnus Hall, the chief executive officer of Vattenfall, which won both of the two Dutch offshore wind projects, has estimated that the value of free grid connection is up to EUR 10/MWh, which is more than 20% of the market electricity prices in the region of EUR 45/MWh, and Vattenfall paid EUR 2 million/year for the seabed sites. Moreover, in the auctions in Spain, which also delivered subsidy-free projects, though the guaranteed price floors are so low that they are unlikely ever to materialise, they still help to reduce the risk faced by the projects and can therefore be viewed as an implicit subsidy.

Aid to measures to ensure generation adequacy

In the field of generation adequacy and capacity mechanism, from the targeted consultation on the EEAG it can be observed that only a minority of those respondents that expressed an opinion consider that the EEAG adequately address recent market developments as regards storage (34%) and repowering of existing capacity.

In addition, analysing the case practice, it is noted that only half of the capacity mechanisms approved under the EEAG allow the participation of storage and that the treatment of repowering of existing capacity is not clear. The EEAG external study has also shown that the amount of available information found on repowering was very limited.

More generally, there is also scope for ensuring that the way certain mechanisms aimed at security of supply are designed do not translate into undue subsidies for domestic industries, potentially leading to over generous support and subsidy races across the Union.

Reductions for EIUs from RES financing

As explained in the 2018 report “Energy prices and costs in Europe” in the period 2008-2018 the share of renewables (including wind, solar, hydro and biomass) in the EU electricity mix increased from 17% to 33%. This increasing share of renewables had a downward impact on the wholesale market. A recent study conducted by the EC (Trinomics et alia, 2018) estimates that one percentage point increase in the share of renewables in Germany results in a decrease of the wholesale electricity price by 0.5 EUR/MWh. The same report explains that since 2008 the energy component, which consists mostly of wholesale prices, remained on a steadily decreasing trajectory and diminished both in absolute and relative terms. However, the share of the regulated part of retail prices is growing, reaching 40% EU-wide. RES support costs decreased in the last reporting year by 1% for households, but increased by 7% for medium industrial and by 17% for large industrial consumers. RES levies ranged from 1 to 73 EUR/MWh across reporting countries. In this context, several respondents to the targeted consultations argue that EIUs cannot yet benefit from falling RES costs. They point to the fact that the financing costs of ongoing RES schemes will still be charged to consumers for several years. In addition, stakeholders mentioned that the increasing RES penetration might lead to an increase in system costs and network charges.

As confirmed by the results of the targeted consultation, the changes to trade intensity and electro intensity of the sectors included in Annex 3 and 5 of the EEAG, which are based on 2009-2011 data, seem to be substantial. On electro-intensity, the 2018 report “Energy prices and costs in Europe” shows that energy intensity fell in most of the highly energy intensive sectors studied in manufacturing, including steel, refineries and paper. There were, however, manufacturing sectors in which energy intensity increased (i.e. cement, grain products, sawmills and chemicals). In non-manufacturing, energy intensity decreased in sectors like land transport and other mining although increased in electricity-gas and agriculture. Energy intensity overall decreased or remained relatively stable in the less energy intensive sectors (manufacturing and non-manufacturing). In addition, in the context of the Commission’s case-practice, several Member States have also argued that, since 2011, some sectors that are not eligible would now meet the requirements under the EEAG. As regards trade intensity, the data used for the revision of the Carbon Leakage List 2021 adopted by the Commission showed considerable changes for sectors that are eligible under the EEAG.

Low emission mobility infrastructure

The number of State aid schemes for alternative fuel infrastructure in the transport sector that are notified to the Commission is increasing. The EEAG external study showed that all examined infrastructure projects, included projects conducted outside of approved aid schemes, had been conducted with some form of public support (aid under an approved scheme, EU support under the CEF) with the exception of one charging station in a shopping mall that has been established for the use of the customers. With the Green Deal and the ambition to have 1 million charging/refuelling points in the EU by 2025 (while there are currently only 164,000 91 ) it is likely that the number of support schemes will increase. However, neither the GBER (apart from aid for ports), nor the EEAG contain any provisions on support for alternative fuel infrastructure (charging stations and re-fuelling stations). Until now, those schemes, if notified to the Commission, have been assessed directly under the Treaty. In addition, the review of case practice and the EEAG external study show that aid intensity in these projects can vary significantly (range between 20% and 100%) and that schemes can vary also in the way that proportionality is ensured (call for applications, bidding process, administrative setting of the subsidy). Almost all schemes (10 out of 11) approved by the Commission entailed the granting of aid through a bidding process. Interest for the market is increasing; complaint cases start to be filed to the Commission on alleged distortive subsidies in this field.

Table 2: Overview of beneficiaries’ financing regarding Commission decisions 92

Commission decision

Direct public contribution (avg.)

Other financing source

Geographical scope

Public involvement of different nature (avg.)

Private contribution (avg.)

SA.46574

34%

66%

Country wide

of which ca. 40% of beneficiaries are municipalities and publicly owned undertakings

of which ca. 60% of beneficiaries are privately owned undertakings

SA.48190

69%

31% (beneficiaries are publicly owned undertakings)

Urban

SA.37322

51%

49% (beneficiary is a public agency)

Urban/harbor

SA.45694

32%

68%

Urban

of which ca. 80% of beneficiaries are publicly owned undertakings

of which ca. 20% of beneficiaries are privately owned undertakings

SA.38769

34%

43% (beneficiaries are municipalities/provinces)

23%

Urban and country wide

Table 1: Overview of financing of electric charging stations projects 93

Project

Direct public contribution

Public involvement of different nature

Private contribution

Geographical scope

SIRVE

Project was not implemented

CIRVE

50%

50%

Country wide

ELMO

100%

Country wide

Ladestationen Wien

5%

95% (beneficiary is publicly owned company)

Urban

BENEFIC

20%

80%

Cross-national

Flens Kommun

50%

50% (beneficiary is municipality)

Urban

T1 Mall of Tallinn

100%

Urban

SmartEnCity

100%

Urban

Corri-Door

50%

50%

Country wide

GREAT

50%

50%

Cross-national

Energy efficiency

Case practice and consultation with other services reveal that the energy efficiency market is developing with new actors appearing: energy service companies and other aggregators. The question arises whether the inclusion of these new actors among those eligible for public support is warranted and to what extent, to further promote their contribution to energy efficiency and be on an equal footing with their competitors. Neither the EEAG nor the GBER fully recognise their role and possible needs. Several stakeholders have also deplored this in the targeted consultation and the EEAG external study confirmed that Member States were starting to include ESCOs in energy efficiency support schemes.

Decarbonisation measures

On the basis of case practice and interaction with Member States, it appears that Member States start to consider developing schemes based on CO2 emission reductions. The EEAG and GBER do not prohibit this type of support schemes but the limited scope of the EEAG does not offer Member States the possibility to set up schemes for CO2 emission reductions that would cover all possible technological solutions entirely under the EEAG as some technology fields are not covered by the Guidelines. In addition, Member States are starting to consider granting aid for CO2 emission reductions not just in the form of investment aid but also in the form of operating aid (contracts for difference based on the operation of the facility). If the solution implemented to reduce CO2 emissions is based on an energy efficiency measure, the EEAG limits the support to 5 years, which could limit the possibilities to set up those schemes while the reason for limiting the support to 5 years do not seem to apply anymore.

Resource efficiency – circular economy

Under the Green Deal and the new Industrial Strategy, the EU will have to convert its linear economy to a more circular economy. This will require many transformations including new technologies and rearranged value chains from generated waste to waste applications. The current rules address the possible need for public support for the re-use and recycling of waste, but may be insufficient for the higher challenge of the circular economy (see infra). The need to reflect objectives linked to the circular economy in the context of the forthcoming revision of the state rules has been further recognised in the Circular Economy Action Plan. 94

Coherence

To what extent are the EEAG and the relevant GBER provisions coherent with other relevant EU rules which have similar objectives?

As already mentioned, the European Green Deal and the new Industrial Strategy are key priorities of the current Commission. Competition policy, and State aid rules in particular, have an important role to play in enabling Europe to fulfil its green and digital transformations in a way that maintains the level playing field within the EU. The EEAG and GBER related provisions will have to accompany the new Green Deal (including its ambitious new emissions targets) and the new Industrial Strategy, also taking into account recent and new regulatory developments (e.g. the Clean Energy Package, Clean Mobility Package, Circular Economy Package).

In this respect, the public consultation on the Fitness Check shows that, although 75% of those respondents that expressed an opinion believe that the EEAG are fully coherent with changes in relevant EU legislation which have occurred since the rules were adopted, there are still 25% of those respondents that think that the EEAG is only partially or not at all coherent with those changes.

Support schemes for RES and generation adequacy measures

On the basis of the analysis of the different sources on input used in this exercise, it appears that there is scope for the EEAG to better reflect in these areas the efforts of the EU legislator to promote an effective Energy Union and further support its objectives in the implementation.

In 2018 and 2019, the EU legislator adopted the Commission’ proposals for the “Clean energy for all Europeans” package, which consists of eight legislative acts.

With the Clean Energy Package, the EU has agreed a comprehensive update of its energy policy framework to facilitate the transition away from fossil fuels towards cleaner energy and to deliver on the EU’s Paris Agreement commitments for reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

The three legislative acts from the Clean Energy Package with a stronger interaction with the EEAG are:

·The recast Renewable Energy Directive 95 , which entered into force in December 2018, and that for the first time defines legislative rules for RES support schemes;

·The amended Electricity Directive 96 ;

·The Electricity Market Regulation 97 , which includes detail provisions on capacity mechanisms.

In this respect, the EEAG targeted consultation has shown that a majority of those respondents that expressed an opinion ask for an alignment of the EEAG with the new regulations included in the Clean Energy Package, in particular the new Renewables Energy Directive and the Electricity Market Directive and Regulation. As such, less than 50% of those respondents believe that the EEAG and the related GBER provisions are fully coherent with the Renewables Directive (34%), the Electricity Directive (42%) and the Electricity Market Regulation (38%).

Our internal analysis of this new legislation has also shown that, although the new provisions on RES schemes and capacity mechanisms build to a large extent on the EEAG and on case practice, there are some topics in which some adjustments, fine-tuning and potential alignment of the guidelines may be necessary in order to be fully coherent with the relevant EU rules and further sustain the integrity of the single market. For example:

·Treatment of self-consumption and energy communities in RES schemes;

·Treatment of food-based biofuels;

·CO2 emissions limits for installations participating in capacity mechanisms (i.e. the 550gr of CO2/kWh rule);

·Treatment of support mechanisms for the security of supply, including the requirement of an implementation (market reform) plan before a capacity mechanism is introduced.

As regards the treatment of food-based biofuels, the findings of internal analysis are confirmed by the results of the EEAG targeted consultation, in which several associations pointed at the inconsistency between the EEAG provisions and the Recast Renewable Energy Directive, on the one hand, and the Energy Tax Directive (ETD) 2003/96/EC, on the other hand. The same conclusion was also reached by the Evaluation of the ETD 98 .

Reductions from environmental taxes and from RES financing

On the basis of the analysis of the different sources on input used in this exercise, it appears that the EEAG rules on reductions from environmental taxes and from RES financing are, in principle, coherent with the Energy Tax Directive (ETD) 2003/96/EC.

The current rules in the EEAG distinguish between reductions in or exemptions from environmental taxes imposed in order to increase the costs of environmentally harmful behaviour (section 3.7.1.), and reductions in levies imposed to ensure the funding for ambitious renewables policies by limiting the negative impacts of those costs on the competitiveness of EIUs (section 3.7.2). The State aid rules for reductions of environmental taxes that fall under the ETD, are designed to be fully in line with the ETD. While section 3.7.2. requires a limitation of reductions to certain sectors and the establishment of maximum aid intensities calculated as a percentage of total amount of the levy concerned, no such requirement exists for exemptions from environmental taxes subject to the ETD. Provided the minimum rates established in the ETD are respected, taxes subject to the ETD are block exempted under Article 44 GBER. As the ETD is currently the only type of harmonised environmental tax, all schemes under the ETD were block exempted so far.  99

As regards the coherence of the EEAG in this field, the evaluation exercise has however shown that there could be some situations where reductions from charges that are very similar could be subject to different State aid requirements under the EEAG depending on whether the charge is qualified as a levy under Section 3.7.2. or an energy tax under the ETD.

The results of the internal analysis show that Member States have the discretion to decide how to finance their renewables policies (the State budget, an energy tax under the ETD, other energy taxes, or levies) and how to enforce them. In addition, recent Court jurisprudence 100 has clarified that some charges which were previously regarded as levies, would rather qualify as indirect taxes, as long as there is an obligation for the consumers to pay. They could hence potentially be covered by the ETD.

Some respondents to the EEAG targeted consultation have also pointed out inconsistencies between the eligibility requirements under the two sets of rules. They also indicated that the proportionality requirements are not aligned.

The Commission has recently announced the review of the ETD, as one of the initiatives of the European Green Deal, to align it with climate and environmental objectives.

Environmental aid

In general, the consultation activities and internal review of case practice and secondary legislation indicate that the EEAG and the GBER are coherent with environmental legislation (Industrial emissions directive, EU Waste legislation, Air quality directive, etc.), with EU legislation on energy efficiency and with EU legislation on alternative fuels. A certain number of frictions have however been observed in case practice or pointed out in the consultation activities:

a)Waste hierarchy: the compatibility conditions for aid for the re-use and recycling of waste are coherent with EU legislation and the objective of the circular economy in that they allow support for waste treatment solutions that are in line with the circular economy objective and which are higher up in the waste hierarchy. However, compatibility conditions for recycling seem to stakeholders to be more complex than for waste-to-energy projects (generally eligible under aid for renewables or aid for cogeneration) and aid for landfilling and incineration without energy recovery (often eligible for regional aid or sometimes structured as SGEI). This might create the risk that the rules incentivise more waste treatment activities that are lower ranked in the waste hierarchy. The fact that the provisions do not explicitly provide for aid for separate collection or for sorting, might also create the risk that it would appear that those activities cannot be supported while they are necessary for allowing recycling.

b)Innovation Fund: Cumulation with the Innovation Fund is not always possible because the Innovation Fund Regulation contains no provision authorising cumulation with aid up to the funding gap (while it authorises such cumulation with EU funds).

c)Energy performance of buildings: the EEAG and the GBER do not explicitly foresee the possibility to obtain support for both the energy efficiency and the installation of self-generation of renewable energy for residential buildings. The compatibility conditions for both sets of measures are different, including when the aid is granted through financial instruments while EU legislation obliges Member States to renovate buildings to render them not just energy-efficient but also energy performant.

d)ETS: While the EEAG contain a provision requiring the Commission to verify the coherence between the aid scheme and the ETS system, such requirement does not exist under the GBER. Under the ETS, certain CO2 emission benchmarks have been established. The ETS normally pushes undertakings to reach those benchmarks. Those benchmarks do not, however, qualify as Union standards within the meaning of the EEAG and the GBER. If those benchmarks are lower than Union standards, undertakings could obtain aid for investments aimed at reducing their emissions down to the level of the benchmarks, which would remove part of the natural incentive of the ETS.

e)The somewhat unclear status of aid for waste heat capture and supply or upgrade to useful energy makes the EEAG and GBER incoherent (at least in appearances) with the Renewable Energy Directive and the Energy efficiency Directive.



V.IPCEI Communication

Effectiveness

To what extent has the IPCEI Communication achieved the relevant objectives?

In 2014, the Commission adopted the IPCEI Communication. Before the adoption of the IPCEI Communication, the then applicable RDI Framework 2006 101 and the EEAG contained criteria, based on Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, for the assessment of aid for IPCEI 102 . Under those rules, aid for IPCEIs could be authorised, subject to a case-by-case assessment, up to the level that proved necessary to overcome the pronounced market failures and risks that hindered their deployment. Before the introduction of the IPCEI Communication, Article 107(3)(b) had been mainly used to approve aid for some large RDI projects 103 , and in the transport sector 104 . However, between the entry into force of the RDI Framework 2006 and 2012, Member States had not notified any RDI State aid for the execution of an IPCEI, and the few cases that were approved did not involve aid for RDI.

Following the entry into force of the IPCEI Communication, the Commission adopted two decisions approving State aid for an IPCEI concerning a transport related infrastructure project 105 , and two decisions approving State aid for the execution of IPCEIs in the area of RDI (concerning key new technologies), one in December 2018 106 and one in December 2019 107 .

The limited case practice on the application of the IPCEI Communication, and the fact that the first decision for a large, integrated RDI project under the Communication was only adopted in December 2018 (and the second in December 2019) may constitute limitations in evaluating these rules. The lack of expertise on the IPCEI Communication and experience in its application is also confirmed by the fact that a very large percentage of respondents to the public consultation did not express their views on the rules, by choosing the options “these rules are not relevant for me” or “I do not know”  108 .

At the same time, the emergence of two large IPCEIs in the area of research and innovation in the last two years (on Microelectronics and Batteries) gives a positive indication that, thanks to the clarifications brought by the IPCEI Communication, Member States are more prepared and confident in notifying aid for the execution of IPCEIs and are increasingly considering IPCEI as one of the most suitable instruments allowing for significant investments into strategic value chains and innovative technologies, which could otherwise not be deployed. The important role of IPCEIs in this respect is also recognised in the Commission’s Communication on “A New Industrial Strategy for Europe” (“New Industrial Strategy Communication”) 109 , which refers to IPCEIs as “a tool with a proven track record” to mobilise private and public finance for large-scale projects across borders 110 , and in the Green Deal Communication 111 .

The recommendations made in November 2019, for nine strategic value chains (three pre-existing and six new) by the Strategic Forum for IPCEI in the report “Strengthening Strategic Value Chains for a future-ready EU industry” 112 (“report of the Strategic Forum”) are a very good indication of those strategic values chains which could be the subject of future coordinated actions by Member States, including by way of large and integrated IPCEI. 

This indication appears to be confirmed by the views that Member States and other stakeholders expressed in the context of the targeted consultation 113 and the public consultation on the Fitness Check 114 , which reveal that the IPCEI Communication is regarded as an appropriate instrument to achieve the objective of facilitating the emergence of IPCEIs. More specifically, more than 85% of respondents in the targeted consultation (mostly Member State authorities, but also private companies, business organisations, trade associations and research organisations) took the view that the IPCEI Communication has the potential to facilitate the emergence of IPCEIs and provide Member States with a tool to address market failures in financing large, integrated projects of a strategic importance for the EU, and approximately 90% of respondents in the public consultation considered that the IPCEI Communication has achieved the objective of facilitating the emergence of IPCEIs, of which 26% “to a large extent”.

Feedback received through contributions to the two above-mentioned consultations indicates that the IPCEI Communication allowed for clearer and more consistent rules on the assessment by the Commission of the compatibility of IPCEIs. This view was expressed by more than 85% of contributors to the public consultation; within those, 20% of respondents indicated that the IPCEI Communication led to clearer rules only partially. Open comments – confirmed by case practice – suggest that some notions and definitions have proved particularly difficult to interpret, such as those of “first industrial deployment”, “commercial activities” or “spill-overs”.

Concerns were also expressed by participants in the targeted consultation with regard to the eligibility requirements. In fact, only 47% 115 of the participants in the targeted consultation confirmed the appropriateness of the eligibility requirements (e.g., concept of “integrated project”, minimum number of participating Member States, positive spill-over effects) to meet their objectives.

In light of the two compatibility decisions on integrated IPCEIs in the area of RDI adopted to date under the IPCEI Communication 116 , the concept of “integrated project” appears to have met its objective of allowing for the emergence of projects that see the interlinked involvement of several Member States and numerous undertakings across value chains. In fact, the IPCEI on Microelectronics saw the involvement of four Member States and 29 entities (including SMEs) directly participating in the project, headquartered both in and outside the EU, and the IPCEI on Batteries that of seven Member States and 17 direct participants (including SMEs). At the same time, some concerns have been raised by both Member States and undertakings with regard to the interpretation of the notion of “integration” and the limited scope of the definition of “integrated project”. Therefore, it may be necessary to slightly amend/ improve the definition of integrated project, without affecting the high level of ambition on the actual integration of the various individual components.

With regard to the minimum number of Member States that is required for a project to qualify as an IPCEI, at present, the Communication only requires that “normally [projects] involve more than one Member State” 117 . It emerged from the consultations that this requirement alone might not be sufficient to allow for a geographically balanced participation of Member States in an IPCEI, which, if not achieved, could contribute to the undesired effect of deepening the imbalances in the economic development of EU countries or regions.

In addition, experience in cases suggests that the minimum number of participating Member States as currently set in the IPCEI Communication (“more than one”) may not be adequate to ensure that the benefits of an IPCEI are not confined to the financing Member States but extend to a wide part of the Union. These observations appears to be particularly valid both for value chain-type IPCEIs, be they projects encompassing research and innovation and first industrial deployment (“FID”) 118 , or projects in other areas, including environmental protection, energy and transport. At the same time, it would be recognised that it might not be applicable to cases concerning certain individual infrastructure projects (e.g. a bridge or a tunnel connecting two Member States), which due to their specific nature may see the participation of only one or two Member States but allow for benefits beyond the funding Member States.

While the Fitness Check could not fully assess the economic impact of the COVID-19 crisis, the need to ensure that IPCEIs have a truly European character appears to be even more important in the current circumstances. In fact, Member States may use IPCEIs as one of the instruments towards a speedy recovery of the European economy and to reinforce strategic value chains. As also indicated in the Communication on Next Generation EU 119 , such recovery should be fair and inclusive. Therefore, on the basis of the assessment conducted, it appears necessary to slightly increase the minimum number of participating Member States for a project to qualify as IPCEI, unless a smaller number of participants is justified by the very nature of the project (e.g., single but important infrastructure projects).

As concerns the requirement that IPCEIs create positive spill-over effects, so that the benefits of the project are not limited to the undertakings or sectors directly involved therein, practical experience so far suggests that this eligibility criterion is appropriate to meet its objective of ensuring that the European economy or society as a whole benefit from IPCEI. The two RDI integrated IPCEI approved so far under the IPCEI Communication, in fact, have enabled the creation of positive spill-over effects and ecosystems throughout the EU, including in the form of the sharing of the projects’ results with the European scientific/research community and industry, beyond the participating Member States and companies. At the same time, responses to the general public and targeted consultations indicate that additional guidance as regards the types of spill-over activities that the Commission would consider acceptable in order for the project to comply with the requirements set out in the IPCEI Communication would be extremely useful. This appears to be particularly true for environmental, energy and transport projects, for which no guidance can be drawn from the already adopted decisions declaring aid for the promotion of the execution of an IPCEI compatible with the internal market.

In addition, both responses to the consultations and experience in cases suggest that additional clarity is necessary as concerns the difference between positive spillover effects (or positive externalities) and other “spillover-enabling” activities. While the existence of the former is assessed when verifying the eligibility of a project as IPCEI, additional spillover-enabling activities may be required from the participating undertakings, for example to balance out potential negative effects on competition evidenced in the context of the Commission’s compatibility assessment.

It may therefore be necessary to provide informal guidance as concerns the identified uncertainties on the basis of the already approved IPCEIs.

Do the Communication’s positive indicators (e.g. open nature of the project, active coordination role of the Commission in the project’s design and/or selection and/or governance, co-financing by a Union fund) meet their objectives?

The replies to the targeted consultation concerning the appropriateness of the IPCEI Communication’s positive indicators to meet their objectives suggest that they allow for the achievement of those objectives to a certain extent only. In fact, 35% of the respondents consider the positive indicators inappropriate to that end.

Most of the comments on the positive indicators gathered through both the public consultation and the targeted consultation, focused on the role of the Commission. According to the respondents, the Commission does not appear to be involved to a sufficient extent in the design of the IPCEI and the selection of the projects. In view of the participants in the consultation, the strengthening of the role of the Commission as a facilitator of the IPCEI would also contribute to ensuring the openness of the projects to all Member States.

With regard to the openness of IPCEIs, currently, making it possible for all interested Member States to participate in a project is a mere recommendation. However, especially in the case of EU-wide integrated projects, as recognised by some participants in the consultations, it may be crucial that all Member States are given a genuine and timely opportunity to join an IPCEI, if interested. In past cases, the Commission has encouraged openness of IPCEIs to all interested Member States; in addition, the activity of the Strategic Forum for IPCEI and of ‘Alliances’ (e.g., the European Battery Alliance 120 ) contributed to the attainment of an inclusive and open approach to IPCEIs. The importance of the openness of IPCEIs to all interested Member States is even more evident today, when the EU needs to engage in a recovery path that can be effective only if it is collective. Therefore, it appears necessary to introduce limited amendments to the Communication to ensure that all Member States are given a genuine opportunity to join, if interested.

In addition, as noted by many of the contributors to the consultations, the current provisions do not appear to ensure the open nature of IPCEIs for their entire duration, since the Communication does not regulate the situation in which additional Member States or additional individual projects from the participating Member States wish to access an already existing and approved IPCEI. Based on the consultations, as well as exchanges between the Commission services and Member States in this respect, it appears that a significant level of uncertainty is perceived by stakeholders as to the procedure that should be followed in such cases, which might on the one hand compromise the existence of a sufficient level of transparency and legal certainty, and on the other discourage Member States involved in an already existing IPCEI to maintain the overall project open for accessions following its original approval by the Commission. In this respect, it should be noted that the Commission to date does not have experience in the application of the IPCEI Communication in cases concerning the accession of additional Member States to an already approved IPCEI. In light of this, it may not be appropriate, for the time being, to introduce amendments in the IPCEI Communication in this respect. Based on the experience to be gained once such a situation arises, informal guidance may be provided to address the identified uncertainty.

With regard to the openness of the IPCEI for the interested undertakings, responses to the consultations revealed that the fact that Member States’ selection of beneficiaries on the basis of open and non-discriminatory procedures is only a positive indicator, and not a mandatory requirement, does not allow to reach the objective to a satisfactory extent. At the same time, experience in cases suggests that Member States, based on their individual administrative culture and national requirements, may follow different processes for the selection of beneficiaries. In some Member States, the obligation to organise open and non-discriminatory tenders for the selection of the beneficiaries may significantly delay the start of the project, or affect the possibility for those Member States to timely join the discussions concerning a potential IPCEI from its design phase.

Finally, in respect to the positive indicator of co-financing of the IPCEI by a Union fund, while the provision of the indicator itself appears to be appropriate to ensure that an IPCEI targets an important objective of EU interest, it emerged from the consultations that problems were encountered in its practical application. In particular, on the one hand, there appears not to be sufficient synergies between EU funding from centrally managed funds and national funding in the context of IPCEIs (including purely national resources and funds under shared management); on the other hand, uncertainties and lack of clarity were registered with regard to the applicable cumulation rules, which are currently not provided for in the IPCEI Communication. In the New Industrial Strategy Communication 121 , the Commission acknowledged the importance of allowing for an effective combination of national and EU instruments to leverage investment across strategic value chains while respecting financial and competition rules. On the basis of this assessment, it may therefore be necessary to clarify the applicable cumulation rules.

Is the ‘matching clause’ meeting its objectives?

A significant majority of the respondents in the targeted consultation indicated that the so-called “matching clause”, provided in point 34 of the IPCEI Communication, is appropriate to meet its objectives, while a minority of the respondents, accounting for approximately half of those expressing a positive view, considered that it is not.

At the same time, the results of the targeted consultation and, to a lesser extent the public consultation, reveal that a significant number of Member States and EU companies find it too difficult, or even impossible, to demonstrate that competitors located outside the EU have received or will receive aid of an equivalent intensity, due to the lack of transparency of third country subsidies. In addition, the three-year period was considered to be too limited in order to capture all relevant public funding provided to third country competitors for comparable projects. Fewer respondents having a positive or neutral view on the matching clause and its capability to meet its objectives, made clear in their replies to the dedicated question in the targeted consultation that the emergence of an IPCEI should only be driven by a genuine EU interest and not by the need to match industries or economic activities that are highly subsidised by third countries.

From the purely technical point of view, given that the IPCEI Communication already allows for aid levels up to 100% of the individual projects’ funding gap on the basis of a wide list of eligible costs, it would seem inappropriate to allow for aid above 100% of the funding gap. Even if it is demonstrated that third countries provide subsidies effectively exceeding 100% of the funding gap, following such a practice might result in aid which is not proportionate and kept to the minimum necessary, and which would possibly increase the risk of distortion of competition and subsidy races. The matching clause in this context should be regarded as a signal that the Commission will take into account in its assessment, the level and type of subsidies offered by third countries for comparable projects.

Based on the above considerations, it does not seem appropriate to amend the matching clause.

Efficiency

Is the IPCEI Communication well-structured and sufficiently clear?

The contributions received in the context of the targeted consultation revealed that the IPCEI Communication is considered well-structured and sufficiently clear by the majority of respondents. At the same time, according to a significant number of contributors, some of the definitions and notions referred to in the IPCEI Communication could have been further or more clearly explained.

Critical views on clarity were expressed by many respondents in the context of both the public consultation and the targeted consultation, especially in relation to (i) positive spill-over effects, and (ii) the notion of “first industrial deployment”.

With regard to positive spill-over effects, as mentioned above, responses to both the public consultation and the targeted consultation indicated that additional guidance (including examples) on the types of spill-over activities that the Commission considers acceptable would have been extremely useful for Member States and other stakeholders. While this observation is horizontally applicable to all types of projects, the need for additional guidance is particularly strong for environmental, energy and transport projects (point 23 of the Communication), for which the already adopted decisions on Microelectronics and Batteries cannot provide suitable examples. As explained above, based on the assessment conducted, it appears necessary to provide guidance in this respect on the basis of the already approved IPCEIs.

With regard to the criteria for projects comprising of first industrial deployment, approximately 30% of the respondents in the targeted consultation took the view that the IPCEI Communication is not sufficiently clear, while 41% had a positive view. As concerns the reasons behind these responses, it emerged from both consultations that the demarcation line between (i) RDI activities (as defined in the RDI Framework and in the GBER) and first industrial deployment, and (ii) first industrial deployment and mass production, is not clear and creates uncertainties for both Member States and undertakings.

Experience in cases also confirms the perceived lack of clarity as concerns the notion of first industrial deployment. In this respect, the definition contained in footnote 1 of the Annex to the IPCEI Communication proved not to satisfactorily clarify the types of activities included in the definition, or to even create further confusion when establishing that first industrial deployment does not cover “mass production” nor “commercial activities”, as the latter notions are not defined in the IPCEI Communication. Therefore, both replies to the consultations and experience in cases demonstrates that the definition of first industrial deployment may need to be further clarified, including by better defining the notion of “mass production” and “commercial activities”.

Results of the targeted consultation suggest that the criteria guiding the Commission’s compatibility assessment, as set out in the IPCEI Communication, are considered sufficiently clear by the large majority of respondents. In fact, only approximately 12% and 15% of the contributors took the opposite view with regard to the necessity and proportionality conditions, and the prevention of undue distortion of competition requirement, respectively. This is also confirmed by the contributions to the public consultation, the large majority of which recognised that the rules have allowed for the maintenance of a competitive internal market.

With regard to the assessment of necessity and proportionality of the aid, difficulties in the practical application of the rules appear to have been mostly encountered with regard to the identification of the individual projects’ funding gaps. On the one hand, this was noted by approximately 59% of the respondents in the targeted consultation, on the other hand, Member States also reported such difficulties to the Commission services in the context of case practice. Based on the experience in the two approved integrated IPCEI cases in the area of research and innovation, the provision of templates and guidance for the identification of the funding gap to the Member States involved proved to be an effective tool to clarify the type of information that the Commission expected to receive. However, the provision of such templates and guidance on a case-by-case basis to the Member States participating to each IPCEI risks not to allow for the desirable level of transparency, nor to ensure that all Member States and interested parties are aware about the information needed for the conduction of the Commission’s assessment on the necessity and proportionality of the aid. In this regard, it should be noted that reliable templates for the funding gap for integrated projects in areas other than research and innovation may not be readily available due to lack of case practice. In addition, experience in cases suggests that templates are sector- and project-specific and cannot replace evidence from the beneficiaries’ internal documents (e.g., the business plans).

Lack of clarity on how to identify an individual project’s funding gap also emerged in the case-practice as a problem encountered by the Member States’ authorities and undertakings, since the IPCEI Communication does not specify the indicative time-period – which may differ depending on the life cycle of the technology – in relation to which mass production-related cash flows should be presented to the Commission. In its case practice, the Commission services have assisted the participating Member States in developing templates and provided guidance on how to present the required information on funding gaps.

In addition to the above, some of the requirements included in the IPCEI Communication were regarded by a significant number of contributors to the consultations as potentially constituting obstacles to a wider involvement of SMEs (including start-ups) in IPCEIs. According to a significant number of respondents, the requirements of the IPCEI Communication are too complex for SMEs, which might have high innovation potential but be discouraged from taking part in an IPCEI in light of the resource-intensive notification and assessment procedure. The complexity of the Communication requirements, in addition, would not be justified in cases where it would be borne by SMEs and/or undertakings benefitting from low aid amounts (e.g. below comparable GBER thresholds) in the context of an IPCEI, in relation to which there would be a lower risk of distortive effects. A minority of Member States participating in the targeted consultation took the view that State aid to SMEs for the execution of IPCEIs should be block-exempted. On the other hand other Member States stressed the importance that the Commission continues to assess ex ante the compatibility of State aid for the execution of IPCEIs (in the context of notification procedures), considering the lack of extensive experience in applying the IPCEI Communication 122 and the need to ensure that competition is not distorted in the internal market.

In this respect, the importance of encouraging and facilitating the participation of SMEs in IPCEIs has also been recognised by the Commission in the SMEs Strategy 123 , which identifies this as one of the key actions to improve innovative SMEs’ access to finance and leverage private investments. In light of the crucial role that SMEs play in the EU economy, facilitating their participation in IPCEIs also appears very important to contribute to a fast recovery following the COVID-19 crisis. Based on the analysis conducted, it therefore seems necessary to marginally amend the IPCEI Communication on the basis of the Commission’s decision-making practice, to ensure that the Commission’s assessment of State aid to SMEs is not disproportionate compared to the normally limited risk of competition distortions it causes.

Finally, experience with cases suggests that the introduction of a claw-back mechanism proved to represent a suitable solution to further ensure that especially large amounts of aid granted under the IPCEI Communication remain proportionate and always limited to the minimum necessary, also in cases where the funding gap analysis is based on pessimistic or inadequate projections about future revenues. Even though a claw-back clause is not explicitly provided for in the IPCEI Communication, a claw-back mechanism was introduced in the IPCEI on Batteries to ensure that projects that might turn out to be more successful than forecasted, generating extra net revenues beyond projections, return an appropriate share of the additional realised benefits to the financing Member State. To enhance the predictability of the Commission’s assessment of the proportionality condition, it may be appropriate to codify the Commission’s practice by introducing an explicit reference to claw-back mechanisms in the IPCEI Communication.

With respect to avoidance of undue distortion of competition, a minority of contributors to the targeted consultation (mostly Member States) indicated that definitions are broad and it is difficult to understand in advance how the Commission will apply them in practice. A minority of Member States noted the fundamental importance of the Commission’s assessment of State aid for IPCEIs, and indicated that if not addressed at overcoming market and systemic failures or societal challenges, the IPCEI instrument may risk undermining effective markets, spur protectionism and eventually reduce European businesses’ access to global value chains. In this regard, it should be noted that the Communication, in its introduction, already indicates that IPCEIs make it possible to pool financial resources, knowledge and expertise “to overcome important market or systemic failures and societal challenges which could not otherwise be addressed” 124 .

With regard to the question whether the IPCEI Communication contributed to reducing the risk of subsidy race within the EU, almost 50% of the respondents to the public consultation indicated that it did. Of the other respondents, a minority indicated that the Communication did not reduce the risk of subsidy race, while others (of which approx. one third were Member State authorities) indicated that it did so only partially. The economic consequences of COVID-19 crisis may require clearer rules concerning the treatment of conditions linked to the location of the beneficiaries’ activities to ensure that State aid under the IPCEI Communication does not bring effects that could potentially be contrary with the EU cohesion policy 125 . In fact, in the post-COVID-19 scenario, the availability of public and private resources for IPCEIs may become more limited than before, and differences in budgetary capacities between Member States even wider.

The notion of first industrial deployment, including the eligible costs related thereto, are not regarded as sufficiently clear by the majority of respondents to the general public and targeted consultations.

In particular, some replies to the consultations as well as experience in cases demonstrated that the concepts of “commercial activities” and “mass production” do not provide for a clear boundary between activities and costs that are eligible to be covered with State aid and those that are not. For instance, the reference to “commercial activities” currently contained in the IPCEI Communication does not clarify whether early test, early sample or feedback sales generating very low revenues compared to normal commercial activities, qualify as commercial activities. Similarly, the reference to “mass production” included in footnote 1 of the Annex to the IPCEI Communication is considered not sufficiently clear and not reflecting the real challenges that innovative companies face. In particular, the fact that the IPCEI Communication lacks a clear definition of the concept of “mass production” could lead, according to two respondents, to an excessively rigid approach that may not allow the Commission to sufficiently take into account the level of risk that characterises first industrial deployment. It may therefore be appropriate to clarify the notions of “first industrial deployment” and “commercial activities”, on the basis of the Commission decision-making practice so far.

With regard to procedure, the targeted consultation revealed that approximately 65% of respondents consider that the gathering of necessary information for the Commission’s assessment is not satisfactory. In particular, it was noted that the notification process is too administratively burdensome and the gathering of information, differently from other aid instruments, is currently not facilitated through templates or information sheets.

One of the concerns often raised by the stakeholders was that the administrative procedure to obtain the approval of the State aid has been too lengthy. While this would be justifiable in light of the amount and complexity of the information that the Commission is required to assess, it would on the other hand risk to delay the start of projects, some of which may have important innovation content and be extremely time-sensitive. In this respect, however, it should be noted that the public consultation and the targeted consultation were carried out between July and October 2019, when only the administrative procedure on the IPCEI on Microelectronics was completed. A significant reduction in the time needed to conclude the administrative procedure could be registered already with the second IPCEI supporting research and innovation, approved under the IPCEI Communication (IPCEI on Batteries, approved in December 2019). In fact, in an evolution from the IPCEI on Microelectronics, for which the decision followed extended contacts between the participating Member States and the Commission, the IPCEI on Batteries could be approved after only five months from pre-notification. This can be regarded as an indicator of the fact that the difficulties encountered by the Member States in applying the rules in the first IPCEI supporting research and innovation assessed under the Communication could be due to the novelty of the rules and the absence of case practice on their application. In addition the Commission’s initiative to set up a Battery Alliance high level forum together with the Member States provided the necessary political impetus which also benefitted the progress and conclusion of that IPCEI.

The need for additional clarity emerged from the consultations and case practice as concerns certain notions and conditions for State aid for IPCEIs is confirmed in view of the COVID-19 crisis. In fact, providing additional clarity and legal certainty may allow also Member States that do not have practical experience in its application yet to be able to make use of the IPCEI Communication to fund projects in key value chains that otherwise would not be deployed.

Relevance

How well do the objectives of the IPCEI Communication still correspond to the needs within the EU?

On the basis of the information collected in the course of the public consultation on the State aid rules, the objectives of the IPCEI Communication appear to still correspond to the current EU priorities to the majority of respondents, with the 6% only taking the opposite view in response to this question. This is confirmed by the recommendations made in the report of the Strategic Forum, which refer to IPCEIs as one of the instruments to strengthen European industrial value chains through joint or well-coordinated investment and action.

In the report, the Strategic Forum identified – in addition to Batteries, High performance computing, Microelectronics for which coordinated action is already taking place – six key strategic value chains for coordinated actions, including in the form of IPCEIs namely Connected, clean and autonomous vehicles, Smart health, Internet of Things (which is about microelectronics and digital solutions), Low CO2 Emissions Industry, Hydrogen Technologies and Systems and Cybersecurity. This demonstrates that IPCEIs are recognised by both Member States and the industry as an instrument that can play a role in the implementation of a renewed and modern industrial policy 126 , as well as in the attainment of the objectives set out in the Green Deal Communication 127 and the digital transformation. The achievement of these ambitious objectives requires massive investments, both private and public (at EU and national level), inter alia in research, innovation and modern infrastructure. In light of this, individual actions from Member States may not be appropriate or sufficient. It can be expected that to successfully develop breakthroughs in the pursuit of the energy, environmental and climate objectives, coordinated pooling of efforts, expertise and resources from different Member States to achieve critical mass are necessary to create new markets. This might include RD for and first industrial deployment of the new green, climate neutral and other innovative technologies – including in the area of digitisation – and for their production processes, which could have a significant impact on the entire EU economy. As also recognised by the Green Deal Communication 128 , IPCEIs represent an important instrument to enable the shift towards a clean and truly circular economy. In addition, IPCEIs also serve as a model in the implementation of the European industrial strategy, as presented in the New Industrial Strategy Communication 129 , which highlights how IPCEIs enable Member States to pool financial resources and connect players along key value chains to enable large-scale investments into cross-border project, which would not see the light of the day without the aid.

The relevance of the IPCEI Communication is confirmed in the current circumstances, in which the EU Member States need to collectively recover following the crisis caused by the COVID-19 outbreak. In the post-COVID-19 scenario, European companies may face significant financial constraints and may not have the means to invest in ambitious projects and breakthrough technologies. In this context, public financing of economic activities may be crucial to also incentivise private investments, allowing the EU economy to recover speedily while engaging in the twin green and digital transition. IPCEIs may constitute an instrument allowing Member States to pool resources and join forces to address contemporary societal challenges and market or systemic failures that may not otherwise be overcome.

To what extent does the IPCEI Communication adequately address recent market developments or technological changes?

The large majority of respondents to the public consultation took the view that the IPCEI Communication is – at least partially – well adapted to recent developments in markets and technology. In fact, only 13% of the respondents (which did not include Member State authorities) took the opposite view when replying to this question.

This positive feedback on the capability of the IPCEI Communication to address recent technological or market technologies is also confirmed by experience in cases, suggesting that the IPCEI Communication is sufficiently flexible in allowing to adapt to the different technologies or activities that have formed or may form in the future the subject of the proposed projects.

On the one hand, both the integrated projects approved so far concern RDI and FID activities, on the other, the report of the Strategic Forum for IPCEI clearly suggest that the IPCEI Communication is regarded as a relevant instrument to also address market failures in areas other than RDI (e.g., environmental protection, transport, digital etc.).

In particular, IPCEIs are explicitly cited as a way to overcome market failure for large-scale development of technology in the New Industrial Strategy communication 130 and for the ambitious objectives of the Green Deal. It is noteworthy that the New Industrial Strategy Communication also calls for a revision to clarify the participation conditions and improve SME participation.

Only a minority of respondents to the targeted consultation suggested that specific criteria, in addition to the general criteria already set out in the IPCEI Communication, may be necessary for projects in certain areas, such as digitisation and Artificial Intelligence.

Coherence 

To what extent is the IPCEI Communication coherent with other relevant EU rules which have similar objectives?

No concerns were raised by Member States or other stakeholders with regard to the possible incoherence of the IPCEI Communication with other EU rules. This is also confirmed by the results of the public consultation, which indicate that over 95% of the stakeholders including all Member States participating in the consultation) consider the rules coherent, at least partially. Only one individual contributing indicated that the IPCEI Communication is not at all coherent with other EU rules.

The overall positive feedback in this respect can be due to the fact that, differently from the sectorial rules applicable to IPCEIs before 2014, the IPCEI Communication applies horizontally to projects in any sector of the economy that qualify as an IPCEI on the basis of the eligibility criteria listed in Section 3 of the Communication. Additional, specific criteria apply to RDI or environmental, energy or transport projects.

At the same time, the list of EU strategies and policies identified in paragraph 15 of the IPCEI Communication does not appear to be entirely contemporary, since it does not take into account EU initiatives launched after 2014. It may therefore be necessary to update that section of the Communication with relevant, recently adopted initiatives.

In addition, with regard to coherence of the IPCEI Communication with other Commission initiatives, as explained above, the Green Deal Communication 131 , as well as the New Industrial Strategy Communication 132 and the SMEs Strategy Communication 133 , refer to IPCEIs as an instrument to allow for the achievement of their respective objectives. It may therefore be appropriate to also include in the IPCEI Communication a reference to those recent, contemporary communications, which may guide the Member States’ future investments into IPCEIs.

As explained above in relation to the prevention of undue distortion of competition, the current crisis caused by the COVID-19 outbreak increased the need to ensure that State aid under the IPCEI Communication does not bring effects that are in contrast with the EU cohesion policy and which may risk deepening the imbalance between Member States’ economies. Therefore, a clarification of the Commission’s assessment of relocation clauses may be necessary.



VI.RAG / relevant GBER provisions

Effectiveness

To which extent the Commission focused its ex ante control on cases with a significant impact on the internal market? In particular, to which extent the notification threshold/trigger and the dividing line between GBER/GL were appropriately defined?

One of the objectives of SAM that was launched in 2012 was to focus the enforcement on cases with the biggest impact on the internal market 134 . The results of the internal research based on the case statistics provide an overview of the development on cases per procedure. They show an increased use of GBER from a total number of 939 for the period 2007-2013 up to a total number of 1,051 for the period 2014-2019. At the same time a significant reduction of the number of notified cases on regional aid occurred, from a total number of 453 for the period 2007-2013 to only 101 in the following period 135 . One potential explanation for this development is the simplification and extension of the regional aid provisions under GBER, which provided incentives to Member States to grant regional aid under GBER. At the same time, the reduced number of notified cases might lead to the conclusion that the Commission managed to focus on the most distortive cases and that the overall objective of SAM was achieved.

However, the results of the case study by the external consultant show that compared to the total number of notified regional aid cases and in particular compared to the number of large investment projects, the amount of new process innovation cases with smaller aid amounts is relatively high 136 . Taking into account the high effort required for the assessment of the latter cases that was concluded from the case study in the context of the evaluation, relatively small aid amounts, and low risk of affectation of competition or trade 137 , it appears that the objective to focus on the most distortive cases was not fully achieved for this particular type of cases. The possibility to grant regional aid for diversification of existing establishments into new products and new process innovations is a specific exception to the general rule that regional aid for large enterprises in c-areas is only allowed for initial investments that create new economic activities. The focus on this type of cases has not proven to be effective.

To which extent the rules at stake led to a clearer, more consistent and more coherent State aid architecture?

One of the objectives of the targeted consultation was to receive deeper insights on potential shifts away from regional aid that might indicate issues related to the clarity and consistency of the current rules. The results confirm changes to other aid types, but also shifts to other infrastructure measures or non-aid measures 138 . Stakeholders explained this development by different factors, including the broadened scope of GBER, the introduction of the Commission Notice on the Notion of State aid and infrastructure grids. Other reasons that were provided are the high complexity and administrative burden that lead to the preferential use of other types of aid with less strict rules or even the downsizing of investment projects to avoid the notification procedure 139 . A need for simplification the rules was confirmed by the literature review 140 .

A second objective of the consultation was to gain further evidence on the perceived clarity, appropriateness, and ease of implementation of the regional aid provisions in GBER and the RAG. While the overall design of the rules was perceived as positive 141 , an additional need for clarification on definitions in the regional aid rules was raised with the qualitative comments and occasional contradictions between GBER and RAG highlighted 142 . This mixed finding is supported by the results of the public consultation, whereas 11.5% of the respondents agreed that the State aid modernisation led to clearer rules on regional aid, while the relative majority of 60.7% only partially agree to this statement and even 11.5% disagree 143 .

The updated sector exclusion that was introduced with the 2014 regional aid provisions aimed to provide a clearer picture about the sectors that are eligible for aid to reduce any overlaps with other State aid frameworks. The results of the targeted consultation confirmed that the majority of stakeholders agreed to the appropriateness of the sector definitions 144 . However, an additional need for clarification was raised during qualitative replies, for example by adding concrete NACE codes of the excluded sectors to the rules, which would ease the implementation 145 . The high number of interpretation questions on this point also confirms that the sector definitions were not sufficiently clear to the beneficiaries and granting authorities.

Finally, over the past period the positive effect of the GBER regional aid provisions has been seen, as they facilitated a reduced total number of notifications from 453 to only 101 and a steady increase of aid under GBER from 939 to 1,051. However, the internal assessment of the interpretation questions confirms implementation issues of the Member States and a relatively high number of questions compared to other State aid rules, for example related to initial investments in favour of new economic activities, relocation rules, or the change in the production process. It appears that there is still room for improvement of the regional aid rules, more specifically in clarifying some definitions and ensuring consistency, in particular also between the GBER and the RAG.

To which extent the rules at stake lead to an improved compliance by Member States?

The results of the monitoring exercise overall provide a positive picture of the implementation of the 2014 GBER regional aid provisions by Member States. However, the exercise also revealed some elements of non-compliance. The experience from case practice shows recurring problems to the eligibility assessment of investment projects and the incentive effect of the aid, the definition of replacement investments, application of cumulation rules and the Deggendorf provisions. Some rare cases even revealed breaches of major regional aid principles 146 .

The total 221 interpretation questions that were received on the regional aid provisions of articles 2, 13, 14, and 15 of GBER between July 2014 and December 2018 show the interpretation and implementation issues of Member States with the current rules. Recent internal statistics show that compared to other State aid rules, regional aid receives the highest number of questions on GBER. Looking at the statistics related to the interpretation questions, the number of questions per Member States is differing as described in Figure 5, whereas Poland represents the Member State with the most questions. For the Member States not included in the figure, no interpretation questions were received.

Figure 1: Overview of interpretation questions per Member State. 147

To which extent the State aid rules contributed to a competitive internal market and reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU? In particular, has the market failure been appropriately identified, have the incentive effect and proportionality rules been appropriately defined, and is the ‘black list’ appropriate or not?

The intervention logic of the regional aid framework illustrates the link between the need to eliminate market failures and the objective to guarantee an equal level playing field. The market failures that the regional aid framework aims to tackle are defined as externalities, information asymmetries, coordination problems, market power, and public goods, which justify the intervention of the state.

One important element of the regional aid framework that contributes to the creation of an equal level playing field are the regional aid maps. A relative majority (40%) of respondents to the targeted questionnaire confirm that an effective coverage of the disadvantaged regions could be achieved and the development gap between regions reduced. Only 21% of the respondents disagreed, while 39% were neutral or did not know the answer. This observation was supported by qualitative replies to the consultation.

One aspect of the RAF external study was to analyse the relative importance of regional aid during investment decisions of companies. The analysis confirmed the results of the ex post evaluation of regional aid conducted in 2012 148 . Based on the replies received during expert interviews, it has been demonstrated that regional aid represents one of the relevant elements in the decision making process, but is not the major decision making factor. According to the experts, the level of importance depends on different factors, such as the sector, company size, and origin of the beneficiary, as well as on the type of investment. The expected regional aid is taken into account during the net present value (“NPV”) and internal rate of return (“IRR”) calculations of beneficiaries 149 . Based on these results and the fact that regional aid is not the only decision making factor, it has been shown that the proportionality rules of the RAG are appropriate and limit the aid to the minimum necessary. If the aid was disproportionately high, then it would not just represent an additional factor leading to the investment decision, but would represent the key factor. The public consultation confirms the efficient spending, whereas 40.9% of the stakeholders confirmed that the regional aid rules ensure efficient State expenditure, 50% agreed to some extent, and 9.1% disagreed.

One of the major changes with the 2014 RAG included the reduction of maximum aid intensities 150 . The econometric analysis assessed whether despite the modification an incentive effect still exists by looking at the investment changes of the regions. The results confirm that the most disadvantaged regions spent the highest amount of aid (relative to their GDP) 151 , which indicates that regional aid is well-targeted. The results showed also a positive correlation of private investment with the reduction of maximum aid intensities, providing preliminary suggestive evidence that the changes in aid intensity may affect actual investment flows.

The econometric analysis aimed to gain some evidence on the incentive effect for large enterprises. The results of the analysis show that the investment growth rate for large enterprises in c-regions remained positive despite the restriction in investment eligibility, the decrease of maximum aid intensities, and for some regions even a change of status. This investment growth rate however seems to be slightly lower compared to non-assisted areas in c-regions having experienced a drop in aid intensity or a restriction in eligibility. Those results have to be interpreted with caution since the sample only covered a very limited time period and since not all results can be considered as statistically significant, which allows only to draw limited conclusions. It is not clear where the investments not taking place in c-regions were finally implemented. It is therefore difficult to draw conclusions on the effectiveness based on that analysis alone (for example, if regional aid rules were able to steer investments away from the more developed c-regions to more disadvantaged regions, it would be in line with the overall objective of the regional aid rules). The reviewed literature suggests that regional State aid has had a positive impact on both employment and investment, at least at the level of SMEs and on manufacturing sector 152 . According to the interviewed experts, investment incentives are more important for companies in the course of establishing themselves in the European Economic Area (“EEA”) and for companies from outside the EU considering investment in the disadvantaged areas of the EEA 153 .

Have there been any barriers to achieving the desired objectives of the analysed State aid rules? If yes, which barriers?

Internal figures on the reduction of a-regions over time illustrate a positive development related to the reduction of the development gap between the regions of the European Union. This development is in line with the most recent Eurostat statistics on GDP and unemployment 154 and confirmed by the results of the public consultation, where a relative majority confirms that the regional aid provisions allow for the development of disadvantaged areas in the EU (24.5%), while 69.8% agree to some extent, and only 5.7% disagree 155 . These results are confirmed by several stakeholders that replied to the targeted consultation. In their view, the attraction of additional investments to disadvantaged regions with the help of well-targeted aid contributed to this development. Regional aid is therefore still considered as an important tool to promote regional development 156 . By implication, this positive development can be linked also the impact of the revised regional aid framework 2014.

One objective of the effectiveness evaluation is to reveal potential barriers that might prevent the achievement of State aid objectives. The main objectives related to regional aid that are defined in the intervention logic are the development of disadvantaged areas within the EU, to ensure a level-playing field, and to limit effects on trade and competition to a minimum.

A first barrier to the objectives of regional aid would result from the current design of the regional aid maps. While the majority of respondents to the targeted consultation confirmed an effective coverage of the regions and reduction of disparities, the use of outdated data for the calculation of the maps was criticised since they are based on GDP statistics from 2008-2010 and no longer reflect the actual reality. According to the feedback received from the targeted consultation, the current design of the rules is lacking flexibility for regions to react to recent developments, such as economic shocks. The treatment of capital regions, which are often economically advanced compared to surrounding regions, is another issue related to the maps, which affects the economic development of the surrounding regions 157 . This finding is supported by the results of the public consultation, where only 26.8% of the respondents agreed that the RAG are well adapted to recent market developments, while 58.8% only partially agreed and 14.6% disagreed 158 . The flexibility and statistics concern might even gain importance in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak which caused a sharp drop of the European economy 159 with medium and long-term consequences that are hard to predict.

Even though restrictive rules on regional aid for large enterprises in c-regions were considered as a second major barrier (in particular by the affected granting authorities), it needs to be reminded that the more restrictive rules for c-regions were introduced with the objective to support the economic development of the even more disadvantaged a-regions. However, for the affected granting authorities in c-areas, the impact of the revised rules for c-areas was a reduced investment level due to relatively lower maximum aid intensities compared to a-regions 160 . A specific effect was reported by c-areas that border a-areas. The aid intensity difference between those regions is limited to 15% in theory. However those c-areas consider that the difference is much more impactful since in practice, due to the restrictions on eligibility, it is very difficult to grant aid at all to large enterprises 161 .

The internal research and case study revealed also a high number of withdrawn regional aid notifications, in particular related to investment projects in c-regions 162 . The survey of granting authorities complemented this finding by providing figures about the actual number of aid requests by large enterprises and the high rejection rate. According to the granting authorities, for 561 projects of large enterprises no regional aid could be granted 163 . The RAF external study therefore looked at the history of those denied projects during the survey of granting authorities and the case study. Results show that out of 561 aid applications by large enterprises, 121 projects were implemented in the same region. Since for the majority of projects only insufficient or no information about the implementation status is available, only limited conclusions can be drawn from this results. However, it shows hat not for all investment projects that apply for regional aid, an actual impact on the investment decision exists.

Figure 2: Investment projects of large enterprises without regional aid support 164

According to the interviewed experts, the restrictions of the regional aid framework are considered as major constraints by investors, especially in the case of a counterfactual scenario outside of the EU that is often related to less strict rules and which puts the assisted European regions even more in competition with third countries, such as China or the US.

The results of the case study show also that the effort related to the RAG assessment of the compatibility of regional aid for investments of large enterprises in c-regions and in particular for cases related to new process innovation is not justified for cases with low aid amounts.

Efficiency

To which extent the rules at stake lead to lower the administrative burden for the public authorities and for the beneficiaries by simplifying the rules for lower amounts of aid (GBER, de minimis Regulation)?

The results of the internal research revealed an uptake of regional aid under GBER during the period 2014-2020 and in parallel a reduction of the notifications. At the same time, during the targeted consultation a relative majority of respondents confirmed that regional aid provisions in GBER 2014 are clear, sufficiently detailed, appropriate, and easy to implement. We can conclude from these results that the revised GBER provisions had a mostly positive impact on granting authorities, due to an improved and faster implementation that leads to a reduction of administrative efforts.

To which extent the common principles resulted in lower administrative burden for the Commission, public authorities and beneficiaries?

Contrary to the positive development on the regional aid provisions in GBER, the updated RAG lead to a different conclusion related to the administrative effort for beneficiaries and granting authorities. In general, the results of the targeted consultation, the case study, and expert interview confirmed a high level of administrative burden related to the notification procedure for regional aid, especially related to investments focused on new process innovation 165 . In particular the ease of implementation of the compatibility and eligibility criteria were perceived by a considerable number of respondents to the targeted consultation (20%) as difficult to implement (69% were neutral or could not answer the question, while 11% agreed that the provisions are easy to implement). According to experts, the lengthy and burdensome procedure due to the level and depth of confidential information that needs to be provided, bears the risk to lose the investment. It was reported that some investors reduce their project scope or are discouraged to apply for aid when they risk to have to go through a notification procedure. The case study evaluated the effort related to the daily case practice by measuring for example the average number of questions included in a request for information or the number of meetings required. Based on the results, the effort for stakeholders and the Commission is substantially higher for cases related to investments in c-regions compared to a-regions. This observation in particular applies to the new process innovation type of cases. The results show that the effort required for this type of cases is not in balance.

A particularly negative impact was reported for the rules on new process innovation, which are difficult to comply with and create high administrative burden based on the qualitative replies of respondents to the targeted consultation. A lack of clarity of the definitions is concluded from the high number of interpretation questions that leads to legal uncertainty for granting authorities and investors. Respondents to the targeted consultation confirmed that the incentive effect analysis for investments in c-areas, especially for cases on new process innovation, depends on a range of speculative criteria (prediction of sales, prices, or costs) that might be difficult to control (internal company data) and therefore leads to additional burden.

In 2017, a revision of the relocation rules was performed. The updated rules were overall considered as appropriate among respondents to the targeted consultation 166 . However, the implementation of relocation rules involves still difficulties for example in the context of audits, where difficulties on the verification of anti-relocation statements occur, which cause a high administrative burden.

The case study provides an in-depth analysis of the effort brought up by the Commission and granting authorities 167 by balancing the ex-ante risk of the aid negatively affecting competition and trade between Member States with the additional burden created by the necessity to notify and assess the case under the RAG 2014-2020. For the current period, the Commission received 11 (pre-) notifications of regional aid to notifiable investment in c-regions 168 . All of the 11 cases concerned projects on new process innovation by large enterprises. Based on the assessment, for 8 out of these 11 cases, the burden appeared to be unjustified, given the low risk of the aid to distort competition and affect trade between Member States and the relatively low aid amounts (ranging between EUR 0.1 to 4.6 million 169 ). Given the high number of withdrawals, the high burden for granting authorities and the Commission services related to the eligibility and compatibility analysis seems to be unjustified. The introduction in the regional aid rules of the possibility to grant regional aid for diversification of existing establishments into new products and new process innovations, without further specifications, is therefore considered as having led to inefficiencies.

Relevance

How well do the original objectives of the rules at stake still correspond to the needs within the EU?

The primary objective of the regional aid framework is the EU’s cohesion objective that is enshrined in the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (Art. 174), which aims to strengthen economic and social cohesion by reducing disparities in the level of development between regions.

The results of the targeted consultation confirm a positive development on regional development and a reduction of disparities between disadvantaged regions. This development suggests an improved economic situation thanks to well-targeted regional aid that contributes to the overall objective of regional aid.

The results of the public consultation confirm the relevance of regional aid, whereas 31.5% agreed that the rules still correspond to the current EU priorities, 61.1% partially agreed and only 7.4% disagreed 170 .

Regional aid will remain also relevant in the future to contribute to new objectives, such as the sustainable green transition of the European Union that was manifested with the Green Deal Communication, published in December 2019 171 , or the Industrial 172 or Digital 173 strategy. Additional incentives for private investments might be required to achieve the objectives of these recent policy initiatives.

The COVID-19 outbreak caused a sharp drop of the European economy 174 . With the Temporary Framework on State aid, the Commission provided a targeted tool to respond to the economic consequences. Although it is too early to estimate the medium and long-term consequences of the pandemic, regional aid will remain relevant to provide investment opportunities in the future and to support the economic recovery of disadvantaged regions in the EU.

How well adapted (appropriate flexibility and safeguards) are the State aid rules to subsequent market developments and technological advances?

The main overall objective of regional aid is to contribute to the implementation of the cohesion objectives. However, in a steadily changing business environment the framework needs to respond to new developments, related for example to the transformation of the automotive sector, the rise of new technologies, or the current battery hype.

Market development and technological progress are dynamic factors that impinge on investment and location decisions. The endogenous potential of a region may see erstwhile strengths turned to weaknesses by fundamental changes in market and technology conditions over time, if they affect entire segments of an economic activity, such as manufacturing of cell phones or automobile combustion engines.

Furthermore, the regional aid framework needs to take into account recent Commission policy initiatives, such as the European Green Deal 175 and the Digital 176 and Industrial Strategy 177 . In order to support the twin transition towards a green and digital economy, a profound transformation of EU policies towards these objectives is required, while ensuring competitiveness and supporting the “cohesive and inclusive growth of regions and countries”. 178 Besides maintaining the objective on regional development, the guidelines should support also this twin transition.

As described in the intervention logic of the regional aid framework, one objective of regional aid is to ensure a level playing field. Living in a globalised world, more and more companies from third parties are seeking for constant market development and international expansion.

The results of the RAF external study provide only limited evidence on the relationship between maximum aid intensities and worldwide foreign direct investment and could not confirm a direct connection 179 . However, it is clear that European regions will be more and more in competition with third countries and additional efforts on this aspect will be required in order to maintain a level playing field also on a global base.

Continuous development of the European business environment requires regular adaptations of the regional aid provisions and to the regional aid maps. The rules on sector exclusion are subject to changes notably to overcapacities and the results of the targeted consultation indicate a necessary re-assessment of notably the synthetic fibres and shipbuilding sectors due to changed market conditions related to overcapacity.

Coherence

To what extent are the State aid rules at stake coherent with other State aid rules and other EU policies?

The intervention logic of the regional aid framework- illustrates the important link between the coherence of regional aid rules with other EU policies that is necessary to perform a successful EU intervention.

The annual reporting of the European Court of Auditors tries to measure the compliance of EU funding with the State aid rules. In particular, the contribution of quantified State aid errors to the global estimated level of errors on the operations of the ESIF is measured based on qualitative feedback from Member States and figures of previous European Court of Auditors reports. Previous discussions of DG Competition with the European Court of Auditors lead to the conclusion of a positive development on the error rate, partly due to the positive effect of the revised GBER rules. As described in Table 7, the number of quantified State aid errors could be reduced for the period 2012 until 2016. For the reporting periods 2017 and 2018, no errors could be discovered, which suggests coherence of State aid rules with the cohesion policy.

Table 1: Development of the error rates of State aid rules in the context of the ESIF 180

European Court of Auditors annual reports

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

No. of audited transactions

180

180

331

223

180

% of transactions with errors

·Total

49%

57%

41%

32%

48%

·SA errors

3%

8.2%

4.2%

2.2%

6.1%

Number of quantified errors

·Total

No info

40

53

33

25

·SA errors

5

3

3

0

Estimated error rate

6.8%

6.96%

5.7%

5.2%

4.8%

(lower/upper limits)

(3.7%-9.9%)

(3.7-10.1%)

(3%-9.2%)

(2.8%-7.6%)

(2.2%-7.4%)

In addition, the results of the RAF external study provide also a positive picture on the coherence of regional aid rules with the current legislation on structural funds. Based on the scoreboard information it appears that the provisions of the ESIF and the regional aid framework are often applied in parallel 181 . The survey of granting authorities and review of the existing legislation confirmed that the two sets of rules can be considered as complementary and have both clearly defined objectives and criteria for approval 182 . This result is also confirmed by the public consultation, where a relative percentage of 30.2% confirmed the coherence of the RAG with EU Cohesion and Regional aid policy 183 .

The sector exclusion is considered as an important element of the regional aid framework to avoid any overlap or conflicts with other policy areas or State aid rules. Overall, stakeholders that responded to the targeted consultation considered the sector exclusion of the current rules as positive, called however for improved sector definitions and challenged the justification of the exclusion of the synthetic fibres and the shipbuilding sector due to lacking over capacity 184 . Further uncertainty was raised by stakeholders on the current provisions related to the transport sector, in particular on the treatment of mobile assets.

VII.Railway Guidelines

Effectiveness

To what extent have the Railway Guidelines met their objective?

As a general remark, the majority of the replies received to the public consultation on the Fitness Check of the 2012 State aid modernisation package, Railway Guidelines and short-term export credit insurance 185 that ran from 17 April 2019 until 19 July 2019 (48.3%) considered that the Railway Guidelines only partially allowed the Commission focussing its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market. Similarly, the majority of respondents considered that the Railway Guidelines stimulated the railway sector only to some extent (60.7%) and that they helped maintaining a competitive internal market to only some extent (55.2%).

However, the specific contributions submitted by Member States and in particular by sectorial stakeholders on the performance of the Railway Guidelines showed a general positive feedback. In general, respondents consider that the Railway Guidelines have been working reasonably well but that they have not kept entirely pace with the 4th Railway Package and to provide the incentives, which are necessary to encourage modal shift from road to rail. There was also a specific call for procedural simplification by most respondents as regards the measures available under Section 6 on State aid for the coordination of transport. At the same time, the toolbox made available by section 6 is the part of the guidelines that can be considered the most successful in terms of implementation by means of schemes which were introduced by Member States and in terms of results achieved.

The results from the public consultation have been confirmed by internal assessment, as detailed below per each relevant Section of the Railway Guidelines.

In terms of compliance, no problems were spotted. The monitoring of all seven monitored schemes was concluded positively, i.e. no irregularities were identified. Moreover, there have not been complaints concerning the implementation of approved schemes or on individual cases.

Rules on aid for the purchase of rolling stock in Section 3

The Commission received only three notifications for aid for the financing of rolling stock, all from Poland, which all resulted in approval decisions based on the Railway Guidelines. One case related to a EUR 94 million public financing of 20 trains to be used for commercial long-distance passenger transport 186 . The other two cases concerned two succeeding schemes related to the financing of the modernisation and purchase of freight rolling stock to be used exclusively for intermodal transport. 187

In this respect it has to be noted that 2/3 of the total of passenger transport services in the EU is provided under public service obligations under Regulation 1370/2007/EC (“the PSO Regulation”). The PSO Regulation exempts State funding for the purchase of rolling stock that is used for the discharge of public service obligations from the notification obligation. Massive public funding is provided for the purchase of rolling stock dedicated to those public transport services. However, as the PSO Regulation does not contain a reporting obligation for public support for such rolling stock Member States do not inform the Commission on the related public spending. Furthermore, the operational programs of the ESI funds, which have in the past offered vast possibilities for rolling stock financing, have never entailed self-standing notifications as such rolling stock is normally used for the discharge of public passenger transport services and therefore exempt from the notification requirement.

In addition, other significant sources of financing, notably from the EFSI 188 , from the European Investment Bank 189 and from Eurofima 190 , offer alternatives to traditional public funding and do not require a notification to the Commission under State aid rules.

These funding opportunities which do not necessarily entail State aid, combined with the block exemption for funding for rolling stock used for PSOs, might explain the low number of State aid notifications received by the Commission. This low number of notifications may therefore have limited the effectiveness of the Railway Guidelines. However this conclusion is mitigated by two factors: (i) there was no complaint related to the public financing of rolling stock (ii), the few notifications indicate that the market does not perceive a significant public funding need over and above what is funded under the PSO Regulation.

The block-exemption under the PSO Regulation concerns rolling stock for passenger transport. As only two notifications were received for aid to support the purchase of freight rolling stock at this stage there is no evidence that there was a need for specific rules for State aid to purchase freight rolling stock. However, the ambiguity of the Railway Guidelines in respect to the possibility of granting State aid for the purchase of freight rolling stock might have been a reason for the small number of notifications of such measures.

A few respondents to the public consultation pointed to the lack of clarity and limited scope of the rules concerning the purchase of rolling stock and called for their extension to the purchase, renewal and retrofitting of freight rolling stock. 191 The introduction of rules to support freight rail traffic in limited geographical areas was also mentioned by one stakeholder. 192

Rules on debt cancellation of incumbents in Section 4

Section 4 allows for the cancellation of debt, which was incurred prior to 15 March 2001, or prior to the accession date in case of Member States joining later. Differently from the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, debt cancellation under section 4 of the Railway Guidelines does not require restructuring, if certain conditions are met. The Commission has approved two cases under this section, namely debt cancellation for the Bulgarian incumbent BDZ for EUR 114 million 193  and for the Croatian incumbent HZ Cargo for EUR 130 million 194 . The Commission services did not have any further, even informal, contacts with Member States on debt cancellation beyond those cases.

In point 45 of the Railway Guidelines the Commission underlines that the level of indebtedness of many railway undertakings continues to give cause for concerns due to their level of indebtedness higher than acceptable for a commercial company. We note that this is still a current problem, as many operators suffer over-indebtedness and recurrent operational losses (notably in the freight sector). Sectorial literature on public budget contributions to the EU rail sector 195 observes a dramatic increase in debt of infrastructure managers over the last years and claims that in the long-run this could limit the financial flexibility of companies and require additional government support or restructuring incentives. However, it is underlined that despite the quality and the scope of available data on government contributions has increased in recent years, there are still large gaps in data for some countries: due to the complexity of the sector, a full coverage of data cannot be achieved. As a consequence, information on the total amount of government contributions as well as the breakdown of payments differ to a large extent between countries. The lack of literature in terms of cross-country comparison and from a time-series point of view does not help. However, it has been observed in the context of State aid investigations concerning aid granted to major incumbents’ freight operators coupled with a review of the publicly available financial statements of other incumbent companies that over-indebtedness continues to be an issue. At the same time, very few rail companies (no incumbent company in particular) have left the market.

It is remarkable that only two (new) Member States made use of the possibility offered by the Railway Guidelines to relieve their incumbents from the burden of the past without the need of restructuring as requested under the Rescue & Restructuring Guidelines. Restructuring aid under the Rescue & Restructuring Guidelines requires an own contribution by the beneficiary and competition measures and therefore usually entails divestments and behavioural measures. The fact there were not many notifications does, however, not mean that Member States did not finance their incumbents. On the contrary, Member States may have provided public financing either illegally or based on the assumption that it did not qualify as State aid, because it was done at market terms.

No major bankruptcy of a railway undertaking was noticed since the Railway Guidelines entered into force. However, the still high level of indebtedness, and the lack of notifications to the Commission of any corresponding public financing is potentially problematic and calls for EU action.

This problem is exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, which has exposed all railway undertakings, especially those providing passenger transport services, to a sudden and massive collapse of commercial revenues, only partially compensated by public authorities.

Rules on restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings in Section 5

Section 5, which is based on the 2005 Commission decision regarding the public financing of Fret SNCF 196 , allowed for the restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings, upon condition that Member States submitted their notifications by 31 December 2009. Three decisions were adopted to support the restructuring of freight subsidiaries, one relating to Belgian SNCB 197 and two relating to Bulgarian BDZ. 198 The Commission has not been in contact with other Member States on such issue.

In view of the intended objective to reduce the overall level of debts of railway undertakings, this section seems to have not worked properly given the persisting financial difficulties of many railway freight undertakings, see for example the recently adopted negative decision concerning the Romanian rail freight operator CFR Marfa 199 .

The economic downturn triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic has affected all companies in the economic value chain, including freight railway undertakings. Despite some mitigating actions adopted by Member States, the financial situation of many freight divisions is worsening, as documented by stakeholders’ associations like ERFA, CER, ALLRIAL through several letters sent to the Commission advocating for sector specific measures in response to the pandemic.

Rules on aid for the coordination of transport in Section 6

Section 6 provides for three main forms of aid to support the coordination of transport and the modal shift of freight from road to rail: (a) (operating) aid to reduce the cost of rail infrastructure charges paid by railway undertakings; (b) (operating) aid for reducing the higher cost of transport incurred by rail compared to the cost of road transport, calculated on the basis of the avoided external costs generated as compared to road transport; (c) (investment) aid for promoting interoperability in the rail transport sector, including aid for promoting greater safety, the removal of technical barriers and the reduction of noise pollution. 200  

Since the adoption of the Railway Guidelines, the Commission has received many notifications based on Section 6. To date, the decisions adopted amount to 64. The leading Member States to notify State aid under Section 6 are Italy (17), Austria and Germany (10 each), and to a lesser extent the Netherlands (6). Out of the 64 decisions, 13 decisions relate to the prolongation of schemes (at least once and up to four times), thus proving that schemes based on section 6 were successful. In fact, for a measure to be prolonged, the Railway Guidelines 201 require the Commission to re-examine it in the light of the results obtained. Those Member States that prolonged their measures reported a positive impact not only on the share of freight traffic shifted from road to rail, but also on the environment (through primary energy savings and reduction of emissions). 202   203  

In Austria, three national schemes supporting modal shift have been prolonged up to three times. 204  In Italy, seven regional schemes supporting modal shift have been prolonged up to three times. 205  The same for the two main complementary national measures, the Ferrobonus and the Rail freight scheme, addressing users of railway services/multimodal transport operators, and railway undertakings only, respectively. 206

In particular, as highlighted by Eurostat data 207 , as well as in the Commission Report on the transport in EU of March 2019 208 , Austria has had an aggressive modal shift policy with a number of national subsidies, including support to combined transport and reduction of external costs. On the other hand, with a more fragmented logistics sector largely imputable to its geography and leading to a lower modal split than the EU average, Italy has recorded a steady growth from 9.2% in 2011 to 14.7% in 2016.

Although it is not possible to establish a causal link between these overall trends and the State aid measures implemented by Austria and Italy, the reports submitted by these countries to justify prolongations of their measures to enhance modal shift clearly show success stories. They also provide evidence of their positive impact on society not only in terms of freight volumes shifted from road to rail, but also in terms of avoided external costs to the benefit of the environment.

There have also been cross-border coordinated projects, which have demonstrated positive outcomes. In SA.51559 and SA.51714, France and Italy have continued to support the transitional service for a railway motorway in the Alpine region (AFA), which has been prolonged several times. AFA has demonstrated to have a positive impact on both the environment and road safety. 209

Based on the above, it appears that Section 6 rules led to a consistent approach in those Member States granting such kind of support including to an improved compliance by Member States and contributed to establish a common practice of “good” aid to support the coordination of transport and to achieve the objectives of modal shift from road to rail as well as increased interoperability across Member States. This conclusion is not called into question by the COVID-19 pandemic. On the contrary, the pandemic has shown the key role of rail freight transport, which allows physical distancing without compromising the efficiency of the transport chain.

Rules on unlimited state guarantees in Section 7

Section 7 of the Railway Guidelines obliged Member States to abolish any unlimited guarantee to their railway undertakings by 22 July 2010. Soon after the deadline, the Commission took action to ensure that this obligation was complied with and contacted all Member States. In this context,

-7 Member States committed to ending existing guarantee schemes for their railway undertakings, namely Austria, Belgium, Finland, Luxembourg, Poland, Slovenia and Slovakia.

-20 Member States indicated that their railway undertakings did not have such guarantees.

Efficiency

To which extent have the Railway Guidelines lead to lower the administrative burden for the public authorities and for the beneficiaries?

50% of the replies to the public consultation considered that the Railway Guidelines ensured only to some extent efficient public spending. Similarly, 43.3% of respondents considered that the Railway Guidelines reduced the administrative burden for the public authorities only partially, whereas 46.2% considered that the Railway Guidelines did not reduce the administrative burden for the beneficiaries at all.

Rules on aid for the purchase of rolling stock in Section 3

There is no indication that Member States perceive the State aid procedure as disproportionately burdensome. This is widely explained by the fact that aid to rolling stock assigned to public service contracts was block-exempted from notification. For the few notified cases, given the significant costs of rolling stock 210 , the administrative costs linked to the notification procedure are negligible.

Rules on debt cancellation of incumbents in Section 4 / Rules on restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings in Section 5

Under both sections, the rules are / have been lenient compared to the general rules for the rescuing and restructuring of companies. In particular, the rules on debt cancellation are limited to the general State aid principles of necessity and aid being kept to the minimum and not further requirements are imposed. This lenient approach was considered appropriate not to say unavoidable when the Railway Guidelines were adopted in 2008 due to the specificities of the sector which do not allow for divestments and consequently own contribution. Despite that lenient approach, most Member States have not used that possibility to restructure railway undertakings and seem to have postponed the much-needed restructuring of many railway undertakings.

The COVID-19 outbreak has highlighted the need for specific rules to support the rail sector in the context of the pandemic. As in other sectors, railway undertakings have faced liquidity problems and the Railway Guidelines did not cater for the adequate solutions. However, differently from other sectors, railway undertakings entrusted with public service obligations have been paying a higher price following the entry into force of several mandatory safety measures like physical distancing or frequent decontamination of surfaces. Therefore, in view to address that serious problem, the Commission must apply the Temporary Framework in that sector, in particular the section on recapitalisation.

Rules on aid for the coordination of transport in Section 6

All notifications have resulted in no objection decisions. The number of no objection decisions, representing the entirety of the cases assessed under Section 6, coupled with the rather limited time for adoption 211 , indicate that public authorities do understand the rules and consequently design their schemes in compliance with the rules. In the same vein, based on the high number of cases, covering all forms of aid (for infrastructure use, external costs, interoperability) the Commission has collected sufficient experience to define general compatibility criteria for State aid for the coordination transport pursuant to article 93 TFEU. This is all the more confirmed by the overall coherence of the Commission’s compatibility assessment throughout the cases. Accordingly, it appears that there may be room for a block exemption, as reiterated by Member States on many occasions and in many different fora.

Member States strongly called for procedural simplification of State aid rules applicable to all measures supporting coordination of transport, for example during the negotiations on the revision of the Combined Transport Directive. In that context, the European Parliament included a recital and a new Article on State aid calling on the Commission to establish a block exemption for combined transport-related operations where the aid does not represent more than 35% of the entire operating (not investment) costs. A similar proposal was backed in 2018 by the Council, 212 where a broad support for simplification of State aid procedures was reiterated by several Member States (Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Czechia, Greece, Italy, Poland and Slovenia). 213  

Respondents to the public consultation (representing few but significant stakeholders of the railway sector and a few Member States) made additional suggestions, which are specific to the Railway Guidelines.

The respondents called for simplification and streamlining of existing compatibility rules for aid for the coordination of transport, notably:

·higher aid intensities, i.e. 100% of eligible costs as opposed to the current 50%; 214

·updated and more flexible rules on aid for ERTMS and ETCS to speed up interoperability; 215  

·block exemption of aid measures for the coordination of transport; 216

·introduction of compatibility rules for aid for compliance with non-mandatory noise, safety and environmental standards; 217

·introduction of compatibility rules for aid to intermodal infrastructure; 218

·introduction of financial incentives requiring that State aid granted directly to freight forwarders be conditional on the modal shift actually achieved; 219

·mandatory publication of beneficiaries/transparency of granted State aid. 220

Rules on unlimited state guarantees in Section 7

By requiring the complete and unconditional abolition of unlimited State guarantees, the rules are clear and unambiguous and in line with general State aid policy, which is applicable across the sectors 221 . The administrative costs for abolishing those guarantees are limited by nature.

Relevance

How well do the objectives of the Railway Guidelines still correspond to the needs within the EU?

As a general remark, the majority of the replies to the public consultation (around 60%) considered that “the objectives of the Railway Guidelines are not relevant” considering the changes in EU priorities and/or new market and technological developments.

Rules on aid for the purchase of rolling stock in Section 3

The very limited use of Section 3 of the Railway Guidelines by the Member States does not necessarily lead to the conclusion that these rules are not relevant anymore.

In assessing the compatibility of aid for rolling stock under Section 3, the Guidelines refer to the criteria defined for each of the following aid categories supported by the respective Guidelines applicable in 2008:

·aid for coordination of transport;

·aid for restructuring railway undertakings;

·aid for small and medium-sized enterprises;

·aid for environmental protection;

·aid to offset costs relating to public service obligations and in the framework of public service contracts;

·regional aid.

All objectives of public interests related to those aid categories remain relevant today. Most of them are self-standing but with the Green deal proposed by the current Commission (which turns environment protection into a cross-cutting policy), some of those objectives become increasingly entangled. For example, the aid for coordination of transport is justified by the necessity to protect the environment and - to this end - to support modal shift.

Two EU policies deserve a closer attention, since they correspond to two major sources of public spending in rolling stock: regulation of public service contracts for rail passenger transport services and regional policy.

First, the regulation of public service contracts for rail passenger transport services has been significantly modified by the so-called “Market Pillar” of the 4th Railway Package. The latter imposes competitive tendering as the norm for public service contracts for domestic rail passenger services as of December 2019 (with a transition period ending in December 2023). The 4th Railway Package also provides that open access operators will be able to offer competing commercial services on domestic routes from 14 December 2020.

Therefore, competition will gradually take place between new entrants and former monopolists, both for commercial and non-commercial services. More than ever, this increased competition requires strict rules about the necessity and proportionality of public financing of rolling stock. Given the cost to procure and acquire the adequate rolling stock (both in terms of time and money), the already implicitly existing requirement that publicly financed rolling stock remains strictly limited to the public service contract to which the corresponding rolling stock is assigned needs to be strictly enforced.

As regards the interface of Section 3 with Regional policy, the EU funding, mostly by DG REGIO through ESIF within the various Operational Programmes may still be needed, as there is still a perceived difference in the age of the rolling stock between the founding EU Member States and the ones, which joined the EU since 2004.

As a consequence, the policy objectives underlying the financing of rolling stock as defined in Section 3 are still relevant but, as will be demonstrated in the Coherence section, the corresponding State aid provisions are not fully up-to-date to accompany the Green Deal, the ongoing liberalisation process as well as the modification of the other State aid Guidelines.

Rules on debt cancellation of incumbents in Section 4 / Rules on restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings in Section 5

Section 5 is not applicable any more. Section 4 addresses very old debt (of more than 12 years ago even in case of new Member States except Croatia which only acceded the EU in 2013). The only two Member States, which had recourse to that section, did it soon after accession. It seems unlikely that any Member State will still come forward to use the possibility of debt cancellation anymore.

That being said, the underlying problems of indebtedness and lack of restructuring are still very acute (see section Effectiveness), and their resolution can currently only be addressed under the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, which do not prove always appropriate as identified by the Commission in case SA.43127 on Polish Regional Railways. In particular, the compatibility criteria related to own contribution of the beneficiary, compensatory measures and compliance with the “one time last time principle” are not easily enforceable in the case of railway undertakings, whose significant network effects and “backbone” role must be taken into consideration.

Thus, the objectives of Sections 4 and 5 are still highly relevant, since the EU Single rail area needs real competition and continued rail transport services need to be ensured. As indicated above, the COVID-19 pandemic has underlined the need for targeted State support to railway undertakings, many of which (public but also private) are increasingly indebted.

In the framework of the public consultation, only Ferrovie dello Stato Italiane provided an opinion on those two highly sensitive topics. Ferrovie dello Stato Italiane pointed to the fact that the applicable rules do not respond to the actual needs and problems in society. They called for a special regime for rail, in particular as regards the “one time, last time” principle and for specific measures to accompany the on-going liberalisation of the domestic passenger transport.

Rules on aid for the coordination of transport in section 6

Based on the positive effects of the well-established case practice described above, together with the positive feedbacks received by Member States and sectorial stakeholders to the public consultation, it appears that the original objectives of Section 6 rules still correspond to the needs of the EU, all the more in consideration of the overarching priority of the Green Deal and the growing role played by rail transport in the EU strategy to accelerate the shift to sustainable mobility.

However, the ongoing development of the rail freight market calls for the Commission’s flexibility in extending the scope of the Railway Guidelines, which is limited to the railway undertakings only, also to multimodal operators and logistics companies other than “railway undertakings”. The application by analogy of the Section 6 rules to such operators has occurred in many decisions and clearly points to the need for an update.

Some cases 222  have also pointed to the need of specific rules for the financing of the start-up phase of new freight services. The lack of compatibility rules for this type of measures has led to different approaches in the compatibility assessment by the Commission using either Article 93 or Article 107.3.c TFEU as legal basis. Some other cases, where the Commission’s assessment refers to the criteria set out under Chapter 6.1 of the Railway Guidelines, similarly point to the need for specific rules for the financing of infrastructure serving combined transport operations. 223

Rules on unlimited state guarantees in section 7

The definitive abolition of the few, potentially remaining State guarantees was suspended with the adoption of the 4th Railway Package (see above Section on Effectiveness). They might however be fully abandoned with the mandatory competitive tendering of public service contracts to be fully complied with by end 2023.

Coherence

Are the provisions of the Railway Guidelines coherent with other State aid rules?

Internal coherence of SAM Guidelines and Railway Guidelines

When announcing its intention to modernise State aid control, the Commission stated that its objectives were “threefold: (i) to foster sustainable, smart and inclusive growth in a competitive internal market; (ii) to focus Commission ex ante scrutiny on cases with the biggest impact on internal market whilst strengthening the Member States cooperation in State aid enforcement; (iii) to streamline the rules and provide for faster decisions”. 224

In order to contribute to the growth objective, the Commission identified and defined common principles applicable to the assessment of compatibility of all future State aid Guidelines adopted by the Commission; and reviewed and streamlined the State aid Guidelines, to make them consistent with those common principles. In order to achieve the prioritisation objective, the Council Enabling Regulation was reviewed to broaden the categories of aid that could be block exempted and the GBER was adopted

The Railway Guidelines were adopted in 2008, i.e. six years before the completion of the State aid modernisation. Therefore, they are not part of the modernisation exercise described above. This resulted in the State aid rules applicable to the railway sector to be outdated as compared to the rest of the modernised State aid rules in respect to the first two SAM objectives mentioned above. Comparing the Railway Guidelines with the entire State aid legal framework, it is noted that (i) the policy objectives pursued by the former are not up to date not only in respect to the EU current priorities but also to the state of play of the internal market; (ii) the compatibility rules in the Railway Guidelines need are not aligned with the modernised State aid rules; (iii) the lack of transparency and reporting obligations has been limiting the database for evaluation purposes and does not allow to fully assess the competitive situation in the sector as well as the impact of public support measures; and (iv) unlike other areas, there are no block exempted measures except those foreseen in Regulation 1307/2007 for the financing of passenger transport by rail, while there seems to be scope for procedural alleviation given the relatively high number of standardised no objection decisions.

This is also reflected in the feedback to the public consultation, where 65.2% of the respondents considered that the Railway Guidelines are only partially coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since their adoption.

Railway Guidelines and compliance with specific State aid rules

As regards Section 3, the Section on Relevance has shown that the objectives of the Railway Guidelines are still coherent with other objectives pursued by other EU policies. However, all State aid Guidelines corresponding to those objectives which are referred to in point 33 of the Railway Guidelines have meanwhile either been repealed or significantly modified:

-The 2001 State aid Guidelines on State aid to small and medium-sized enterprises have been repealed and replaced by specific provisions in the GBER;

-the PSO Regulation has been modified by the 4th Railway Package through the adoption of Regulation 2338/2016;

-the RAG, the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines and the EEAG have been deeply overhauled in 2014 during the SAM process.

Therefore, coherence between the provisions of the Railway Guidelines and the other Guidelines has been fading. On substance, however, the application of that section does not contradict other EU policies 225 and the rules in Section 3 are still coherent with other EU policies, despite their limited use by Member States for the reasons explained under Effectiveness.

As regards Sections 4 and 5, their provisions of those sections have de jure or de facto expired or are barely applicable (regarding the debt incurred before 2001 as explained above). Therefore, whilst they are no longer coherent with the other State aid Guidelines, they continue to be relevant.

As regards Section 6, the rules on aid for the coordination of transport of the Railway Guidelines have been extensively used by Member States to notify measures aiming to promote the modal shift of freight transport from road to rail or to promote interoperability.

Section 6 is the part of the Railway Guidelines, which is mostly aligned with the Green Deal and its priority to “accelerate the shift to sustainable and smart mobility, by boosting multimodal transport; supporting digitalisation to enable smart traffic management systems, automated and connected multimodal mobility; and by internalising the environmental and health cost of transport”. 226

Moreover, Section 6 shows the highest complementarity and consistency of the Railway Guidelines with other EU policies and regulations with similar objectives, in that it well interacts with other EU interventions in achieving the shared goals of reducing road transport externalities and improving the use of rail and is coherent with EU legislation. EU policies have for years aimed at achieving sustainable growth. The EU 2020 Strategy 227 , endorsed in 2010, made it clear that the EU aims at smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. The EU 2020 Strategy flagship initiative aiming at a resource efficient and low-carbon economy 228 focusses inter alia at decoupling economic growth from resource and energy use and reducing CO2emissions, objectives that are shared in the 2011 White Paper on Transport Policy as well as by the objectives of the Combined Transport Directive 92/106/EEC. As described above in relation to Effectiveness, Section 6 has helped Member States, in coherence with the EU 2020 Strategy and the EU transport policy, to shift road transport away from road to more sustainable modes of transport like rail and has thereby reduced the external costs to society.

As regards Section 7, its provisions are coherent with other State aid Guidelines, notably the above-mentioned Notice of the notion of aid or the 2008 Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees. It is also coherent with the more recent case-law of the Court of Justice (in particular the landmark 2012 General Court judgement on the implicit, unlimited State guarantee granted to La Poste 229 , as upheld by the Court of Justice in 2014 230 ). 

The ad hoc State aid rules adopted in the context of the current COVID-19 pandemic do not call into question the assessment made above.

Are the Railway Guidelines coherent with other EU policies?

External coherence

Rail transport is supported to various degrees by a number of EU financing instruments, including CEF, ESIF, Horizon 2020, EFSI and the EIB. As the Railway Guidelines’ main general objective was to accompany the sectorial policy on the way towards full liberalisation of the rail sector and the completion of a Single European rail market where full interoperability is ensured, the Railway Guidelines are for the most part complementary with other EU financial interventions, in particular as regards the sections concerning aid for the purchase of rolling stock and aid for the coordination of transport.

The Railway Guidelines’ rules on debt cancellation of incumbents in Section 4, restructuring of freight divisions of railway undertakings in Section 5 and unlimited guarantees in Section 7 were drafted in relation to specific sectorial needs contemporary to the time of adoption and closely linked to the degree of liberalisation at the time of their adoption, i.e. when the 3rd Railway Package had just been adopted. As demonstrated in the Section on Relevance, those needs have not fundamentally changed, even after the adoption of the 4th Railway Package.

Coherence with other initiatives aiming at reducing transport externalities 231

Different EU instruments in the field of transport, energy and environment legislation aim to reduce transport externalities and influence consumer behaviour to use more sustainable modes of transport and more energy-efficient and cleaner vehicles and products. Road transport is the main source of transport externalities and hence the policies for reducing the externalities focus on shifting freight towards more sustainable modes of transport away from road. All EU policies for modal shift point to the competitiveness of the rail sector as compared to road transport, and try to achieve it through (i) functioning markets in rail transport, (ii) the existence and interoperability of the rail infrastructure and (iii) the internalisation of the external costs of transport. Furthermore, specific measures addressing the environmental impact of the transport sector also contribute to the common goal of reducing the transport sector externalities. The EU has been active in all the mentioned fields and Section 6 of the Railway Guidelines coherently aims at the same objectives as these actions.

Functioning markets in the rail transport have been pursued notably through the Railway Packages since 2001, aiming at the gradual full liberalisation of the railway sector. Liberalisation was both a prerequisite for the effectiveness of Section 6 of the Railway Guidelines as well as complementary to it for achieving the transport policy goals as established in the 2011 White Paper.

The existence and interoperability of the rail infrastructure have been ensured by continuous EU support to investments into rail and multimodal terminals. The funding for investments for freight transport services and in particular multimodal transport services is and has been an integral part of the Trans-European Transport Network (TEN-T) funding, 232  the Marco Polo programs 233 as well as the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF). 234

The support to EU transport infrastructure through the TEN-T projects has existed for 20 years, when support to rail infrastructure has been a clear priority.

The Marco Polo Programmes (2003 –2013) had a goal to reduce road congestion and to improve the environmental performance of the freight transport system in the EU by supporting intermodality with road legs as short as possible. 235  

From 2014 onwards, the CEF framework covers the support to multimodal transport, providing support for innovative and sustainable freight transport services and improving the efficiency of the European freight transport and logistics sectors, in line with the policy objectives of the 2011 White Paper. 236

It follows that Section 6 of the Railway Guidelines is coherent with the financial support provided by the Union, which is complementary to the regulatory approach taken in the Combined Transport Directive and other legal measures supporting the policy aims of the Transport White paper.

The EU has also been supporting widely the internalisation of external costs. The main instrument for the internalisation of external costs of road transport is the Eurovignette Directive 1999/62/EC 237 . It provides a legal framework for road charging systems for HGV used on certain infrastructure and contains specific provisions on the calculation and allocation of infrastructure and environmental costs. It allows charging transport by lorries according to their environmental performance as well as charging hauliers for their vehicle's impact on air quality and noise levels. However, the Eurovignette Directive provides only a possibility but not an obligation to introduce such charging schemes. In case a Member State decides accordingly, State aid rules apply.

Last but not least, Interreg programmes co-financed by ESI Funds have pursued the modal shift, in particular in those cross border areas along relevant EU freight corridors where freight traffic is a threat for sensitive ecosystems like the alpine regions. 238

It follows that Section 6 of the Railway Guidelines is not only coherent but also complementary to the EU measures for the internalisation of external costs, in that it helps better reflect the external costs of road transport in freight rates and contribute to raising the competitiveness of multimodal/combined transport services. Such complementarity is essentially based on the principle of subsidiarity that justifies EU-based programmes supporting modal shift and multimodality to the extent that (i) they address problems, which cannot be addressed by the Member States themselves and (ii) they achieve objectives, which are not possible to achieve at the national level. Before designing a new centrally managed Programme, the Commission checks the existing national schemes in order to ensure synergy and to avoid duplication between different funding instruments at the EU and the Member States level. 239   240

A clear example of subsidiarity in the framework of State aid rules is provided by the respect of cumulation rules by bordering Member States implementing support measures for the coordination of transport in the same geographical area, like the Brenner across Austria and Italy. The coordination of State aid for different sections of the same freight transport services could not be satisfactorily addressed at national level only and led the competent authorities of the two Member States (namely Tyrol, Trentino and South Tyrol) to set up an Euregio 241  Working Group to ensure better cooperation between the relevant granting authorities. 242  

VIII.RDI Framework / relevant GBER RDI provisions

The current evaluation targeted specific State aid rules for RDI, i.e. mainly those that were introduced into the GBER in 2014 as new GBER measures (while they were necessarily subject to Commission’s assessment under the previous rules). These are the RDI measures providing support for innovation clusters, process and organisational innovation and investment aid for research infrastructure, but also innovation support to SMEs, which, even if not newly introduced under the 2014 GBER, is instrumental to address SMEs needs. In addition, some elements of the other RDI measures, such as the experimental development definition, were also put to test in order to verify whether they are still fit for purpose i.e., whether these rules have contributed to increased public and private investments, as well as to increased RDI activities of industry/SMEs while addressing market failures, without unduly distorting competition in the internal market.

Effectiveness

Are the State aid rules for RDI, as introduced in 2014, meeting their objective? 

Since the previous set of RDI aid rules entered into force in 2007, the Commission has approved more than 250 aid schemes and around 55 large individual aid measures, the latter alone being worth about EUR 2.5 billion. Around 80% of the large aid projects involved key enabling technology (KET), such as micro and nano-electronics, advanced materials, industrial biotechnologies, and advanced manufacturing systems. Member States have also increasingly used the possibility to implement RDI aid without prior notification to and approval by the Commission, under the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER). In total, RDI aid awarded under the previous rules amounted to an estimated EUR 62.4 billion.

As a result of the 2014 State aid modernisation (SAM) the changes introduced to the rules were to further allow the Commission to focus its ex ante control on measures with a significant impact on the internal market, while allowing Member States to implement, under their own responsibility, well targeted RDI measures expected to have only a limited impact on competition. 243 It is noteworthy that 55% of interested stakeholders agreed that this result was achieved while 10% did not detect such an impact. This way, the rules were expected to reduce administrative burden for Member States and facilitate increased effective investments, both public and private, into RDI in Europe. Furthermore, the 2014 rules were to provide stronger incentives for public-private and private-private interactions leading to increased collaboration and knowledge transfer activities, thus facilitating the transition of knowledge and ideas to the market. Through these changes, the 2014 rules for State aid for research, development and innovation were also to support the EU’s Europe 2020 strategy, of which one of the key targets is for R&D investments in the EU to reach 3% of GDP.

Approximately five years after their adoption, the State aid rules for RDI introduced in 2014 appear to have satisfactorily achieved their objective.

This can be confirmed by the relevant State aid statistics showing that following the State Aid Modernisation in 2014, 96% of all RDI measures (more than 80% in value terms) in the Union in 2018 were implemented under the GBER (i.e. not requiring ex-ante approval by the Commission). Since the new rules entered into force, the Commission only had to take 8 decisions on individual State aid granted for RDI projects (including a decision approving a RDI scheme) involving a detailed assessment under the compatibility conditions set out in the RDI Framework. Thus, these statistics support the finding that the 2014 State aid rules for RDI, contributed to the SAM’s goals to further facilitate RDI investments in Europe, reducing administrative burden for Member States and at the same time allow the Commission to focus its ex ante control on the most distortive cases.

It is also clear from the Scoreboard data that the new widened GBER 244 , has given Member States more autonomy in implementing RDI measures.

Figure 1: Evolution of aid for RDI granted under the GBER 2008 and GBER 2014 (% of GDP) 245

According to the Scoreboard, RDI State aid expenditure increased steadily from EUR 10.5 billion in 2014 to EUR 11.27 billion in 2018, and 96% of all RDI measures (more than 80% in value terms) of the State aid to RDI has been disbursed under the GBER. The GBER extension carried out in the context of the 2014 SAM initiative has clearly contributed to this trend.

In particular, the positive evolution of State aid expenditure can be observed for measures targeted by the evaluation: support for experimental development activities, research infrastructures, innovation clusters, process and organisational innovation, innovation aid to SMEs. These measures have been considered key in further facilitating effective RDI investments, which would contribute to increasing EU competitiveness in line with the EU’s Industrial and SME Strategy.

The State aid Scoreboard data show that the interventions targeting innovation clusters were overall effective, leading to a steady and continued increase in public State aid expenditure, from EUR 53.2 million in 2015 to EUR 192 million in 2018.

Figure 2: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 27 GBER (EUR million). 246

State aid expenditure for measures targeting innovation aid for SMEs increased from EUR 39 million in 2015 to EUR 199 million in 2018. 

Figure 3: Evolution of aid for innovation clusters under Article 28 GBER (EUR million) 247

As outlined in the State Aid Scoreboard 2019, there was also a significant increase in public State aided investments implemented under aid for research infrastructures between 2015 and 2018 (from circa EUR 34 million in 2015 to circa EUR 143 million in 2017 to 240 million in 2018). This was a new provision introduced in the 2014 GBER setting out the conditions to provide State aid for research infrastructures. The evaluation found that overall the measure was effective in stimulating RDI investments for the given objective.

When assessing the effectiveness of these rules, particular attention was also paid to evaluating the effectiveness of the combined use of the GBER rules for support for innovation clusters and innovation aid to SMEs. The combined use of these two measures is considered of key importance, also EU policy wise, in stimulating RDI investments by SMEs. This was confirmed by the results of the RDI external study, whereby 70% of the respondents to the interviews agreed that State aid provided under both of the measures together is likely to have had a positive effect on the evolution of private investments into innovation clusters (69.8%) and RDI activities of SMEs in innovation clusters (71.8%). Also, 56.5% of respondents agreed that the combined use of the two measures helped to increase public investments into innovation clusters and 65% found that it helped to increase public investments in RDI activities of SMEs.

The results of the RDI external study on the evaluation of the State aid rules for RDI also confirm that in general the rules implemented following SAM, have helped to increase collaborations between undertakings (SMEs and large enterprises) and between undertakings and research organisations 248 . The RDI external study revealed that a clear majority of stakeholders consider that the revised rules allowed for an increase in knowledge transfer activities between SMEs and large enterprises (approx. 54%) and between undertakings and research organisations (67%).

Moreover, according to the results from the interviews performed by an external contractor, more than 80% of the respondents confirmed that State aid was essential to carry out the evaluated RDI activities and helped companies and/or research organisations to receive adequate funding. At the same time, the RDI external study interview results confirmed the existence of market failures affecting investments into research infrastructures, innovation clusters, innovation activities of SMEs as well as RDI projects focused on experimental activities. These findings allow to consider that the evaluated rules targeted RDI investments addressing well-defined market failures 249 .

The RDI external study found also that above 80% of interviewees considered that State aid had no negative impact on competition. Only 14 out of 100 statements indicated that there might possibly be a negative effect caused by State aid. The RDI external study did not find any evidence suggesting that State aid provided for the evaluated measures had any material negative impact on competition or crowded out private investments. If at all, negative effects appear to be outweighed by positive ones in the view of the interviewed respondents.

However, the data considered in the evaluation in combination with the results of the interviews carried out by the external consultant indicated that there are still some clarifications sought on the interpretation of certain provisions. This concerns, in particular, certain aspects of the rules on research infrastructures, innovation clusters - including the interplay of those measures with innovation aid provisions -, as well as on process and organisational innovation. The detected lack of clarity concerning those provisions, expressed through several interpretation questions to the Commission and echoed in the RDI external study findings could bring about some undesired difficulties, such as unnecessary delays in the implementation of aid measures 250 .

With regard to innovation clusters, the RDI external study shows that the combination of aid to innovation clusters with innovation aid to SMEs, as well as other possible measures targeting cluster users is perceived as somewhat burdensome and thus might hinder SMEs uptake of RDI activities (according to the RDI external study, 66% of Member State authorities found it rather burdensome to grant State aid to the users of an innovation cluster mainly due to lack of understanding/clarity of the relevant provisions).

Along the same line, Member States called for a wider application of simplified cost options to calculate eligible indirect costs of research activities receiving support under State aid rules for RDI. In fact, the current Article 7 of the GBER only allows Member States to use simplified cost options in case the project or activity is at least partially financed through a Union fund, while this possibility is excluded for R&D projects funded through purely national resources. As actual indirect costs of R&D projects are often considered difficult or burdensome to verify and demonstrate 251 , the use of a simplified cost option for indirect costs may provide a significant simplification for managing authorities. The evaluation, therefore, suggests that it may be appropriate to extend the application of the same simplified methodology for the calculation of indirect costs also to R&D projects funded entirely through purely national resources.

It also has to be acknowledged that R&D investments in the EU have not yet reached the 3% of GDP target and the EU is still lagging behind other global competitors in this regard. However, there are no indications from the evaluation’s results that State aid rules for RDI have been obstructive in this respect. On the contrary, the evolution of State aid expenditures to RDI measures 252 since SAM in 2014, as cited above, demonstrates that the enlarged scope of the GBER rules for RDI could be interpreted as effectively serving the SAM agenda in enabling the Member States to effectively disburse their RDI public expenditures according to their national priorities.

Finally, it also has to be acknowledged that stakeholders have repeatedly emphasised the importance of keeping the rules stable, as this provides legal certainty and each change in the rules means a burdensome learning period for the RDI community (Member States, beneficiaries, associations, innovation agencies etc.), which might also have certain impact on the effective uptake and deployment of RDI measures in the EU.

Based on the above, it appears that in line with the SAM objective the State aid rules for RDI, which entered into force in 2014, have further facilitated (and there is no evidence pointing to the contrary) effective public and private RDI investments in Europe and incentivised collaboration activities between enterprises, as well as with research organisations. This objective has been achieved in a manner which addresses well-defined market failures limiting distortions to competition. At the same, there appears to be room to improve and simplify the rules to further enhance their effectiveness.

Efficiency

Are the State aid rules for RDI sufficiently clear?

The results of the public consultation indicated that a large majority of respondents took a positive view on the question of whether the State aid rules on RDI were clear and thus ensured efficient public expenditure 253 . In fact, almost 90% of those who have replied to the public consultation question whether the SAM package led to clearer rules for State aid for RDI (both under the Framework, as well as the GBER) took a positive view, while only 6% had a negative opinion.

The evaluation carried out by the external consultant focused on assessing the efficiency of State aid rules for RDI in two areas: State aid for experimental development projects and for innovation clusters. To address the issue of efficiency, clarity of the applicable definitions in these two areas was assessed to see the extent to which these measures enabled efficient implementation of RDI investments, while addressing the relevant market failures without unduly distorting competition. The reason for this targeted approach is that the definition of the innovation clusters was subject to many interpretation questions posed by Member States and other stakeholders, while the experimental development definition is perceived to be of significant importance for the efficient response of the undertakings to market challenges.

Both, the comments received in the context of the public consultation and the findings of the external study on the evaluation of the State aid rules for RDI revealed that Member States and other stakeholders experienced some difficulties in applying the definition of “innovation clusters” 254 .

Despite the changes, the innovation cluster definition under the State aid rules for RDI in force since 2014 is still considered to be too broad or unspecific, leaving room for interpretation, which might in turn lead to obstacles in the measure’s efficient implementation or to misapplication of the relevant rules by the Member States and/or lead to delays in a measure’s implementation. In addition, certain criteria were considered excessively formalistic, having led to unnecessary administrative burden. This might lead to obstacles in the measure’s efficient and timely implementation, or to misapplication of the relevant rules by the Member States.

Even though, according to the RDI external study, the definition of innovation cluster is judged to be clear by approx. 75% of the interviewees, only 35.6% of the Member State’s managing authorities consider it to be clear. The difficulties encountered by those other Member States in the interpretation and application of the definition of innovation clusters is also confirmed by the significant number of interpretation questions received by DG Competition in this respect.

With regard to the definition of experimental development projects, the RDI external study suggests that the definition has been perceived as sufficiently clear by a large majority of stakeholders interviewed. Of these, Member States authorities appeared especially satisfied, with 75% of positive replies against 21% holding negative opinions on the clarity of the definition. This finding is supported by the fact that almost no interpretation questions on the definition and scope of the experimental development have been submitted by the Member States 255 .

In conclusion, the fact that not all RDI related SA definitions are sufficiently clear, in particular the definition on innovation clusters, and that this is a view shared by a majority of Member States’ authorities participating in the evaluation, may raise the risk that the relevant part of the RDI support implemented by Member States may have not been well targeted or even delayed, thus possibly leading to sub-optimal RDI investments into these particular activities in Europe.

Relevance

How well adapted (appropriate flexibility and safeguards) are the RDI rules to subsequent market developments and technological advances and how well do the objective of the RDI rules still correspond to the needs within the EU?

The results of the public consultation suggests that there is an overall positive view as concerns the appropriateness of the State aid rules for RDI to address recent markets and technology developments. At the same time, however, a significant majority of the respondents to the public consultation for RDI are only partially adapted to recent developments in markets and technology 256 .

To answer the evaluation questions in more detail the Fitness Check evaluation focused in particular on the relevance of the eligibility conditions (eligible activities, eligible beneficiaries, eligible costs and aid intensities) of the following measures in terms of being well-adapted to on-going market developments and contemporary market failures:

·Aid for innovation clusters,

·Aid for research infrastructures,

·Aid for process and organisational innovation, and

·Aid for RD projects, in particular as far as the experimental development phase is concerned.

These measures have been targeted by the evaluation since, on the basis of the feedback received from stakeholders prior to the evaluation, they seem to be most impacted by on-going market developments and technological advances and/or play a key role in incentivising technological advancements by the beneficiaries of support.

In general, the results of the public consultation suggest that there is an overall positive view as concerns the appropriateness of the above identified rules to address recent market and technology developments. At the same time, however, a significant majority of the respondents to the public consultation indicated that the State aid rules for RDI might be further improved to address recent developments in markets and technology 257 . These findings are further corroborated by the RDI external study and supported by feedback received from Member States during pre-notification contacts or from their interpretation questions posted through the eWiki platform.

At the same time, in the course of the evaluation no evidence was identified that would point to the rules not being well-targeted at contemporary market failures.

In the case of experimental development projects, the results of the RDI external study showed that the majority (75.7%) of the respondents found that the 2014 RDI State aid rules for experimental development have been well adapted to help addressing on-going market developments and contemporary market failures; similarly, 81.9% judged the eligibility criteria applicable to the experimental development definition to be well-designed. Also, the majority of respondents (72.5%) did not notice significant changes in the market failures with respect to experimental development. At the same time, it was noted by a minority of stakeholders that there may be need to clarify to what extent the existing rules on experimental development apply to IT/software development/digitalisation related activities, or to adapt the current rules to ensure that these areas, which play a crucial role in the twin transition of the EU economy, are fit to respond to current and future challenges. Therefore, while overall the definition of and the eligibility criteria applicable to experimental development activities are considered well-designed to address market failures without unduly distorting competition, some clarifications may be necessary.

The RDI external study findings based on interviews with diversified group of stakeholders also confirmed the need to further refine certain definitions, as well as compatibility conditions regarding research infrastructure, support for innovation clusters, and process/organisational innovation.

The RDI external study shows that the majority of the respondents – 52.9% of the interviewed Member State authorities and 73.3% of beneficiaries considered the scope of the definition and eligible activities regarding support for innovation clusters to be addressing on-going market developments. Interestingly this view was not shared by cluster operators or non-aided beneficiaries, of which more than 90% found the definition and eligible activities to be defined in an unproblematic manner.

The RDI external study findings based on interview responses of a diversified group of stakeholders also confirmed the need to further refine certain compatibility criteria to enhance market relevant combination of State aid for innovation clusters with innovation support to its users, in particular to SMEs. In particular, the evaluation evidenced that the criterion requiring that only costs of the separate “legal entity” operating a cluster be supported under the relevant GBER provision limits excessively the possibility to conceive alternative types of managing structures (for instance, partnerships not constituting a separate legal entity).

Also, the 10 year period limiting operational support for innovation clusters was criticised. In addition, with regard to the possibility to combine support to the innovation cluster operator for its set-up, upgrade or operation, with support to users of the innovation cluster’s services, the evaluation revealed a lack of clarity among the Member States and other stakeholders.

Therefore, in order to address the identified concerns regarding the required structure of the aided cluster and the possibilities to also provide aid to cluster users, it may be necessary to introduce limited clarifications in the RDI rules, on the basis of the Commission’s practice.

There are also indications that Member State's granting authorities, as well as beneficiaries, need further guidance as to how to distinguish between economic and non-economic activities of both research infrastructures, as well as innovation clusters in order to be able to design measures well-targeted at the relevant market developments. More specifically, with regard to research infrastructures, the evaluation demonstrated that the notion of ancillary economic activities, including a mandatory monitoring period and claw-back mechanism 258 , is still perceived as unclear, burdensome and difficult to implement in practice. In particular, the results of the external study, as well as the significant number of interpretation questions addressed by the Member States in this respect, revealed uncertainties on the part of the aid granting authorities regarding the duration of the monitoring as well as on the functioning of the claw-back mechanism. In order to properly address these concerns, it may be necessary to clarify and simplify the practical implementation of this principle.

Based on case practice and interpretation questions from Member States, as well as feedback received from other Commission services working on the digital and RDI policy, the State aid rules for research infrastructures appear not to be sufficiently adapted to the future developments. In fact, the State aid rules for research infrastructures and their eligibility conditions do not cover the so-called “technology infrastructures” (also referred to as “test beds” or “living labs”) and ‘digital infrastructures or hubs’. These are a newly-emerging type of infrastructures, whose relevance has grown significantly lately, that are meant to provide research facilities, labs, high power computing or testing environment to the industry, and in particular SMEs (which typically do not have in-house testing facilities – for testing purposes on solutions or products close to the market) 259 . Due to high investment costs and an uncertain customer base, private investments for the construction of such infrastructures is difficult to secure and are not bankable. At the same time, due to the fact that they are predominantly used by the industry, technology and digital infrastructures would not be covered by the current definition of research infrastructures. By providing research facilities and testing environments to industry (especially SMEs), technology and digital infrastructures are considered as essential drivers to bring innovative products to market. 260 In addition, they are expected to contribute to reinforcing Europe’s industrial and strategic autonomy, by allowing for the development of strategically important key enabling technologies (such as new greener technologies, artificial intelligence and high performance computing), in line with the objectives of the Green Deal, the Industrial Strategy, as well as to enabling the twin transition towards a greener and digital EU economy.

To address this identified gap, there appears to be the need for a targeted update of the RDI State aid rules by introducing rules dedicated to these infrastructures bearing in mind they would provide close to market services to industry.

The above assessment, supported by the RDI external study show that the distinction, provided in the State aid rules for RDI, between process innovation on the one hand and organisational innovation on the other hand, do not fully address relevant on-going market developments and are in addition not fully in line with the OECD’s Oslo Manual definitions. It therefore seems that the relevant rules, in particular the definitions applicable, do not allow to address in a comprehensive manner on-going market developments and innovation challenges faced by companies, irrespective of their size. With regard to large enterprises, the conditions currently provided for process and organisational innovation aid measures are claimed to be too restrictive, which may limit the uptake of such measures by large undertakings, with a possible undesired effect on the global competitiveness of the European economy as a whole. However, it is to be noted that it is the general logic of the RDI State rules, which has not been contested, nor has evidence to the contrary been identified so far, that the closer to the market or bigger the size of the aid beneficiary, the lower State support should be provided for.

In addition, the results of the interviews carried out by the external consultant indicate that approximately 23% of respondents did not find support for process and organisation innovation necessary. At the same time, 80% did not find that the measure leads to negative effects on competition. This can be explained by the fact that the measure is currently targeted at support for SMEs and large enterprises can only benefit from it if they engage in collaboration activities with SMEs, the former benefiting from significantly smaller aid intensity (15%) in comparison to that established for SMEs (50%).

Based on the above, it appears that overall the State aid rules for RDI are well adapted to subsequent market developments and technological advances, and the objectives set by the evaluated measures covered by these rules correspond to the market needs faced by companies operating in the EU. The State aid rules for RDI maintain their central importance for the achievement of the objectives of key Commission policy initiatives, such as the Green Deal and the Industrial Strategy. As stated in the Green Deal Communication, “new technologies, sustainable solutions and disruptive innovation are critical to achieve the objective of the European Green Deal” 261 , i.e. to enable a shift towards a climate neutral economy. The centrality of research and development to achieve the objective of transforming the EU industry into a more green and circular – and yet competitive one - is also recognised in the Industrial Strategy communication 262 . Considering the significant public and private investments that will be necessary to achieve the ambitious goal of making Europe “the first climate-neutral continent by 2050”, targeted and time-bound State aid for RDI activities may play an important role to allow research and development into new and breakthrough, greener technologies and production processes to take place to the necessary extent. Moreover, State aid in the field of RDI may be beneficial to unlock investment into innovation, in particular by SMEs, with a view to fostering the competitiveness of the EU industry and increasing the share of RD spending by EU companies, in line with EU Industrial 263 and SME Strategy 264 .

However, there remain specific industry needs, which according to the evaluation results are unaddressed or insufficiently addressed by the current rules. These are in particular RDI related investments into technology and digital infrastructures and into some areas which are now considered as a priority under the Digital Strategy such as, for example, investments into Digital Innovation Hubs, High Performance Computing etc.  265 Depending on the substance of the activity concerned, these shortcomings may need to be addressed either by introducing new rules (as for technology and digital infrastructures), or if the activities concerned are not implicitly or explicitly excluded from the scope of the application of the current RDI rules, by clarifying the existing rules where necessary, mostly for the sake of legal certainty.

Also, the evaluation clearly indicated that the existing rules are not sufficiently relevant in terms of addressing SMEs needs to access innovation clusters. As recognised in the SME Strategy communication, SMEs are “the backbone of the EU economy” and are “central to the EU’s twin transitions to a sustainable and digital economy” 266 , as they are capable of bringing innovative solutions to challenges like climate change, resource efficiency and social cohesion. In this context, public funding – including targeted and appropriately designed State aid rules – may allow SMEs to participate in ecosystems or collaborative environments whereby innovation can be spread throughout Europe (including regions lagging behind in terms of innovation), as well as for the provision of the necessary infrastructure. As explained above, clarifications as concerns the possibility to combine State aid to innovation cluster operators and relative users may need to be introduced in the current rules, to provide for additional legal certainty and facilitate SMEs’ access to clusters’ activities and services.

Coherence

Are the RDI State aid rules coherent with other EU policies ?

Concerning the coherence of RDI rules with rules governing EU centrally managed funds supporting research and development activities (namely Horizon 2020 when the evaluation was carried out), the public consultation and the RDI external study suggest that the existing rules do not allow for sufficient synergies between the two types of support. It should be noted, however, that the present assessment was carried out at the time when MFF related targeted revisions to the GBER were still in public consultation. The aim of the MFF GBER proposal was to further strengthen synergies between RDI State aid rules and EU support for RDI granted under the Horizon Framework programme (both under H2020 and future Horizon Europe). Certain amendments to the State aid rules for RDI were proposed in this regard to accommodate situations where State aid is combined with centrally managed funds under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe or replaces the latter (SME Seal-of-Excellence), following the evaluation and selection of projects by the Commission (or independent external experts). This proposed targeted revision of the GBER in the RDI field was based on a detailed mapping exercise, which allowed to compare the areas where the RDI State aid rules and Horizon programme rules are misaligned and correct for this through this targeted amendment proposal to the GBER. This proposal is to further contribute to the coherence between State aid and Horizon programme rules as it addresses existing misalignments between the rules.

As far as coherence of the State aid rules for RDI with changes in EU legislation in major policy fields such as Research and Innovation, Cohesion and Regional policy or Entrepreneurship and SMEs, 25% of those who have replied to that question in relation to the GBER and the RDI Framework indicated that the State aid rules for RDI are fully coherent and less than 5% disagreed.

In addition, the State aid rules for RDI appear to be in line with several key policy initiatives recently launched by the Commission. First, the State aid rules for RDI appear to importantly serve the objectives of the European Green Deal, for whose achievement a significant amount of research and development into greener technologies and production processes is still necessary. Second, the one towards climate neutrality is not the only transition that the EU economy will face. In fact, as indicated in the Industrial Strategy Communication, the EU will undergo a “twin transition” towards a sustainable and digital economy. To attain those goals, important RDI activities will also be necessary, which may be supported with State aid under the relevant Articles of the GBER or the RDI Framework, where this is found to be necessary. 267 This has become even more true and critical following the COVID-19 outbreak. Efficient and high quality investments in research, development, and innovation are expected to play a crucial role in achieving the collective and cohesive recovery from the current economic and health crisis. 268 Up to date State aid rules for RDI reflecting current (and future) market and technology developments, thus will play a key role in enhancing Europe’s recovery process whilst safeguarding a level playing field within the Single Market and the European Research Area which itself is decisive for fostering innovation and competitiveness.

At the same time, to ensure that SMEs reap the benefit of the digital transition, the SME Strategy Communication recognised that innovation should be spread, with collaborative environments being created throughout the European regions. To enable SMEs’ participation into those innovative ecosystems, and their use of advanced disruptive technologies, such as blockchain and Artificial Intelligence (AI), Cloud and High Performance Computing (HPC), targeted and proportionate State aid may play an important role.



IX.Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines

The Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines of 2014 are based on the 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. However, the basic principles of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines were laid down long before, as the European Commission at least since the 1970s allowed State aid to undertakings in difficulty and earlier Guidelines were adopted and applied in 1994, 1997 and 1999.

Financial distress at the company level plays a signalling role in an economy, indicating that a firm is not making optimal use of its resources. While financial distress and consequent market exit plays a key role in ensuring an efficient allocation of resources, they can have negative economic consequences, which can justify public support. There is general consent that rescue and restructuring aid is distortive and detrimental to productivity and should be allowed only under strict conditions.

The overall objective of the EU policy for restructuring aid to the non-financial sector is to contribute to successful restructuring of undertakings, i.e. allow them to return to viable operation. In 2015 DG Competition commissioned the consortium formed by WIFO, SPI, Ecorys, ZEW and Idea Consult for an impact assessment 269 to evaluate whether the rules on rescue and restructuring aid are effective in regard to this overall objective. The study was to evaluate the efficiency and effectiveness of DG Competition’s ex-ante assessment of the restructuring plans submitted by the Member States. Overall, the counterfactual-based analysis of the study indicates that restructuring aid has achieved its aim, at least in part, of improving the viability of the aided companies.

The study also showed that despite the restructuring aid, not all aided companies were still on the market. The reasons that have contributed to companies not being active in the market were: unavailability of timely financing/ delayed disbursement of loans; declining profit margins and increasing losses; high labour costs and pressure from labour unions; increasing competition from producers in the emerging economies; contraction in business/ reduction in market size; and the global economic crisis. 

Concerning the survival probability of aided firms compared to the survival probability without aid, the study found an absolute 14% to 18% difference in survival probability between restructuring aid receiving firms and the counterfactual group: depending on the chosen definition of survival, 82% to 86% of the aid-recipients but only 62% to 68% from the counterfactual group survived. The study stated that there was general agreement by the companies and the stakeholders interviewed that the outcome without the aid was likely to have been bankruptcy.

Concerning whether the aided firm achieve the main financial and operational targets (e.g. net profit, cash flows, return on capital, debt, employment) set in the restructuring plan endorsed by the Commission, within the envisaged timeframe, the case studies show that many times the aided company did not fully achieve the main financial and operational targets as set in the restructuring plan. The study found that delays in the preparation of the restructuring plan at Member State level can negatively affect the outcome, for example rendering targets foreseen in the restructuring plan unrealistic. The final outcome or the ability to attain targets are also affected by the fact that restructuring measures are not fully implemented.

The study also showed that the restructuring plans and underlying assumptions sometimes tend to be too optimistic, for example in relation to the execution of measures (timing), ability to gain new work, market developments and the financial impact of measures. At the same time the actual market conditions were worse than anticipated in the scenarios, related to the impact of the global economic and financial crisis. The study showed that a clear and significant information asymmetry exists between the company on the one hand, and the granting authorities and the EC on the other, resulting in an “information dependency” (to the company’s advantage). This risk was emphasised by different stakeholder interests.

Concerning whether there is any evidence that the aid granted has created a major distortion of competition in the respective sector, the study identified no evidence of major distortion caused by the aid. While some companies show improved performance over competitors, their market share is not sufficient to constitute a major distortion. Further, in some cases, the compensatory measures were considered sufficient to prevent distortions.

Based on the findings the study formulated recommendations to make the restructurings plans endorsed in the Commission decision more efficient and effective.

Given that the number of cases under the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines is limited, in particular as concerns compatible restructuring aid (only six cases), the case practice is not sufficient to evaluate all the changes to the eligibility and substantive conditions for compatible aid brought about in the 2014 modification of the Guidelines. Therefore, the present assessment focuses on one of its major changes, namely the definition of 'undertaking in difficulty' (UID), which determines which undertakings qualify as undertaking in difficulty.

Qualifying an undertaking as an UID determines not only whether it is eligible for rescue and restructuring aid, but also whether it can benefit from GBER or other types of aid, as companies in difficulty are in principle excluded from other types of aid. This is so because a firm in difficulty cannot be considered an appropriate vehicle for promoting other public policy objectives until such time as its viability is assured.

The modification of the definition of UID

The previous definition 270 of an UID until 2014 stated that an undertaking was in difficulty if, (1) it could be subject of insolvency proceedings under domestic law, or (2) 50% of its registered capital disappeared (‘disappearing capital’) and ¼ of that over the preceding 12 months. The 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines also included so-called soft criteria (3), (point 11 of the 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines), according to which “a firm may still be considered to be in difficulty, in particular where the usual signs of a firm being in difficulty are present…”.

The 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines modified the definition of an UID by (i) removing the soft criteria, (ii) modifying the definition and the calculation of the disappearing capital criterion, and (iii) introducing an additional quantifiable criterion 271 for determining if an undertaking is in difficulty. The insolvency criterion remained as this criterion is based on the legal regimes in place in the Member States based on their bankruptcy legislation and in particular, its application is not problematic.

(ii) According to the modified criteria of disappearing capital, an undertaking is in difficulty „where more than half of its subscribed share capital (share capital includes any share premium) has disappeared as a result of accumulated losses. This is the case when deduction of accumulated losses from reserves (and all other elements generally considered as part of the own funds of the company) leads to a negative cumulative amount that exceeds half of the subscribed share capital.”

(iii) According the additional UID criterion, an undertaking, other than an SME, is in difficulty, “where, for the past two years, (1) the undertaking’s book debt to equity ratio has been greater than 7.5 272 , and (2) the undertaking’s EBITDA interest coverage ratio 273 has been below 1.0.”

The objective of the SAM modification

Given the importance of this definition for State aid control, the objective of the modification was to provide the authorities of the Member States and the users of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines and the GBER with clearly quantifiable criteria in order to determine if an undertaking is in difficulty. UID are eligible for rescue and restructuring aid, but cannot received GBER aid 274 . This is in particular important, given the fact that the GBER is applied by Member States’ authorities directly.

Therefore, objective criteria were important, in particular as the scope of GBER aid increased as a result of SAM.

The assessment below indicates that while the UID criterion largely meets its objective to identify companies in difficulties correctly, it is not entirely clear and easy to apply for national authorities and guidance and/or technical clarification might be needed.

Effectiveness

To what extent are the criteria appropriate to properly identify UID?

Respondents to the public consultation took the view that the modified definition of UID facilitates compliance with State Aid rule, though also suggests that there are elements to improve (42% of the respondents who knew the answer, said 'yes', while 40% said 'partially', and only 18% said 'no'). Moreover, To the question to what extent have State aid rules achieved the objective of identifying companies in difficulty by setting correct definition criteria 275 , 35 respondents (61.4%) replied ‘to some extent only’, 13 respondents said (13%) ‘to a large extent’ and 9 respondents replied ‘not at all’. Concerning to what extent have the setting of correct definition for companies in difficulty achieved the objective of maintaining a competitive internal market 276 , 22 respondents (47.8%) replied ‘to some extent only’, 17 respondents (37%) replied ‘to a large extent’ and 7 respondents said ‘not at all’. As regards the scope of the UID, some respondents also suggested that the definition does not fit for certain type of companies, in particular for start-ups, scale-ups, on companies developing new technology, and on Venture Capital financing.

DG Competition also carried out a detailed analysis of the UID criterion. The analysis are based on the 2017 and 2018 financial data of all companies in EU28 with (1) Standard and Poor’s (S&P), with focus on ratings of BB+/BB/BB-, B+/B/B- and CCC+/CCC/CCC-, and (2) credit scores assigned by the CreditModel of S&P.

When the calibration and choice of the new quantifiable criterion, i.e. the combined debt to equity ratio and EBITDA interest coverage ratio, was made in 2010-2013, the original goal of the criterion was to capture firms that are assigned a CCC rating (or lower). The reason being that the historical default rates 277 are high for CCC rated companies, indicating that they have liquidity problems, as they are not servicing their debt. Not servicing debt, in particular bank debt, often leads to the insolvency of the company.

First, DG Competition analysed the debt to equity, EBITDA interest coverage and disappearing capital ratios of companies in the above rating groups. Second, the DG Competition analysed what are the ratings and credit scores of companies, which fulfil the combined criterion of interest coverage and debt to equity ratio, and the disappearing capital criterion. Furthermore, it was also reviewed whether the companies subject to rescue and restructuring decisions were indeed companies in difficulty, and whether they met the financial criteria of UID.

a) The findings concerning the additional quantifiable criteria of the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines: EBITDA interest coverage and debt to equity ratios

Interest coverage ratio

With regard to the interest coverage ratio the first analysis showed, that in each rating group (BB, B, and CCC) there are companies, whose ratios meet the criteria (have a coverage ratio below 1), meaning that their earnings from operation do not even cover the interest charges on their debt However, only 9% (22 companies) of BB rated companies would fall into this category, while 91% (236 companies) of the companies with BB rating would earn more than their interest costs. Looking at companies with B rating the analysis found that 31% (86 companies) have a coverage ratio below 1, and 69% (184 companies) have a ratio above 1. For CCC ratings 50% (15 companies) have a ratio below 1 and 50% (15 companies) above 1. Graph 1 shows this result in a box plot 278 graphs.

Figure 1: Box plot graph of interest coverage ratio

The red line in graph 1 shows the threshold for the criteria of EBITDA interest coverage ratio. Below the redline, i.e. below 1, the company meets the first part of the combined UID criterion relating to interest coverage ratio below 1. The graph shows that in each rating group, there are companies below the red line, and while the distribution of the ratio in the BB group is wide, in the CCC group the distribution of the ratio is concentrated close to the red line, meaning that the.

The above analysis confirms that the criterion captures mostly CCC rated companies, as DG COMP’s originally intended, though, it is true that if the EBITDA interest coverage ratio is considered alone, companies with better ratings are captured as well. However, the UID criterion combines the EBITDA interest coverage ratio with the debt to equity ratio, and both of them should be met for two years. Therefore, it should be seen what are the ratings of companies, which have a debt to equity ratio above 7.5.

Debt to equity ratio

The debt to equity ratio, which is also called a leverage ratio shows the level of indebtedness. The UID criterion has a 7.5 threshold, meaning that it captures companies the debt of which is 7.5 times higher than their capital. The red line in graph 2 indicates this threshold of 7.5 for the debt to equity ratio. The graph shows that BB rated companies have a better debt to equity ratio than the criterion used for UID, however, there are a number of companies in the B rated group that have a debt, which is 7.5 times higher than their equity. 279 Moreover, there are a number of CCC rated companies which have a ratio better than 7.5. More specifically, 21 (50%) CCC rated companies have a debt to equity ratio above 7.5, while the other half of the analysed companies have a ratio below. For B rated companies, 31%, i.e. 89 companies are above the 7.5 threshold.

Figure 2: Box plot graph of debt to equity ratio

Based on the above results if considered alone the debt to equity threshold of 7.5 would capture companies which have a better rating than CCC, i.e. companies which are not expected to default on their payments and are therefore not intended to be captured by the UID criterion.

EBITDA interest coverage ratio and debt to equity ratio combined

Given that both the EBITDA interest coverage ratio of 1, and the debt to equity ratio threshold of 7.5 alone would companies which are not expected to default on their payments, the two ratios combined should be analysed. DG Competition therefore analysed which ratings and credit scores are assigned to companies, which fulfil the combined criterion of interest coverage and debt to equity ratio of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines (‘the combined ratios criteria’), i.e. point 20d of the 2014 Rescue and restructuring guidelines, for the two consecutive years, 2017 and 2018.

The analysis examined 1437 companies from EU28, US, Norway and Switzerland which have a credit rating, out of which 17 met the combined UID criterion. Out of the 17 companies, 6 was in the CCC rating group, while 9 in the B group, and 2 companies in the A group. However, as these ratings are purchased it may not be representative (i.e. better rating could be given than should be purely based on the financial data).

Therefore, DG Competition carried out the same analysis for companies, which are not rated by S&P, but have a credit score by S&P CreditModel based on their financial data. The analysis found that out of 4770 scored companies, 98 met the UID combined ratios criterion. Out of the 98 companies, 76 companies are in the ‘ccc’ credit score group 280 , while 20 companies in the ‘b’ credit score group and 2 companies in the ‘bb’ credit score group. There is no company with ‘a’ credit score.

So the analysis of DG Competition found that companies with higher ratings than CCC and better credit scores than ccc meet the combined criteria of EBITDA interest coverage ratio and debt to equity ratio, however, the majority of the companies would be CCC rated and ccc scored.

The analysis confirmed that the combined criteria can with high probability identify companies going out of business in the short and medium term.

b) The findings concerning the criterion of disappearing capital

The disappearing capital is a criterion, which was present in the 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines, however, slightly differently. The previous criterion required that ¼ of the share capital loss happened in the past 12 months, and the share capital did not have to include the share premium. Modified criterion sets no time frame and considers share premium part of the share capital

DG Competition performed an analysis of the equity situation of rated companies with A, BBB, BB, B and CCC ratings as of 31 December 2018 and 2017. In total, there are 2436 rated company the majority of them are well rated. Of these 2436 rated companies, 176 fulfil the lost capital condition FY2017 and FY2018. See table 1 below. Of that subset of firms, the largest group are companies rated B+ (15%), B (19%), B- (16%) and CCC+ (10%). The small subsample in the CCC group is likely not representative since the availability of a rating might depend on the decision to purchase a rating. It seems plausible that only firms which expect better ratings will purchase a rating.

Nevertheless, Table 1 shows that even better rated companies can be in situations where more than 50% of their share capital is lost and even for two consecutive years. This would suggest that this UID criterion captures rated companies which are normally not expected to go out of business. However, it is possible that the rating given by the rating agency is better than what the company should deserve based on its financial performance, and therefore the rating does not reflect the real financial situation of the company. For this reason the scored companies are analysed as well.

Table 1: Number of companies meeting the UID criterion per rating group

Table 2 below shows the same analysis for companies with credit scores (which are not prone to the same limitation regarding availability like credit ratings).Overall 8094 credit score estimates of companies could be retrieved at the end of 2018. Out of this, 732 companies met the UID condition for disappearing capital for two consecutive years. The majority of firms belong to ‘b’ scoring or worse. When compared to the sample universe within the scoring group, the disappearing capital criterion is met for more than 50% in case of companies having a ‘ccc’ score. For better scored companies that fraction steadily declines to 38% in ‘b-‘ and 18% for ‘b’ rated.

Therefore, the analysis indicates that the disappearing capital condition for UID is very good at capturing ‘ccc’ companies, however, it also captures a significant share of ‘b’ scored companies, for which the expected default rate is not high, so they are not expected to go out of business in the near future due to inability to pay.

Table 2: Credit scores of companies with 50% or more disappeared capital

The three analyses of the 50% disappearing capital criterion demonstrates that not only the expected group of CCC rated and ccc credit scored companies have equity position where more than 50% of their share capital is lost. Companies with better ratings also have such a capital position, though the default rate of higher rated companies is significantly lower, as Table 3 shows.

Table 3: Global corporate annual default rates by rating category 281

Given the fact, that companies with better ratings are captured by the disappearing capital ratio even if two consecutive years are considered, the UID criterion of disappearing capital results in qualifying more companies as UID than intended. This is not problematic in case of eligibility for rescue and restructuring aid because detailed assessment is carried out of the financial position of the companies. However, as the UID criterion of disappearing capital is also used as an exclusion criterion from GBER aid, the application of the UID criterion can lead to exclusion in cases, where it is not intended.

The modification of the UID criterion of disappearing capital which includes the premium reserve in the share capital and the deletion of the 12 months period increased the number of companies meeting the UID criterion of disappearing capital.

c, Application of the criteria in rescue and restructuring decisions

DG Competition also reviewed whether the companies subject to rescue and restructuring decisions are indeed companies in difficulty, and whether they meet all financial criteria of UID.

The review found that the combined criterion of debt to equity ratio and the interest coverage ratio was never used as a criterion for determining whether the company qualified as an UID for the rescue and restructuring decisions. All the individual aid cases were based on the criterion of insolvency (6 cases) or on the criterion of the disappearing capital (8 cases), or in two cases on both.

DG Competition examined whether the companies, which benefitted from rescue and restructuring aid, met the combined criterion of debt to equity and interest coverage ratio. Only in 7 cases were the necessary financial data available in the decision or in the database Capital IQ. These 7 cases showed that 4 companies would have met this criterion, while 3 not.

Based on these limited observation points DG Competition notes, that companies are less likely to meet the combined criterion of the debt to equity and interest coverage ratios, because of their lower indebtedness than 7.5 times of their equity.

Overall, it has been shown that the UID criteria, in particular the disappearing capital criterion is overly conservative, as it captures companies with better rating and scoring than CCC and ccc, which are not expected to default on their payment, and therefore were not intended to be qualified as UID. This is not a problem for rescue and restructuring aid eligibility, however, this can cause that more undertakings are considered non-eligible for GBER aid, than intended by the Commission. Reintroducing the 12 months observation period in place prior to the 2014 modification and eliminating the inclusion of the share premium introduced by the 2014 modification could ease the overly conservative nature of this UID criterion.

Efficiency

To what extent are the criteria for "undertaking in difficulty" sufficiently clear and easy to apply?

As stated above, Member States largely support the idea to exclude economically unhealthy enterprises from State aid (other than rescue and restructuring aid): 282 “[we] fully support the concept of excluding failing firms from most forms of State aid with the exception of rescue and restructuring aid”. 283  

As far as case practice is concerned, DG Competition has not encountered problems in applying the UID criteria for the purposes of the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. With regard to the monitoring exercise, as regards rescue and restructuring schemes, overall there was no indication that the granting authorities would have difficulty with identifying if an undertaking is in difficulty. As regards, however the monitoring exercise in general, the criterion of a firm in difficulty for the sake establishing eligibility is a relatively recurring irregularity type and DG Competition observed to a certain degree insufficient controls on the nature of aid beneficiaries.

However, some Member States expressed concerns that the practical application of this exclusion principle, in particular for determining whether a beneficiary is eligible for GBER aid might turn out to be difficult in certain instances.

In particular, respondents to the public consultation took the view that whilst the new definition of a company in difficulty facilitated the compliance with State Aid rules there may be elements to improve. More precisely, 42% of the respondents who expressed an opinion replied 'yes', while 40% said 'partially', and only 18% said 'no'. For public authorities these figures are in a similar magnitude. 284  

In addition, interpretation questions 285 from Member States suggest that national authorities may have some practical difficulties in applying this criterion for the purposes of the GBER. 286 The questions mainly relate to three areas of the application: (i) the calculation of the financial criteria, in particular the calculation of the 50% share capital lost 287 ; (ii) the application of the UID criteria for a group of companies; 288 and (iii) the application of the UID criteria for undertakings, which do not have a capital requirement under national law. These themes corroborate with the areas the respondents to the public consultation brought up.

Impact of the COVID-19 crisis

As regards the effects of the COVID19 crisis, the conditions for aid under the Temporary Framework are less stringent then under the Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines. Therefore, in the short term, it is possible that many Member States will provide aid under the Temporary Framework for undertakings in financial difficulty, if possible. However, the need for the rescue and restructuring aid could increase as a result of the crisis in the mid- to long-term. In particular, undertakings, which were in difficulty end of 2019 are not eligible for aid under the Temporary Framework (except for small and micro undertakings). Ultimately, at this stage, the COVID-19 crisis does not seem to have an impact on the conclusions of the Fitness Check with regard to Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.


X.STEC

Effectiveness

To what extent have the objectives of STEC been reached?

Overall, it appears that STEC reached the intended purpose of ensuring that State aid does not distort competition in the internal market among private and public or publicly supported export-credit insurers as well as among exporters in different Member States (in trade within and outside the Union).

Furthermore, the limited number of only seven export-credit schemes notified since the entry into force of STEC in 2013 represents an indication that the private market is generally functioning well and Member States rarely see the need to intervene by notifying a scheme under one of the exemptions to the definition of marketable risks. This corresponds to recently published information stemming from the leading global export credit and investment insurance association Berne Union, according to which public credit insurance predominantly regards longer-term transactions 289 , leaving to a large extent the short-term business in marketable countries to be catered for by the private insurance market. 290

Both the public consultation and the targeted consultation of stakeholders suggest that the STEC objectives have been reached. The five position papers submitted separately to the public consultation suggest that in principle STEC is functioning well.

The large majority of respondents to the targeted consultation (70% with respect to competition amongst insurers and 60% with respect to competition amongst exporters) found that STEC achieved its main objective of ensuring an adequate competition level between players in the short-term export-credit insurance market.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view (58%) stated that the scope of STEC is adequate, while the majority of those who expressed a view (over 95%) were of the opinion that the STEC rules reduced, at least partially, the risk of subsidy race among Member States. Moreover, according to the majority of respondents who expressed a view, STEC reached the objective to allow for provision of short-term export-credit insurance in non-marketable countries while maintaining a competitive internal market.

The consultation activities also revealed some indication that the private insurers and Export Credit Agencies (“ECAs”) often focus on the different niches of the market. This finding is confirmed with the latest comments from the export credit insurance industry on the enhanced level of cooperation among ECAs and private insurance market, which is expected to increase in the future 291 , and their de facto complementarity 292 .

Finally, the above findings on the overall effectiveness of STEC rules are corroborated by the absence of formal complaints submitted to the Commission with respect to short-term export-credit insurance.

Efficiency

Have the costs associated with the implementation of STEC been adequate and proportionate with respect to the achievements and benefits of STEC?

The evaluation did not raise concerns with respect to the costs of the implementation of STEC.

Both the public consultation and the targeted consultation of stakeholders suggest that the costs associated with the implementation of STEC have been adequate and proportionate.

The majority of respondents to the targeted consultation (62%) did not express their opinion on the administrative burden linked to the implementation of STEC. However, the majority of those who replied (86%) considered the administrative burden to be somewhat reduced. The limited number of notifications under STEC could also be seen as pointing out to the efficiency of the STEC rules. In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view (almost 90%) said STEC ensured efficient State expenditure.

Relevance

To what extent STEC addressed current needs and problems in the field of short-term export-credit insurance?

The results of the evaluation show that STEC is deemed relevant as it sets out a framework to address distortions of competition in the short-term export-credit insurance market. By defining clear limits for interventions of public and private insurance providers, it allows Member States to provide short-term export-credit insurance for specific commercial and political risks which are deemed non-marketable or, in certain cases, temporarily non-marketable. When it comes to temporarily non-marketable risks, seven Member States operated export-credit schemes approved by the Commission under STEC.

This relevance of STEC rules is amongst other reflected in results of a recent study conducted at the European level by Euler Hermes, according to which exporters using credit insurance are exporting on average to twice as many countries compared to exporters without such insurance 293 .

In response to the targeted consultation, seven Member States explicitly declared that they only provided insurance of short-term export-credit risks towards Greece during its exemption from the list of marketable risk countries.

Based on the information in the reports on the use of short-term export-credit insurance schemes operated under STEC, it can be observed that the total volumes of credit limits granted and turnover insured are not of a significant size. In terms of distortions of competition, those volumes are immaterial compared to the gross domestic product (GDP) of the Member States operating the schemes. For illustrative purposes, in the period concerned, the export turnover insured against temporarily non-marketable risks under STEC amounts from 0.0005% of GDP in Estonia to a maximum 0.1% of GDP in Croatia.

In the targeted consultation, a large number of respondents (75%) provided replies and comments on the category of temporarily non-marketable risks concerning SMEs with a total annual export turnover not exceeding EUR 2 million. According to the majority of the respondents that provided comments (75%), the threshold was determined a while ago and it would benefit from an adjustment, with the relevant number of those respondents (57%) pointing out to the fact that the threshold is too low. Among the comments provided in the targeted consultation, it is mostly Member States pointing out not being able to offer cover to SMEs with an annual export turnover higher than EUR 2 million. According to some of them, there are SMEs within that group whose export risks private insurers have little or no interest in covering, which is likely to harm their ability to finalise their transactions and ultimately their competitiveness vis-à-vis their foreign counterparts. In that sense, the suggestions for a new threshold range from EUR 4 million to EUR 10 million. At the same time, there is no evidence provided that would point to a private insurance market failure for risks of SMEs with an annual export turnover higher than EUR 2 million.

In the public consultation, the majority of respondents who expressed a view stated that STEC, at least partially, still corresponds to the current EU priorities (over 95%) and it is well adapted, at least partially, to recent developments in markets and technology (almost 90%). One issue raised in the position papers submitted separately to the public consultation concerns increased competition in the exports outside of EU (mainly focused in Asia). Not being subject to STEC, the non-EU export credit agencies seem to be able to insure much wider range of risks to non-EU exporters, which leads to a disadvantage of EU exporters when competing in those markets.

Following the sudden COVID19 outbreak in Europe and its economic impact, the Commission services launched an urgent public consultation in the week of 23 March 2020 as regards the availability of private short-term credit insurance for exports to marketable risk countries. Marketable risk countries are listed in the Annex of STEC and comprise all Member States and 9 further high-income OECD members. In principle, insurance of exports to those countries is considered marketable and therefore it should not benefit from direct or indirect public support. In the light of COVID19 outbreak and taking into account the input provided by stakeholders to the public consultation, short-term credit insurance for exports to all marketable risk countries was considered as temporarily non-marketable until end-2020. Member States can therefore directly or indirectly provide short-term export-credit insurance for exports to those countries, subject to the conditions set out in STEC. This reinforced the conclusion that STEC is adaptable to react to sudden changes in the economic environment and can be adjusted quickly to allow public support when needed.

In addition to this, several Member States have notified measures to support the real economy by providing reinsurance or guarantees, to private credit insurance companies to prevent them from lowering or cancelling their short-term insurance coverage for domestic and export trade credit. Those measures have only been initiated recently and are currently scheduled to expire at the end of 2020. The Commission has assessed them under Article 107(3)(b) of the Treaty in analogy to liquidity guarantees under the Temporary Framework for State aid measures to support the economy in the context of the coronavirus outbreak.

The Commission services are monitoring the situation, also in the context of a potential review of the Temporary Framework.

Coherence

To what extent have the elements of STEC been aligned with other EU policies and interventions?

STEC is coherent with other EU policies and instruments in the area of export finance. Regulation (EU) No 1233/2011 on the application of certain guidelines in the field of officially supported export credits fully transposes the terms set out in the OECD Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credits into EU law. While STEC principles apply to export-credit insurance with a risk period of less than two years, OECD Arrangement covers all officially supported export credits with a repayment term of two years or more, thereby complementing the risk period covered in STEC. To the question in the public consultation whether STEC is coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since its adoption, the majority of those who expressed a view (over 95%) stated yes, at least partially.

Is STEC coherent with other State aid rules?

Since STEC predates the SAM it was not reformed as part of that exercise. However, it reflects well the main objectives of the SAM, while taking into account the specificities of the area it covers.

Annex 9

Overview of the six evaluation reports received by the Commission

MS

Case No.

Legal basis

Title

Objective

Instrument

Methods

Summary of results

IT

SA.47180

GBER

SME investment aid scheme for purchase of new machinery and equipment

Investment aid to SMEs

Direct grant/ Interest rate subsidy

Propensity Score Matching (PSM) + Difference in difference (DiD)

The results suggest the effectiveness of the scheme in terms of increase in tangible and intangible fixed assets, together with an increase in production efficiency and quality improvement of products/services. Moreover, the number of employees has increased as a consequence of the intervention. Similar effects have been found for the turnover, which significantly grew because of the aid, while any indicators of business performance results to be not affected by the scheme.

UK

SA.40991

Guidelines

Enterprise Investment Scheme and Venture Capital Trust scheme

SME incl. risk capital

Provision of risk capital, Tax rate reduction

Propensity Score Matching (PSM) + Difference in difference (DiD)

The results indicate that the policy change seems to be associated with an increase in the amount invested by EIS investors. Moreover, the fixed effects approach suggests that EIS significantly increased the total assets in SMEs firms, while, on the contrary, this effect does not hold for VCT, with the negative lagged value of VCT indicating that VCT investment companies experienced significantly lower assets in the year after the investment. Finally, the EIS scheme improved access to finance by positively affecting companies’ outcomes, i.e., employment, turnover, profitability, financial performance and growth.

DE

SA.41884

GBER

Sustaining the innovative capacity and competitiveness of SMEs

RDI

Direct grants

Propensity Score Matching (PSM) + Difference in difference (DiD)

The aid is associated with an increase on R&D employment intensity, measured both by R&D expenditure over turnover and by R&D personal expenditure on total employment. In particular, firms receiving the aid showed an increase in the level of employment intensity of approximately 4 to 6 percentage points higher with respect to similar firms not reeving any type of aids. Such an effect is consistent and robust across specifications. On the other hand, while the program seems to have a positive effect on R&D expenditure, this variable turns out to be imprecisely estimated, as these effects are not always statistically significant across different specifications.

UK

SA.41386

GBER

Research & Development (R&D) tax credits

RDI

Direct grant/ Interest rate subsidy; Tax advantage or tax exemption

Arellano Bond Estimator

The findings from this evaluation suggest that the scheme generates direct, indirect, and spillover effects benefitting not only businesses that claim under the R&D tax relief scheme for SMEs but the economy as a whole. As such, the scheme can be seen as satisfying its general and specific objectives. In addition, there is no evidence that the scheme distorts competition.

IT

SA. 45184

GBER

Regional investments Aid

Regional aid

Tax advantage or tax exemption

Propensity Score Matching (PSM) + Difference in difference (DiD)

The findings from this evaluation indicate that tangible fixed assets and credit granted are positively affected by the aid measure, while there is a non-statistically significant effect on intangible assets and number of employees. However, it seems that for the latter variables a positive and significant effect is found in the second year, thereby suggesting that the aid might have an impact on some variables only in the long run.

FR

SA.44531

GBER

Assessment of the innovation tax credit

RDI

Tax advantage or tax exemption

Propensity Score Matching (PSM); Difference in difference (DiD); Instrumental Variables (IV)

First, regarding economic development, results point to a greater increase in employment among the companies benefiting from the scheme, accompanied by an increase, at least in the short term, in the share of technical jobs. They observe a negative change in average salary after two years, but not significant after three years.

Concerning the business innovation activity, there seems to be a stronger increase concerning the probability of filing a patent with the beneficiaries. The specific sector is also taken into account: for instance, restricting the focus to the companies of manufacturing industry, it is possible to appreciate an increase in the number of products produced by beneficiaries.

(1)

     See the Commission decisions on aid measures concerning microelectronic technology falling within the scope of the MEDEA+ programme (Cases N 701/A/2001, FR – R&D State Aid MEDEA+, N 702/B/2001; N 207/2002; N 62/2003; N 8/2003 and N 478/2003), with reference to the 1996 R&D Framework, point 3.4.

(2)

     See the Commission decisions on the planning phase of a tunnel between Denmark and Germany (Case N 157/2009 – DK – Financing of the planning phase of the Fehmarn Belt fixed link), the channel tunnel rail link project (Cases N 576/1998 and N 706/2001 – UK - The Channel Tunnel Rail Link) and the financing of the Belgian TGV (Case N 800/1996 – Belgian TVG).

(3)

     https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/cpb/2014/005_en.pdf

(4)

     Case management system in DG Competition.

(5)

     SARI data on Risk Finance schemes during 2014-2018.

(6)

     See Commission decision C(2015) 5023 final on the Financing of the Fehmarn Belt Fixed Link project (SA.39078).

(7)

     On 18 December 2018, the Commission approved State aid from four Member States (France, Germany, Italy and the UK) for research and development and first industrial deployment activities in the microelectronics sector under the IPCEI on Microelectronics. See Commission decision C(2018) 8864 final on the IPCEI on Microelectronics (SA.46578; SA.46705; SA.46590; SA.46795).

(8)

     Subsequently, on 9 December 2019 the Commission approved the granting of State aid from seven Member States (Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Poland and Sweden) to enable ambitious and risky research and development activities in the area of batteries. See Commission decision C(2019) 8823 final on the IPCEI on Batteries (SA.54793, SA.54794, SA.54796, SA.54801, SA.54806, SA.54808, SA.54809).

(9)

     SA.39243 – SEED Capital regeling (Netherlands); SA.39418 – Tekes Pääomasijoitus Oy:n riskirahoitusohjelma ; Finland) ; SA.43581 – Fondo Capitale di Rischio POR FESR Lazio (Italy); SA.49923 – Enterprise Investment Scheme and Venture Capital Trust (United Kingdom); SA.46308 – INVEST (Germany)

(10)

     Oxera, The European Commission’s consultation on the 2014 Aviation State Aid Guidelines, An economic analysis of the European Commission’s definition of airports’ catchment area, Prepared for the ACI EUROPE and the UAF, 4 November 2019; Oxera, The European Commission’s consultation on the 2014 Aviation State Aid Guidelines, An economic analysis of airports’ profitability, Prepared for the ACI EUROPE and the UAF, 4 November 2019

(11)

     Commission Final Report of the Sector Inquiry on Capacity Mechanisms and Staff Working Document accompanying the report: https://ec.europa.eu/competition/sectors/energy/capacity_mechanisms_final_report_en.pdf ; https://ec.europa.eu/competition/sectors/energy/capacity_mechanism_swd_en.pdf ; Commission Staff Working Document accompanying the document Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions “Energy prices and costs in Europe”, COM(2019)1 final: https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/data-analysis/energy-prices-and-costs ; 2018 External study (Trinomics) report on Energy Prices, Costs and Subsidies – Final Report: https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/d7c9d93b-1879-11e9-8d04-01aa75ed71a1/language-en ; External study (ADE- Compass Lexecon) on ETS State aid Guidelines – Final Report ; Commission Staff Working Document Evaluation of the Council Directive 2003/96/EC of 27 October 2003 restructuring the Community framework for the taxation of energy products and electricity Evaluation of the Energy Taxation Directive, SWD(2019) 329 final: https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/sites/taxation/files/energy-tax-report-2019.pdf ; Study on the financing models for public services in the EU (including waste management) and their impact on competition by Ecorys : https://ec.europa.eu/competition/publications/reports/kd021641enn.pdf ; JRC Study (2018) Electric vehicles in Europe from 2010 to 2017: is full-scale commercialisation beginning? https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/eur-scientific-and-technical-research-reports/electric-vehicles-europe-2010-2017-full-scale-commercialisation-beginning ; 2017 and 2019 JRC Study on Energy Service Companies in the EU and Energy Service Market in the EU https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/JRC106624/kjna28716enn.pdf ; https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/eur-scientific-and-technical-research-reports/energy-service-market-eu

(12)

      https://ec.europa.eu/transport/themes/urban/consultations/2017-CTD_en

(13)

      https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/facts-fundings/evaluations/doc/swd(2016)141-exec-summary_en.pdf  

(14)

     European Central Bank, Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises in the euro area 2019 ( https://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/accesstofinancesofenterprises/pdf/ecb.safe201911~57720ae65f.en.pdf ), p.15.

(15)

     Source: Risk Finance external study based on ECB / SAFE data.

(16)

     European Central Bank, Survey on the Access to Finance of Enterprises in the euro area 2019 ( https://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/accesstofinancesofenterprises/pdf/ecb.safe201911~57720ae65f.en.pdf ), p.5.

(17)

   Source: Risk Finance eternal study based on ECB / SAFE data.

(18)

   Source: Risk Finance external study based on ECB / SAFE data.

(19)

     Freel, M.S., 2007. Are small innovators credit rationed? Small Business Economics, 28 (1), 23–35.; Schneider, C., Veugelers, R., 2010. On young highly innovative companies: Why they matter and how (not) to policy support them. Industrial and Corporate Change, 19 (4), 969–1007. Mina, A., Lahr, H., and Hughes, A. (2013). The demand and supply of external finance for innovative firms. Industrial and Corporate Change, 22 (4), 869–901.

(20)

     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/smes/cosme_en

(21)

     Commission Staff Working Document – Impact assessment, Annex 15: Programme specific annex on COSME, SWD(2018) 320 final (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:97218bf4-6a31-11e8-9483-01aa75ed71a1.0001.03/DOC_2&format=PDF), p. 317.

(22)

   Source: Risk Finance external study based on Commission/ECB SAFE. Notes: EU28.

(23)

     Commission Staff Working Document – Impact assessment, Annex 15: Programme specific annex on COSME, SWD(2018) 320 final (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:97218bf4-6a31-11e8-9483-01aa75ed71a1.0001.03/DOC_2&format=PDF), p. 312.

(24)

     Financing SMEs and Entrepreneurs 2019, An OECD scoreboard, p.23.

(25)

     Commission Staff Working Document – Impact assessment, Annex 15: Programme specific annex on COSME, SWD(2018) 320 final (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:97218bf4-6a31-11e8-9483-01aa75ed71a1.0001.03/DOC_2&format=PDF), p. 330-331.

(26)

     Temporary Framework for State aid measures to support the economy in the current COVID-19 outbreak, C(2020)1863, as amended, point (4).

(27)

     European Semester Thematic Factsheet: Small and medium-sized enterprises access to finance: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/european-semester_thematic-factsheet_small-medium-enterprises-access-finance_en.pdf  

(28)

     See for example SA. 49923 – Enterprise Investment Scheme and Venture Capital Trust (United Kingdom).

(29)

     The eWiki is an electronic platform created by the Commission to allow Member States to ask questions regarding the interpretation of inter alia, GBER provisions. See also Section 3.1.1 of the SWD.

(30)

     Art. 22 (start-up aid), 27 (innovation aid), 36-48 (environmental aid) and 56 (maritime ports).

(31)

     Commission Notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1–50.

(32)

     Article 56a GBER, which exempts airports below 200,000 passengers  p.a. from the notification requirement, was only introduced in June 2017.

(33)

     Aviation external study.

(34)

     Aviation external study.

(35)

     Aviation external study.

(36)

     Aviation external study.

(37)

     E.g. see SA. 41635 (2015/N) Operating and investment aid to Flughafen Heringsdorf airport (less than 40 000 passengers p.a.); SA.44377 (2016/NN) Operating and investment aid to Aarhus Airport (less than 400 000 passengers p.a.); SA.49709 (2017/N) Operating aid to Rostock Airport (less than 300 000 passengers p.a.); SA.45140 (2017/NN) Operating and investment aid to Antwerp Airport (less than 300 000 passengers p.a.); SA.46945 (2018/NN) Operating aid to Erfurt-Weimar Airport (less than 300 000 passengers p.a.).

(38)

     German Airport Association.

(39)

     Aviation external study

(40)

     State Aid Reporting Interactive tool.

(41)

     Transparency award module, see Section 3.2.4 of the SWD.

(42)

     2015 Aviation Strategy for Europe.

(43)

     A situation where one company manages several airports in one country at the same time.

(44)

     Aviation external study.

(45)

     Aviation external study.

(46)

     Aviation external study.

(47)

     Commission Staff Working Document on the evaluation of the Directive 2009/12/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 2009 on airport charges (SWD(2019) 291 final).

(48)

      Study on employment and working conditions in air transport and airports, Final report 2015.

(49)

     For instance, in the public consultation, Denmark considers that the sole responsibility of each granting authority to keep all information; France solely asks the beneficiaries for a declaration on honour.

(50)

     Some have reported experiencing difficulties in collecting the declaration form from the granting (especially for local granting authorities support small businesses).

(51)

     Having an EU-register has been reported by some stakeholders as useful and time-saving tool.

(52)

     Targeted consultation for stakeholders on the de minimis Regulation.

(53)

     Only a minority of respondents found that the criteria in Article 4(3)(b) and 4(6)(b) have simplified the use of financial instruments (Member States 26%, stakeholders 24%), whereas the majority of respondents stated “I do not know”.

(54)

     Targeted consultation for stakeholders on the de minimis Regulation.

(55)

     On this point, see Nyssens H., ‘De minimis’, in Mederer W., Pesaresi N., Van Hoof M. (eds), EU Competition Law, Claeys & Casteels, 2008, pp. 411 et seq.; Reference is also made to this issue in Van Cayseeele P., Konings J., Sergant I., The effects of State aid on total factor productivity growth, Wkring Paper Research, National Bank of Belgium, October 2014, p. 1.

(56)

     Eurostat, National accounts and GDP, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/data/database

(57)

     Eurostat, National accounts and GDP, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/data/database

(58)

     Eurostat, National accounts and GDP, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/data/database

(59)

     European Economic and Social Committee, How State aid rules affect access to finance for SMEs and enterprises, Study, October 2019.

(60)

     Ibid, p. 8.

(61)

      https://www.fi-compass.eu/news/2018/12/state-aid-survey-findings

(62)

     Data provided by AECM by email from Felicia Covalciuc on 6 December 2019 and 10 January 2020 as follow-up to AECM-DG Competition meeting of 20 July 2019.

(63)

     Taking into account the sample of 17 Member State used in the EEAG external study.

(64)

     Source: Consultant report.

(65)

     EEAG external study.

(66)

     In April 2015 the Commission launched a sector inquiry into the financial support that EU Member States grant to electricity producers and consumers to safeguard security of electricity supply (capacity mechanisms). The final report of this sector enquiry was published in November 2016.

(67)

     In United Kingdom, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.35980 – Electricity market reform-Capacity market and SA.35980 – Electricity market reform-Capacity market. In France, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.39621 – Country-wide capacity mechanism; SA.40454 – Tender for additional capacity in Brittany and SA.48490 – Specific demand side response tender. In Germany, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.43795 – AbLaV Interruptibility scheme; SA.42955– Network Reserve and SA.45852 – German Capacity Reserve. In Greece, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.38968 – Transitory electricity Flexibility Remuneration Mechanism (FRM); SA.50152– New Greek Transitory Flexibility Remuneration Mechanism (TFRM) and SA.48780 – Prolongation of the Greek interruptibility scheme. In Belgium, the Commission has approved the SA.48648– Belgian strategic reserve. In Ireland and Northern Ireland, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.44464 and SA.4446 – Irish capacity mechanism and Northern Irish capacity mechanism, respectively. In Italy, the Commission has approved the decisions SA.42011 –Italian capacity mechanism and SA.53821–Modification of the Italian capacity mechanism. In Poland, the Commission has approved the decision SA.46100–Polish capacity mechanism.

(68)

     The only exception being the AbLaV scheme, for which the size of scheme was assessed against the potential for flexible capacity in Germany (see Section 3.2.2 of the Commission decision).

(69)

      https://www.semcommittee.com/sites/semcommittee.com/files/media-files/SEM-15-059%20ACPS%20Final%20Decision%20Paper.pdf , p. 38.

(70)

      https://www.sem-o.com/documents/general-publications/Quick-Guide-to-Capacity-Market-and-T-1-2019-2020-Auction-Results.pdf , p. 6.

(71)

      https://www.sem-o.com/documents/general-publications/T-2-2021-2022-Final-Capacity-Auction-Results-Report.pdf , p.4.

(72)

     The T-1 Auction held on 15 December 2017 procured a total of 7.774 MW with a total cost of EUR 333 million. The T-1 auction held on 13 December 2018 procured a total of 8,266 MW with a total cost of EUR 345 million. The T-1 auction held on 26 November 2019 procured a total of 7,605MW with a total cost of EUR 351 million. Finally, the T-2 auction held on 5 December 2019 procured a total of 7,511 MW with a total cost of EUR 358 million.

(73)

     European Commission based on data from the Single Electricity Market Committee.

(74)

     European Commission based on data from the ERM Delivery Body.

(75)

     Covering the weeks from that beginning 27 March 2017 to that beginning 4 November 2019.

(76)

     EEAG external study.

(77)

     See Section 5.2.2 of the Sector Inquiry report.

(78)

     The fact that 100% of the capacity in Germany is non-fossil fuel results from its sampled scheme being demand response, which is also the reason for Greek capacity being 87% non-fossil fuel. The fact that 76% of the capacity in the sampled French schemes is non-fossil fuel is the result of around 60% of awarded capacity involving nuclear plants. In contrast, in Poland and Ireland over 90% of awarded capacity is potentially fossil fuelled.

(79)

     EEAG external study.

(80)

     EEAG external study.

(81)

     The Commission approved reductions from CHP levies in the following decisions: SA.36511 - Support for EIU under the CSPE in France, SA.42393 - Reform of support for cogeneration in Germany, SA.52413 - Reduced RES and HECHP financing contribution for EIUs in Greece, SA.38635 - Reductions of the renewable and cogeneration surcharge for electro-intensive users in Italy, and SA.52530 – Poland - Reductions for EIUs from CHP charge.

(82)

     Guidelines on certain State aid measures in the context of the greenhouse gas emission allowance trading scheme post-2012, OJ C 158, 5.6.2012, p.4.

(83)

     EEAG external study.

(84)

     According to the results of the EEAG external study, for Germany, there are four sectors (out of 30) with shares between 5% and 10%, while all other sectors have shares below 5%. For Poland, there are at most three sectors (out of 15) with sales shares exceeding 5%, two of them being very high, between 20% and 35%. For Italy, there are 19 sectors (out of 83) with sales shares exceeding 5%, and in three of them the sales share exceeds 30%.

(85)

     Investment aid for waste recycling and re-utilisation.

(86)

     Investment aid enabling undertakings to go beyond Union standards for environmental protection or to increase the level of environmental protection in the absence of Union standards.

(87)

      Interpretation questions in eWiki, see also footnote xxx

(88)

     Investment aid for energy efficiency measures.

(89)

     Investment aid for energy efficiency projects in buildings.

(90)

     EEAG targeted consultation.

(91)

     Updated on 22.01.2020 based on data from https://eafo.eu/alternative-fuels/electricity/charging-infra-stats#.

(92)

     EEAG targeted consultation.

(93)

     EEAG targeted consultation.

(94)

     A new Circular Economy Action Plan For a cleaner and more competitive Europe. COM(2020) 98 final.

(95)

     Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources.

(96)

     Directive (EU) 2019/944 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 June 2019 on common rules for the internal market for electricity and amending Directive 2012/27/EU.

(97)

     Regulation (EU) 2019/943 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 June 2019 on the internal market for electricity.

(98)

     SWD(2019) 329 final, available at https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/sites/taxation/files/energy-tax-report-2019.pdf .

(99)

     Only one decision was adopted under 3.7.1. “first situation” in case SA.43468, Taux réduits de taxe intérieure sur la consommation finale d'électricité (TICFE) in France, which is the tax that replaced the CSPE in 2016..

(100)

     Judgment of the Court of 18 January 2017 in case C-189/15 - IRCCS - Fondazione Santa Lucia, ECLI:EU:C:2017:17 and Judgment of the Court of 25 July 2018 in case C-103/17 - Messer France, ECLI:EU:C:2018:587.

(101)

     Community framework for State aid for research and development and innovation, OJ C 323, 30.12.2006, p. 1–26.

(102)

     Chapter 4 of the Community framework for state aid for research and development and innovation (2006) and Point 3.3 of the Community guidelines on State aid for environmental protection (2008). According to those rules, essentially, eligible projects should have been very large and risky, generate positive external effects in the economy at large, and preferably rely on cross-border collaborations between undertakings in a significant number of Member States.

(103)

     See the Commission decisions on aid measures concerning microelectronic technology falling within the scope of the MEDEA+ programme (Cases N 701/A/2001, France – R&D State Aid MEDEA+, N 702/B/2001; N 207/2002; N 62/2003; N 8/2003 and N 478/2003), with reference to the 1996 R&D Framework, point 3.4.

(104)

     See the Commission decisions on the planning phase of a tunnel between Denmark and Germany (Case N 157/2009 – Denmark – Financing of the planning phase of the Fehmarn Belt fixed link), the channel tunnel rail link project (Cases N 576/1998 and N 706/2001 – United Kingdom - The Channel Tunnel Rail Link) and the financing of the Belgian TGV (Case N 800/1996 – Belgian TVG).

(105)

     See Commission decision C(2015) 5023 final on the Financing of the Fehmarn Belt Fixed Link project (SA.39078).

(106)

     On 18 December 2018, the Commission approved State aid from four Member States (France, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom) for research and development and first industrial deployment activities in the microelectronics sector under the IPCEI on Microelectronics. See Commission decision C(2018) 8864 final on the IPCEI on Microelectronics (SA.46578, SA.46705, SA.46590, SA.46795).

(107)

     Subsequently, on 9 December 2019 the Commission approved the granting of State aid from seven Member States (Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Poland and Sweden) to enable ambitious and risky research and development activities in the area of batteries. See Commission decision C(2019) 8823 final on the IPCEI on Batteries (SA.54793, SA.54794, SA.54796, SA.54801, SA.54806, SA.54808, SA.54809).

(108)

     For this reason, percentages indicated in this section in relation to the public consultation only encompass respondents who have expressed their views on the question considered and do not take into account the neutral types of responses “these rules are not relevant for me” and “I do not know”.

(109)

     COM(2020) 102 final, https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/communication-eu-industrial-strategy-march-2020_en.pdf  

(110)

     Ibid., p. 12.

(111)

     See Green Deal Communication, p. 9.

(112)

      https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/37824/attachments/2/translations/en/renditions/native .

The recommendations were taken on board by the Commission, as announced at the COMPET Council of 28 November 2019.

(113)

     The targeted consultation “Evaluation of the Communication on Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI), in the context of the Fitness Check on State aid policy”, was carried out between August 2019 and October 2019.

(114)

     The public consultation was open between April and July 2019.

(115)

     Of those, more than half were Member State authorities. Positive views were also registered by private companies, business organisations, trade associations and a research organisation. 

(116)

     Commission decisions in the IPCEI on Microelectronics (SA.46578, SA.46705, SA.46590, SA.46795) and IPCEI on Batteries (SA.54793, SA.54794, SA.54796, SA.54801, SA.54806, SA.54808, SA.54809).

(117)

     The IPCEI Communication provides for an exception to this general rule for “interconnected research infrastructures and TEN-T projects that are of fundamentally transnational importance because they are part of a physically connected cross-border network or are essential to enhance cross-border traffic management or interoperability” (footnote 1, paragraph 16).

(118)

     The phase preceding mass production and fully-fledged commercial activities.

(119)

     Communication from the Commission, Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation, COM(2020) 456 final of 27.05.2020

(120)

      https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/european-battery-alliance_en .

(121)

     New Industrial Strategy Communication, p. 12.

(122)

     At the time when the public consultation and the targeted consultation were carried out, the Commission had approved under the IPCEI Communication State aid for only one integrated project involving four Member States, the IPCEI on Microelectronics (December 2018).

(123)

     COM(2020) 103 final, p. 15 and ff.

(124)

     Point 3 of the IPCEI Communication. 

(125)

     Currently, the IPCEI Communication provides at point 44 that “the Commission will assess the potential negative effects on trade including the risk of a subsidy race between Member States that may arise in particular with respect to the choice of a location”.

(126)

     New Industrial Strategy Communication, p. 12.

(127)

     Communication on the European Green Deal, available at https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf .

(128)

     See Green Deal Communication, p. 9.

(129)

     New Industrial Strategy Communication, p. 12.

(130)

     New Industrial Communication, p. 12.

(131)

     Green Deal Communication, p. 9.

(132)

     New Industrial Strategy Communication, p. 12.

(133)

     SMEs Strategy Communication, p. 17.

(134)

     https://ec.europa.eu/competition/state_aid/modernisation/index_en.html

(135)

     The number of notified cases takes into account all types of notifications, including on the regional aid maps, large investment projects, individual aid, and schemes.

(136)

     For the period current period, in total 23 large investment projects were notified, compared to 13 regional aid cases with smaller aid amounts that still need to be notified according to RAG.

(137)

     See section 5.1 of the RAF external study.

(138)

     According to the results of the targeted consultation, 35% of the respondents confirm a shift to other categories of aid, 16% to non-State aid measures, 19% to other infrastructure measures, while 24% disagreed to any changes, and 35% did not know the answer (multiple replies possible).

(139)

     See section 5.3 of the RAF external study and replies to the targeted consultation on question 1.

(140)

     Evaluation of the use of funds within the framework of the joint task "Improvement of the regional economic structure" (GRW) in Thuringia for the period 2011 – 2016 (2017).

(141)

     According to the results of the targeted consultation to question 4 in total 34% of the respondents agreed that the eligibility conditions on regional aid in GBER are appropriate and justified, while 23% disagreed, and 37% could not provide an answer. For RAG, 21% of the respondents agreed to the appropriateness of the eligibility conditions, while 17% disagreed and in total 61% could not provide an answer.

(142)

     See results of the targeted consultation on questions 4 and 5.

(143)

     See results to answer 1 of the public consultation on the RAG.

(144)

     The targeted consultation assessed the appropriateness of the sector exclusion per sector. Coal sector: 28% agreed, 68% neutral or could not provide an answer, 5% disagreed; shipbuilding sector: 12% agreed, 67% neutral/could not provide an answer, 21% disagreed; fisheries and agricultural sector: each 27% agreed, 60% neutral/could not provide an answer, 13% disagreed; steel sector: 25% agreed, 67% neutral/could not provide an answer, 8% disagreed; synthetics fibre sector: 23% agreed, 68% neutral/could not provide an answer, 10% disagreed; energy sector: 16% agreed, 58% neutral/could not provide an answer, 26% disagreed; transport sector: 23% agreed, 56% neutral, could not provide an answer, 26% disagreed; airport sector: 28% agreed, 61% neutral/could not provide an answer, 16% disagreed; operating aid to principal activity of “financial and insurance activities” etc: 21% agreed, 71% neutral/could not provide an answer, 8% disagreed.

(145)

     See results of the targeted consultation on question 7.

(146)

     According to the results of the internal evaluation on the interpretation questions (eWiki)

(147)

     According to the results of the internal evaluation on the interpretation questions (eWiki).

(148)

     https://ec.europa.eu/competition/consultations/2013_regional_aid_guidelines/study_rag_evaluation_en.pdf

(149)

     See Section 4.1.1 of the RAF external study.

(150)

     As in Section 4.2.1 of the RAF external study.

(151)

     A detailed overview on the development of regional aid spent relative to its GDP is available in Appendix 8 of the external evaluation study. The figures are based on an analysis based on the Scoreboard Database, EC search database, TAM Database and the European Commission.

(152)

   As in Section 3 of the RAF external study.

(153)

     As in Section 9.1 of the RAF external study.

(154)

     See Eurostat regional data for 2016-2018.

(155)

     See result on question 5.3 to the public consultation.

(156)

     See qualitative replies to question 1 of the targeted consultation.

(157)

     See answers to question 2 of the targeted consultation.

(158)

     See answer on regional aid to question 12 of the public consultation.

(159)

   Reference to EU economic forecast 2020.

(160)

     See chapter 4.3 on the restrictions on large enterprises in c-regions of the RAF external study.

(161)

   See answer to question 2 of the targeted consultation.

(162)

     See Section 4.3 of the RAF external study: For ten out of eleven notifiable investments by large enterprises in c-regions, the notifications were withdrawn.

(163)

     As in Section 4.2.4.1 of the RAF external study.

(164)

     For more details, see Section 4.2.4.1 of the RAF external study.

(165)

     As mentioned in Section 5.3 of the RAF external study and the replies to question 5 of the targeted consultation.

(166)

     See replies to question 6 of the targeted consultation.

(167)

     As in Section 5.1 of the RAF external study.

(168)

     See results of internal evaluation.

(169)

     Regional investment aid granted to a large undertaking to diversify an existing establishment in a ‘c’ area into new products or new process innovations, remains subject to the notification obligation, independent of the aid amount. This lead to the individual notification of rather small cases that are falling under this category.

(170)

     See replies to question 11.2 to the public consultation on regional aid.

(171)

     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en

(172)

   Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - A New Industrial Strategy for Europe (COM(2020) 102 final).

(173)

   Communication: Shaping Europe’s digital future.

(174)

   Reference to EU economic forecast 2020. 

(175)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions – The European Green Deal, COM/2019/640 final.

(176)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - Shaping Europe’s digital future, COM/2020/102 final.

(177)

     Commission Communication: A new Industrial Strategy for Europe.

(178)

     Science, Research and Innovation Performance of the EU in 2020 (SRIP 2020), p. 20.

(179)

     As in Section 6.1 of the RAF external study.

(180)

     Internal analysis of the European Court of Auditors annual reports 2012-2016.

(181)

     See Section 7 of the RAF external study.

(182)

     As in Sections 7.3 of the RAF external study.

(183)

     See answer 14.1.

(184)

     As response to question 7 of the targeted consultation, 21% of the respondents confirmed that the exclusion of the shipbuilding sector is no longer appropriate and justification, while only 12% agreed, and 67% held a neutral position or did not know the answer. In addition to the quantitative replies, several qualitative comments were received that questioned the appropriateness of the sector exclusion. For the synthetic fibres sector, 10% of the respondents consider the exclusion of this sector as no longer justified, while 67% were neutral or could not provide an answer, and 25% agreed with the appropriateness. However, again several qualitative comments to the consultation raise doubts about still existing over capacity, which is also in line with case practice.

(185)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiatives/ares-2018-6623981/public-consultation_en  

(186)

     SA 36486 (2013/NN) – Poland – Aid to PKP IC for the purchase of long-distance passenger rolling stock, OJ C 172 of 6 June 2014, p. 6.

(187)

     Case 546/2008 – Poland – Investment aid for the development of intermodal transport under Infrastructure and Environment Operational Programme, OJ C 203 of 28 August 2009, p. 1; SA 48093 (2017/N) – Poland – Aid for the implementation of intermodal transport projects under the Operational Program Infrastructure and Environment for the years 2014-2020, OJ C 3 of 5 January 2018, p. 3.

(188)

     On 12.12.2019, EFSI funding of operations concerning rolling stock was approved in Italy and in the United Kingdom: A EUR 300 million project in Italy for the acquisition of 49 new trainsets and 250 new carriages that will be purchased by Trenitalia to provide regional passenger train services in different Italian regions; and a EUR 68 million project for the purchase of rolling stock for East Anglia railway passenger service franchise in the United Kingdom.

(189)

     From 2008 to 2019, the EIB total lending for rolling stock projects in Member States amounts to EUR 11.628 billion, with France and Germany absorbing 18% each of the grand total, followed by Spain 14%, Italy and the United Kingdom 10% each, Poland 9%, Netherlands 7%, Belgium 5%, Sweden 4%, Luxembourg 2% and Austria, Hungary, Lithuania, Slovenia, Czech Republic, Romania, Slovakia at or near 1%.

(190)

     Since 1956, Eurofima, a Swiss-based non-profit organisation with publicly owned rail companies as shareholders, has been providing funding for rolling stock to its shareholders. Since 2019 Eurofima funding is limited to finance rolling stock used in public passenger transport services and at the same time is available also to non-shareholders. Due to its structure and a double securitisation, Eurofima can offer financing at favourable conditions.

(191)

     Ferrovie dello stato Italiane, Germany.

(192)

     ERFA.

(193)

     SA. 31250 (2011/C) – State aid planned to be implemented by Bulgaria in favour of BDZ Holding EAD SA, BDZ Passenger EOOD and BDZ Cargo EOOD, Commission decision of 16 June 2017, OJ L 337 of 19 December 2017, p. 35.

(194)

     SA. 39877 – Aid to HZ Cargo – Commission decision of 19 June 2017, OJ C 237 of 21 July 2017, p. 2.

(195)

     Schäfer, J. & Götz, G. (2018). Public Budget Contributions to the European Rail Sector. Review of Network Economics, 16(2), pp. 89-123. Retrieved 19 Feb. 2020, from doi:10.1515/rne-2017-0044.

(196)

     N 386/2004. Commission decision of 2 March 2005, OJ C 172 of 12 July 2005, p. 1

(197)

     N 726/2009, Commission decision of 26 May 2010, OJ C 327 of 4 December 201, p. 3.

(198)

     N 402/2010, Commission decision of 15 December 2010, OJ C 187 of 28 June 2011, p. 7, and SA.31250 already mentioned above.

(199)

     Commission decision of 24 February 2020 in case SA. 43549.

(200)

     Investment aid for research and development in response to the needs of transport coordination is not taken into account because the Railway Guidelines cross-refer to the RDI Framework as the appropriate legal basis. In any event, the Commission never received any notification of similar measures.

(201)

     Point 97.

(202)

     In Austria, see for example case SA.48390 (2017/N) – State aid scheme supporting rail freight transport in certain production forms 2018-2022, which is the prolongation of the 5-year scheme SA.33993 (2011/N) – Aid for the provision of certain combined transport services by rail in Austria for an additional five years until 2022. The prolongation was underpinned by an evaluation report showing that the initial scheme effectively helped transferring traffic from road to rail, as well as avoiding an increasing trend in the number of number of lorry journeys as well as a significant amount of external costs.

(203)

     In Italy, see for example case SA.54990 (2019/N) – Aid in favour of rail freight transport in Emilia-Romagna region, which represents the continuation of the regional action of modal shift of heavy traffic from the road to less polluting transport modes that was initiated in 2009. The scheme SA.54990 builds on the achievements obtained thanks to the incentives provided over 2010-2012 and over 2014-2016, approved by the Commission under case N 483/2009 and case SA.38152 respectively. The prolongation is based on two reports on the effects of the latest scheme approved in case SA.38152, one focusing on the results obtained in terms of modal shift and the other on the positive performance in respect to its environmental goals.

(204)

     The scheme SA.48485 - Programme supporting the development of connecting railways and transfer terminals in intermodal transport 2018 – 2022 - which was approved on 15 September 2017 is the prolongation of a scheme initially approved in 2012 in case SA.34985. The second scheme which was approved on 25 October 2017 in case SA.48390 concerns the aid scheme supporting rail freight transport in certain production forms 2018 – 2022. The third scheme concerns the third Prolongation of the ERP Transport Programme approved by on 25 July 2012 in case SA.33669.

(205)

     In Friuli Venezia Giulia Region, the scheme SA.47779 - Measures for the development of combined transport is a prolongation until 2021 of the initial measure N 134/2001 (2003-2006), initially prolonged by N 575/2006 (2006-2009), then prolonged by N645/2009 (2009-2015); the scheme SA.45606 - Measures for the development of intermodality in Friuli Venezia Giulia Region is a prolongation until 2021 of the initial measure N 436/2004 (2006-2009), first prolonged by N 643/2009 (2009-2015); the scheme N 644/2009 - Aid for the setting up of rolling-motorway services is the latest prolongation until 2015 of the initial measure N 335/2003 (2003-2006), first prolonged by N 574/2006 (2006-2009). In the Province of Trento, the scheme SA.55912 (2019/N) -Prolongation of the State aid scheme for combined transport in the Province of Trento is the prolongation until 2022 of SA.46806 (2017-2019); the scheme SA.52499 - Extension of the Integrated Transport Scheme in the Province of Trento is the prolongation until 2021 of the initial scheme SA.41033 (2015-2018). In the Province of Bolzano, the scheme SA.55606 - Prolongation of the State aid scheme supporting combined transport in the Province of Bolzano - is the prolongation until 2021 of the initial scheme SA.48858 (2017-2019). In the Emilia Romagna Region, the scheme SA.54990 - Aid in favour of rail freight transport in Emilia-Romagna region - is the continuation from 2020 to 2022 of the previous schemes SA.38152 (2014-2017) and N 483/2009 (2010-2012).

(206)

     In Italy, the scheme SA.44627 - Ferrobonus – incentive for rail transport (2016-2021) - is the follow up of measure SA.32603 - Subsidy scheme ‘Ferrobonus’ for combined transport - applied over 2010-2011; the scheme SA.55025 - Prolongation of Rail Freight Transport Scheme 2020-2022 - is the latest prolongation of the initial scheme SA.45482 (2015-2017), prolonged by SA.48759 (2018-2019).

(207)

   Eurostat. Modal split of freight transport 2012-2017, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php/Freight_transport_statistics_-_modal_split#Modal_split_in_the_EU.

(208)

     European Commission. Transport in the European Union Current Trends and Issues March 2019, p 46. Online: https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/2019-transport-in-the-eu-current-trends-and-issues.pdf .

(209)

     As confirmed in the submitted notification reports, the scheme allowed the transfer of heavy goods from road to rail thus avoiding almost 6,400 tonnes of CO2 per year.

(210)

     Between EUR 2 and 5 million for a new locomotive, or EUR 20- 30 million for a high-speed train set.

(211)

     216 days on average from the (pre)notification to the decision date.

(212)

      Council progress report 7864/18 of 18 May 2018 on the Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council amending Directive 92/106/EEC on the establishment of common rules for certain types of combined transport of goods between Member States, footnotes 25 and 32.

(213)

     Member States also called for simplification in sector-specific projects like the Alpine Space Programme – European Territorial Cooperation 2014-2020 (INTERREG VB) funded by ERDF and national co-funding.

(214)

     European rail infrastructure managers - EIM; Community of European Railway and Infrastructure companies CER (representing inter alia most incumbent operators); Allrail (representing several new entrants in the rail passenger market); Austria; France; Ferrovie dello Stato Italiane.

(215)

     The Netherlands.

(216)

     EIM, CER, Allrail, ERFA (representing several new entrants in the rail freight market), Austria, The Netherlands. Ferrovie dello Stato Italiane.

(217)

     Allrail, ERFA.

(218)

     ERFA.

(219)

     ERFA.

(220)

     Allrail, ERFA.

(221)

     See Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees, OJ C 155, 20.6.2008, p. 10–22: “This means that the guarantees must be linked to a specific financial transaction, for a fixed maximum amount and limited in time. In this connection the Commission considers in principle that unlimited guarantees are incompatible with Article [107] of the Treaty”

(222)

     SA.31981 – Netherlands – Start up aid to new combined transport services based on Twin hub railway network; N 640/2008 -Germany- Support of transport infrastructure in Saxony (Measure 3: start-up aid for new combined transport services); N449/2008 – Italy - Interporto Campano S.p.A. - Combined road-rail transport for containers from the port of Naples.

(223)

     SA.34369 (13/C) (ex 12/N) – Czechia – Construction and operation of public intermodal transport terminals; SA.48485– Austria – Programme supporting the development of connecting railways and transfer terminals in intermodal transport 2018 – 2022; SA.49518 – United Kingdom – Freight facilities grant scheme for 2018 – 2023; SA.47779 – Italy - Aid for the development of combined transport in Friuli Venezia Giulia Region; SA.48483 – France – Construction and upgrade of private rail sidings connecting freight terminal facilities (ITE); SA.46341– Germany – Scheme on funding of transhipment for combined transport; SA. 39962– Czechia – Scheme for the modernisation and construction of CT terminals; SA.35124 (2012/N) –– Italy - Investment Aid to Interporto Regionale della Puglia.

(224)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European economic and social Committee and the Committee of the regions - EU State aid modernisation (SAM) (COM/2012/0209 final), paragraph 8.

(225)

     For example, a large number of projects financed by ESI Funds (through the various Operational Programmes) supported the retrofitting or the purchase of new rolling stock to be used in the context of public service contracts for rail passenger transport in less developed areas, sometimes on lines forming part of the TEN-T network. During the 2007-2013 programming period, ERDF and CF co-financed projects on rolling stock for a total amount of EUR 1.68 billion (with the following approximate percentage breakdown: Poland 53%, Slovakia 20%, Czechia 9%, Romania 6%, Estonia 4%, Portugal 3%, Hungary 1.7%, Italy and Lithuania less than 1% each). The ongoing programming period 2014-2020 showed on 20 January 2020 provisional allocations amounting to total EUR 2.1 billion (with the following approximate percentage breakdown: Poland 44%, Hungary 14%, Czechia 13.5%, Slovakia 10%, Romania 8.7%, Italy 7%, Croatia 2.3%, and United Kingdom and Germany less than 1% each.

(226)

     Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions “The European Green Deal”, COM(2019) 640 final of 11.12.2019, par. 2.1.5.

(227)

     COM (2010) 2020, EUROPE 2020 A Strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth.

(228)

     COM (2011) 21, A resource-efficient Europe –Flagship initiative under the Europe 2020 Strategy, 26 January 2011.

(229)

     Judgment of the General Court of 20 September 2012, France vs Commission, T-154/10 ,EU:T:2012:452.

(230)

     Judgment of the Court of 3 April 2014, France vs Commission, C-559/12, EU:C:2014:217.

(231)

     This section is based on the findings of the Commission Staff Working Document Refit Ex-Post Evaluation of Combined Transport Directive 92/106/EEC Final Report, SWD(2016) 140 final of 20.4.2016.

(232)

     Regulation (EU) No 1315/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 on Union Guidelines for the development of the trans-European transport network and repealing Decision No 661/2010/EU.

(233)

     Regulation (EC) No 1382/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 July 2003 on the granting of Community financial assistance to improve the environmental performance of the freight transport system (Marco Polo Programme); Regulation (EC) No 1692/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24October2006 establishing the second Marco Polo programme for the granting of Community financial assistance to improve the environmental performance of the freight transport system (Marco Polo II).

(234)

     Regulation (EU) No 1316/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 establishing the Connecting Europe Facility, amending Regulation 913/2010/EU and repealing Regulations 680/2007/EC and 67/2010/EC.

(235)

     With a budget of EUR 840 million, the Marco Polo programmes were focused on projects supporting modal shift and financed commercial actions in the freight transport and logistics markets. Between 2003 and 2012, in total 198 projects (with more than 700 companies participating) were financed shifting more than 4 million trucks (more than 65 billion tonne-kilometres of cargo) away from roads. The associated benefits have been calculated to be avoidance of more than 4.5 million tonnes of CO2 emissions, and reducing traffic jams by about 64,000 km ( http://ec.europa.eu/transport/marcopolo/files/infographics-marco-polo-results.pdf ).

(236)

     With an allocation of EUR 24.05 billion, the CEF transport accounts for approximately 80% of the total CEF envelope. Following the first three years of Calls, grants have been awarded to rail projects for the value EUR 15.7 billion (236 projects), accounting for almost 80% of the budget covering all transport sectors. In the context of the CEF transport priorities, ERTMS projects received 5% of the total funding (45 projects), multimodal projects 0.4% (26 projects), rail interoperability projects 0.2% (15 projects), rail freight noise projects 0.16 % (9 projects), and freight transport services projects 0.12 % (9 projects). CEF “Transport funding priorities for the purpose of the multiannual and annual work programmes” are defined in part VI of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1316/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2013 establishing the Connecting Europe Facility.

(237)

     Directive 1999/62/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 1999 on the charging of heavy goods vehicles for the use of certain infrastructure.

(238)

     See for example the results of the Alpine Innovation for Combined Transport Project (AlpInnoCT) carried out in the framework of the Alpine Space Programme – European Territorial Cooperation 2014-2020 (INTERREG VB) funded by ERDF and national co-funding.

(239)

     See for example the Commission’s inventory of the national support schemes and relevant analysis in the Ex ante evaluation report on Marco Polo II (2007-2013) , Chapter 5 ‘Analysis of European Added Value’.

(240)

     Replies of the Commission to the Special Report of the ECA "Have the Marco Polo programmes been effective in shifting traffic off the road?", COM(2013) 321 final of 27.5.2013 .

(241)

     Euregio Tyrol–South Tyrol–Trentino is a Euroregion formed by three different regional authorities in Austria and Italy: the Austrian region of Tyrol (i.e., North and East Tyrol) and the Italian autonomous provinces of Bolzano (South Tyrol or Alto Adige) and Trento (Trentino). Euroregions are cross-border territorial entities that brings together partners from two or more cross-border regions in different European countries to put in place common policies and projects in different areas in accordance with the specific features of each border area.

(242)

     See EC decision of 16.12.2019 in case SA.55606 (2019/N) – Italy- Prolongation of the State aid scheme supporting combined transport in the Province of Bolzano, recitals (17) and (18).

(243)

     See oxera, ex post assessment of the impact of State aid on competition, pages V/VI, X, where based on an exemplary analysis of a Commission decision on R&D aid predating SAM, the contractor concluded that when the amount of aid was small relative to the market size (less than 1%), the aid was unlikely to have distorted competition; likewise, the absolute amount of aid is considered to be a factor to determine the potential effects on competition, ibid, pages 5/6.

(244)

     Since the SAM, GBER includes a wider range of RDI measures – such as aid for innovation clusters, aid for process and organisational innovation as well as a completely new aid measure targeting research infrastructures

(245)

     RDI external study.

(246)

     RDI external study.

(247)

     RDI external study.

(248)

     Approximately 55% of stakeholders contacted in the context of the RDI external study took a positive view as to whether the rules have facilitated collaboration between SMEs and large enterprises, while 68% reply positively as concerns the rules’ positive impact on collaboration between undertakings and research organisations.

(249)

   Studies have confirmed (oxera and Cincera and others, Macroeconomic conditions and efficiency of public R&D) that public intervention is most effective where it focusses on addressing market failures (oxera study page 39 and Cincera study, pages 13, 15) rather than other policy considerations.

(250)

     For example, this might had referred to the implementation of measures of non-economic character following the RDI Framework guidance on primary non-economic activities of the Research Organisations, or measures addressing the interplay between the rules on research infrastructure and innovation clusters.

(251)

     See in general on simplified cost options the Commission guidance on Simplified Costs Options: Flat rate financing, Standard scales of unit costs, Lump sums concerning ESIF rules, page 6; on indirect costs: Study “Research for REGI committee – simplified cost options in practice”, page 52.

(252)

     In 2014 the total amount of RDI State aid expenditures channelled through the GBER amounted to EUR 10.5 billion – in 2018 this amount has multiplied by more than 13 and reached EUR 140 billion

(253)

     In particular, more than 90% of those who responded to that question in relation to both the RDI Framework and the GBER had a positive view on the capability of these rules to allow for efficient public expenditure.

(254)

     Article 2(92) GBER and section 1.3 (s) of the RDI Framework define innovation clusters as “structures or organised groups of independent parties (such as innovative start-ups, small, medium and large enterprises, as well as research and knowledge dissemination organisations, non-for-profit organisations and other related economic actors) designed to stimulate innovative activity by promoting sharing of facilities and exchange of knowledge and expertise and by contributing effectively to knowledge transfer, networking, information dissemination and collaboration among the undertakings and other organisations in the cluster”. 

(255)

     With the exception of confirmations sought on the applicability of the definition to shipbuilding industry and the possibility to sell the prototypes developed in an experimental development project.

(256)

   In particular, more than 70% of those who have replied under the public consultation to that question in relation to the GBER and the RDI Framework indicated that the State aid rules for RDI are only partially adapted to recent developments and market needs, while approximately 20% indicated that the rules are still fully relevant.

(257)

   In particular, more than 70% of those who have replied to that question in relation to the GBER and the RDI Framework indicated that the State aid rules for RDI are only partially adapted to recent developments and market needs, while approximately 20% indicated that the rules are still fully relevant.

(258)

     Allowing to recover the already provided support in case the ancillarity threshold is exceeded and the aid cannot be found compatible.

(259)

     By contrast, the State aid rules on research infrastructure only apply to “facilities, resources and related services that are used by the scientific community to conduct research in their respective fields […]”. See Article 2(91) of the GBER and point 15(ff) of the RDI Framework.

(260)

     Staff Working Document ‘Technology Infrastructures’ of March 2019, page 6.

(261)

     Green Deal Communication, section 2.2.3 “Mobilising research and fostering innovation”.

(262)

     Industrial Strategy Communication, section 2.2 “An industry that paves the way to climate-neutrality”.

(263)

     Industrial Strategy Communication, section 3.5 “Embedding a spirit of industrial innovation”.

(264)

     SME Strategy Communication, Section 2 “Empowering SMEs to reap the benefits of the digital transition”.

(265)

     Studies have confirmed (oxera and Cincera and others, Macroeconomic conditions and efficiency of public R&D) that public intervention is most effective where it focusses on addressing market failures (oxera study page 39 and Cincera study, pages 13, 15) rather than other policy considerations; the Cincera study, pages 6, 13, highlights also the importance of access to infrastructures for a thriving R&D environment, more specifically, an upstream process of R&I activities.

(266)

     SME Strategy Communication, section 1 “Introduction”.

(267)

     The SRIP report 2020, pages 258, 280, 512, 556, concludes that targeted updates of the regulatory framework in general are needed, encouraging innovation to support transition processes.

(268)

     See also SRIP report 2020, page 12 on the coordinated EU response and the role of RDI.

(269)

     Ex-post evaluation of the impact of restructuring aid decisions on the viability of aided (non-financial) firms.

(270)

     Points 9 to 13 of the 2004 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

(271)

     Point 20d of the 2014 Rescue and Restructuring Guidelines.

(272)

     Debt/equity is > 7.5, meaning that the debt of the company is 7.5 times of the equity.

(273)

     EBITDA/interest expense < 1, meaning that the earnings of the company before the payment of interest, taxes and the consideration of the depreciation cost (non-monetary cost), is not sufficient even to pay the annual interest expense of the company.

(274)

     There are only few exceptions to this rule: namely aid schemes to make good the damage caused by certain natural disasters article 4 (c) of the GBER; an SME within 7 years from its first commercial sale that qualifies for risk finance aid Art. 2 (18) of the GBER.

(275)

     Public consultation question 5.10 a.

(276)

     Public consultation question 5.10 b.

(277)

     The default rate is the percentage of all outstanding loans that a lender has written off after a prolonged period of missed payments. A loan is typically declared in default if payment is 270 days late.

(278)

     A box plot is a common way to display distribution. The lower (upper) end of the box corresponds to the 25th (75th) percentile of the underlying distribution, while the box itself for 50 percentile. The median of the distribution is the horizontal line cutting the box in two parts.

(279)

     One complication arises if total equity is negative. A negative equity makes the leverage ratio negative. A negative equity figure complicates the interpretation of the leverage ratio since very high and negative equity leads to a negative, therefore low leverage ratio. However, having even negative equity leads to a low but negative leverage ratio. Having negative equity in addition to high debt is a clear sign of financial problems. For the box plot set for companies with negative equity the leverage ratio to some arbitrary high number of 15 which brings the interpretation of high (positive) leverage back in line.

(280)

     Credit scores follow the convention of ratings but use small letters instead of capital letters to distinct them from proper ratings.

(281)

     Source: S&P

(282)

     "[Our authorities] are pleased with the specific Guidelines for rescue and restructuring aid and consider these guidelines essential for State aid practice. " Dutch position paper ; « Luxembourg fully supports the exclusion of economically unhealthy enterprises from state aid. » « We fully support the idea to exclude economic unhealthy enterprises from state aid” Flemish region.

(283)

     Dutch position paper.

(284)

     42% yes, 40% partially and 18% no

(285)

     Since the applicability of the new rules as of 1 July 2014, Member States have sent 61 questions

(286)

     The overall majority of the questions refer to the definition and of the UID criteria from the viewpoint of eligibility for GBER aid (and not for rescue and restructuring aid).

(287)

     These questions relate to how the financial criteria should be calculated and assessed, and in particular, to the assessment of the 50% capital lost (the disappearing capital). The questions suggest that it has not been entirely clear for certain Member States what is understood under reserve, own funds, and what should be added and what should be deducted.

(288)

     On the basis of the questions it appears that certain member States encounter problems when applying the UID criteria in case of a group, in particular, whether the basis for the assessment: the entity level or the group level is appropriate. how to assess a single economic entity, how to perform the assessment at group level if there are no consolidate financial statements.

(289)

     John Lorié: Public credit insurance benefits international trade. But How much? (Berne Union Newsletter, July 2019, p. 12).

(290)

     Ferdinand Schipfer: ECAs and the aid community – two universes in close proximity (Berne Union Newsletter, May 2019, p. 9).

(291)

     Christina Westholm-Schröder: State of the market – cooperation for capital mobilisation – we have come a long way! (Berne Union Yearbook, 2019, p. 15-16).

(292)

     Vinco David: Economic development and protecting trade: the case for credit insurance (Berne Union Newsletter, April 2018, p. 4).

(293)

     COSEC: The importance of credit insurance for national SMEs (Berne Union Newsletter, September 2017, p. 19).

Top

Annex 10

Factual summary of the contributions received in the context of the public consultation on all rules covered by the Fitness Check



EUROPEAN COMMISSION

COMPETITION DG

Deputy Director General State aids

State aid Policy and Case Support

Factual summary of the contributions received in the context of the public consultation on all rules covered by the Fitness Check 1

This document should be regarded solely as a summary of the contributions made by stakeholder during the public consultation on the State aid rules. It cannot in any circumstances be regarded as the official position of the European Commission or its services.

This document only provides a factual summary. A later synopsis report as an annex to the Staff Working Document will provide a more detailed overview of the consultation activities.

1.INTRODUCTION

The open public consultation on the Fitness Check ran between 17 April 2019 and
19 July 2019.

The objective of this public consultation was to obtain the views of citizens, Member States and relevant stakeholders on the effectiveness, efficiency, coherence, relevance and EU added value of the State aid rules subject to the Fitness check.

The public consultation took the form of an online survey, with a mix of closed and open questions. The questionnaire was published in all 24 EU official languages. Participants to the questionnaires could reply in any of those languages.

This public consultation was also promoted through Twitter, DG Competition’s State aid Newsletter and DG Competition’s website. The statistics computed in this summary are based only on contributions to the public consultation submitted through the online questionnaire. The input has been analysed using a data analysis tool 2 , complemented by manual analysis.

In addition to the replies provided through the questionnaires, 14 position papers were sent 3 outside the online tool, mainly by pubic authorities and associations.

2.OVERVIEW OF THE RESPONDENTS

In total, this public consultation received 137 replies: 74 from organisations, 49 from the public authorities, 6 from individuals and 8 from other respondents (see figure 1 for details).

Figure 1: Profile of the respondents

The replies came mainly from the EU countries. The most common language of contributions was English (47), German (25) French (13), Portuguese (9), Spanish (8) and Italian (7). The two countries with the highest number of respondents were Belgium (24) and Germany (20). The origin of the respondents is summarised in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Country of origin

3.CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ONLINE QUESTIONNAIRE

The summary of the contributions to the online questionnaire is structured around the five evaluation criteria: effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value.

3.1.Effectiveness (Have the objectives been met?)

In order to evaluate whether the SAM objectives were met, stakeholders were asked to answer eight sets of questions.

Question 1 inquired whether the SAM package has led to clearer rules. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 3: Question 1 - Has the SAM package led to clearer rules?

The summary of replies to Question 2, is shown in the table below.

Table 1: Question 2 - Did the factors below facilitate the compliance with the State aid rules by the MS?

Yes

No

Partially

Not relevant

I do not know

Total

Yes

No

Partially

Total

Clear definition of the scope of the rules by excluding sectors or types of aid and clear definitions of those sectors and types of aid that are excluded

52

12

48

6

19

137

46%

11%

43%

100%

Clear definition of the scope of the rules by explaining the overlaps between the different rules

38

12

55

6

26

137

36%

11%

52%

100%

Common principles to assess the compatibility of the State aid measures

57

10

38

8

24

137

54%

10%

36%

100%

Clear rules to identify the need for State intervention

50

16

33

15

23

137

51%

16%

33%

100%

Clear rules to identify the incentive effect of the aid measure

48

17

38

8

26

137

47%

17%

37%

100%

Clear rules to ensure that the aid is limited to the minimum necessary

51

15

33

11

27

137

52%

15%

33%

100%

Clear rules to identify the distortive effects of the aid measure

43

17

37

13

27

137

44%

18%

38%

100%

Publication of aid awards above EUR 500,000 on a public webpage

48

12

17

21

39

137

62%

16%

22%

100%

Evaluation of novel or large schemes with budgets above EUR 150 million

29

14

10

37

47

137

55%

26%

19%

100%

Clear and simplified definition of a company in difficulty

36

15

34

30

22

137

42%

18%

40%

100%

Simplified rules for projects that are financed with EU funds (including structural funds)

29

18

36

25

29

137

35%

22%

43%

100%

Simplified rules for SMEs

32

13

39

27

26

137

38%

15%

46%

100%

Question 3 sought the public’s view whether, as a result of the SAM, the Commission succeeded in focusing its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market. The replies are summarised in the charts below.

Figure 4: Question 3.1 - Has the Commission focused its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market – For SAM as a whole?

Figure 5: Question 3.2 - Has the Commission focused its scrutiny on cases having a significant impact on the internal market – For the individual rules?

As regards Question 4, namely whether the SAM rules have, at least partially, reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU, the replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 6: Question 4 - Have the State aid rules reduced the risk of subsidy races in the EU?

Question 7: Since mid-2016, the details of all individual State aid awards above EUR 500,000 are published on a public website. Sub-question 7.1 inquired whether this publication requirement contributed to reaching certain objectives: (i) to promote accountability and enable citizens to be better informed about public policies and spending; (ii) to enable companies to check whether legal aid was granted to competitors and (iii) to reduce the administrative burden of Member States as regards reporting to the Commission State aid expenditure. In turn, Sub-question 7.2 inquired whether the EUR 500,000 ceiling is appropriate. The replies are summarised in the charts below.

Figure 7: Question 7.1 - Did the publication of individual awards above EUR 500,000 contribute to reaching the following objectives?

To promote accountability and enable citizens to be better informed about public policies and spending

To enable companies to check whether legal aid was granted to competitors

To reduce the administrative burden of Member States as regards reporting to the Commission State aid expenditure

Figure 8: Question 7.2 - Is the EUR 500,000 threshold appropriate to achieve the desired objectives?

Since mid-2014, the largest (annual average budget above EUR 150 million) State aid schemes are subject to ex-post evaluation studies to assess their effectiveness. Question 8 asked the public whether this threshold is appropriate. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 9: Question 8 - Do you think that the threshold for the ex-post evaluation of schemes is appropriate?



3.2.Efficiency (Were the costs involved proportionate to the benefits?)

In order to evaluate whether the costs involved in complying with the State aid rules proportionate to the benefits of having such rules, stakeholders were asked to answer two sets of questions.

Question 9 inquired to what extent have the following State aid rules ensured efficient State expenditure. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 10: Question 9 - To what extent have the following State aid rules ensured efficient State expenditure?

In response to Question 10, i.e. whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check reduced the administrative burden compared to the State aid rules in force before SAM, following replies were received.

Figure 11: Question 10 - Have the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check reduced the administrative burden compared to the State aid rules in force before SAM?

For the public authorities

For the beneficiaries

3.3.Relevance (Is EU action still necessary?)

In order to understand if the State aid rules analysed under the Fitness check are still relevant considering the changes in EU priorities and/or new market and technological developments, stakeholders were asked to answer two sets of questions.

Question 11 inquired whether the objectives of SAM and of individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities. The replies are summarised in the chart below. The replies are summarised in the charts below.

Figure 12: Question 11.1 - How well do the objectives of SAM and of individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities - on SAM as a whole

Figure 13: Question 11.2 - How well do the objectives of SAM and of individual State aid rules still correspond to the current EU priorities - On the individual rules

3.4.Coherence (Does the policy complement other actions or are there contradictions?)

In order to understand the extent to which the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check are coherent with each other and with other EU rules, stakeholders were asked to answer two sets of questions.

Question 12 aimed at finding out stakeholders’ opinion on how well adapted the State aid rules are to recent developments in markets and technology. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 14: Question 12 - How well adapted are the following State aid rules to recent developments in markets and technology?

Question 13 inquired whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check are coherent with each other. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 15: Question 13 - Are the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check coherent with each other?

 

In Question 14 stakeholders were asked to what extent are the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since the State aid rules were adopted (such as for instance in the Cohesion and Regional policy, Research and Innovation, Energy Union and Climate, Environmental protection and Circular Economy, Entrepreneurship and SMEs, Capital Markets Union, Investment Plan for Europe). The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 16: Question 14 - To what extent are the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check coherent with changes in EU legislation which have occurred since the State aid rules were adopted

3.5.EU added value (Did EU action provide clear added value?)

In order to evaluate the EU added value of the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check, stakeholders were asked in Question 15 whether the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check helped to deliver EU policies more efficiently. The replies are summarised in the chart below.

Figure 17: Question 15 - Have the State aid rules subject to the current Fitness check helped to deliver EU policies more efficiently?

* * *

(1)

     The Fitness check covers the General Block Exemption Regulation (GBER), De minimis Regulation, Regional aid Guidelines (RAG), Research, Development and Innovation ("RDI") Framework, Important Projects of Common European Interest ("IPCEI") Communication, Risk finance, Airport and aviation Guidelines, Energy and Environmental Aid Guidelines ("EEAG"), Rescue and restructuring Guidelines, but also the Railways Guidelines as well as the Short term export credit ("STEC") Communication (the two latter were not included in the 2012 SAM package).

(2)

     The tool used is Doris Public Consultation Dashboard, an internal Commission tool for analysing and visualising replies to public consultations. It relies on open-source libraries using machine-learning techniques and allows for the automatic creation of charts for closed questions, the extraction of keywords and named entities from free-text answers as well as the filtering of replies, sentiment analysis and clustering.

(3)

     Until 5 September 2019.

Top